mW 




■■ m 

■pii mm 

li^niiiil 
illililll 

■■■v.: — ■' 1 . ■;: 



^^mm 



m 
m 



I II II 

■HP" 

tin' HA! 



I 



II 



fi 



Wsal 

H 

H 

II 



Hit 






tth 

1 

r 



■ 






lilQl 



Hal 
H 



Hi 

■ 



1 



ill 

MS 
if yftBi 

II 



HI 

H 



lii 
I 



■ 



I 



II 



in 



\mi 



in 



una 






Hi 






^ 




Class Pg ^/// 

Book _^ 

Copyright^ — f t ? /i f ' 

COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA ABREVIADA 

ABRIDGED 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 

BY 

EVERETT WARD pLMSTED, Ph.D. 

Professor of Romance Languages and Head of the Department in the University 

of Minnesota 

AND 

ARTHUR GORDON, Ph.D. 

Of Buenos Aires, formerly Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 
in Cornell University 




NEW YORK 
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 



s> 






Copyright, 1914, 

BY 

HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 



' OCT I 1914 



THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, U.S.A. 

CI.A379776 



/ l /t ^0 / 



PREFACE 

It is the aim of this grammar to offer a practical and thor- 
ough course in Spanish, suitable alike for schools and colleges, 
and to make the presentation of the subject conform to the 
most advanced methods of teaching a living language. 

It will be noticed that throughout this work the headings of 
lessons and of subjects have been printed in Spanish, as well 
as in English. This has been done in order to acquaint the stu- 
dent with Spanish grammatical phraseology and to facilitate 
conversation in Spanish, if desired, upon the grammatical mat- 
ter introduced in the various lessons. 

The subject of Spanish pronunciation is treated as fully and 
as definitely as is practicable in a book of this kind. It is to 
be regretted that as yet so little scientific study has been de- 
voted to Spanish phonology. 1 

In the presentation of inflection and syntax it will be observed 
that the paradigms and rules relating to a given subject are 
grouped together in a lesson or in contiguous lessons, the object 
being to give to the student a comprehensive view of each sub- 
ject treated, and to facilitate later reference to the same. The 
study of the verb is begun early in the book. 

Believing that the memorizing of words is the most important 
feature in the acquisition of a language, the authors have in- 
troduced comprehensive vocabularies with every lesson. These 
vocabularies contain all of the new words in the exercises of each 
lesson (except the headings and the paradigms, which are like- 
wise to be learned). By memorizing these printed vocabularies 
the student will be spared the time and labor of looking up and 
writing down the new words of each exercise for himself, and 
will find the subsequent reading and writing of the exercises 
comparatively simple. 

That the reading of connected prose may be begun as early 
as possible, exercises of this character are incorporated in each 

1 The two principal works on this subject are Fernando Araujo's "Estudios 
de Fonetika Kastelana" Santiago de Chili, 1894, and F. M. Josselyn's "Etudes 
de Phonetique Espagnole" Paris, 1907. 

iii 



IV PREFACE 

lesson. These exercises are illustrative of the grammatical mat- 
ter of each lesson and deal with many phases of Spanish life, 
customs and history. In the last nine lessons, selections are 
given from the works of standard Spanish authors, thus pre- 
paring the student for later reading. By presenting passages 
of connected prose with each lesson and by incorporating several 
Spanish selections in the Appendix, the immediate necessity of 
a supplementary reading-book is obviated. 

In order to accustom the student also to write connected 
Spanish, compositions or themes are given, based on the reading 
exercises of each lesson. 

Oral exercises composed of disconnected sentences illustrat- 
ing points of inflection and syntax are included in every lesson. 
The first few sentences of each conversation exercise are like- 
wise devoted to inflection and syntax, and the rest are based 
upon the reading matter. These conversations are intended to 
serve only as suggestions to teachers, who may vary them as 
they choose. Any of the exercises may be omitted at the dis- 
cretion of the teacher. 

The Appendix contains grammatical and reading matter that 
is supplementary and additional to that of the first part. 

The authors wish to acknowledge their indebtedness for val- 
uable collaboration in the preparation of this and the original 
work, upon which it is based, to Dr. Miguel Ventura, of Barce- 
lona, Spain, to Mr. Abelardo Pachano, of Ambato, Ecuador, to 
Mr. Antonio J. Rubio, of Havana, Cuba, to Mr. Fernando de 
la Cantera, of Manila, Philippine Islands, and especially to Mr. 
George I. Dale, Instructor in Romance Languages, Cornell Uni- 
versity. They wish also to thank Lieutenant Colonel Cornelis 
DeWitt Willcox, Professor of Modern Languages, U. S. M. A., 
Major James A. Ryan, Associate Professor of Modern Lan- 
guages, U. S. M. A., Mr. Jose M. Asensio, Instructor in Modern 
Languages, U. S. M. A., and Lieutenant John W. Lang, 29 th 
Infantry, U. S. A., for their kindly criticism and suggestions 
and for help in the proof-reading. 

E. W. O. and A. G. 

Ithaca, N. Y., 
January 1, 1914. 



CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION — ORTHOGRAPHY AND PRONUNCIATION 

PAGE 

Alphabet 1 

Pronunciation 1 

Vowels 1 

Consonants 3 

Orthographic and Phonetic Changes 7 

Diphthongs and Triphthongs 7 

Accent 9 

Syllabication 11 

Punctuation 12 

Capitalization 13 

LESSONS 

I. Articles 14 

Definite Article 14 

Indefinite Article 15 

II. Articles 17 

Special Uses 17 

Verbs 19 

Infinitive 19 

III. Nouns 21 

Number 21 

Possession 23 

Verbs 23 

Present Participle 23 

Past Participle * 23 

IV. Nouns Continued 25 

Gender 25 

Adjectives 26 

Inflection 26 

Agreement 27 

Present Indicative of Hablar 27 

V. Adjectives Continued 30 

Agreement 30 

Position 31 

Present Indicative of Deber ,,..,..., 32 

y 



Vi CONTENTS 

PAGE 

VI. Adjectives Continued , . 35 

Apocopation 35 

Special Uses 36 

Present Indicative oe Vivir 36 

VII. Augment atives and Diminutives 39 

Present Indicative or Haber and Tener 41 

VIII. Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns 43 

Possessive Adjectives 43 

Possessive Pronouns 44 

Present Indicative of Ser and Estar 44-45 

IX. Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns Continued .... 48 

Position oe Words in a Sentence 49 

X. Demonstrative Adjectives and Pronouns. ...... 52 

Demonstrative Adjectives 52 

Demonstrative Pronouns 53 

XI. Imperfect and Preterit Indicative 56 

Imperfect Indicative 56 

Preterit Indicative 57 

XII. Future and Conditional Indicative 61 

Future 61 

Conditional 62 

XIII. Imperative Mood 66 

Present Subjunctive of the Three Regular Conju- 
gations 67 

Seasons of the Year 67 

Months of the Year 67 

XIV. Imperfect Subjunctive 70 

Days of the Week 72 

XV. Hours of the Days 75 

Points of the Compass 76 

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verbs Haber and 

Tener 76-77 

XVI. Special Uses of the Verbs Haber and Tener 79 

Haber used Impersonally 80-81 

XVII. Subject Personal Pronouns 84 

Conjugation of the Verbs Ser and Estar 85-86 

XVIII. Objective Personal Pronouns SS 

XIX. Objective Personal Pronouns Continued 93 

Conjugation of the Verbs Dar and Andar 94-95 

XX. Objective Personal Pronouns Continued 97 

Conjugation of the Verb Querer 99 



CONTENTS Vll 

PAGE 

XXI. Reflexive Pronouns 101 

Conjugation of the Verb Hacer 103 

XXII. The Prepositions Para and Por 105 

Conjugation of the verbs Caer and Asir 107 

XXIII. Adverbs 110 

Formation 110 

Position Ill 

Conjugation of the Verbs Poder and Poner .... Ill 

XXIV. Comparatives . . . . 114 

Comparatives of Inequality (Superiority and In- 
feriority) 114 

Comparatives of Equality 115 

Conjugation of the Verb Saber 116 

XXV. Comparatives Continued 119 

Relative Superlative 119 

Conjugation of the Verbs Decir and Traducir ... 120 

XXVI. Comparatives Continued 123 

Absolute Superlative 123 

Conjugation of the Verbs Ir and Venir 125 

XXVII. Relative Pronouns and Adjectives .' 128 

XXVIII. Interrogative Pronouns and Adjectives ...... 133 

XXIX. Negation 138 

XXX. Adverbs 142 

Special Uses 142 

Conjugation of the Verb Ver 143 

XXXI. Forms of Address 146 

Greetings and Leave-takings 147 

Conjugation of the Verbs Oir and Salir .... 147-148 

XXXII. Direct Object with A 150 

Conjugation of the Verb Traer 152 

XXXIII. Cardinal Numbers 155 

XXXIV. Ordinal Numbers 159 

Conjugation of the Verb Valer 160 

XXXV. Fractions 163 

Collective Numerals 164 

Multiple Numerals 164 

Numeral Phrases 164 

Conjugation of the Verb Caber 164 

XXXVI. Orthographic Changes 167 

XXXVII. Orthographic Changes Continued 171 



Vlll CONTENTS 

PAGE 

XXXVIII. Verbs that Change the Stem- Vowel 175 

Stem- Vowel E. First Conjugation 175 

Stem- Vowel E. Second Conjugation 176 

Stem- Vowel O. First Conjugation 176 

Stem- Vowel O. Second Conjugation 176 

XXXIX. Irregular Verbs of the Third Conjugation . . . 180 

XL. Other Classes of Irregular Verbs 185 

XLL Irregular Past Participles 190 

XLII. Defective or Rare Verbs 194 

XLIII. Subjunctive in Independent Clauses 199 

Sequence of Tenses 200 

XLIV. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses 205 

Subjunctive in Noun Clauses 205 

XLV. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses Continued . , t . 209 

Subjunctive in Adjective Clauses 209 

XL VI. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses Continued . . . 214 

Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses 214 

APPENDIX 

Examples of the Three Regular Conjugations 221 

Conjugation of the Verbs Ser, Estar, Haber, and Tener . . . 223 
Examples of the Compound Tenses of the Three Regular 

Conjugations 225 

Passive Voice of a Regular Verb of the First Conjugation 227 

List of Irregular Verbs 229 

Impersonal Verbs . 238 

Reference List of Verbs Undergoing Orthographical Changes 240 

Useful Classroom Expressions 242 

Poems to be Learned by Heart 243 

Sight Reading . 248 

Spanish-English Vocabulary 251 

English-Spanish Vocabulary ...» 308 

Index 349 



ABRIDGED SPANISH GRAMMAR 



ABREVIATURAS 

(Abbreviations) 



adj. 


adjective 


m. 


masculine 


adv. 


adverb 


math. 


j mathematical 
\ mathematics 


arch. 


architecture 


art. 


article 


n. 


neuter 


aug. 


augmentative 


naut. 


nautical 


cf. 


compare 


neg. 


negative 


coll. 


colloquial 


obs. 


obsolete 


comp. 


comparative 


p.(P-) 


page(s) 


conj. 


f conjugation 
\ conjunction 


part. 


participle 


pers. 


personal 


contr. 


contraction 


plur. J 


plural 


def. 


definite 


dem. 


demonstrative 


poss. 


possessive 


dim. 


diminutive 


pp. 


past participle 


e.g. 


for example 


l a 


primera 


Eng. 


English 


prep. 


preposition 


= 


equal(s), equalling 


pres. 


present 


&a. 1 
etc. j 


and so forth 


pret. 


preterit 




pron. 


pronoun 


et seq. 


et sequitur 


prov. 


proverb 


/• 


feminine 


reflex. 


reflexive 


fam. 


familiar 


ret. 


relative 


1st 


first 


§(§) 


section (s) 


jut. 


future 


2 a 


segunda 


gram. 


grammatical 


2d 


second 


i.e. 


that is 


sing. 


singular 


imp. 


imperfect 


subj. 


subjunctive 


impers. 


impersonal 


subst. 


substantive 


imptv. 


imperative 


syl. 


syllable 


ind. 


indicative 


3 a 


tercera 


indef. 


indefinite 


3d 


third 


inf. 


infinitive 


trans. 


translate 


int. 
inter. 


interjection 
interrogative 


Ud.(s.) 
V.{V.) 


> usted(es) 


irr. 


irregular 


v. 


verb 


Jan. 


January- 


v. n. 


verb, neuter (ii 


lit. 


liter ally 








( ) denotes that words are to be or 


may be included 




[ ] denotes that words are to be omitted 



INTRODUCTION 

(Introduction) 

ORTOGRAFIA Y PRONUNCIACION 

(Orthography and Pronunciation) 

ALFABETO 

(Alphabet) 

1. The Spanish alphabet has the following thirty simple and 
compound letters. The compound letters are treated in dic- 
tionaries as separate characters, with the exception of rr. 

Letras (Letters or Characters) : a, b, c, ch, d, e, f , g, h, i, j, k, 
1, 11, m, n, n, o, p, q, r, rr, s, t, u, v, w, x, y, z. 

The Spanish letters have the following names (nombres): 
a, be, ce, che, de, e, efe, ge, hache, i, jota, ka, ele, elle, erne, 
ene, eiie, o, pe, cu, ere, erre, ese, te, u, ve, ve doble, equis, ye 
or y griega, zeta. 

PRONUNCIACION 

(Pronunciation) 

2. The pronunciation of many of the Spanish letters varies 
in the different parts of Spain and in the Spanish-speaking 
countries, but the Castilian pronunciation is generally conceded 
to be correct, and is the one presented in this grammar. Even 
in Castilian Spanish the pronunciation often varies with indi- 
viduals, so that it is impossible to give fixed and unvarying rules 
for the formation of the sound of each letter. The following 
rules will serve, it is hoped, to give the student an approxi- 
mately accurate knowledge of the subject, but observation and 
imitation are the best guides to correct pronunciation. 

1. Vocales 

(Vowels) 

The Spanish vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and sometimes y. When 
y is a vowel (i.e. in the conjunction y, 'and/ and w T hen final in 
a word, e.g. ley), it has the sound of Spanish i, and its pronun- 
ciation may be found under the treatment of the latter. Span- 

1 



2 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §2 

ish vowels have only simple sounds, and differ from English 
vowels in that they have no double or vanishing sounds. 

a 

There are two plainly distinguishable sounds of the vowel a: 

(1) In a tonic or pre-tonic syllable it has a somewhat open 
sound, and closely resembles that of the o of not (as generally 
pronounced in America), or frequently that of the a of ask (if 
correctly pronounced), nada, atacar. 

(2) In a post-tonic syllable, especially when final, a has a 
weakened sound closely resembling that of the a of sofa (Eng.), 
but pronounced somewhat more openly, nada, anima. 

Note. — There are various other shades of sound for a. The principal 
one of these variants is that of a semi-closed a, somewhat resembling that 
of the French a in part, action, casa. 



There are two plainly distinguishable sounds of the vowel e: 

(1) In an open syllable (i.e. one not ending in a consonant) 1 
it generally has a somewhat closed sound, for which there is no 
exact English equivalent. Its sound is not so open as that of the 
first part of the English a of ate (disregarding the vanishing e 
sound), nor yet so closed as that of the French e of cafe. One 
should strive for a sound between these two. menos, queso, 
cafe, the e's of the two final syllables of interprete. 

(2) In a closed syllable (i.e. one ending in a consonant), or 
when followed by 11 or rr, it generally has a somewhat open 
sound, for which there is likewise no exact English equivalent. 
It is not so open as that of e in met. ser, puerto, festivo, el, ella, 
perro. 

Note. — There are various shades of sound for e. The e's of the two 
final syllables of interprete, for example, are more closed than those of 
menos or cafe. However, the beginner need not concern himself with 
these fine distinctions. 

i 

The sound of the vowel i closely resembles that of the i of 
machine (Eng.). intenso, alii, si, habia. 

1 For purposes of pronunciation a final s, in inflections, should not be 
regarded as closing an otherwise open syllable. 



§ 2 CONSONANTES 3 

Note. — There are various shades of sound for i, as can be seen in mis- 
misimo, of which each i is more closed than the preceding, but the beginner 
need not try to make these distinctions. 



There are two plainly distinguishable sounds of the vowel o : 

(1) In an open syllable 1 it generally has a somewhat closed 
sound, though not so closed as that of the first part of the o of 
go (Eng.) (disregarding the vanishing u sound), unico, solo, 
no, yo, the o's of the last two syllables of morboso. 

(2) In a closed syllable it generally has a somewhat open 
sound closely resembling that of the o of north. The o's in the 
first syllables of morboso, sombrero, pongo. 

In some words a tonic o in an open syllable has also an open 

sound, lobo, lodo. 

Note. — There are various other shades of sound for o, but the beginner 
need not concern himself with them. 

U 

The sound of the vowel u closely resembles that of oo in moon. 
mundo, puro, ultimo. 

When u is the first vowel of a diphthong it represents the 
consonantal sound of English w. puesto, guardar, fui. 

U is silent after g and q, before e or i, but gives to those con- 
sonants the hard sounds of g (in go) and of k respectively. In 
these cases u may be considered rather as an orthographic sign 
than as a vowel, guiar, quedar. 

After g and before e or i, however, u is sometimes written 

with a dieresis, ii, when it has the consonantal sound of English 

w. averigiie. 

Note. — There are various shades of sound for u, as can be seen in 
cucurucho, the first of which is medial, the second, closed, and the third, 
open; but the beginner need not concern himself with them. One must, of 
course, avoid the sound of the English u in use. 

2. Consonantes 

(Consonants) 

b is not strong like the English explosive b, but approaches v, 
except that the lower lip touches slightly the upper one, 

1 For purposes of pronunciation a final s, in inflections, should not be 
regarded as closing an otherwise open syllable. 



4 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA § 2 

instead of being caught under the upper teeth. When ini- 
tial, b is a little more strongly pronounced. In Spanish, b 
and v are frequently pronounced alike, and are often inter- 
changed in orthography, bata, Habana or Havana. 

c is similar to hard c in cat, unless it stands before e or i, when 
it is pronounced like the th of theater. When c is doubled 
the first c is always hard like c in cat. cabo, ceba, cita, 
action. 

ch is similar to ch in chair, chica, achaca. 

d, when between vowels or at the end of a word, is somewhat 
like the th in though, but not so strongly pronounced. 1 
When initial it is nearer the d of day. However, in pro- 
nouncing Spanish d, the tip of the tongue always touches 
slightly the back of the upper teeth. Madrid, cada, decir. 

f is somewhat like/ in fun. figura, efe. 

g is like hard g in go, unless followed by e or i, when it is pro- 
nounced like the Spanish j (see below). The hard sound 
of g before e or i is obtained by placing an unpronounced 
u after the g. gala, girar, general, guerra, sigue. 

h is silent in Spanish, hado, hermana, hueso. 

j is pronounced like a strongly aspirated, throaty English h. 
Those who know German may recognize the sound as 
almost like that of ch in Aachen, jaca, jota, ajo. When 
final, the j is nearly silent, reloj (sometimes written relo). 

k is like an English k. (It is found only in a few foreign words.) 
kilogramo, kilometre 

I is somewhat like / in lake. However, in pronouncing Span- 

ish 1, the corners of the mouth are drawn back more tensely, 
and the tongue is brought farther forward than in the 
formation of English /. lago, le, balde. 

II is like Hi in million, llama, calle. 

There is a tendency in Andalusia, in many parts of 
Spanish America and even at Madrid, to pronounce 11 
like consonantal y. cabayo for caballo, eya for ella. 
m is similar to m in mat. mi, modo, tramar. 

1 In the ending -ado, the sound of d is entirely lost in every-day speech, 
except by the purists, -ado sounds like the ou of out (Eng.). acabado, 
soldado. It is better for foreigners not to omit the d entirely. 



§ 2 CONSONANTES 5 

n is somewhat like n in now. 

However, in pronouncing Spanish n, the tip of the tongue 
touches slightly the back of the upper teeth, nada, mano. 
When followed by a guttural, n becomes somewhat nasal, 
e.g. encargar, monje, tengo. 

n has the sound of ny in canyon, or gn in mignonette. The 
mark ~ over the n is called a tilde, canon, sefior. 

p is similar to p in pond, poco, plata, Lope. 

q is used only when followed by u. Qu is pronounced like 
English k, or hard c in cake, que, aqui, quedo, loquillo. 

r is somewhat like the English initial r in red. When initial in 
a word, when final in a syllable other than the last, when 
preceded by 1, n, or s, or by any consonant in the same 
syllable, it is slightly trilled, para, pero, rabo, perder, 
Enrique, Israel, malrotar, bravo, pronto. 

rr is strongly trilled. This is a sound not employed in English, 
and requires practice to acquire, perro, gorra. 

s is usually like s in saw. Though sometimes softened before 
a voiced consonant, it never has the sound of s in rose. 
ese, ostras, esbelto, esdrujulo. 

t is somewhat like t in table, but pronounced farther forward in 
the mouth than / in English, the tip of the tongue touching 
the teeth, atado, esta, trabajar. 

v is pronounced somewhat like the second v in valve, but the 
lips are lightly touched together, and the sound resembles 
the Spanish b, so much so that the two sounds are often 
confused in orthography. When initial, v is a little more 
strongly pronounced, vano, desvanece, vida, Havana or 
Habana. 

w is found only in words taken from other languages. In words 
of German origin it is pronounced like v; in words of Eng- 
lish origin, like w. Wagner (= Vagner), whist ( = wist), 
waterproof ( = waterproof) . 

x is somewhat like x in ax, especially between vowels. In many 
words, particularly in the initial syllable ex- followed by a 
consonant, the x is often pronounced like Spanish s. 
examen, exacto, extremo, Extremadura. 

y, when used as a vowel, is pronounced like Spanish i. When 



6 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 3-5 

used as a consonant (i.e. when followed by a vowel in the 
same syllable), it is pronounced like y in yes. rey, y, yacer, 
yema, yugo. 
z is pronounced like th in thick, never like the th in though. It 
almost never occurs before e or i. C before e or i has the 
same sound, azul, azarado, azucar, zorra, zeta. 

3. c and n are the only consonants, except those given in 
the alphabet as separate characters, that may be doubled in 
Spanish, action, accidente, innovar, innumerable. Both let- 
ters are carefully enunciated. In the case of two c's, the first 
has the sound of k, and the second, of th. 

4. All letters of the alphabet are feminine in Spanish, and 
usually stand with an article. 

una b, la jota, una m. 

Habana se escribe con (una) b. 

5. The most important variations from the Castilian pro- 
nunciation, which are found in many parts of Spain, particu- 
larly in the south, and in Spanish America, are: 

1. c before e or i is pronounced like Spanish s. cinco ( = sinco), 

quince ( = quinse). 
z is pronounced like Spanish s. azul (=asul), azucar 

(=asucar). 
11 is pronounced like Spanish consonantal y. caballo ( = ca- 

bayo), ello ( = eyo), silla ( = siya). 
11 is in some localities pronounced like English j in jest. 

caballo, pitillo. 
y as a consonant is sometimes pronounced like English j in 

jest, yo, ya. 
1 and r are often confused, arta for alta, robre for roble. 

2. Many consonants, particularly s, are silent, la mujer ( = la 

muje) , dos veces ( = do vese) . 
Sometimes final s has the sound of th in lath, las mujeres 
{ = laz mujer ez). 

3. Many other peculiarities of speech are regional. Most of 

those above mentioned are quite widespread. They are 
given in order to enable the student, if talking to one who 



§§ 6-8 DIPTONGOS Y TRIPTONGOS 7 

is not a Castilian, to recognize these peculiarities and adjust 
them to the Castilian pronunciation that he has learned. 

CAMBIOS ORTOGRAFICOS Y FONETICOS 

(Orthographic and Phonetic Changes) 

6. In conjugation, in inflection and in derivative words, a 
change of orthography is often made in order to preserve the 
original sound of the syllable. In the infinitive sacar, for ex- 
ample, c has the sound of k. When in the conjugation of the 
verb the ending e occurs, in order to preserve the original sound 
of the infinitive, one must write saque (and not sace). 

c ( = k) becomes qu before e or i. 

qu ( = k) becomes c before a, o, or u. 

g ( = g in go) becomes gu before e or i. 

gu { — g in go) becomes g before a, o, or u. 

c ( = th in thick) becomes z before a, o, or u. 

z ( = th in thick) becomes c before e or i. 

g ( = Spanish j) becomes j before a, o, or u. 1 

gu ( = Spanish gu before a, o, u) becomes gu before e or i. 

7. The following examples illustrate the varying orthography 
for the same consonantal sound: 

Word examples 

(a) ca, que, qui, co, cu (b) tocar, toque, toquilla, toco, locura 
ga, gue, gui, go, gu pagar, pague, guiar, pago, gusto 

za, ce, ci, zo, zu gozar, goce, rocio, gozo, azucar 

ja, ge, gi, jo, ju coja, coge, cogido, cojo, jubon 

gua, gue, gui, guo averiguar, averigiie, guiro, averiguo 

DIPTONGOS Y TRIPTONGOS 

(Diphthongs and Triphthongs) 

8. A diphthong is a combination of two contiguous vowels 
in the same syllable, and a triphthong is a combination of three 
contiguous vowels in the same syllable. Mute h is disregarded 
and does not prevent diphthongization. An understanding of 
the laws of the formation of diphthongs and triphthongs is 
necessary in order to understand the rules of the written accent. 
In verse there are special laws and exceptions that require par- 
ticular attention. In prose, however, the following general 
laws will suffice. 

1 Spanish j does not usually change to g before e or i. Navajo, Navajito. 
In popular orthography, however, they are sometimes confused. One 
often sees on signs carruages for carruajes. 



8 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 9-16 

9. Spanish vowels are divided into strong vowels a, e, o, and 
weak vowels i, u. Y, when a vowel, may be considered as i. 
Whenever by inflection an unaccented i or the vowel y would 
occur between vowels, the i or vowel y is changed to consonantal 
y (leer, leyendo, not leiendo). rey, reyes. 

10. Two strong vowels do not unite into a single syllable. 
ca-er, le-er, ro-er, pro-a. 

11. The possible combinations for diphthongs in prose are 
then: 



ai 


ei 


oi 


aire 


ley 


hoy 


ia 


ie 


io 


diablo 


pierdo 


serio 


au 


eu 


ou 


aun 


deuda 


bou 


ua 


ue 


uo 


agua 


puedo 


monstruo 


ui 


uu 1 




ruido 






iu 


ii 1 




viuda 







12. In diphthongs both vowels are sounded, but the strong 
vowel receives more stress. If both vowels are weak, the latter 
receives more stress, aire, puedo, serio, ruido, viuda. 

13. If, in the combination of a strong vowel and a weak 
vowel, the weak vowel is accented, or if the first of two weak 
vowels is accented (such accent being indicated in both cases 
by an accent mark), the vowels stand in separate syllables. 
di-a, continu-a, a-un, flu-ido. 

14. In order to form a triphthong there must be a strong 
vowel between two weak vowels. A triphthong is never formed 
with a weak vowel as the middle vowel. 

15. The following combinations are found in triphthongs: 

iai guiais uai averiguais, guay 

iei guieis uei averigueis, buey 

16. When a Latin word, in which there was an e or o in a 
stressed syllable, passed into Spanish, the e frequently became 
ie, and the o, ue in the Spanish derivative. This change is 
shown in Spanish words where the e and o of unaccented sylla- 
bles become ie and ue respectively, if by inflection or conjuga- 

1 The combinations uu and ii are very rare. The former is sometimes 
found and made a diphthong in Latin words, e.g. suutn, and the latter 
occurs in nihilista. 



§§ 17-19 ACENTO 9 

tion the accent falls on the syllable in which they occur. Owing 
to Latin influence also, Spanish ie and ue of accented syllables 
often become e and o respectively when the accent shifts to 
another syllable. In verbs, e sometimes becomes i in both 
accented and unaccented syllables. These changes are very 
important in the conjugation of many verbs. 

contar, cuento siete, setecientos 

fuerte, fortisimo seguir, sigo, sigamos 

perder, pierdo 

17. When a Latin e or o becomes a diphthong in Spanish at 
the beginning of a word, ie is changed to ye, and ue to hue, be- 
cause no Spanish word may begin with the diphthongs ie or ue. 

Latin, ovum; Spanish, huevo 
Latin, errat; Spanish, yerra 
Latin, equa; Spanish, yegua 

ACENTO 

(Accent) 

18. There are certain rules governing the accent in Spanish 
words, according to which the accent falls on certain syllables 
under certain conditions, and does not need to be written. Any 
deviation from the rules requires a written accent. 

19. The principal rules are: 

1. Any word ending in a vowel, or in the consonants n or s, 
is normally accented on the next to the last syllable (the penult). 
lobo, minuto, madura, pobre, verde, cree, feo, lobos, minutos, 
hablan, crimen, orden. 

2. Any word ending in a consonant, except n or s, is nor- 
mally accented on the last syllable (the ultimate). Final y is 
considered as a consonant for purposes of accentuation, and 
becomes so in the plural of words ending in y in the singular. 
verdad, azul, mortal, hablar, solaz, marfil, rey (pi., reyes), ley 
(pi., leyes), buey (pi., bueyes). 

3. Monosyllables normally do not take the written accent. 
lo, muy, se, de, pues, sois, veis, crin, vez. 

4. Since diphthongs and triphthongs form only one syllable, 
their presence in a word does not alter the rules for the accent. 
If the diphthong falls in the stressed syllable, the strong vowel 



10 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA § 20 

of the combination of a strong and weak, or the latter of two 

weak vowels, receives the accent. The strong vowel of a 

triphthong is accented. (It should be remembered that two 

strong vowels do not form a diphthong.) 

continuo aire heroico viuda guay 

serio pierdo suerte ruida buey 

20. The written accent is employed to indicate any violations 
of the above rules: 

1. In all words accented on a syllable before the penult. 
musica, portico, lugubre, dandoselo, heroe, aerea, fluido. 

2. In words ending in a vowel, or n or s, accented on the last 
syllable, hable, mato, despues, atras, action, jardin, hablais, 
teneis, despreciais. 

3. In words ending in a consonant, other than n or s, accented 
on a syllable before the ultimate, arbol, lapiz, Velazquez, 
marmol, angel. 

4. In words having the same orthography, to distinguish one 
form from another. 

aun {preceding a verb), ' even,' 'still'; aun (following a verb), 1 still,' 'yet.' 

como, 'as'; icomo? 'how?' jcomo! 'how!' 

cuando, 'when'; i cuando? 'when?' 

cuanto, 'as much'; i cuanto? 'how much?' 

de, 'of '; de (subj. of dar, cf. § 206), 'give.' 

di, 'tell' (cf. § 247); di, 'I gave' (cf. § 206). 

donde, 'where'; idonde? 'where?' 

el, 'the;' el, 'he,' 'him.' 

mas, 'but'; mas, 'more.' 

mi (poss. adj.), 'my;' mi (pers. pron.), 'me.' 

se, 'himself,' 'herself,' etc.; se, 'I know' (cf. § 242); 'be' (cf. § 189). 

si, 'if; si, 'yes'; 'one's self.' 

solo {adj.), 'alone'; solo (adv.), 'only.' 

te (pers. pron.), 'thee'; te, 'tea.' 

tu (poss. adj.), 'thy'; tu (pers. pron.), 'thou.' 

ve, 'sees' (cf. § 296); ve, 'go' (cf. § 255). 

Note 1. — Usage varies in the use of the diacritic mark on he, 'be- 
hold'; ha, 'ago.' Bello, who prefers its use, is here followed. 

Note 2. — The preposition a and the conjunctions e, o, u, formerly 
accented, according to recent action of the Spanish Academy are now 
written without accent, except 6 when it might be mistaken for zero, e.g. 
3 6 4. 

5. The preterit tense of verbs when monosyllablic and end- 
ing in a vowel sometimes takes the written accent by analogy 
with other verbs, vio, dio, fui, fue. 



§ 21 SILABEO 



11 



6. The demonstrative pronouns are accented to distinguish 
them from similar forms of the demonstrative adjectives (cf. 
§ 107). este (pron.), 'this'; este (adj.), 'this.' 

7. The interrogative pronouns and adjectives are accented 
to distinguish them from similar forms of the relative pronouns 
(cf.§269). quien (rel.), 'whom'; iquien? (inter.), ' who?' ' whom?' 

8. When one of the weak vowels (i or u) preceded or fol- 
lowed by one of the strong vowels (a, e, o) is stressed, the ac- 
cent must be written in order to show that the two vowels do 
not combine to form a diphthong, seria, poesia, aun, continua, 
leido, duo, ataud, oir. 

9. When pronouns are suffixed to verbs that have a written 
accent, the accent is retained. If by suffixing pronouns the 
normal accent of the verb form falls on a syllable before the 
penult, the accent must be written, escapo, escapose; vio, 
viole; dando, dandome, dandomelo. 

10. An adjective having the written accent retains it when 
-mente is added to form an adverb (cf. § 227), and in compound 
words each part retains its original accent, facil, facilmente; 
dificil, dificilmente; el espantapajaros (espanta-pajaros) ; la 
sinrazon (sin-razon) ; decimo septimo. 

11. In the inflection of a word a written accent is employed 

or dropped according to the rules above given. 

frances, franceses espaiiol, espaiioles 

orden, ordenes iba, ibamos 

Note. — caracter and regimen, in the formation of their plurals, move 
the accent one syllable nearer the end of the word, caracteres, regimenes. 

SILABEO 

(Syllabication) 

21. The knowledge of how to divide a Spanish word into 
syllables is important, both in prose for the sake of breaking a 
word at the end of a line, and in verse for the sake of the meter. 
1. Combinations of vowels forming a diphthong or triph- 
thong should not be separated. 

se-ria, not s«-ri-a rui-do, not ru-i-do 
But: se-ri-a, cre-er, le-al, a-un 



12 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §22 

2. A single consonant (including ch, 11, n, rr) between vowels 
goes with the following vowel. 

da-do Pi-ri-ne-os a-de-mas mu-cho 

bu-llir ma-na-na a-rro-jar 

3. Two consonants (ch, 11, ii, rr being considered as single 
consonants) are regularly divided, but any consonant followed 
by 1 or r (except s followed by 1 or r; or r or t followed by 1) is 
pronounced with the following syllable. 



cuan-do 


in-no-ble 


But: 


mon-ta-iia 


ta-blas 


es-la-bon 


ac-cion 


a-gra-do 


Is-ra-el 


hen-chir 


a-cre-e-dor 


per-la 


des-llo-tra-do 


a-tras 


at-le-ta 



4. Prefixes usually form separate syllables, even though by 
so doing they violate the preceding rules. 

sub-de-le-ga-do sub-en-ten-der des-a-ta-do 

(In the last two examples the final consonant of the prefix 
remains with the first syllable, contrary to § 21, 2.) 

Note. — If the prefix comes before s followed by a consonant, the s is 
joined to the prefix, for s is always separated from a following consonant. 
cons-pi-rar, cons-ti-pa-do, ins-pi-rar, pers-pi-rar, des-pre-cio, ads-cri-to. 

5. When more than two consonants stand between vowels, 
the last consonant only of the group, or an inseparable com- 
bination of a consonant followed by 1 or r (cf. § 21, 3), is pro- 
nounced with the following vowel. 

ins-ti-tu-to in-promp-tu sas-tre 

pers-pi-caz sal-dre es-cla-vo 

PUNTUACI6N 

(Punctuation) 

22. Spanish punctuation is essentially the same as English. 
One notable exception is the use of inverted interrogation and 
exclamation points at the beginning of interrogatory and ex- 
clamatory sentences respectively, which, if of mixed character, 
may end with a different point from that with which they begin. 
This greatly aids the reader to modulate his voice correctly, 
especially in a long sentence, whereas in English one often 



§ 23 EJERCICIO DE PRONUNCIACION 13 

notices at the very end of a sentence that it is interrogatory and 
is obliged to suddenly change the pitch of his voice. 

«jQue hora es? What time is it? jQue lastima! What a pity! 

iQue persecution es esta, Dios mio! Heavens! What persecution is this? 



USO DE LA MAYUSCULA 

(Capitalization) 

23. The use of capitals is nearly the same as in English, 
except that proper adjectives do not begin with a capital, unless 
they are capitalized by their position, i.e. at the beginning of a 
sentence, a quotation, or a line of verse, in titles, etc. The same 
rule holds for the pronoun yo, ' I. 3 Days of the week and months 
of the year are usually not capitalized, but in dating letters they 
often are. 

la lengua espanola the Spanish language 

la escuela sevillana the Sevillian school 

el y yo he and I 

Le vere el lunes, dos de enero I shall see him Monday, the 

second of January 

Note. — When used as nouns, proper adjectives are sometimes capi- 
talized and sometimes not. The usage varies. 

el Flamenco (or flamenco), the man from Flanders 
el Toledano {or toledano), the Toledan 
el Catalan {or Catalan), the Catalonian 



EJERCICIO DE PRONUNCIACI6N 

(Pronunciation Exercise) 

Divide into syllables and pronounce, placing the accent ac- 
cording to given rules, the following words: 

digo, seguir, Jornada, solicitar, solito, comenzar, empezar, ejercicio, dia, 
papagayo, atmosfera, cerveza, botella, muchacho, cigarro, pero, perro, 
girar, gorra, arbol, diccionario, aprender, sofa, principe, violin, vesti- 
bulo, sombrero, guitarra, parentesis, canon, caiiones, virgen, virgenes, 
rubi, rubies, lapiz, lapices, algodon, azucar, burro, cafe, seiior, senores, 
montaiia, espaiiol, llamar, ingles, ingleses, llegar, gitanilla, ley, leyes, 
biblioteca, errores, despues, crepusculo, lea, cree, monstruo, origen, 
llegaran, aerea, violeta, sabado, sitio, perdeis, hablais, continuan, seria, 
seria, politico, guardar, hierba, huele, cuerda, Sevilla,^ Madrid, Valla- 
dolid, Zaragoza, Cordoba, Badajoz, Buenos Aires, Los Angeles, Mejico, 
Florida, Cuba, Barcelona, Valencia, Calahorra, Lima, Santiago, Argen- 
tina, Brasil, Estados Unidos, America, Japon, Francia, Espaiia, Tanger, 
Constantinopla. 



14 GEAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 24-27 



LECCION PRIMERA 

(Lesson I) 

ARTICULOS 

(Articles) 

Articulo Determinado 

(Definite Article) 

24. The forms of the definite article in Spanish are; 



Numero Singular 




GENERO MASCULINO FEMENINO 


NEUTRO 


el la 


lo 


Plural 




MASCULINO 


FEMENINO 


los 


las the 



25. The definite article agrees in gender and number with 
the word it modifies. 

26. Lo is used chiefly before adjectives having an abstract 
meaning and before past participles to indicate a whole idea. 

lo malo, that which is bad lo escrito, that which is written 

1. It is sometimes used before adjectives that are inflected, 
and is then often translated 'how.' It may also be used, with 
the meaning 'how' or 'as/ before adverbs. 

No puedo decide lo bonitas que I cannot tell you how beautiful they 

eran were 

lo bien que habla how well he speaks 

lo mas pronto posible as soon as possible 

27. Before a feminine singular noun of two (or optionally 
before one of three) syllables, beginning with accented a or ha, 
the article el, instead of la, is used for euphony. This change 
does not occur before adjectives, except sometimes in verse. 
But: the letter h is always called la hache. 

el agua (/.), the water la or el Africa, Africa 

el hacha (/.), the ax la or el aguila, the eagle 

But: la alhaja, the jewel la alta montana, the high mountain 

Note. — Some authors admit the masculine article before similar fem- 
inines of one syllable, el haz (/.), the surface. But: la a (letter). 



§§ 28-31 VOCABULARIO 15 

28. When the prepositions de, 'of,' 'from/ or a, 'to/ 'at/ 
immediately precede the article el, they are contracted into del 
and al respectively. 

del libro, of the book al libro, to the book 

Articulo Indeterminado 

(Indefinite Article) 

29. The singular forms of the indefinite article in Spanish 
are un, masculine, and una, feminine. 

un hombre, a man una mujer, a woman 

Note. — Un is sometimes, used for una before a feminine noun beginning 
with a or ha. This use is not sanctioned, however, by the Spanish Academy. 
un alma (/.), a soul un hambre (/.), a hunger 

30. The plural forms unos, unas, are used meaning 'some' 
or 'a few.' 

unos hombres, some {or a few) men unas mujeres, some {or a few) women 

31. Articles, definite and indefinite, are generally repeated 

before the nouns they qualify. 

el hombre y la mujer, the man and woman 

el sombrero, la chaqueta y los zapatos del hombre, the man's hat, coat and 

shoes 
un muchacho y una muchacha, a boy and girl 

1 . They are not repeated, however, when the nouns refer to the 
same person or thing, are closely related (as when several nouns 
refer to mental or moral traits of one individual), or are re- 
garded as a group or ensemble. 

un amigo y protector a friend and protector 

el celo, industria e inteligencia de mi the zeal, industry and intelligence of 

amigo my friend 

Hombres, mujeres y niiios (todos) Men, women and children (all) 

perecieron perished 

VOCABULARIO PRIMERO 

(Vocabulary I) 

aqui, adv., here. en, prep., in, into, on, at. 

el cepillo {pi., -s) [de encerado], es {pi., son), is {pi., are) {in- 

the eraser. dicating what is permanent 

la clase {pi., -s), the class, class- or inherent). 

room. escribir, to write. 

donde, adv., where, wherever; escrito, -a, written. 

£donde? where? espanol, -a, Spanish. 



16 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



esta (pi., -n), is (pi., are) (in- 
dicating a transitory state or 
a situation); stand (s). 
estamos, we are (cf. esta). 
estudiar, to study. 
la forma (pi., -s), the form, model. 
hay, there is, there are. 
limpiar, to clean. 
observar, to observe. 
para, prep., for, to, in order to, 
about to. 
la pared (pi., -es), the wall. 
la pizarra, \ (pi., -s), the black- 
el encerado, / board. 1 

pronunciar, to pronounce, de- 
liver. 



la puerta (pi., -s), the door, gate, 
gateway. 
£que? what? which?; j — ! how! 
la sala (pi., -s), the hall, large 

room. 
el suelo (pi., -s), the floor, ground, 
soil. 
tambien, adv., also, too. 
el techo (pi., -s), the ceiling, 
tiene (pi., -n), has (pi., have), 
hold(s). 
la tiza (pi., -s), the chalk. 
la ventana (pi., -s), the window, 
y, conj., and (becomes e before a 
word beginning with i or hi 
[not hie]). 



EJERCICIO PRIMERO DE LECTURA 

(Reading Exercise I) 

Aqui estamos en una sala de clase. Es la clase de espanol. 
La sala tiene paredes, un techo y un suelo. Tiene tambien 
ventanas y puertas. Las puertas y las ventanas estan en las 
paredes. Hay tambien una pizarra en una pared. Para es- 
cribir en la pizarra hay tiza y para limpiar lo escrito hay 
cepillos. Estamos aqui para estudiar el espanol. 



EJERCICIO ORAL PRIMERO 

(Oral Exercise I) 

1. The blackboard. 2. The chalk. 3. The eraser. 4. The 
door. 5. The window. 6. The floor. 7. The class-room. 8. 
The wall. 9. The wall of the room. 10. The floor and ceiling 
of the room. 11. The chalk and erasers for the blackboard. 
12. To the doors and windows. 13. To the floor and ceiling. 
14. The water, 2 of the water, to the water. 15. Some erasers. 
16. Some windows. 17. What is written. 18. Here is the first, 
reading exercise. 19. [To] study and [to] observe. 20. We ar^ 
here in order to observe. 21. The class is here in order to pro- 
nounce (the) Spanish. 

1 La pizarra is a blackboard of slate, while el encerado is made of black- 
ened boards, cloth, or other material. 

2 Agua,/. 



§ 32 . ARTICULOS 17 

TEMA PRIMERO 

(Composition [or Theme] I) 

Here is the Spanish class-room. The room has doors and 
windows. It has also a floor, ceiling and walls. On one wall 2 
is a blackboard. The lesson is (esta) written on the black- 
board. It is the first Spanish lesson (lesson of Spanish). 4 
There are erasers to (para) clean the blackboard. 

CONVERSACION PRIMERA 

(Conversation I) 

1. (iQue forma tiene el masculino singular del articulo de- 
terminado? <;el femenino singular? <iel masculino plural? <:el 
femenino plural? <:el neutro? 2. <iQue forma tiene el mascu- 
lino singular del articulo indeterminado? <iel femenino singular? 
<jel masculino plural? <;el femenino plural? 

3. <;D6nde estamos? 4. ^Que hay en la sala? 5. <:D6nde 
esta la puerta? 6. ^Que hay para escribir en la pizarra? 
7. <;D6nde esta la pizarra? 8. <:D6nde esta la tiza? 9. <iQue 
hay para limpiar lo escrito? 10. <;D6nde estan las ventanas? 



LECCION SEGUNDA 

(Lesson II) 

ARTICULOS 

(Articles) 

Usos Particulares 

(Special Uses) 

32. The definite article is used in Spanish, where it is omitted 
in English, in the following cases: 

1. Before nouns used in the general sense, i.e. as representa- 
tives of the entire class to which they belong. 

El hombre es mortal Man is mortal 

La miel es dulce Honey is sweet 

Los gatos son animales pequeiios Cats are small animals 

2. Before abstract nouns. 

la virtud, virtue el honor, honor 



18 GEAMATICA CASTELLANA § 33 

3. Before nouns formed of adjectives of nationality used to 

denote a language. Directly after hablar, 'to speak/ and in 

certain prepositional phrases, the article is commonly omitted. 

El espaiiol es una lengua facil Spanish is an easy language 

Habla corrientemente el espaiiol He speaks Spanish fluently 

But: Mi hermano habla espaiiol My brother speaks Spanish 

El libro esta escrito en espaiiol The book is written in Spanish 

la leccion de espaiiol the Spanish lesson 

4. Before verbal nouns formed of the infinitive of a verb and 
expressing an act in an abstract manner. 

el hablar, talking {or speech) el viajar, traveling {or travel) 

5. Before names of the seasons, except in certain preposi- 
tional phrases. 

la primavera, spring el invierno, winter 

But: un traje de primavera, a spring suit 

6. Before names of the days of the week or month. The 

article is, however, as in English, often omitted in dating letters. 

'On' before names of the days of the week is usually replaced 

by the definite article in Spanish. 

El domingo es dia de descanso Sunday is a day of rest 

Le vere a usted (el) sabado I shall see you on Saturday 

But: Domingo 2 de enero de 1910 Sunday, January 2, 1910 

7. Before titles when the person is not addressed. 

el seiior Gomez, Mr. Gomez el rey Alfonso Trece, King Alfonso Thirteenth 

8. Before all names of countries when qualified by adjec- 
tives, and before the names of certain countries and towns that 
always require the article, such as: el Brasil, Brazil; el Canada, 
Canada; el Japon, Japan; el Peru, Peru; el Cairo, Cairo; la Ha- 
bana, Havana; el Havre, Havre. 

la Espaiia meridional southern Spain 

el Asia central central Asia 

But: Fue a Tierra Santa He went to the Holy Land 

{Here the adjective forms an essential part of the noun.) 

Note. — With the names of countries and localities a is used to denote 
1 motion towards,' while 'rest in' is expressed by en. 

Voy a Paris, I am going to Paris Estoy en Paris, I am in Paris 

33. The indefinite article is generally omitted: 
1. Before a predicate noun, unless modified by an adjective 
or other limiting expression. 



§§ 34-37 VERBOS 19 

Mi tio es medico My uncle is a doctor 

Mi tio es un medico excelente My uncle is an excellent doctor 

Su hermano es un alumno de esta clase Her brother is a pupil of this class 

2. After que, 'what a/ in exclamations: 

jQue tonto eres! What a fool you are! 

iQue dia mas hermoso! What a beautiful day! 

34. The articles, definite and indefinite, are omitted before 

a noun in apposition, unless qualified by a relative superlative 

adjective (cf. § 243, 2). 

Juan, hermano de la niiia John, the girl's brother 

But: Paris, la ciudad mas bella de Paris, the most beautiful city of 

Europa Europe 

35. The definite article frequently takes the place of the pos- 
sessive adjective when referring to parts of the body, clothing, 
etc. (cf. §§ 101-102). 

La niiia levant 6 la mano The girl raised her hand 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

36. There are three regular conjugations. Infinitives end- 
ing in -ar belong to the first, those in -er to the second, and 
those in -ir to the third. 

Infinitivos 

(Infinitives) 

I habl-ar, to speak II deb-er, 1 to owe, ought III viv-ir, to live 

37. The infinitive in Spanish may be used as a verbal noun, 

corresponding generally to the English verbal noun in -ing. 

The present participle is never so used. 

el hablar, speaking, speech el viajar, traveling, travel 

El hablar es plata, el silencio es oro Speech is silver, silence is gold 

1 The verb deber indicates usually a moral obligation, and is translated 
by ' ought,' ' should,' 'must,' etc. In this sense it is commonly followed by 
an infinitive without introductory preposition. When the following infin- 
itive is introduced by the preposition de, the verb deber usually indicates a 
strong probability or mild obligation. 

Debo estudiar I ought to (or must) study 

Debe de haber estado cerca del rio It must have been near the river 



20 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



VOCABULARIO SEGUNDO 
(Vocabulary II) 



el alumno 1 (pi., -s), the stu- 
el estudiante / dent, pupil. 

America,/., America, 
el banco (pi., -s), the bench, seat, 
bank. 
con, prep., with. 
delante de, prep., before, in 

front of. 
detras, adv., behind, after; — 

de, prep., behind, after. 
dice (pi., -n), say(s). 
escucha (pi., -n), listen (s), is 
(or are) listening. 
la escuela (pi., -s), the school. 
habla (pi., -n), speak (s), talk (s), 
is (or are) speaking (talking). 
el libro (pi., -s), the book. 
(el) lunes, Monday. 

se llama (pi., -n), is (or are) 
called, named. 
la mano (pi., -s), the hand. 

mafiana adv., to-morrow; subst., 
/., morrow, morning. 



la mesa (pi., -s), the table, desk. 
el (or la) natural (pi., -es), the 
native, inhabitant. 
necesario, -a, necessary. 
o, conj., or (becomes u before a 
word beginning with o or ho), 
el otorlo (pi. } -s), the autumn, 
fall. 
principiando, beginning. 
el profesor (pl.,-es), 1 the teacher, 
la prof esora (pi. , -s) , / professor, 
que, conj., that, than; pron., 

who, that, which. 
<:quien? (pi., -es) who? whom? 
sentado, -a, seated. 
el sefior (pl.,-es), the gentleman, 
man; (as term of address), sir, 
Mr. 
si, adv., yes. 
la silla (pi., -s), the chair. 
el sustantivo (pi., -s), the noun, 
tomar, to take. 



EJERCICIO SEGUNDO DE LECTURA 
(Reading Exercise II) 

Es el otono y en la escuela la clase de espanol esta princi- 
piando. En la clase esta el profesor con los alumnos o estu- 2 
diantes. El Sefior Calderon, natural del Peru, es profesor. El 
profesor esta sentado en una silla detras de la mesa, y los 4 
estudiantes en unos bancos delante del profesor. El profesor 
tiene un libro en la mano. Dice que la lectura y el escribir 6 
son necesarios 1 para los estudiantes de espanol. Los alumnos 
escuchan. 8 

EJERCICIO ORAL SEGUNDO 

(Oral Exercise II) 

1. The student and teacher {one person). 2. The student 
and teacher {two persons). 3. We are beginning (the) Spanish. 
4. There is chalk on the table. 5. Mr. Calderon is behind the 
desk. 6. He is a professor. 7. He says that reading is necessary 
(/.) for the students. 8. The student is speaking Spanish with 

1 Cf. § 60. 



§ 38 SUSTANTIVOS 21 

the professor. 9. He holds the chalk in his hand. 10. He writes 

the first lesson on the blackboard. 11. The gentleman is a 

native of Canada. 12. The student is seated. 13. Where is 

the teacher? 14. Is he in the class-room? 15. Yes, sir, the 

professor is here. 16. What a student he is! 17. To-morrow is 

Monday. 18. He holds the class on Monday. 19. What is there 

on the desk? 20. He says that studying is necessary (m.). 21. 

He is in America in order to study. 22. The professor of 

Spanish is named Calderon. 23. He is here in order to take the 

book. 

TEMA SEGUNDO 
(Composition II) 

In the autumn the students are beginning to (a) study 
Spanish. The professor, a native of Peru, has books on the 2 
desk. He takes a book from the desk and reads (lee) in 
Spanish. The students listen. The professor says that the 4 
lesson for to-morrow is written (/.) on the blackboard. The 
students are beginning to (a) write the exercises and to (a) 6 
study the vocabulary too. The professor says that it is ne- 
cessary (m.) [to] study the lesson for Monday. 8 

CONVERSACION SEGUNDA 
(Conversation II) 

1. <iQue esta principiando? 2. ^Quienes estan en la clase? 
3. ^Quien es el profesor? 4. ^Donde esta el Profesor Calderon? 
5. <;D6nde estan los alumnos? 6. <;Que tiene el profesor en la 
mano? 7. <;Que libro es? 8. ^Que dice el profesor a los estu- 
diantes? 9. <:Quienes escuchan? - 



LECCION TERCERA 

(Lesson III) 

SUSTANTIVOS 

(Nouns) 

Numero 

(Number) 

38. Words that end in a consonant, an accented vowel (ex- 
cept -e), 1 or a final diphthong ending in -y, and also mono- 
1 Words ending in accented -o or -u often add only -s. 



22 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 39-40 

syllabic names of letters of the alphabet, form their plural by 
adding -es to the singular. 

la pared, the wall las paredes, the walls 

el baja, the pasha los bajaes, the pashas 

el rubi, the ruby los rubies, the rubies 

el rondo, the rondo los rondoes, the rondos 

el bambu, the bamboo los bambues, the bamboos 

el rey, the king los reyes, the kings 

la ce, the c las cees, the c's 

But: el canape, the sofa los canapes, the sofas 

el pie, the foot los pies, the feet 

Exceptions. — Certain words of foreign origin: papa, papas; 
mama, mamas; sofa, sofas; domino, dominos; tisu, tisus, etc. 

Note. — Final c is changed to qu, and final z to c, before -es. 

el frac, the dress coat los fraques, the dress coats 

la vez, the time las veces, the times 

39. Other nouns form their plural by adding -s. 

el libro, the book los libros, the books 

Note. — A few nouns ending in -s, Latin terms, and family names 
ending in -z are unchanged in the plural. 

el lunes, Monday los lunes, Mondays 

la crisis, the crisis las crisis, the crises 

el ultimatum, the ultimatum los ultimatum, the ultimata 

Alvarez los Alvarez 

40. In the plural, Spanish nouns have the following idiomatic 
uses that differ from the English: 

1. The plural is often equivalent in meaning to the singular 
used collectively. 

el vestido, los vestidos, the clothing la barba, las barbas, the beard 
el cabello, los cabellos, the hair el postre, los postres, the dessert 

2. Many nouns, especially those denoting rank or relation- 
ship, are used in the masculine plural to designate individuals 
of both sexes. 

los reyes, the kings, the king and queen 

los padres, the fathers, the parents, the father and mother 

los hermanos, the brothers, the brother(s) and sister(s) 

los hijos, the sons, the son(s) and daughter(s) 

los nifLos, the children, the boy(s) and girl(s) 



§§ 41-43 VERBOS 23 

Posesion 

(Possession) 

41. Possession is regularly expressed by de and the noun 
indicating the possessor. 

el libro de la maestra, the teacher's book el padre de Pablo, Paul's father 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

Gerundio 

(Present Participle) 

42. The present participle is formed by adding to the stem, 
-ando in the first conjugation and -iendo in the second and 
third. 

I habl-ando, speaking II deb-iendo, owing III viv-iendo, living 

Participio Pasivo 

(Past Participle) 

43. The past participle is formed by adding to the stem, 
-ado in the first conjugation and -ido in the second and third. 
With the auxiliary haber, 'to have/ it is used to form the com- 
pound tenses (tiempos compuestos), and with ser, 'to be/ to 
form the passive voice (voz pasiva). 

I habl-ado, spoken II deb-ido, owed III viv-ido, lived 

Learn the first ten cardinal numbers (numeros cardinales) 

(cf. § 308). 

VOCABULARIO TERCERO 
(Vocabulary III) 

bonito, -a, pretty. explica (pi., -n), explain (s), is 

castellano, -a, Castilian, Span- (or are) explaining. 

ish. forma (pi., -n) form(s). 

£c6mq? adv., how? (used to in- hermoso, -a, beautiful, hand- 

v quire regarding way, means some. 

or manner). indica (pi., -n), designate(s), 

conocido, -a, known. indicate (s), mark(s). 

el cuadro, the picture. interesante, adj., interesting. 

la description, the description. el lapiz, the pencil. 

diverso, -a, diverse, different, el mapa, the map. 

various. mismo, -a, same, self, even. 

el edificio, the building, edifice. muy, adv., very. 

escribe (pi., -n), write (s), is no, adv., no, not. 

(or are) writing. la pagina, the page. 

Espafia, /., Spain. el pais, the country. 



24 GRAMATTCA CASTELLANA 

pero, conj., but. verb) you, one (or the verb may 

la pluma, the pen, feather. be translated by the passive form 

poco, -a, little, small; pi., few; (cf. §§216-217), e.g., sedice(n), 

adv., little, slightly; — a — , you say, one says, is (or are) 

adv., gradually. said, etc.). 

porque, conj., because, for. la sorpresa, the surprise. 

se, reflex, pron., itself, himself, termina (pl.,-n), end(s). 

herself; (when used before a la vista, the view, sight. 

EJERCICIO TERCERO 
(Exercise III) 

La clase de espanol esta en una sala que tiene dos puertas 
y cuatro ventanas. En la sala hay bancos para los estudiantes 2 
y una mesa para el profesor. En la mesa del profesor hay 
libros, lapices y plumas. En las paredes hay bonitos * cuadros 4 
con vistas de Espana. En la pared detras de la mesa del 
profesor hay un mapa. Es el mapa de Espana y Portugal, 6 
paises poco conocidos x pero muy interesantes. 1 En la misma * 
pared hay una pizarra con tiza y cepillos. 8 

Los lunes no hay clase de gramatica, porque el profesor 
habla de los diversos 1 cuadros que estan en las paredes. 10 
Termina la leccion con una description de Espana. 

EJERCICIO ORAL TERCERO 
(Oral Exercise III) 

1. The class-rooms. 2. The Spanish 2 class-rooms. 3. The 
students (boys and girls). 4. Very beautiful. 5. The wall. 
6. The walls. 7. The pencil. 8. The pencils. 9. Mondays. 
10. The buildings. 11. Because he has the professor's books. 
12. He writes the lesson with a pen. 13. That which is written. 
14. The written exercise. 15. He does not begin. 16. Speaking 
with the professors. 17. The countries on the map. 18. What 
is there on the desks? 19. The view is very pretty (/.). 20. She 
says that the description ends here. 21. The student speaks 
Spanish a little. 22. A surprise for the students. 

TEMA TERCERO 
(Composition III) 

In the beautiful 1 building where we are, there is a Spanish 
class-room. In the class-room the teacher is explaining the 2 

1 For inflection and agreement of adjectives, cf. §§ 52-55. 

2 Use de espanol. 



§§ 44-45 SUSTANTIVOS 25 

lesson to the students, who are seated in front of the desk. 
He explains how the plural of nouns is formed in Spanish. 4 
He also speaks of the infinitives and participles. There is a 
map of Spain behind the teacher's desk, and on Mondays 6 
he ends the lesson with a description of Spain, a country little 
known, but very interesting. 8 

CONVERSACION TERCERA 
(Conversation III) 

1. <[C6mo se forma el plural de los sustantivos que terminan 
en una consonante? ^en una vocal sin acento? ^en un diptongo 
que termina en y? 2. ([Como se forma el plural de cafe? ^de 
rubi? ^de papa? 3. <[Que forma tiene el plural de el lunes? 
4. ([Como se indica la posesion en castellano? 5. ([Como se 
forma el gerundio de la primera conjugation? ^de la segunda? 
<[de la tercera? 6. ([Como se escribe 1 el gerundio de vivir? 

7. <[Que tiempos se forman con haber y el participio pasivo? 

8. ([Como se dice en espanol seven, ten, three? 

9. ([Donde esta la clase de espanol? 10. <[Hay bancos en la 
sala? 11. ([Que explica el profesor? 12. ([Donde esta el mapa? 
13. ([De que habla el profesor los lunes? 14. ([Como termina la 
lection? 15. <[Es Espafia un pais interesante? 



LECCION CUARTA 

(Lesson IV) 

SUSTANTIVOS 

(Nouns) 

Genero 

(Gender) 

44. All Spanish nouns are either masculine or feminine. 

45. Nouns that designate males, titles or professions of males, 

are generally masculine, whatever their endings. 

el cura, the priest el profesor, the professor 

el juez, the judge el monarca, the monarch 

el muchacho, the boy el poeta, the poet 

But: la {or el) espia, the spy la {or el) centinela, the sentinel 

1 A regular way of saying 'How do you spell? ' One may also say £C6mo 
se deletrea? 



26 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§46-53 

46. Nouns that designate females, titles or occupations of 

females, are feminine. 

la muchacha, the girl la costurera, the seamstress 

la madre, the mother la condesa, the countess 

47. The names of days, months, rivers, oceans, mountains 

and indeclinable parts of speech are masculine. 

el lunes, Monday el Pacifico, the Pacific 

el abril, April el Etna, Mt. Etna 

el Rin, the Rhine el porque, the why 

48. Names of the letters of the alphabet are feminine (cf. § 4). 

una b, a b las cees, the c's la o, the o 

49. The gender of other nouns must be learned usually, but 
may, to a certain extent, be determined by the endings. 

50. Masculine endings: -o (except la mano, 'the hand') and 

-ma (in words of Greek origin). 

el libro, the book el idioma, the language 

el tema, the composition el poema, the poem 

51. Feminine endings: -a (except el dia, 'the day'; el mapa 

'the map'; el cometa, 'the comet'; el planeta, 'the planet'; 

and a few others), -dad, -tad, -tud, -ion, -umbre, and -ie (but 

not pie, m., 'foot'). 

la mesa, the table la virtud, the virtue 

la verdad, the truth la nation, the nation 

la libertad, the liberty la muchedumbre, the crowd 

la serie, the series 

i 

ADJETIVOS 

(Adjectives) 

Inflexion 

(Inflection) 

52. Adjectives ending in -o in the masculine singular change 
the -o to -a to form the feminine singular. 

bianco, blanca, white alto, alta, high 

53. Adjectives which do not end in -o in the masculine singu- 
lar have the same ending for both genders. 

facil (m. andf.), easy joven (m. andf.), young 

alegre (m. andf.), happy 



§§ 54-56 VERBOS 27 

Exceptions: 

1. Adjectives of nationality ending in a consonant add -a to 
form the feminine. 

espanol, espaiiola, Spanish ingles, inglesa, English 

2. Adjectives ending in -an, -on, -or (except comparatives, 
including certain Latin comparatives) add -a to form the femi- 
nine. 

holgazan, holgazana, idle, lazy burlon, burlona, roguish 

hablador, habladora, talkative 
But: mejor {m. andf.), better superior (m. and /.), superior 

54. The plural of adjectives is formed like the plural of 
nouns. 

bonito, bonitos, pretty facil, faciles, easy 

Concordancia 

(Agreement) 

55. Adjectives and participles used adjectively agree in 

gender and number with the words they modify. 

un hombre alto, a tall man las buenas mujeres, the good women 

las lecciones escritas, the written lessons 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

56. Presente de Indicativo del Verbo hablar, 'to speak, talk' 
(Present Indicative of the Verb hablar) 

PRIMERA CONJUGACION 

(First Conjugation) 

Singular 
l a persona yo 1 habl-o I speak, am speaking, do 2 speak 

2 a persona tu habl-as thou speakest, etc. 

3 a persona el (ella, usted) habl-a he (she, it, you) speak(s), etc. 

Plural 
l a persona nosotros habl-amos we speak, etc. 

2 a persona vosotros habl-ais you speak, etc. 

3 a persona ellos (ellas, ustedes) habl-an they (you) speak, etc. 

1 The personal pronouns used after prepositions are the same in form as 
the subject pronouns (cf. §§ 182, 208), except in the first and second per- 
sons singular, when mi and ti are used. 

2 The English auxiliary verb 'do,' which is common in negative or inter- 
rogative constructions, is not rendered in Spanish. 



28 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §57 

57. A verb agrees with its subject in person and number. 
Since the endings usually indicate the agreement, personal 
pronouns as subjects of the verb are commonly omitted, except 
when they are required to avoid ambiguity or for emphasis 
(cf. § 183). The pronoun usted (abbreviations V., Ud.), pi., 
ustedes (VV., Uds.), 'you/ is, however, usually used, and re- 
quires the verb in the third person, because it is a contraction 
of vuestra merced, 'your grace/ which would naturally take 
that person of the verb (cf. § 185). 

Hablamos espaiiol We are speaking Spanish 

But: El habla bien, pero ella habla He speaks well, but she speaks better 
mejor 

Yo lo digo I (emphatic) say so 

Usted habla bien You (sing.) speak well 

^Hablan ustedes espaiiol? Do you speak Spanish? 

Learn the cardinal numbers from ten to twenty (cf. § 308). 

VOCABULARIO CUARTO 
(Vocabulary IV) 

aprender, to learn. dQue tal? how? (often used] in- 

atentamente, adv., attentively. stead of icomo? to inquire after 

bastante, adj. and adv., enough, the quality or condition ofaper- 

sufhcient, rather, quite. son or thing). 

bien, adv., well, else. sabe (pl.,-n), know(s), know(s) 

la cosa, the thing. how. 

^cual? 1 (pi., -es), which? what? la senora, the lady, (as term of 

which one(s)? address) Madame, Mrs. 

entiende (pi., -n), hear(s), un- la senorita, the young (unmar- 

derstand(s). ried) lady, (as term of address) 

el estudio, the study. Miss. 

etcetera, et cetera. sin, prep., without. 

explicar, to explain, describe. sirve (pi., -n), serve (s). 

facil, adj., easy. la termination, the ending. 

hallar, to find. todavia, adv., still, yet. 

hoy, adv., to-day; — dia, now- todo, -a, all, each, every; pi. 

adays. (with definite article before 

el idioma, the language. nouns), all, every. 

la lengua, the tongue, language. el uso, the use. 

la linea, the line. la verdad, the truth; es verdad, 

otro, -a, other, another. it is true; «; Verdad? or <?No 

la palabra, the word. es verdad? isn't that so? (like 

posible, adj., possible. the French N'est-ce pas?), 
principiar, to begin. 

1 'What is?' is translated in general by ^Cual es? unless it means 'What 
sort of a thing is?' and then iQue es? is used. 

iCual es la lection? What (or which) is the lesson? 

iQue es un sustantivo? What (sort of a thing) is a substan- 

tive? 



EJERCICIOS 29 

EJERCICIO CUARTO 
(Exercise IV) 

Hoy hay otra clase de espanol. El profesor principia la 
leccion del dia explicando la grama tica. Dice que es muy 2 
necesario aprender la gramatica para hablar bien un idioma. 
El profesor habla tambien de las diversas cosas que hay en la 4 
sala, de las ventanas, de los cuadros, de la pizarra, etcetera. 

Los estudiantes escuchan atentamente. Entienden un poco 6 
la lengua castellana, pero todavia no saben bastantes pala- 
bras para hablar con el profesor. Tienen libros escritos en 8 
espanol y principian la lectura de los ejercicios. Hay una 
sefiorita en la clase que sabe muy bien la leccion, porque 10 
estudia con una sefiora que es natural de Espafia. 

EJERCICIO ORAL CUARTO 
(Oral Exercise IV) 

1. The beautiful school. 2. The pretty picture. 3. The study 
of Spanish. 4. The beautiful ladies. 5. The necessary things. 
6. The ending is very interesting. 7. A very interesting ending. 
8. You (sing.) do not speak very well. 9. You (pi.) do not 
write with pens. 10. We speak Spanish here. 11. They find 
the day rather interesting. 12. The book of twenty pages. 

13. He explains the easy lesson without the use of a book. 

14. Seventeen pretty Spanish views. 15. How are you? 16. 
There are nineteen words in the vocabulary. 17. You are 
beginning to (a) learn the truth. 18. She is writing with a 
pencil in her hand. 19. The gentleman, a native of Canada. 
20. They study well and listen attentively. 21. You begin with 
the fourth line. 

TEMA CUARTO 
(Composition IV) 

To-day the professor explains the grammar lesson, which is 
about (sobre) the gender of nouns and the inflection of ad- 2 
jectives. The lesson of the day is not very interesting for the 
students, but the professor says that the study of grammar 4 
is necessary in order to speak a language well. The students 
listen attentively, because the professor is speaking in Span- 6 



30 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 58-59 

ish. They do not understand everything yet, but they find 
the study of Spanish very interesting and quite easy. With 8 
the words which they know they designate the various things 
that are in the class-room. io 



CONVERSACION CUARTA 
(Conversation IV) 

1. ({Que generos tienen los sustantivos espanoles? 2. <iDe que 
genero son las letras del alfabeto en espafiol? 3. ({Que termina- 
ciones tienen los sustantivos masculinos? <;y que terminaciones, 
los femeninos? 4. <:C6mo se forma el singular del femenino de 
los adjetivos que terminan en -o? 5. ^Como se forma el plural 
de los adjetivos en espafiol? 6. ^Cual es el presente de indicativo 
del verbo estudiar? <jdel verbo hablar? 7. ^Cuales son los 
numeros cardinales de diez a veinte? 

8. <iQue principia el profesor? 9. <jPara que sirve la gramatica? 
10. <;De que habla el profesor? 11. ^Como escuchan los estu- 
diantes? 12. <jSabe usted hablar espafiol? 13. Ustedes saben 
la leccion de hoy, ^verdad? 14. <;Que tienen los estudiantes? 
15. iEn que lengua estan escritos los libros? 



LECCION QUINTA 

(Lesson V) 

ADJETIVOS 

(Adjectives) 

Concordancia 

(Agreement) 

58. An adjective that modifies two or more preceding nouns 

of the same gender is put in the plural and has the gender of the 

nouns. 

la mesa y las sillas viejas, the old table and chairs 

59. An adjective that modifies two or more nouns of different 
gender referring to animate beings is put in the masculine plural. 

La madre y sus hijos son altos The mother and her sons are tall 

el hombre y la mujer espanoles the Spanish man and woman 



§§ 60-61 ADJETIVOS 31 

60. An adjective that modifies two or more nouns of differ- 
ent gender not referring to animate beings may agree in gender 
and number with the nearest noun, or be in the masculine plu- 
ral when following. The sentence is generally so arranged that 
the masculine noun and adjective are contiguous. 

Tenia el brazo y la mano blanca She had an arm and hand as white 

como la nieve as snow 

Tiene los ojos y las cejas negras She has eyes and brows as black as 

como la noche night 

Tiene lapices y plumas buenos 1 

Or better, \ He has good pens and pencils 

Tiene buenos lapices y plumas J 
Tenia talento y habilidad extraordinarios ] tt i j , ■»• , i 

Or better i extraordinary talent 

Tenia habilidad y talento extraordinarios J 1 ^ 



Construction 

(Position) 

61. Great freedom is allowed in the position of the adjective 
with reference to the noun it modifies. When an adjective pre- 
cedes, it generally expresses an inherent or natural quality of 
the noun rather than a distinguishing attribute, as it does when 
it follows. The more common position is after the noun, espe- 
cially in the following cases: 

1. Long adjectives. 

un libro interesante, an interesting book 

2. Participial adjectives. 

un ejercicio escrito, a written exercise 

3. Proper adjectives. 

la lengua espaiiola, the Spanish language 

4. Adjectives denoting a physical quality {color, shape, size, 
etc.), except when the quality is characteristic, or used figura- 
tively. 

el hombre enf ermo, the sick man la mujer vieja, the old woman 
la pared blanca, the white wall una mesa cuadrada, a square table 
But: la blanca nieve, the white snow una negra action, a dark deed 

5. Adjectives qualified by an adverb, especially a long one. 

una muchacha muy linda, a very pretty girl 

una persona sumamente buena, an exceedingly good person 



32 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§62-63 

6. When two adjectives joined by a conjunction modify the 
same noun. 

las palabras sencillas y faciles, the simple and easy words 
libros buenos o malos, good or bad books 
Note. — If the two adjectives are not joined by a conjunction, one usu- 
ally precedes and the other follows the noun. 
el viejo libro rojo, the old red book 

62. Certain adjectives have one meaning when used before 
a noun and another when used after. {Learn) 

mi caro niiio, my dear (beloved) un libro caro, a dear (expensive) 

child book 

ciertas personas, certain persons noticias ciertas, reliable news 

diferentes muchachos, different (va- sillas diferentes, different (dissim- 

rious) boys ilar) chairs 

un grande hombre, a great (illustri- un hombre grande, a tall man 

ous) man 

un nuevo vestido, another (or a dif- un vestido nuevo, a new garment 

ferent) garment 

la pobre mujer, the poor (pitiable) la mujer pobre, the poor (indigent) 

woman woman 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

63. Presente de Indicativo del Verbo deber, Ho owe' 

(Present Indicative of the Verb deber) 

SEGUNDA CONJUGACION 
(Second Conjugation) 

Singular 

yo deb-o I owe, am owing, do owe, etc. 

tii deb-es thou owest, etc. 

el (ella, usted) deb-e he (she, it, you) owe(s), etc. 

Plural 
nosotros deb-emos we owe, etc. 

vosotros deb-eis you owe, etc. 

ellos (ellas, ustedes) deb-en they (you) owe, etc. 

Learn the cardinal numbers from twenty to fifty (cf. § 308). 

VOCABULARIO QUINTO 

(Vocabulary V) 

calificar, to qualify, modify. cuando, conj., when, whenever; 
cambiar (en), to change (to). «: cuando? adv., when? 

como, conj., as, like, such as. determinar, to determine. 

concuerda (pi., -n), agree (s). dificil, adj., difficult, 

conjugue V., conjugate. emplear, to use, employ. 



EJERCICIOS 33 

entender, to understand, hear. puede {pi., -n), can. 

esencial, adj., essential, neces- la regla, the rule. 

sary. rojo, -a, red. 

formar, to form. saber, to know, know how, 

la frase, the phrase. learn. 

generalmente, adv., generally, sencillo, -a, simple. 

usually. significar, to mean, designate, 

grande, adj., great, large, big. denote. 

leer, to read. su {pi., -s), his, her, its, their, 

mucho, -a, much; pi., many; your. 

adv., very, greatly, a great traducir, to translate. 

deal. unos (-as) cuantos (-as), a few, 

la oracion, the sentence. some. 

la parte, the part, division. usar, to use, wear. 

poner, to put, place, don, lay. en vez de, prep., instead of. 

EJERCICIO QUINTO 

(Exercise V) 

Hoy la clase principia la parte de la gramatica espanola 
que explica la concordancia y la construction de los adjeti- 2 
vos. Los estudiantes han (have) aprendido que para deter- 
minar el genero de un sustantivo lo esencial es saber su 4 
termination. Saben como se forman el femenino y el plural 
de un adjetivo. Saben tambien que el adjetivo concuerda 6 
en genero y numero con el sustantivo que califica. Usan 
frases sencillas y faciles para explicar las reglas de la grama- 8 
tica en vez de palabras y frases dificiles que no pueden tra- 
ducir. La clase estudia hoy el presente de indicativo de la 10 
segunda conjugation y los mimeros cardinales de uno a cin- 
cuenta. 12 

EJERCICIO ORAL QUINTO 

(Oral Exercise V) 

1. The red book. 2. The written sentences. 3. The red pens 
and pencils. 4. The poor (pitiable) man. 5. The poor (indi- 
gent) man. 6. The simple and easy sentences. 7. The Spanish 
lady and gentleman. 8. Thirty-one of the books are for you, 
sir. 9. A very difficult lesson. 10. We ought to (de) translate 
everything. 11. A few rules, like the uses of the article, et cetera. 
12. It does not agree with its noun. 13. Generally a pen is used 
instead of a pencil. 14. The rule is changed here. 15. Know- 
ing that which is essential for you. 16. The large red feathers. 
17. In order to determine the difficult part. 18. Thirty-one 



34 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

words for to-day is not much. 19. The word means simple in 
Spanish. 20. We understand but we do not talk yet. 

TEMA QUINTO 

(Composition V) 

The lesson for to-day ends the study of the adjective. 
The class learns that in Spanish the adjective agrees with the 2 
noun it modifies in gender and number. The position of ad- 
jectives is studied, because it is essential [to] know when the 4 
adjective is placed before the noun instead of after the 
noun in a Spanish sentence. Simple and easy words are used 6 
generally in the grammar lesson and in the vocabulary. 

The second conjugation is quite easy to (de) learn. The 8 
truth is that there are no very difficult Spanish verbs, and 
with a little study a student can learn all the conjugations. 10 

CONVERSACION QUINTA 

(Conversation V) 

1. ^Donde se ponen los adjetivos que califican dos sustantivos 
del mismo genero? 2. ^Donde se pone generalmente el adje- 
tivo? 3. Cuando hay dos adjetivos ^donde se ponen? 4. <iQue 
significa el adjetivo pobre cuando se pone delante del sustan- 
tivo? <: cuando se pone detras del sustantivo? 5. Conjugue V. 
el presente de indicativo del verbo deber. 6. ^Cuales son en 
espafiol los numeros cardinales de 20 a 30? ^de 30 a 40? <:de 
40 a 50? 

7. <iQue estudia la clase hoy? 8. <iQue explica la leccion de 
gramatica de hoy? 9. ^Se emplean f rases sencillas o dif idles 
para explicar las reglas de la gramatica? 10. ^Son dificiles las 
reglas de la gramatica? 11. ^Cuantas palabras espanolas sabe 
V.? 12. <*Sabe V. hablar espafiol? 13. ^Puede V. hablar de 
las cosas que hay en la sala? 14. ^Es diffcil para V. el estudio 
de la lengua espanola? 15. ^Puede V. leer el ejercicio quinto? 
16. V. lee bastante bien. Haga el favor de {please) traducir 
el ejercicio. 



§§ 64-67 ADJETIVOS 35 

LECCION SEXTA 

(Lesson VI) 

ADJETIVOS 

(Adjectives) 

Apocope 

(Apocopation) 

64. The following adjectives lose the final -o when they pre- 
cede a masculine singular noun: 

bueno, good primero, first uno, one, a, an 

malo, bad, ill tercero, third alguno, some, any 

postrero, last ninguno, no, none 

un buen padre, a good father algiin dia, some day 

ningun otro dia, no other day el primer buen dia, the first good day 

But: If bueno and malo are separated from their noun by 

other adjectives, they may retain the final -o, especially if the 

conjunction y intervenes. 

un malo, imprudente muchacho, a bad, imprudent boy 
un bueno y hermoso libro, a good and beautiful book 

65. The adjective grande meaning ' great' or ' grand' loses 
its final syllable before a singular noun of either gender. 

un gran hombre, a great man una gran dificultad, a great difficulty 

1. Before a noun beginning with a vowel, or when the ad- 
jective is emphatic, the full form is sometimes used. 

un grande amigo, a great friend un grande sacrificio, a great sacrifice 

2. To express size, grande regularly stands after the noun 
it modifies (cf. § 62). 

un ediricio grande, a large building 

66. Santo, ' saint,' before the masculine name of a saint 
becomes San, except in the case of Santo Domingo, Santo 
Tomas and Santo Toribio. 

San Antonio, Saint Anthony 
Note. — The name of the island in the Antilles is San Tomas. 

67. Ciento, ' hundred,' becomes cien before the noun it modi- 
fies, even if an adjective intervenes. But ciento is used be- 
fore smaller numerals (cf. § 313). 

cien buenos alumnos, a hundred good students 
ciento veinte, one hundred and twenty 



36 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 68-71 

Usos Particulares 

(Special Uses) 

68. Adjectives and participles are frequently used substan- 
tively. When so used they take the gender and number of the 
noun understood. The masculine plural form may designate 
individuals of both sexes (cf. § 40, 2). 

el muerto, the dead man el viejo, the old man 

la mejor vestida, the best dressed woman la vieja, the old woman 
los viejos, the old men, or the old man and the old woman, or the old men 
and women 

69. An English noun used adjectively, to denote the material 

of which a thing is made, or to indicate the purpose of a thing 

or the use to which it is put, is regularly expressed in Spanish 

by a corresponding noun preceded by the preposition de. The 

same construction is used to translate English adjectives of 

material. To indicate use or purpose para, 'for/ is sometimes 

required. 

una cadena de oro, a gold (or golden) la sala de clase, the class-room 

chain la leccion de lectura, the reading 
una mesa de marmol, a marble table lesson 

una silla de madera, a wooden chair una cuchara de plata, a silver spoon 

una Have demaleta, a valise key una cuchara para sopa, a soup spoon 

70. Adjectives may often be used adverbially. 

Iban ( P r ! meros ) los bedeles The beadles went first 

primero J 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

71. Presente de Indicativo del Verbo vivir 'to live' 
(Present Indicative of the Verb vivir) 

TERCERA CONJUGACION 
(Third Conjugation) 

Singular 

yo viv-o I live, am living, do live 

tu viv-es thou livest, etc. 

el (ella, usted) viv-e he (she, it, you) live(s), etc. 

Plural 
nosotros viv-imos we live, etc. 

vosotros viv-is you live, etc. 

ellos (ellas, ustedes) viv-en they (you) live, etc. 



§§ 72-73 



EJERCICIOS 



37 



72. Throughout the present indicative of all three conjuga- 
tions the accent falls on the next to the last syllable, except in 
the second person plural, where it falls on the last syllable. 

73. The personal endings in the second and third conjuga- 
tions are exactly similar in all persons and tenses, except in the 
first and second persons plural of the present indicative. 

Learn the cardinal numbers from fifty to one hundred (cf. 
§ 308). 

VOCABULARIO SEXTO 
(Vocabulary VI) 



la acera, the sidewalk. 

la alcoba, the bedroom. 

el altar, the altar. 

la capilla, the chapel. 

la casa, the house, home; a — , 

adv., home. 
la cocina, the kitchen. 
el comedor, the dining-room. 

directamente, adv., directly. 

diferente, adj., different. 

elegante, adj., elegant. 

enjalbegar, to whitewash. 

entrar, to enter. 
los Estados Unidos, the United 

States. 
la exception, the exception. 
la flor, the flower. 
la galeria, the arcade, gallery. 
la habitation, the room. 
la madera, the wood {used in con- 
struction, in distinction to 
lena, 'fire-wood'). 



particular, adj., private, perso- 
nal, special. 
el patio, the inner court, court. 

pequefio, -a, small, little. 
la piedra, the stone. 
el piso, the story, floor (el primer 
piso corresponds to the second 
floor of A merican houses, el 
piso bajo, to the ground floor). 
la planta baja, the ground floor. 
por, prep., by, for, in, through, 
throughout, near, about, re- 
garding. 
principal, adj., principal, 
representar, to represent, play, 
perform. 
la sala de recibo, the reception hall. 
el salon, the drawing-room. 
la vez, the time indicating recur- 
rence); algunas veces, some- 
times; muchas veces, often; 
una — , once. 



EJERCICIO SEXTO 
(Exercise VI) 

Las casas particulars espanolas con pocas excepciones son 
bastante diferentes de las casas de los Estados Unidos. 
Generalmente son de piedra enjalbegada. Hay muy pocas 
de madera. En Espana muchas casas tienen patios. Se 
entra en el patio directamente de la acera por una gran 
puerta. En el patio hay generalmente hermosas galerias y 
muchas flores. Del patio se puede entrar en las diversas 
habitaciones principales de la planta baja: la sala de recibo, 



38 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

el salon y el comedor. La cocina esta detras. Las alcobas 
estan en el primer piso. Algunas veces en las casas elegantes 10 
hay tambien una pequena capilla particular con su altar. 
Detras del altar muchas veces hay un buen cuadro que repre- 12 
senta San Jose o algiin otro santo. 

EJERCICIO ORAL SEXTO 
(Oral Exercise VI) 

1. A good picture. 2. Some other day. 3. A good and great 
gentleman. 4. A hundred beautiful Spanish houses. 5. First 
there is the dining-room; it is entered by the large door. 6. We 
live in a wooden house. 7. There are sixty pictures of saints 
in the building. 8. Canada is a great country. 9. Canada is a 
large country. 10. Sometimes we find an easy lesson in the first 
book. 11. Whitewashed stone is often used. 12. A good picture 
behind the altar. 13. The kitchen is entered directly from the 
sidewalk. 14. The reading lesson is by a Spanish professor. 
15. St. Joseph is often represented in pictures. 16. The poor 
(man) lives here. 17. He can translate the third exercise. 

TEMA SEXTO 
(Composition VI) 

Private houses in Spain are not the same as (que) private 
houses in the United States. Generally Spanish houses are 2 
of stone instead of wood. One often finds an inner court in 
many of the elegant houses of Spain, and there are a hun- 4 
dred things which are quite different. The inner court is 
usually entered from the sidewalk by [means of] a large door. 6 
The principal rooms of the house are not entered directly. 
It is necessary [to] enter (en) the inner court first. Once in 8 
the inner court, it is easy enough [to] enter the principal 
rooms: the reception hall, the drawing-room, et cetera. The 10 
kitchen cannot be entered from the inner court. The bed- 
rooms are generally on the second floor and not on the 12 
ground floor with the other rooms. 

CONVERSACION SEXTA 
(Conversation VI) 

1. (iCuales son los adjetivos que tienen apocope? 2. ^Que 
forma tiene grande cuando esta delante de un sustantivo? 



§§ 74-76 AUMENTATIVOS Y DIMINUTIVOS 39 

3. ^Cuando se usa la forma San en vez de Santo? 4. <;Se pueden 
emplear los adjetivos como sustantivos? 5. ^Cuantas conjuga- 
ciones hay en espanol? 6. Conjugue V. el presente de indica- 
tive del verbo vivir; del verbo escribir. 7. ^Cuales son los 
numeros cardinales de cincuenta a sesenta; de ochenta a no- 
venta? 

8. <iHay casas de madera en Espana? 9. <iQue se usa general- 
mente en vez de madera? 10. <[Que es un patio? 11. ^Hay 
flores en el patio generalmente? 12. <;D6nde estan las alcobas? 
13. (iTienen capillas todas las casas espanolas? 14. ^Que hay 
muchas veces detras del altar? 



LECCION SEPTIMA 

(Lesson VII) 

AUMENTATIVOS Y DIMINUTIVOS 

(Augmentatives and Diminutives) 

74. Spanish is very rich in suffixes, which are added to nouns, 
adjectives and adverbs to modify their ordinary meaning. In 
addition to the augmentative or diminutive idea, they some- 
times express depreciation or affection. They are often used, 
especially in familiar style, but to employ them properly requires 
much familiarity with the language, for they cannot be ap- 
pended indiscriminately to any word. 

75. The principal augmentative suffixes are -on, -azo, -ote, 

-acho. Besides the augmentative, they often have a deprecia- 

tive value, especially -ote and -acho. The feminine is formed 

regularly, except of -ote, which becomes -ota. 

hombre, man hombron, big man 

vino, wine vinazo, strong, thick wine 

palabra, word palabrota, bad word, curse 

rico, rich ricacho, vulgarly rich 

76. The suffixes -azo and -ada may indicate a blow from, 

thrust with, report of, or injury due to, the thing named by 

the noun to which they are added. 

latigo, whip latigazo, blow with a whip 

cuchillo, knife cuchillada, knife thrust 

fusil, gun fusilazo, gunshot or blow with a gun 



40 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 77-81 

77. The principal diminutives are -ito, -cito, -ecito, -illo, 

-cillo, -ecillo, -ete, -cete, -ecete, -uelo, -zuelo, -ezuelo, and 

-ucho. The last four are commonly used with a depreciative 

value. The feminine is formed regularly, except of -ete, which 

becomes -eta. 

hermano, brother hermanito, little brother 

jardin, garden jardincito, little garden 

flor, flower florecita, pretty little flower 

mano, hand manecilla, small hand {hand ofawatch) 

clavo, nail clavete, tack 

historia, story historieta, short story 

pintor, artist pintor zuelo, poor artist 

casa, house casucha, shanty 

Verbos 

(Verbs) 

78. In Spanish there are two verbs which correspond to the 
English verb 'to have/ but which cannot be used interchange- 
ably: haber and tener. 

79. The principal use of haber is as an auxiliary verb with 

past participles to form the compound tenses of verbs. The 

past participle so used is invariable. 

He estudiado el espaiiol I have studied Spanish 

Hemos comido mucho We have eaten a great deal 

80. Tener, 'to have,' is used in general only to indicate pos- 
session. 

Tengo un libro I have a book 

81. Presente de Indicativo de haber [habiendo, habido] 1 

(Present Indicative of haber) 

Singular 
yo he I have 

tu has thou hast 

el (ella, usted) ha he (she) has, you have 

Plural 

nosotros hemos we have 

vosotros habeis you have 

ellos (ellas, ustedes) han they (you) have 

1 Cf. §§ 42-43. 



§ 82 EJERCICIOS 41 

82. Presente de Indicativo de tener [teniendo, tenido] 1 

(Present Indicative of tener) 

Singular 

yo tengo I have 

tu tienes thou hast 

el (ella, usted) tiene he (she) has, you have 

Plural 
nosotros tenemos we have 

vosotros teneis you have 

ellos (ellas, ustedes), tienen they (you) have 

Learn the cardinal numbers from one hundred to five hun- 
dred (cf. § 308). 

VOCABULARIO SEPTIMO 
(Vocabulary VII) 

asistir, to assist; — a, to attend. joven, adj., young; subst., youth, 

ayudar, to aid, help. young man or woman. 

beato, -a, devout. la madre, the mother. 
la calle, the street. mi (pi., -s), my. 

constar (de), to consist (of). la misa, the mass. 

cuidar (de), to care (for), take el mozo, the youth, waiter, ser- 

care (of), look (after). vant. 

este, esta, adj.; este, esta, pron., el muchacho, the boy; /., la mu- 
this, this one. chacha, the girl. 

la familia, the family. ocupado, -a, occupied, busy, 

con frecuencia, often. el padre, the father. 
guapo, -a, handsome, good- poseer, to possess, own. 

looking. el primo; /., la prima, the cousin. 

el hermano, the brother;/., la her- la tienda, the store, shop. 

mana, the sister. el tio, the uncle; /., la tia, the 
el hijo, the son; /., la hija, the aunt. 

daughter. vender, to sell, 

imperioso, -a, imperious. el viudo, the widower; /., la 
Inglaterra, /., England. viuda, the widow. 

ingles (/., inglesa), English. ya, adv., now, already. 

EJERCICIO SfiPTIMO 
(Exercise VII) 

Vivimos en una casita muy pequenita que posee mi padre 
en una calle de Madrid. La familia consta de mis padres, 2 
mi hermanito y mis dos hermanas. Mi madre es muy beatona 
y asiste con frecuencia a misa. Ha vivido en Inglaterra y 4 
sabe bien el ingles. Habla con sus hijos en ese idioma. Mi 
tia, que es viuda, tiene una tiendecita en la misma calle, donde 6 
vende libros. Tiene dos hijos, un muchacho y una mucha- 

1 Cf. §§ 42-43. 



42 GEAMATICA CASTELLANA 

chita. El muchacho, un mozuelo guapote, ayuda a 1 su madre 8 

en la tienda, y cuida de su hermanita cuando su madre esta 

ocupada. Mi primo esta aprendiendo el ingles. Cuando no 10 

ayuda a * su madre, habla con un joven ingles, y ya ha apren- 

dido mucho. 2 12 

EJERCICIO ORAL SEPTIMO 
(Oral Exercise VII) 

1. The small table. 2. The little boy. 3. He sells big books. 
4. Bad words are heard on the streets. 5. My little brother is 
quite good-looking. 6. The child has a pretty little flower. 

7. The father and mother have a little house on this same street. 

8. She is a widow, and very devout. 9. The little store has four 
small windows. 10. My mother often takes care of my little 
cousin. 11. They have had an interesting lesson. 12. Have you 
found the pencil? 13. The lady has five hundred things in her 
store. 14. He is very busy because he is helping (a) his brother. 

15. The father has already learned three hundred Spanish words. 

16. Writing is a difficult exercise for little children. 17. A very 
devout person attends mass whenever it is possible. 18. Who is 
this imperious youth? 19. She is a very pretty widow. 

TEMA SEPTIMO 
(Composition VII) 

I have a cousin, a big, good-looking youth, who lives in a 
little house which my father owns in Madrid. In the same 2 
house his mother has a small store where she sells books and a 
hundred other little things. My cousin is very good, and, 4 
whenever my aunt is busy, he takes care of the store. When 
he is not helping (a) his mother, he comes to my house and we 6 
study English with my mother who has lived in England 
and speaks English well. My mother is generally quite busy, 8 
because she takes care of the house and of my little brothers 
and sisters. She and my aunt are very devout and attend 10 
mass whenever it is possible. 

1 The preposition a is used after transitive verbs before direct objects 
referring to persons. It is not to be translated (cf. § 306, l). 

2 Such excessive use of augmentatives and diminutives as may be found 
in this exercise is not to be recommended. They are used here advisedly 
for the purpose of illustration. 



§§ 83-85 ADJETIVOS Y PRONOMBRES POSESIVOS 43 

CONVERSACION SEPTIMA 

(Conversation VII) 

1. (iQue terminaciones tienen los aumentativos? <:los diminu- 
tivos? 2. ^Cuantos verbos hay en espafiol que significan to have ? 
3. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo haber ; del ver- 
bo tener. 4. <jCuales son los niimeros cardinales de dos cientos 
a dos cientos veinte? 5. ^Como se dice five hundred en espafiol? 

6. ^Donde vive el joven? 7. ^Cuantas personas hay en la 
familia? 8. ^A que misas asiste la madre? 9. ^Donde ha vivido 
la madre? 10. <iQue idioma hablan los ingleses? 11. <iQue esta 
aprendiendo el primo? 12. ^Ayuda a su madre este primo? 
13. <;Cual es la palabra espanola que se usa para significar el 
padre de un primo? 14. ^Cuantas personas hay en su familia 
de V.? 15. ^Tiene V. hermanas? 

LECCION OCTAVA 

(Lesson VIII) 

ADJETIVOS Y PRONOMBRES POSESIVOS 

(Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns) 

Adjetivos 

(Adjectives) 

83. The possessive adjectives have different forms when they 
precede and when they follow the noun. 
84. 



85. 





DELANTE DEL SUSTANTIVO 




(Before the Noun) 




Singular 


Plural 




mi 


mis 


my 


tu 


tus 


thy, your 1 


su 


sus 


his, her, its, your 


nuestro, -a 


nuestros, -as 


our 


vuestro, -a 


vuestros, -as 


your 1 


su 


sus 


their, your 1 




DETRAS DEL SUSTANTIVO 




(After the Noun) 




Singular 


Plural 




mio, -a 


mios, -as 


my 


tuyo, -a 


tuyos, -as 


thy, your 1 


suyo, -a 


suyos, -as 


his, her, its, your 


nuestro, -a 


nuestros, -as 


our 


vuestro, -a 


vuestros, -as 


your 1 


suyo, -a 


suyos, -as 


their, your 1 



1 'Your' may be translated by tu, vuestro or su, etc., corresponding in 
use to tu, vosotros and usted (cf. § 185). 



44 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§86-91 

86. The possessive pronouns are formed by prefixing the 
definite article to the adjective forms that are used after the 
noun. 

el mio, la mia, los mios, las mias, 'mine'; el tuyo, etc., 'thine/ etc. 

iTiene un libro? Si, tiene el nuestro Has he a book? Yes, he has ours 

Note. — Lo before the masculine singular of the forms used after the 
noun makes an indefinite pronoun meaning ' that which is mine, thine/ etc. 

87. After the verb ser, 'to be/ the article is usually omitted, 

unless an emphatic distinction is made. 

Tanto gusto en conocerle. El gusto I am very glad to know you. The 

es mio pleasure is mine 

Este libro es el mio, no es el suyo This book is mine, it isn't his 

88. Possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns agree in 

gender and number with the thing possessed, and in person, 

with the possessor. 

Nuestro caballo es pequeno Our horse is small 

La pluma es mia The pen is mine 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

89. In Spanish there are two verbs which correspond to the 
English verb Ho be/ but which cannot be used interchange- 
ably: ser and estar. 

90. Ser expresses what is inherent or permanent; estar, 

what is accidental or temporary. Estar also expresses position 

whether temporary or permanent. 

Es viejo y esta enfermo He is old and ill 

La nieve es blanca Snow is white 

El profesor esta sentado The teacher is seated 

Madrid esta en Espaiia Madrid is in Spain 

91. Presente de Indicativo de ser [siendo, sido] 1 

(Present Indicative of ser) 

Singular 

yo soy I am 

tu eres thou art 

el (ella, usted) es he (she) is, you are 

Plural 

nosotros somos we are 

vosotros sois you are 

ellos (ellas, ustedes) son they (you) are 

1 §§ 42-43. 



§§ 92-97 PRESENTE DE INDICATIVO DE ESTAR 45 



92. Presente de Indicativo de estar [estando, estado] l 

(Present Indicative of estar) 

Singular 

yo estoy I am 

tu estas thou art 

el (ella, usted) esta he (she) is, you are 

Plural 

nosotros estamos we are 

vosotros estais you are 

ellos (ellas, ustedes) estan they (you) are 

93. Ser is used with the past participles of active verbs to 
form the passive voice. The past participle so used agrees in 
gender and number with the subject. 

La nifia es castigada por su madre The child is punished by her mother 

94. When estar is used with the past participle, a state or 
condition is expressed rather than an action, and the participle 
has an adjective value. 

La puerta esta abierta The door is open (state) 

La puerta es abierta The door is opened (action) 

95. Estar is also used with the present participle of verbs to 
form the progressive tenses. 

Esta estudiando He is studying 

96. Ser and not estar is always used with a predicate noun. 

Su padre es abogado His father is a lawyer 

Es socio He is a member 

97. Some adjectives have a different meaning according to 
whether they are used with ser or estar. 

El hombre es malo The man is bad (evil) 

El hombre esta malo The man is sick 

El alumno es bueno The student is good 

El alumno esta bueno The student is well 

Learn the cardinal numbers from five hundred to one thou- 
sand (cf. § 308). 

*§§ 42-43. 



46 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

VOCABULARIO OCTAVO 
(Vocabulary VIII) 

el armario, the wardrobe, clothes- mejor, adj., better; el (la) 

press. ' — , the best. 

comprar, to buy. la noche, the night, evening. 

el chaleco, the vest, waistcoat. el pantalon, the trousers {com- 

la chaqueta, the coat. monly used in the plural). 

exterior, adj., outer, exterior. preciso, -a, necessary. 

el frac, the dress-coat. prefiero, I prefer; prefiere, he, 

el gaban, the overcoat. you, etc., prefer (s). 

guardar, to keep, protect, re- la ropa, the dress, clothing. 

tain. el sastre, the tailor. 

hacer, to do, make. la sastreria, the tailor's (shop). 

el ingeniero, the engineer. siempre, adv., always, ever, still. 

interior, adj., interior, inner, el smoking, the dinner-coat, tux- 

under; la ropa — , the under- edo. 

clothing. la tarde, the afternoon. 

la levita, the frock-coat. el traje, the suit of clothes, cos- 

llevar, to wear, take, carry. tume. 

la maleta, the valise, suit-case. el vestido, the suit of clothes, 

mandar, to order, command, clothing, dress, 

send. viajar, to travel. 

al contrario, on the other hand, on the contrary. 
hace frio, it is cold. 



EJERCICIO OCTAVO 
(Exercise VIII) 

La ropa exterior se puede mandar hacer 1 en la sastreria 
o se puede comprar en las tiendas. Generalmente no es 2 
preciso mandar hacer la ropa interior, porque se pueden 
comprar todas estas cosas en las tiendas. 4 

Mi hermano y yo no mandamos hacer nuestros trajes con 
el mismo sastre. Mi hermano prefiere al suyo porque hace 6 
bien las chaquetas y los chalecos. Yo, al contrario, prefiero 
al mio porque hace mejor los pantalones. Tengo un armario 8 
en mi cuarto donde guardo toda mi ropa exterior. Mi her- 
mano, que es ingeniero, guarda una parte de la suya en una 10 
maleta, porque siempre esta viajando. La ropa exterior que 
tengo en mi armario consta de un frac y de un smoking, trajes 12 
que se llevan por la noche, de una levita que se lleva por la 
tarde, de un gaban para cuando hace frio y de otros tres o 14 
cuatro trajes. 

1 The active infinitive is often used with the force of a passive after 
mandar and after many other verbs. 



EJERCICIOS 47 

EJERCICIO ORAL OCTAVO 
(Oral Exercise VIII) 

1. My suit of clothes. 2. Your store; our house. 3. His 
clothing; their frock-coats. 4. The coat is mine. 5. The valise 
is yours; he has mine. 6. The tailor is good. 7. He is a pro- 
fessor. 8. The lesson is learned by the student. 9. The pro- 
fessor is seated in the chair. 10. The little boy is attending mass 
for the first time. 11. The pen and pencil are mine. 12. Your 
brother has yours. 13. He is here; she is here. 14. The exer- 
cise is written by the little girl with a pen. 15. The theme is 
finished. 16. I am with my brother and sister. 17. He is 
young enough to (para) begin. 18. He has his book; we have 
ours. 19. We have been with our tailor. 20. This book may 
be interesting, but I prefer hers. 

TEMA OCTAVO 
(Composition VIII) 

Outer clothing can be bought in a store or at a tailor's. 
My brothers buy all their suits in the stores, but I have 2 
mine made at the tailor's. He makes better clothes, and one 
can always have the suit that one prefers. I am an engineer 4 
and always keep a suit of clothes and some underclothing in 
my valise, because I travel a great deal. In my wardrobe at 6 
home I have trousers and vests, a frock-coat that I wear in 
the afternoon and a dress-coat that I wear in the evening. 8 
I have another clothes-press too, where I keep my overcoats 
and the suits which I only wear when it is cold. 10 

CONVERSACION OCTAVA 
(Conversation VIII) 

1. <;En que pagina principia la leccion de hoy? 2. <:En que 
pagina termina? 3. ^Cuales son los adjetivos posesivos que se 
emplean delante del sustantivo? 4. ^Cuales son los adjetivos 
posesivos que se emplean detras del sustantivo? 5. ^Como se 
forman los pronombres posesivos? 6. ^Cuantos verbos hay en 
espanol que significan to be? 7. Conjugue V. el presente de 
indicativo de ser; de estar. 

8. <jDe que consta la ropa exterior de hombre (man)? 



48 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§98-101 

9. <jD6nde se pone la ropa cuando se viaja? 10. <iQue hace un 
sastre? 11. ^Cuando se lleva la levita? ^cuando se lleva el 
frac? 12. ^Cuando se usa el gaban? 13. <iQue tiene V. en su 
armario? 14. ^Donde compra V. sus trajes? 

LECCION NOVENA 

(Lesson IX) 

ADJETIVOS Y PRONOMBRES POSESIVOS 

(Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns) 

98. Since su (pi., sus) may have several meanings, the pos- 
sessor must often be more clearly defined. This is done by the 
use of either su (sus) or the definite article before the thing 
possessed and by de and the proper personal pronoun after the 
thing possessed (which form is often used, even if the verb ser 
intervenes). 



SU J 



casa 



de el his house 

de ella her house 

de usted your house (sing.) 

de ellos their house 

de ellas their house 

de ustedes your house (pi.) 



iCual es su (or el) libro de V.? Which is your book? 

La casa es de el The house is his 

99. A possessive adjective modifying two or more nouns 

should be repeated before each noun, unless these nouns refer 

to the same person or object. 

Mis libros y mi pluma estan aqui My books and (my) pen are here 

Mi amigo y profesor, el seiior Godoy My friend and teacher, Mr. Godoy 

100. The English expressions ' of mine/ 'of his/ etc., and the 

possessive in direct address, are translated by those forms of 

the possessive adjective which are used after the noun. 

un poema nuestro a poem of ours or one of our poems 

Son alumnos mios They are students of mine 

jHijo mio! My son! 

101. The possessive adjective is often replaced by the definite 
article, especially when referring to parts of the body, clothing, 
etc. (cf. § 35). To indicate more definitely the possessor, an 
indirect object may be used, but, when the action expressed is 
functional with the part mentioned, the indirect object is regu- 
larly omitted. 



§§102-104 LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION 49 

Le corto el pelo al nino He cut the child's hair. 

Me quite el sombrero I took off my hat 

Abrio la boca He opened his mouth 

1. When the object referred to is a thing in the singular, the 

like of which is possessed by several individuals of a group, a 

singular noun is generally used in Spanish where in English the 

plural is preferred. 

Se pintaron la cara y las manos They painted their faces and hands 

Levantad la mano Raise your hands {one hand each) 

Sacaron la lengua They stuck out their tongues 

Todos se quitaron el sombrero They all took off their hats 

102. The possessive adjective is usually required when the 
part of the body, clothing, etc., in question is the subject of 
a clause or sentence, is qualified by an adjective, or where am- 
biguity may arise from the use of the definite article. 

Sus ojos chispeaban Her eyes flashed 

Yo estaba mirando su linda cara I was looking at her pretty face 

Una fuerza extraordinaria detuvo A strange power stopped his hands 
sus manos 

103. The possessive adjective may be strengthened by the 
use of the proper form of the adjective propio, 'own.' 

mi propio sombrero, my own hat nuestra propia tienda, our own store 

CONSTRUCCI6N de las palabras en la ORACI6N 

(Position of the Words in a Sentence) 

104. In Spanish much greater freedom is allowed in the con- 
struction of the sentence than in English. Subjects or objects 
may precede or follow the verb, or both may come together 
before or after the verb. 

La madre quiere mucho a su hija 

A su hija quiere mucho la madre 

Quiere mucho a su hija la madre 

Quiere mucho la madre a su hija 

A su hija la madre quiere mucho 

La casa es nueva \ r™ ■, 

-, , > JLne house is new 

Es nueva la casa J 

1. In interrogative sentences it is considered more elegant, 

as a rule, to place a noun subject after its predicate. 

£Es dificil la leccion? Is the lesson difficult? 

£Ha escrito la carta tu hermano? Has your brother written the letter? 
But: £Ha escrito V. la carta? Have you written the letter? 

Learn the objective personal pronouns and their position (cf. 

§§ 191, 197). 



The mother is very fond of her 
daughter 



50 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

VOCABULARIO NOVENO 
(Vocabulary IX) 

el amigo; /., la amiga, the friend. lavar, to wash. 

la calidad, the quality. la media, the stocking. 

la camisa, the shirt. la mujer, the woman, wife. 

la camiseria, the haberdashery. necesitar, to need, require. 

conozco, I know (am acquainted el panuelo, the handkerchief, ker- 
with) . chief. 

la corbata, the cravat, tie, necktie. planchar, to iron, 

el cuello, the collar, neck. el puno, the cuff, fist. 

el cuidado, the care; tener — , to la sena, the sign, signal; pi., ad- 
take care, be careful. dress. 
el delantal, the apron. solamente, adv., only. 

desear, to desire, wish, like. el sombrero, the hat. 

doy, I give. sucio, -a, dirty, soiled, 

el encaje, the lace. superior, adj., superior, upper, 

el guante, the glove. tanto, -a, as much, so much; 

el hombre, the man. pi., as (or so) many; adv., 

inferior, adj., inferior, lower. so much. 

la lavandera, the laundress, wash- vario, -a, various, 

woman. el zapato, the shoe. 

EJERCICIO NOVENO 
(Exercise IX) 

Compro mi ropa interior en una camiseria. Aqui se venden 
corbatas, panuelos, medias, camisas, purios, cuellos y toda la 2 
ropa interior que necesita un hombre. Una hermana mia 
compra su propia ropa en otra tienda donde se venden 4 
solamente cosas de mujeres: encajes, delantales, vestidos etc. 
Nuestros sombreros, guantes y zapatos los 1 compramos en 6 
diversas tiendas. Hay varias camiserias en la calle de Alcala, 
pero es preciso tener cuidado, porque hay tiendas donde se 8 
vende ropa de calidad inferior. Conozco a algunas tiendas 
muy buenas en Madrid, y siempre doy las senas de ellas a 10 
mis amigos cuando desean comprar buena ropa. Cuando la 
ropa interior esta sucia se la 2 mando a la lavandera. La 12 
mia me 3 lava y plancha muy bien las camisas y los cuellos. 

EJERCICIO ORAL NOVENO 

(Oral Exercise IX) 

1. His house; her house; our gloves; their cuffs. 2. Their 
collars; your shoes. 3. His shirts and vests. 4. The hat is his. 

1 A redundant pronoun is often used in order to make clear the subject 
or object of the verb. 2 Cf. §§ 201-202. 3 Cf. § 203. 



EJERCICIOS 51 

5. Their friend and teacher, Mr. Ramirez. 6. I give the col- 
lars to my daughter. 7. Daughter, where are you? 8. A friend 
of mine washes his own gloves. 9. He takes off (se quita) his 
hat when there are ladies in the room. 10. Our own laundress 
comes to the house Mondays. 11. This sidewalk of ours needs 
to be washed. 12. He keeps his hat in his hand. 13. The 
laundress washes my collars and cuffs. 14. Their hats and 
gloves are on the table. 15. When it is cold we wear overcoats. 
16. Here they are, his friend and mine. 17. He does not live 
with his own family. 18. I always take care when I buy clothes. 

TEMA N9VENO 

(Composition IX) 

I am traveling and find that there are some things which 
I have not brought with me. Do you know where there is a 2 
good store where they sell mens' clothing? — Yes, sir. There 
is a large haberdashery on Alcala Street where they sell shirts, 4 
neckties, collars, cuffs, etc. I do not buy my own clothing 
in this store, it is true, but a friend of mine says that they do 6 
not sell inferior things. There are various other haberdash- 
eries on the same street, but if (si) you desire good clothing 8 
it is better [to] be careful and only buy in the better stores. — 
You say that the large store on Alcala Street is the best; 10 
have you the address of it here? — Yes, sir. It is number 
542. If you wish to have your shirts and collars washed, I 12 
know a laundress who washes and irons very well. — Good, 
because I have traveled so much that my clothing is very 14 
dirty. 

CONVERSACION NOVENA 

(Conversation IX) 

1. <iC6mo se dice en espanol his house, her house, their house? 
2. <;C6mo se dice a friend of mine? 3. <;Se puede emplear en 
espanol el articulo determinado en vez del adjetivo posesivo? 
4. <:Cual es el uso de la palabra propio? 5. ^Tienen la misma 
construction las frases espanolas y las inglesas? 

6. <;D6nde se compra la ropa interior de hombre? 7. <;Que 
objetos {objects) se venden en una camiseria? 8. <iQue compran 
las mujeres en las tiendas? 9. <;Para que sirve un delantal? 



52 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 105-107 

10. <iQue se hace con la ropa interior cuando esta sucia? 

11. ^Lavan y planchan bien las lavanderas? 12. ^Donde com- 
pra V. sus guantes y sus corbatas? 13. ^Donde compra V. sus 
cuellos? 14. ^Hay algunas buenas tiendas en Madrid donde se 
puede comprar la ropa interior? 

\ 

LECCION DECIMA 

(Lesson X) 

ADJETIVOS Y PRONOMBRES DEMOSTRATIVOS 

(Demonstrative Adjectives and Pronouns) 

105. The demonstrative adjectives regularly precede their 
nouns and agree with them in gender and number. 

Adjetivos Demostrativos 

(Demonstrative Adjectives) 





Singular 






Plural 




MASCULINO 


FEMENINO 




MASCULINO 


FEMENINO 




este 


esta 


this 


estos 


estas 


these 


ese 


esa 


that 


esos 


esas 


those 


aquel 


aquella 


that 


aquellos 


aquellas 


those 



106. Este denotes what is near the speaker or mentioned by 

him; ese, what is near, or known to, the person spoken to, or 

what has recently been referred to; and aquel, what is remote 

from both or not recently referred to. Referring to time, este 

denotes the present; ese, a period relatively near; and aquel, a 

remote period. 

este libro, this book este ano, this year 

ese libro, that book {near you) esos aiios, those years 

aquel libro, that book (yonder) aquellos siglos, those centuries 

Note. — Ese is also used to express contempt. It may precede, but usu- 
ally follows its noun, which then takes the definite article. 
el lloron ese (or ese lloron), that ' cry-baby ' 

107. The demonstrative pronouns are distinguished from 
the demonstrative adjectives by a written accent. They agree 
in gender and number with the nouns they represent. 

The neuter pronouns, having no corresponding adjective 
forms, need no accent to distinguish them. The neuter pro- 
nouns do not represent a noun, but refer to a whole phrase, 
sentence or idea. 



§§ 108-111 PRONOMBRES DEMOSTRATIVOS 53 

108. Pronombres Demostrativos 

(Demonstrative Pronouns) 

Singular 



MASCULINO 


FEMENINO 




NEUTRO 




este 

ese 

aquel 


esta 
esa 

aquella 

MASCULINO 


this (one) 
that (one) 
that (one) 

Plural 

FEMENINO 


esto 

eso 

aquello 


this 
that 
that 




estos 

esos 

aquellos 


estas 

esas 

aquellas 


these 
those 
those 




este libro y aquel this book and that one {yonder) 
iCualesle gustan mas, estos o esos? Which do you like better, these or 

those? 
<iHa leido V. esto? Have you read this? 
Eso es That's it, or that's right 



109. fiste, etc., sometimes means 'the latter/ and aquel, etc., 
'the former.' In the Spanish sentence the 'latter' is generally 
referred to before the 'former/ which is the reverse of the Eng- 
lish usage. 

Juan y Pedro son estudiantes; este John and Peter are students; the 
es trabajador, aquel es holgazan latter is diligent, the former is lazy 

Note. — They may also be used as correlatives, 
fistos cantaban, aquellos bailaban Some sang, others danced 

110. In correspondence en (de, a) esta and en (de, a) esa 

are used elliptically, the word ciudad, 'city/ being generally 

understood. 

Llegue a esta el 15 I arrived here the 15th 

iComo va su salud en esa? How is your health in that city? 

111. Before a relative clause, or before a phrase introduced 
by de, a definite article is generally used instead of a demon- 
strative {or personal) pronoun. 

El que vino ayer es mi hermano The one (he) who came yesterday is 

my brother 
Lo que necesito es un gaban What (that which) I need is an 

overcoat 
la de los cabellos rubios the fair-haired one (lit. she of the 

fair hair) 



54 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§112 



112. The demonstrative adjective aquel, etc., sometimes 
replaces the definite article when the following relative is the 
object of a preposition. 

aquella (not la) a quien salude the one to whom I bowed 
But: aquel (or el) delbigote the one with the mustache 

aquello (or lo) del dinero perdido that (question) about the lost money 



VOCABULARIO DECIMO 

(Vocabulary X) 



abierto, -a, open, opened. 
aprendieron (pret. of aprender) , 

learned. 
arraigado, -a, deep-rooted. 
bajo, prep., below, under. 
el campo, the field, country. 
el cigarillo, the cigarette. 
el cigarro (puro), the cigar. 

continental, adj., continental. 
la costumbre, the custom, habit. 

cultivar, to cultivate. 
la cultura, the culture, cultiva- 
tion. 
deshacerse (de), to remove, rid 
oneself of. 
la direccion, the direction, man- 
agement. 
el estado, the state, govern- 
ment. 



la fabrica, the manufactory, edi- 
fice, structure. 

fabricar, to manufacture. 
el fumador, the smoker. 

fumar, to smoke. 

importante, adj., important. 
las Indias occidentales, the West 

Indies. 
la industria, the industry. 

industrial, adj., industrial. 

inmenso, -a, immense. 
el marinero, the sailor. 

mas, adv., more. 
el monopolio, the monopoly. 

nada, pron., nothing. 
la pipa, the pipe; fumar en — , to 
smoke a pipe. 

Sevilla,/., Seville. 
el tabaco, the tobacco. 



EJERCICIO DECIMO 

(Exercise X) 

Aquellos marineros espafioles que aprendieron a fumar 
tabaco de los naturales de las Indias occidentales han abierto 2 
un inmenso campo industrial. En Espafia la cultura del 
tabaco forma una industria muy importante. En ese pais 4 
de fumadores esta industria es un monopolio lo mismo que 
en los otros paises continentales. El tabaco se cultiva, se 6 
fabrica y se vende bajo la direccion del estado. 

Hay en Sevilla una fabrica muy importante de cigarros y 8 
cigarillos. Estos se fuman mucho mas que aquellos en Espafia. 
Hay pocos espafioles que fuman en pipa. Son muy pocos 10 
los que no fuman nada. La verdad es que los espafioles no 
pueden deshacerse de una costumbre tan (so) arraigada. 12 



EJERCICIOS 55 

EJERCICIO ORAL DECIMO 

(Oral Exercise X) 

1. This factory; these factories; that man; those men (near 
you)\ that book; those books (over yonder). 2. These first les- 
sons. 3. That friend of yours. 4. Those years (long ago). 
5. This one is better. 6. How is traveling in that city? 7. The 
two smokers are in that room over there. 8. There are cigars 
and cigarettes on the table, the former are for my father and 
the latter are for my uncle. 9. I do not smoke, because smok- 
ing is not a good habit. 10. The tobacco factories in Spain are 
under the direction of the government, are they not? 11. That's 
it, my friend. 12. Some Spanish sailors learned the use of 
tobacco. 13. The one that is here is my brother. 14. That of 
which he speaks is very important. 15. A monopoly of the 
other industries is not necessary. 16. Do you wish this one or 
that one? — I wish the latter. 

TEMA DECIMO 

(Composition X) 

In Spain one of the deep-rooted habits of the men is that 
of smoking (use infinitive). The Spanish have always smoked 2 
since (desde) the day when those Spanish sailors in the West 
Indies learned the use of tobacco. The tobacco industry is 4 
to-day one of the important industries of Spain, as it is in 
many other countries. The tobacco is manufactured under 6 
the direction of the government in some countries, and in 
private factories in others. The latter is true in the United 8 
States, but in the continental countries the government owns 
the factories. The best tobacco for cigars is cultivated in the 10 
West Indies, and when one buys a pure Havana cigar one 
always knows that it is the best that is made. 12 

CONVERSACION DECIMA 

(Conversation X) 

1. <;C6mo se dice en espanol the former . . . the latter? 2. 
<[Cuando se escriben los acentos en los demostrativos? 3. <[Hay 
un adjetivo demostrativo neutro? 

4. ^Quienes aprendieron primero el uso del tabaco? 5. ^Donde 



56 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 113-116 



estan las Indias occidentales? 6. <;Se cultiva el tabaco en los 
Estados Unidos? 7. ^Como se fuma el tabaco? 8. <;Cuales son 
mas grandes, los cigarros o los cigarillos? 9. ^Cuales se fuman 
mas en Espafia? 10. ^Hay algunos espanoles que no fuman 
nada? 11. <jEsta muy arraigada la costumbre de fumar? 
12. ^Fuma su sefior padre? 13. ^Donde compra sus cigarros 
su padre de V.? 14. <:Es buena la costumbre de fumar? 15. <jEs 
facil deshacerse de aquella costumbre? 



LECCION XI 1 

(Lesson XI) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

PRETERITO IMPERFECTO 2 Y PRETERITO PERFECTO 2 DE 

INDICATIVO 
(Imperfect and Preterit Indicative) 

(Preterite) Imperfecto 

(Imperfect) 

113. I 



114, 



habl-aba 

habl-abas 

habl-aba 


I spoke, did speak, was 
speaking, used to speak, 
would 3 speak, etc. 


habl-abamos 

habl-abais 

habl-aban 




II 






deb-ia 

deb-ias 

deb-ia 


I owed (or ought), 
III 


etc. 


deb-iamos 

deb-iais 

deb-ian 


viv-ia 


I lived, etc. 




viv-iamos 


viv-ias 






viv-iais 


viv-ia 






viv-ian 



115. 



116. The imperfect indicative is formed by adding to the 
stem of the verb the endings -aba, etc., in the first conjuga- 
tion, -ia, etc., in the second and third. The accent falls through- 
out on the first vowel of the endings in all three conjugations, 

1 From here on cardinal numbers are used, because the ordinals above 
ten are rarely employed in numbering lessons, chapters, etc. (cf. § 321). 

2 In this grammar these tenses will be called Imperfecto and Preterito re- 
spectively. 

3 A distinction must be made between * would ' used to indicate custom- 
ary action and 'would' the sign of the conditional (cf. § 137). 



§§ 117-123 PRETERITO PERFECTO 57 

and is written in the first person plural of the first conjugation, 
and over the i of the endings in all forms of the second and third 
conjugations. 

117. There are only three verbs that are irregular in the im- 
perfect indicative. They are: 

ser, to be: era, eras, era, eramos, erais, eran 

ir, to go: iba, ibas, iba, ibamos, ibais, iban 

ver, to see: veia, veias, veia, veiamos, veiais, veian 



118. 



119. 



120. 





Preterite (Perfecto) 

(Preterit) 

I 

I spoke, did speak 




habl-e 

habl-aste 

habl-6 


habl-amos 
habl-asteis 
habl-aron 




II 




deb-i 

deb-iste 

deb-io 


I owed (ought), did owe 
III 


deb-imos 
deb-isteis 
deb-ieron 


viv-i 
viv-iste 


I lived, did live 


viv-imos 
viv-isteis 


viv-io 




viv-ieron 



121. The preterit is formed by adding to the stem of the 
verb the appropriate endings for the different conjugations. 
The endings are the same in the second and third conjugations. 
The accent falls on the first vowel of the endings throughout, 
except in -io and -ieron, where it falls on the second. It must 
be written in the first and third persons singular of all three 
conjugations. 

Note. — By analogy the accent is also written on monosyllabic preterits 
ending in a diphthong, as in ver, 'to see': vi, viste, vio (cf. § 20, 5). 

122. Verbs whose stem ends in a vowel change i to y in the 

preterit endings -io and -ieron. Moreover they receive a 

written accent on the i of the endings -iste, -imos, -isteis. 

creer, to believe: crei, creiste, creyo, creimos, creisteis, creyeron 
leer, to read: lei, leiste, leyo, leimos, leisteis, leyeron 

123. The imperfect indicative is used to express (1) custom- 
ary past action, (2) continued past action, state, or condition 



58 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 124-126 

when emphasis is laid upon the fact of its continuance or recur- 
rence, (3) action that was going on in the past when something 
else happened. It might be termed the descriptive past 
tense. 

Cuando yo estaba en el campo, me When I was in the country, I would 

levantaba a las cinco (used to) get up at five o'clock 

El sol brillaba y los pajaros cantaban The sun shone and the birds sang 

Yo escribia una carta cuando entro I was writing a letter when my 

mi hermano brother entered 

124. Verbs expressing desire, ability, duty, obligation, 
thought, knowledge, etc., inasmuch as they express in the past 
rather states of mind than actions, are usually used in the im- 
perfect instead of the preterit tense. 

Yo queria verle, pero no sabia donde I wanted to see him, but I didn't 
estaba know where he was 

125. The preterit is used to express definite past action (not 

state or condition) of long or short duration, provided the idea 

of action and not duration is emphasized. It might be termed 

the narrative past tense. 

Ayer vi a su hermano I saw your brother yesterday 

Luis XIV reino 72 aiios Louis XIV reigned 72 years 

126. The perfect tense, which is composed of the present 

indicative of haber and a past participle, is often used instead 

of the preterit to express (1) past action without reference to 

any particular time, (2) past action that took place recently or 

in a space of time not yet elapsed. The parts of a compound 

tense must not be separated by other words as often in English. 

£ Ha leido V. las obras de Calderon? Have you read Calderon's works? 
He comido con amigos hoy I dined with friends to-day 

He estudiado todo este aiio I have studied all this year 

Note. — The present tense is used instead of the past tense in certain 
idiomatic expressions involving time. It is regularly so used when the event 
begun in the past is still continuing. If the event is a completed occurrence, 
a past tense is used. 

iDesde cuando esta V. en Nueva How long have you been in New 
York? York? {The person questioned is 

still there ) 
But: Hace dos aiios que estaba en It is two years since he was in Ma- 
Madrid drid. ( The person in question is no 

longer thereat 

Learn the reflexive pronouns (cf. § 213). 



EJERCICIOS 59 

VOCABULARIO XI 

(Vocabulary XI) 

la agudeza, the wit, witticism. la escena, the scene. 

alegre, adj., gay, cheerful, ani- estuve (pret. of estar), I was. 

mated. famoso, -a, famous. 

la andaluza, the Andalusian wo- gritar, to shout, call, cry out, 

man. exclaim. 

andar, to go, go through, pass habia. (imp. of haber), there was, 

through. there were, 

atreverse, to venture, dare. hacia, prep., toward. 

aventajar, to surpass, outdo. el hombro, the shoulder. 

burlarse (de), to make fun (of), iluminar, to light up, light, 

laugh (at). mientras que, conj., while, whilst, 

la carcajada, the burst of laugh- as. 

ter, laughter. la mirada, the glance. 

la cigarrera, the cigarette (or cigar) ofrecer, to offer. 

maker (/.) . presentar, to present, introduce. 

el color, the color. riendose, laughing. 

conocer, to know, be acquainted salado, -a, witty, clever. 

with. el sol, the sun. 

cuchichear, to whisper. soltar, to free, loosen, untie, utter. 

dirigir, to direct, lead, aim. vistoso, -a, showy, brilliant. 
a la vez, at the same time. 
de vez en cuando, from time to time. 
digame V., tell me. 

EJERCICIO XI 

(Exercise XI) 

Cuando estuve en Sevilla un amigo se 1 ofrecio para lle- 
varme 2 a ver la famosa fabrica de tabacos. Entramos en 2 
el hermoso edificio por una gran puerta que esta en la calle 
de San Fernando. Una escena muy alegre se nos 3 presento 4 
a la vista al 4 entrar. En las inmensas galerias habia mas 
de 5 4500 mujeres que hacian cigarros y cigarillos. Por las 6 
ventanas abiertas el sol iluminaba los pafiuelos de varios 
colores vistosos que llevaban en los hombros las cigarreras. 8 
Todas hablaban a la vez, gritando y riendose 1 mucho. Algu- 
nas dirigieron la mirada hacia nosotros. 10 

Andando por las galerias entendi que las muchachas cu- 
chicheaban detras de nosotros y soltaban la carcajada de 12 
vez en cuando. Yo sabia que se 1 burlaban de mi, pero no me 1 
atrevi a decir nada, conociendo bien que no es posible aventa- 14 
jar en agudezas a las saladas andaluzas. 

1 Cf. § 213, 1. 2 Cf. § 197. 3 Cf. § 201. 4 Cf. § 223, 2. « Cf. § 238, 2. 



60 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



EJERCICIO ORAL XI 

(Oral Exercise XI) 

1. He was speaking; they used to speak. 2. He had found; 
we had offered; you had surpassed. 3. We did not go through 
the factory. 4. I did not know where he was. 5. I spoke to 
the cigarette maker. 6. The girls made fun of the man who 
visited the factory. 7. Where were you? 8. I was in the inner 
court when you called. 9. A beautiful scene presented itself. 
10. We had written the eleventh exercise when the professor 
entered. 11. That was my mother. 12. He lived with you 
when you were in Spain, did he not? 13. The sun lit up the room 
and the family was cheerful. 14. I heard [that] the girls burst 
out laughing. 15. I read the article and believed that it was 
true. 16. They had studied all the lessons and were beginning 
to (a) read simple things. 17. His uncle used to be an engineer 
when he was young. 18. I did not dare to (a) say anything. 
19. The little girl would sing all (the) day [long]. 20. Those 
kerchiefs were brilliant, were they not? 



TEMA XI 

(Composition XI) 

One of the most interesting things that I saw while I was 
in Seville was the famous tobacco factory. A friend of mine 2 
took me there (alii) and explained how the cigars and ciga- 
rettes were made. It was a very animated scene which pre- 4 
sented itself to us 1 on entering. 2 There were more than 3 4500 
girls making cigarettes in the various galleries of the large 6 
building. Many of them wore on their shoulders kerchiefs 
of various brilliant colors which the sun, entering through the 8 
open windows, lit up. 

While we were passing through the galleries, I heard the 10 
cigarette makers whispering behind us, and there were some 
who burst out laughing. They were laughing at me, 4 but I 12 
did not dare to (a) speak to them, for I had heard that one 
could not outdo the Andalusian women in wit. 14 

1 Cf. § 201. 2 Cf. § 223, 2. 3 Cf. § 238, 2. 4 Cf. § 208. 



§§ 127-129 



VERBOS 



61 



CONVERSACION XI 

(Conversation XI) 

1. <:Cuales son las terminaciones del preterito imperfecto de 
la primera conjugation? <ide la segunda y tercera? 2. ^Cuales 
son las terminaciones del preterito perfecto de la primera con- 
jugation? <;de la segunda y tercera? 3. <;Se escribe el acento 
en las terminaciones de la segunda y de la tercera conjugation? 
4. <iEn que personas del preterito perfecto hay un acento 
escrito? 5. Conjugue V. el preterito perfecto del verbo creer; 
del verbo leer. 

6. ^Conoce V. alguna fabrica de tabacos? 7. Digame V. algo 
{something) de la fabrica de tabacos de Sevilla. 8. Que se nos 
presento a la vista al entrar? 9. <jCuantas cigarreras habia? 
10. (jQue llevaban las cigarreras en los hombros? 11. ^Eran 
vistosos los panuelos? 12. <iSon bonitas las andaluzas? 13. <iSe 
venden cigarros espanoles en los Estados Unidos? 14. <;D6nde 
esta Sevilla? 



127. 



128. 



129. 



LECCION XII 

(Lesson XII) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

FUTURO (IMPERFECTO) Y CONDICIONAL 

(The Future and the Conditional) 





Futuro (Imperfecto) 1 

(Future) 

X 




hablar-e 

hablar-as 

hablar-a 


I 

I shall (will) speak, etc. 

II 


hablar-emos 

hablar-eis 

hablar-an 


deber-e 

deber-as 

deber-a 


I shall (will) owe, etc. 
Ill 


deber-emos 

deber-eis 

deber-an 


vivir-e 
vivir-as 


I shall (will) live, etc. 


vivir-emos 
vivir-eis 


vivir-a 




vivir-an 



i This tense will be called in this grammar Futuro. 



62 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 130-135 



130. The future indicative is formed by adding to the infini- 
tive the endings as given above, which are the same for all 
Spanish verbs, regular and irregular. They are derived from 
the present indicative of the verb haber, thus, hablar (h)e, 
hablar (h)as, etc. The accent falls on the first vowel of the 
ending throughout, and is always written, except in the first 
person plural. 

131. The use of the future indicative in Spanish is practically 

the same as in English. It expresses both the idea of will or 

determination and that of simple futurity. In the former 

sense, however, querer is frequently used. 

Lo buscare manana I shall look for it to-morrow 

iVendra usted con nosotros? Shall {or will) you come with us? 

But: I Quiere usted venir con noso- Will you {or do you wish to) come 
tros? with us? 

132. The present indicative is used instead of the future 
after si meaning 'if.' 

Si el viene a las cinco, me en- If he will come at five o'clock, he 
contrara en casa will find me at home 

Note. — If si has the sense of ' whether/ the future is used. 

No se si vivira o no I don't know whether he will live or not 



133. 



134. 





Condicional 1 

(Conditional) 

I 

I should (would) speak, etc. 

II 




hablar-ia 

hablar-ias 

hablar-ia 


hablar-iamos 

hablar-iais 

hablar-ian 


deber-ia 

deber-ias 

deber-ia 


I should (would) owe, ought, 
etc. 


deber-iamos 

deber-iais 

deber-ian 



Note. — The conditional of deber is used to denote mild obligation, and 
is often used instead of the present to translate 'I ought/ etc. 

135. Ill 

vivir-ia I should (would) live, etc. vivir-iamos 



vivir-ias 
vivir-ia 



vivir-iais 
vivir-ian 



1 This tense in Spanish grammars is grouped under the subjunctive, and 
called Preterito Imperf ecto. In this book it has been grouped with the tenses 
of the indicative and called Condicional by analogy with the French custom. 



§§ 136-140 



VOCABULARIO 



63 



136. The conditional is formed by adding to the infinitive 
the endings as given above, which are the same as those of the 
imperfect indicative of the second and third conjugations. 
This is true of both regular and irregular verbs. 

137. The use of the conditional in Spanish is practically the 
same as in French. In English it is translated by ' would' or 
'should/ 

Me dijo que vendria a las cinco He told me that he would come at five 

138. The future may be used in place of the present and the 
conditional in place of the imperfect, in an independent clause, 
to denote probability or conjecture. This is true also of the 
corresponding compound tenses. 

Seran las doce It must be (about) twelve o'clock 

Habria llegado He must likely have come 

139. Ser and estar are regular in the formation of the future 
and conditional. 

140. Haber and tener have the regular endings in the future 
and conditional. The stems change, however. Haber becomes 
habr-e, habr-ia. Tener becomes tendr-e, tendr-ia. For all 
forms of the auxiliary verbs, cf. §§ 406-409. 



VOCABULARIO XII 

(Vocabulary XII) 



acerca de, prep., about, in regard 
to. 

algo, pron., something, any- 
thing; adv., somewhat. 

alii, adv., there. 

antiguo, -a, old, ancient. 
la catedral, the cathedral. 
la columna, the column. 
el dia, the day. 
la duda, the doubt. 

durar, to last, endure. 

hasta, prep., until, up to, even; 
— que, conj., until. 

julio, July. 

llegar, to arrive. 

magnifico, -a, magnificent. 
la mezquita, the mosque. 



el monumento, the monument. 

morisco, -a, Moorish. 
el moro, the Moor. 
la ocupacion, the occupation. 
el palacio, the palace. 

pasar, to pass, spend. 

por consiguiente, consequent^ 

querido, -a, dear, beloved. 

salir, to go out, leave. 
el siglo, the century. 

tarde, adv., late. 
el tiempo, the time, period, tense, 

weather. 
la torre, the tower. 
la visita, the visit. 

visitar, to visit. 



64 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO XII 
(Exercise XII) 

Cordoba, 1 29 de julio de 1912. 

Querido amigo : — Hoy hemos salido de Sevilla, llegando 2 
aqui esta noche. Ya es tarde y por consiguiente no visitare- 
mos nada hasta mafiana. Por primera vez me 2 es posible 4 
escribirle 3 algo acerca de nuestra visita a Sevilla. Hemos ■ 
pasado varios dias alii visitando la famosa catedral, la Gi- 6 
ralda, magnifica torre morisca, y el Alcazar, antiguo pala- 
cio de los moros. V. sabra 4 sin duda que la ocupacion de 8 
esta parte de Espana por los moros duro mas de seis siglos, y 
que aqui, como en todas partes, hay varios monumentos 10 
moriscos. Veremos mafiana uno de los mas hermosos, la 
mezquita de Cordoba con sus mil columnas. 12 

Yo desearia pasar mas dias aqui, pero no es posible e ire- 
mos a Granada el lunes, donde estaremos todo el otorio. 14 

Su buen amigo 

Pedro 5 Velez. 16 

EJERCICIO ORAL XII 

(Oral Exercise XII) 

1. We shall speak; they will speak. 2. 1 shall live; you will 
owe. 3. He would arrive. 4. You would have. 5. He must 
have passed the door. 6. We shall write more to-morrow. 
7. You must {indicating probability) know something of the 
Moorish palace. 8. The tower of the palace will be visited on 
Monday. 9. He says that he would have arrived this morning. 
10. If he arrives, he will visit the ancient monuments. 11. Do 
you know whether he will live or not? 12. I shall be there 
with my father and mother. 13. I should write the exercise. 
14. Would you write so many pages of Spanish? 15. We shall 
see something interesting here in Cordova, shall we not? 16. I 
ought to spend the autumn in this beautiful country, but 
it will not be possible. 1.7. He will desire more this time. 
18. They believed that the Moorish occupation would last two 

1 Cordova, a city of southern Spain. 4 Future of saber. 

2 Cf. § 203, note. 5 ' Peter.' 

3 Cf. § 194. 



EJERCICIOS 65 

centuries. 19. The engineers will visit England and Spain. 
20. I would sell this picture to my friend, but he does not 
wish [to] buy anything. 

TEMA XII 
(Composition XII) 

Madrid, August 29, 1912. 

Dear Friend: — I knew that you would not visit Seville 2 
without spending several days there. I was there only two 
days, and I should like [to] see more of its famous cathedral 4 
and its other important monuments. There is always so 
much that one can see in an ancient country like Spain. 6 

Granada will be very interesting to you 1 also. Without 
doubt, you have read the books of Washington Irving. I 8 
read some of his descriptions of the Alhambra when I was in 
Granada. You should learn something of the gipsies (gita- 10 
nos) of Granada while you are there, for their customs are 
very interesting. 12 

If you will be in Granada all the autumn, I shall probably 
see you, 1 for I shall not be very busy, and it will be possible 14 
for me 2 [to] travel. 

Your good friend, 16 

Manuel Heredia. 

CONVERSACION XII 
(Conversation XII) 

1. <jEn que pagina principia la lection? 2. <;C6mo se forma 
el futuro de los verbos regulares en espafiol? <;el condicional? 
3. <;C6mo se forma el futuro de tener? <:el condicional de 
haber? 

4. ^Cuando llego el viajero {traveler) a Sevilla? 5. <;Que 
visito cuando estuvo en Sevilla? 6. ([Que es la Giralda? 7. <:En 
que parte de Espafia hay monumentos moriscos? 8. <;Que hay 
en la famosa mezquita? 9. <;Ha leido V. ((La Alhambra)) de 
Washington Irving? 10. ^Cuando ira el viajero a Granada? 
11. <;Cual es el mas famoso edificio de Granada? 12. <iSon in- 
teresantes los edificios antiguos? 

1 Cf. § 194. 2 Cf. § 203, note. 



66 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 141-147 

LECCION XIII 

(Lesson XIII) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

Modo Imperativo 

(Imperative Mood) 

141. The imperative is used in the second person singular 
and plural, and only in the affirmative. In the first and third 
persons in affirmative commands and in all persons in negative 
commands the present subjunctive is used (cf. § 386, l). 

142. The forms of the imperative mood of the three regular 
conjungations are: 





I 


II 


III 


Singular, 2 a persona 


habl-a 


deb-e 


viv-e 


Plural, 2 a persona 


habl-ad 


deb-ed 


viv-id 



143. The second person singular of the imperative of regular 
verbs has the same form as the third person singular of the 
present indicative, and the plural of all imperatives is formed 
by changing the r of the infinitive to d. 

144. Since the imperative is used only in the second person, 
it is found only where that mode of address is used and will 
therefore be little employed by a foreigner, who will use rather 
the third person of the present subjunctive with usted (ustedes) 
(cf. § 185). 

145. Personal pronouns used as objects follow the impera- 
tive, or the present subjunctive used as an affirmative impera- 
tive, and are joined to it (cf. § 197). If the accent is thus thrown 
before the penult, it must be written (cf. § 20, 9). 

Hablale Speak to him Damelo Give it to me 

Escribenoslo Write it to us Digaselo Tell him so 

146. The second person plural of the imperative loses its 
final -d when os is attached, and the first person plural of the 
present subjunctive loses its final -s when nos is attached. 
Levantadlo Raise it Escribamos Let us write 

Levantaos Arise, get up Escribamonos Let us write to each other 

147. The infinitive may be used with an imperative force. 

jCallar! Be quiet! 



§§ 148-153 PRESENTE DE SUBJUNTIVO 67 

PRESENTE DE SUBJUNTIVO DE LAS TRES CONJUGACIONES 

REGULARES 

(Present Subjunctive of the Three Regular Conjugations) 

148, 



149. 





I 




habl-e 

habl-es 

habl-e 


I may speak, etc. 
II 


habl-emos 

habl-eis 

habl-en 


deb-a 

deb-as 

deb-a 


I may owe, etc. 
Ill 


deb-amos 

deb-ais 

deb-an 


viv-a 


I may live, etc. 


viv-amos 


viv-as 




viv-ais 


viv-a 




viv-an 



150. 



151. The present subjunctive is formed by adding to the 
stem the endings as given above, which are the same for all 
regular verbs. The accent falls on the last syllable only in the 
second person plural and is then written. 

152. Las Estaciones del Ano 

(The Seasons of the Year) 
la primavera, spring el otoiio, autumn 

el verano, summer el invierno, winter 

153. Los Meses del Ano 

(The Months of the Year) 

enero, 1 January Julio, July 

febrero, February agosto, August 

marzo, March septiembre, September 

abril, April octubre, October 

mayo, May noviembre, November 

junio, June diciembre, December 

VOCABULARIO XIII 
(Vocabulary XIII) 

asegurar, to assure. causar, to cause, produce. 

atraer, to attract, invite. la ciudad, the city. 

bailar, to dance. la cuesta, the hill. 

el baile, the dance, ball. la cueva, the cave, 
el barrio, the ward, quarter. desde, prep., from, since, after, 

brioso, -a, spirited, lively. as soon as. 

cada, adj., each, every. dijo (pret. of decir), he said, 

el calor, the heat, warmth. fuimos (pret. ofii), we went. 

1 Capitals are seldom used in Spanish for names of months (cf. § 23). 



68 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



el gitano (/., la gitana), the gipsy. 

gustar (a), (impers. verb), to 
please. 1 
la hora, the hour, time (of day). 
la impresion, the impression. 
el lado, the side. 

maravilloso, -a, marvelous. 

Napoles, Naples. 



naturalmente, adv., naturally. 
nunca, adv., never, ever. 
olvidar, to forget. 
pues, inter., well. 
quedar(se), to remain, stop, 
stay; — se con, to keep. 
la tumba, the tomb, 
vamos, let us go. 



al menos, adv., at least. 

EJERCICIO XIII 
(Exercise XIII) 

Granada, 30 de agosto de 1912. 

Querido amigo : — No creas que te 2 he olvidado, pero desde 2 
que llegue 3 a esta en el mes de julio he estado muy ocupado 
visitando los varios monumentos interesantes de la ciudad. 4 

<(Ver a Napoles y morir,)) dicen, pero mejor seria decir, 
«Ver a Granada yvivir.)) Te aseguroque ((quien 4 no ha visto 5 6 
Granada no ha visto nada,)) como dicen aqui. Es una ciudad 
maravillosa que me gusta mas cada dia que paso en ella. 8 

Naturalmente he visitado la tumba de Fernando e Isabel, 
que esta en la catedral, y el Generalife, hermosa casa de 10 
campo de los sefiores moros, y he pasado muchisimas 6 horas 
en los patios y en las salas del famoso palacio de la Alhambra. 12 

Ya sabra V. sin duda que hay muchisimos 6 gitanos en esta 
parte de Espana. Viven en pequenas cuevas en el Albaicin, 14 
barrio que esta en una cuesta al otro lado del Darro. El otro 
dia un amigo me dijo: ((Vamos a ver bailar a las gitanas.)) 16 
Fuimos al Albaicin, y nunca olvidare la impresion que me 
causaron aquellos bailes briosos. <jNo te atrae todo esto? 18 
Pues no te quedes todo el verano en Madrid. Pasa al menos 
el mes de septiembre en esta hermosisima 6 ciudad. Si te 7 es 20 
posible venir, escribeme calle de X. 21, donde estare hasta el 



mvierno. 



Tu 8 buen amigo, 

Pedro Velez. 



22 



24 

1 When used with a personal pronoun or a noun indicating an animate 
being, it may be translated 'like,' 'be fond of.' 

iLe gusta a V.? Do you like? 

Me gusta I like 

Gusta a mi hermano My brother likes, etc. 

2 Cf. §§ 185, 191. 3 Pret. of llegar; cf. § 335. 4 Cf. § 260. 6 Past part, 
of ver. 6 Cf. § 249. 7 Cf. § 203, note. 8 Cf. p. 43, footnote 1. 



EJERCICIOS 69 

EJERCICIO ORAL XIII 
(Oral Exercise XIII) 

1. Speak (tu); speak (vosotros); do not speak (tu). 2. Write 

(V.) the exercise; do not write (V.) the exercise. 3. Do not 

owe (vosotros). 4. Let us dance. 5. Let them begin. 6. Let 

us be gay. 7. Travel (V.) in (the) summer. 8. Assist (tu) your 

little brother. 9. Enter (tu) (V.) (vosotros) (VV.). 10. February 

and March are interesting months. 11. Spend (VV.) the spring 

in England, if it is possible. 12. Keep the books. 13. Let them 

end their studies in July. 14. Do not travel in the month of 

December, if you are in Spain. 15. I may be; we may write; 

they may live. 16. Winter is a gay season of the year. 

17. February has only 28 days. 18. Give (vosotros) the pencils 

to the teacher. 19. Why does he not come in the month of 

January? 

TEMA XIII 
(Composition XIII) 

Madrid, September 8, 1912. 

Dear Friend: — It would please me very much [to] visit 2 
you 1 in Granada. Stay in that interesting city until October 
and I assure you that I shall spend several days there with you. 4 

You must know that when we went to Seville in May it 
was not possible for me 2 [to] visit Granada, and consequently 6 
I have not yet seen (visto) the Alhambra with its famous 
courts and beautiful gateways. 8 

Your description of the gipsies was very interesting. I 
should like very much [to] see them and their lively dances. 10 
But do not spend all your time in the gipsy caves {caves of 
the gipsies). 12 

I have many things to (que) tell you, but I shall keep 
them until later. 3 Do not foreget [to] write often to 14 

Your good friend, 

Armando. Canas. 16 

CONVERSACION XIII 
(Conversation XIII) 

1. <;Cual es el imperativo del verbo hablar? ^del verbo 
deber? <idel verbo vivir? 2. <;Usa V. mucho el modo imperativo 
1 Cf. § 185. 2 Cf. § 203, note. 3 Cf. § 234. 



70 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 154-158 



en espanol? 3. <[Que usa V. en vez del modo imperativo? 
4. <jD6nde se pone el pronombre personal que se usa con el 
imperativo? 5. <:C6mo se forma el presente de subjuntivo de 
la primera conjugation? <?de la segunda y tercera? 6. ^Cuales 
son las estaciones del afio? 7. <iCuales son los meses del afio? 
8. <iQue edificios se visitan generalmente en Granada? 
9. <iQue es el Generalife? 10. <:En que parte de la ciudad esta 
la Alhambra? 11. ^Donde esta el Albaicin? 12. ^Quienes viven 
en el Albaicin? 13. <iSon interesantes los bailes de los gitanos? 
14. <:Le gustan a V. las descripciones de Granada? 



154. 



LECCION XIV 

(Lesson XIV) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

(Preterito) Imperfecta 1 de Subjuntivo 

(Imperfect Subjunctive) 

Primera Forma 
I 
habl-ara I might (should, would) speak, etc. habl-aramos 





habl-aras 




habl-arais 




habl-ara 




habl-aran 


155. 




II 






deb-iera 


I might (should, would) owe, etc. 


deb-ieramos 




deb-ieras 




deb-ierais 




deb-iera 




deb-ieran 


156. 




Ill 






viv-iera 


I might (should, would) live, etc. 


viv-ieramos 




viv-ieras 




viv-ierais 




viv-iera 


Segunda Forma 


viv-ieran 


157. 




I 






habl-ase 


I might (should, would) speak, etc. 


habl-asemos 




habl-ases 




habl-aseis 




habl-ase 




habl-asen 


158. 




II 






deb-iese 


I might (should, would) owe, etc. 


deb-iesemos 




deb-ieses 




deb-ieseis 




deb-iese 




deb-iesen 



1 This tense will be called in this grammar Imperfecto de Subjuntivo. 



§§ 159-166 



FUTURO DE SUBJUNTIVO 



71 



159. 



viv-iese 

viv-ieses 

viv-iese 



III 

I might (should, would) live, etc. 



viv-iesemos 

viv-ieseis 

viv-iesen 



Futuro (Imperf ecto) l de Sub juntivo 

(Future Subjunctive) 



habl-are 


I may (shall) speak, etc. 


habl-aremos 


habl-ares 




habl-areis 


habl-are 


II 


habl-aren 


deb-iere 


I may (shall) owe, etc. 


deb-ieremos 


deb-ieres 




deb-iereis 


deb-iere 


Ill 


deb-ieren 


viv-iere 


I may (shall) live, etc. 


viv-ieremos 


viv-ieres 




viv-iereis 


viv-iere 




viv-ieren 



160. 



161 



162, 



163. These subjunctive forms in all verbs, regular or irregu- 
lar, may be derived readily from the third person plural of the 
preterit by changing -ron to -ra, -se, or -re. The first and 
second forms are generally interchangeable. The future sub- 
junctive is rarely used. Cf. § 401. 

164. The accent in the two forms of the imperfect subjunc- 
tive and in the future subjunctive falls on the first strong vowel 
of the ending in the three conjugations. It is written in the 
first person plural in all three tenses of the three conjugations. 

165. Verbs of the second or third conjugation whose stem 
ends in a vowel change i to y in the endings of the imperfect 
and future subjunctive. 



caer, pret. cayeron: subj. cayera, etc.; cayese, etc.; cayere, 



etc. 



166. The subjunctive is used in dependent clauses very 
much as in French, though a little more commonly. It is most 
frequently found in noun clauses after verbs expressing will, 
emotion or doubt. For a fuller treatment of the subject, cf. 
§§ 391-397. 

1 This tense will be called in this grammar Futuro de Subjuntivo. 



72 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 167-168 

167. Los Dias de la Semana 

(The Days of the Week) 

lunes, 1 Monday viernes, Friday 

martes, Tuesday sabado, Saturday 

miercoles, Wednesday domingo, Sunday 
jueves, Thursday 

168. Notice the following expressions: 

el domingo, Sunday, or on Sunday 

todos los lunes, every Monday 

el martes pasado, 2 last Tuesday 

la semana pasada, last week 

el miercoles proximo, 3 next Wednesday 

la semana proxima, next week 

el jueves hacia ocho dias, a week ago last Thursday 

del viernes en ocho dias, a week from Friday 

del sabado en quince dias, two weeks from Saturday 

el domingo por la mafiana, Sunday morning 

hoy, to-day 

mafiana, to-morrow 

pasado mafiana, day after to-morrow 

ayer, yesterday 

"leTde'ayer, } day before yesterday 

Sd e C a h n e ;chej^ htbef - last 

esta noche, to-night 

anoche, last night 

un dia si (y) un dia no, every other day 

VOCABULARIO XIV 
(Vocabulary XIV) 

abrir, to open. asi, adv., thus, so. 

acabar, to end, finish; — de el baul, the trunk. 

. . . {with inf.), to have el billete, the bank note, ticket; 

just ... — de primera, first-class 

acompanar, to accompany. ticket; — de ida y vuelta, 

adios, int., good-by. round trip ticket; — de 

el anden, the platform. anden, platform ticket. 

1 Note that capitals are not used in Spanish in the names of the days of 
the week. They are all of the masculine gender, and frequently take the 
definite article (cf. § 32, 6). 

2 'Last' in expressions of time is translated by pasado, meaning 'last 
elapsed,' in the sense of 'last in a series/ by ultimo or postrero, the latter 
being used but rarely. 

3 'Next' may be expressed in Spanish by proximo, siguiente, or que 
viene, siguiente, 'following,' being used chiefly when referring ahead from 
some point of time in the past. 



EJERCICIOS 73 

la carta, the letter. <;por que? conj., why? 

£Cuanto, -a, -os, -as? how pronto, adv., soon; de — , sud- 

much, how many? denly. 

dispensar, to excuse. recibir, to receive. 

esperar, to wait, wait for, hope, rogar, 1 to ask, request, beseech, 

expect. la sala de espera, the waiting- 

facturar, to check (baggage). room. 

el ferrocarril, the railroad, rail- solo, -a, alone, only, single, 

way. solitary. 

la gente, the people. sorprender, to surprise. 

la intencion, the intention; tener el tren, the train. 

la — (de), to intend (to). el vendedor de billetes, the ticket 

Juan, John. agent. 

Pablo, Paul. la ventanilla, the small window, 

parecer, to appear, seem, look; ticket window. 
— se a, to resemble, look like. 

todo el mundo, everybody, (literally 'all the world'). 



EJERCICIO XIV 
(Exercise XIV) 

Conversacion en una Estacion de Ferrocarril 

(Conversation in a Railroad Station) 

Pablo. Buenos dias, 2 Juan. — Juan. Buenos dias, Pablo. 
jCuanta gente en la estacion! Parece que todo el mundo 2 
viaja hoy. — Asi lo parece. <[Y a donde va 3 V.? — A Burgos. 
Mi tio, que vive alii, siempre ha deseado que le visitase, y 4 
tengo la intencion de pasar una semana con el. <jV. tambien 
va de viaje? 4 — Si, sefior. El lunes recibi de mi hermano, 6 
que esta en Barcelona, una carta rogandome que le visitara 
lo mas pronto posible, porque del sabado en quince dias 8 
saldra 5 de Barcelona para los Estados Unidos. Pero no me 
voy 3 hasta pasado mafiana. Acabo de comprar mi billete 10 
y de facturar mis baiiles. ^Viaja V. solo? — Si, sefior. Yo 
deseaba que me acompafiase mi primo, pero el tiene que 12 
quedarse en Madrid hasta el viernes proximo, y por con- 
siguiente no le ha sido posible acompafiarme. Pero ya se 14 
abre la ventanilla. Dispenseme V. ... {Al vendedor de billetes.) 
Un (billete de) primera de ida y vuelta para Burgos. ... {A su 16 

1 Rogar and pedir are used meaning * to ask (as a favor)/ while preguntar 
means simply ' to ask (as a question),' ' to interrogate.' 

2 Cf. § 303. 4 Ir de viaje, 'to travel.' 

3 Pres. ind. of ir. 6 Fut. of salir. 



74 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

amigo.) Creo que esperare el tren en el anden, porque hay 
muchisima gente en la sala de espera. — Pues le deseo a V. 18 
un buen viaje. — Y a V. lo mismo, adios. — Adios. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XIV 
(Oral Exercise XIV) 

1. I might speak; he might speak; they might speak. 2. We 
might owe; they would live; they should owe. 3. I might fall 
{first and second forms) . 4. He wished them to open the ticket 
window. 5. They desired him to accompany his friends to the 
station. 6. Next Wednesday I shall be in Burgos. 7. A week 
ago last Saturday my trunks arrived. 8. They stayed in the 
city until last night. 9. Did they want the professor to write 
a book? 10. Yes, they wanted him to begin to-day. 11. Two 
weeks from Thursday will be the last day. 12. We have com- 
position lessons every Monday and sometimes on Tuesday. 
13. The day before yesterday was Sunday. 14. The days of 
the week are Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, 
Saturday and Sunday. 15. Is this round trip ticket good 
(valido) until to-morrow? 16. Excuse me, but I intend to (de) 
remain until to-morrow morning. 



TEMA XIV 
(Composition XIV) 

The other day my cousin wanted me to accompany him to 
the railroad station. I went (fui) with him, because I wanted 2 
[to] learn something more about Spanish stations. First 
he bought his ticket to Burgos at the ticket window, while 4 
I remained in the waiting room. Then (entonces) he told 
me to buy a platform ticket while he had his trunk 6 
checked. I was surprised that one should need a ticket 
to (para) go out on the platform. Then I helped him to (a) 8 
carry his suit-cases to the platform, and we talked until 
the train arrived. I intend to (de) go to Barcelona next 10 
week, and knowing how (el saber) [to] have my trunks 
checked and where [to] buy my ticket ought [to] aid me very 12 
much. 



§§ 169-170 LAS HORAS DEL DIA 75 

CONVERSACION XIV 
(Conversation XIV) 

1. (jCuantas formas del imperfecto de subjuntivo hay? 
2. ^Cuales son las terminaciones de la primer a forma de la 
primera conjugation? ^de la segunda conjugation? <;de la 
tercera? 3. Conjugue V. el futuro del subjuntivo del verbo 
caer; del verbo vivir. 4. <;En que persona hay un acento 
escrito en los imperfectos y en el futuro de subjuntivo? 
5. <[Cuales son los dias de la semana? 6. ^Como se dice en 
espafiol: to-morrow morning; last night; next week? 

7. <[En donde estan hablando Pablo y Juan? 8. <;Van de viaje 
los dos? 9. ^Por que no toma el tren Pablo? 10. <iQue hace 
en la estacion de ferrocarril? 11. ^Por que viaja solo Juan? 
12. <iD6nde se.compran los billetes en una estacion? 13. ciQuien 
los vende? 14. <:D6nde se puede esperar el tren? 15. <iQue se 
dice generalmente a una persona que sale de viaje? 



LECCION XV 

(Lesson XV) 

Las Horas del Dia 

(The Hours of the Day) 

169. The hour or time of day is expressed by the cardinal 
numbers preceded by the feminine article (to agree with hora, 
'hour/ or horas, ' hours/ understood). Time after the hour 
is expressed by the number of minutes preceded by y, and time 
before, by the number of minutes preceded by menos, 'less.' 
The word for minutes is usually omitted. The verb 'to be' in 
expressions of time is ser, which is singular or plural according 
to the number of hours. 

I Que hora es? What time is it? 

Es la una It is one o'clock 

Son las dos y veinte It is twenty minutes past two 

Son las once menos diez It is ten minutes to eleven 

170. There are two words in Spanish meaning 'half/ la 
mitad, a noun, and medio, -a, an adjective (cf. § 328). The 



76 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 171-173 



feminine adjective, media, is always used for 'half ' in speaking 
of the hour. 'To strike/ speaking of the hour, is dar. 



a las tres y media 
Esta dando la media 
iQue hora ha dado? 



at half past three 

It is striking the half-hour 

What hour did it strike? 



171. Other means of expressing time may be inferred from 
the following examples: 



Son las doce y cuarto 
a las siete en punto 
a las diez de la manana 
a las dos de la tarde 
al mediodia 
por la manana 
por la tarde 
por la noche 
a media noche 



It is a quarter past twelve 

at seven o'clock sharp 

at ten in the morning 

at two in the afternoon 

at noon 

in the morning 

in the afternoon 

at night 

at midnight 



172, 



Los Puntos Cardinales 

(The Points of the Compass) 



el norte, the North 
el sur, the South 



el este, the East 
el oeste, the West 



173. haber, 'to have.' 
haber, habiendo, habido 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 



INDICATIVO 



Presente he, has, ha, hemos, habeis, han 

Imperfecto hab-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito hube, hubiste, hubo, hubimos, hubisteis, hubieron 

Futuro habr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional habr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente haya, hayas, haya, hayamos, hayais, hayan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: hub-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto , 2 a forma: hub-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro hub-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



he 



habed 



§174 



EJERCICIOS 



77 



174. tener, 'to have.' 
tener, teniendo, tenido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, teneis, tienen 
Imperfecto ten-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron 
Futuro tendr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional tendr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 



Presente 
Imperfecto, 
Imperfecto, 
Futuro 



SUBJUNTIVO 

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengais, tengan 
l a forma: tuv-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 
2° forma: tuv-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 
tuv-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



ten 



tened 



VOCABULARIO XV 

(Vocabulary XV) 

adelantar, to advance, be fast el horario, the hour-hand. 



(of timepieces), 

ahora, adv., now. 

antiguamente, adv., formerly. 
la arena, the sand. 

atrasar, to delay, be slow (of 
timepieces) . 
la caja, the box, case (of a watch). 
el caso, the case. 

componer, to compose. 

corto, -a, short. 
el cronometro, the timepiece. 
el cuarto, the quarter, room. 
la division, the division, part. 

(se) duerme, (one) sleeps. 

entonces, adv., then. 

entre, prep., between, among. 
la esfera, the face (of a watch or 
clock). 



indicar, to indicate, designate, 

mark. 
largo, -a, long. 
la manecilla, the hand (of a watch 

or clock). 
la maquina, the machine, works 
(of a watch or clock). 
marcar, to mark, indicate. 
el minutero, the minute-hand. 
el minuto, the minute. 
la position, the position. 

regularizar, to regulate. 
el reloj (de pared), the clock; el 
— (de bolsillo, 'pocket'), the 
watch, 
segun, prep., according to, as. 
el segundo, the second. 
trabajar, to work. 



EJERCICIO XV 

(Exercise XV) 

La semana se compone de 7 dias, el dia de 24 horas, la 
hora de 60 minutos, y el minuto de 60 segundos. Antigua- 
mente habia muchisimas clases de relojes para indicar la 
hora del dia, como relojes de arena, de agua, de sol, etcetera. 
Hoy dia hay varias clases de cronometros, pero entre todos 
el mas usado es el reloj de bolsillo. 

Aqui tenemos un reloj. Tiene, como partes principales, 



78 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

la maquina, la caja, la esfera y las manecillas. La mas larga 8 
de las manecillas se llama el minutero, yla mas corta,el hora- 
rio. Hay algunos relojes que tienen otra manecilla pequenita 10 
para marcar los segundos. La posicion de las manecillas indica 
la hora del dia. El minutero marca la hora cuando llega al 12 
numero doce, y se puede decir ((son las tres,)) ((son las 
cinco,)) etcetera, segun el caso. Cuando llega al numero tres 14 
o al numero nueve el minutero, indica los cuartos de hora, y 
entonces se puede decir ((son las dos y media,)) o ((son las 16 
diez menos cuarto,)) segun el caso. El reloj marca las doce 
dos veces en el dia, al mediodia y a media noche. Cuando 18 
el reloj no esta en hora l se dice que adelanta o atrasa, y en- 
tonces es preciso regularizarlo. 20 

Las principales divisiones del dia son la manana, la tarde y 
la noche. Por la manana y por la tarde se trabaja, y por la 22 

noche se duerme. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XV 

(Oral Exercise XV) 

1. What time is it? 2. It is half past two; it is one o'clock; it 
is a quarter to four. 3. In the afternoon at two o'clock. 4. He 
had finished the last lesson at noon. 5. People do not work at 
night. 6. He had a watch which used to strike the hour. 
7. What kind of timepiece generally strikes the hour? 8. I shall 
have my watch to-morrow. 9. He would have regulated the 
watch. 10. Formerly they had water 2 clocks. 11. We may have 
had the timepiece. 12. At a quarter to three he had begun to 
(a) work. 13. We sleep at night. 14. Would you have had so 
many windows in your house? 15. There are fifty in this 
building. 16. One (uno) ought to (de) take care when one is 
on the street at midnight. 17. A watch which is fast ought to 
(de) be regulated. 18. Many persons have watches which they 
had when they were children. 19. The points of the compass 
are north, south, east and west. 

TEMA XV 

(Composition XV) 

There have always been several kinds of timepieces. For- 
merly they had sand and water 2 timepieces, but now the watch 2 
1 Estar en hora, ' to keep time.' 2 De agua. 



§ 175 USOS PARTICULATES DE EABER Y TENER 79 

is without doubt the one which (el que) is the most 
used. 4 

Here is a watch. It is composed of various parts, such 
(tales) as the works, the case, the face, the hands, etc. A 6 
watch generally has two hands, the minute-hand, which 
marks the minutes, and the hour-hand, which marks the 8 
hours. In some watches there is a very small hand, called 
(qjie se llama) the second-hand, which marks the seconds, io 
The time of (the) day is indicated by the position of the 
hands. When the hour-hand and the minute-hand are at 12 
twelve, it is noon or midnight. 

There are two principal divisions of the day, day and night. 14 

CONVERSACION XV 

(Conversation XV) 

1. Conjugue V. el futuro del verbo tener; el preterito; el 
presente de subjuntivo. 2. Conjugue V. el condicional del verbo 
haber; el presente de indicativo; el imperfecto de subjuntivo. 
3. <jCuantos verbos hay en espanol para decir to have ? 4. ^Cual 
de ellos indica la posesion? 

5. ^Cuantas veces en eldia marca el reloj las doce? 6. ^Cuales 
son las partes principales de un reloj? 7. ^Cuantas manecillas 
tiene un reloj? 8. <;Que position tienen las manecillas cuando 
indican las ocho? <das ocho y veinte? <Jlas ocho menos diez? 
9. ^Que hora ha dado? 10. ^Que hora es? 11. <iQue es preciso 
hacer cuando adelanta o atrasa un reloj? 12. <j Cuando se 
duerme? ^Cuando se trabaja? 13. <iQue dia de la semana es 
hoy? 14. ^Cuales son los puntos cardinales? 



LECCION XVI 

(Lesson XVI) 

USOS PARTICULARES DE LOS VERBOS HABER Y TENER 

(Special uses of the Verbs haber and tener) 

175. Haber de, as an independent verb, followed by an in- 
finitive, expresses a probable futurity or a mild obligation. 
He de escribir el ejercicio I have the exercise to write 



80 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 176-178 



Haber Usado Impersonalmente 

(Haber Used Impersonally) 

176. Haber is used impersonally in the sense of 'to be' in 
the infinitive, participles and in the third person singular. 

1. In the sense of ' there is' or ' there are/ the form of the 
present indicative is hay. The conjugation is continued by 
the use of the regular third person singular of all other tenses. 

habiendo personas en el cuarto there being persons in the room 

Hay un libro en la mesa There is a book on the table 

Habia dos libro s There were two books 

Habra mucha gente There will be many people 

2. In the sense of 'it is/ applied to^weather conditions, the 
present indicative is also hay, and the conjugation is continued 
by the use of the regular third person singular of all other 
tenses. In this sense haber may be used only when followed 
by a noun. The verb hacer is more commonly used when 
speaking of the weather. 

Hay lodo, It is muddy Hace buen tiempo, It is good weather 

Hay luna, The moon is shining Hace calor, It is warm 

Hay neblina, It is foggy Hace fresco, It is cool 

Hay polvo, It is dusty Hace frio, It is cold 

Hay sol, It is sunny Hace mal tiempo, It is bad weather 

Hay viento, It is windy Hace sol, It is sunny 

Hace (un) tiempo agradable, It is pleasant 

Hace viento, It is windy 

177. Haber que, as an impersonal verb, followed by an in- 
finitive, denotes necessity or obligation. The present indica- 
tive is hay que. 

Para aprender hay que estudiar One must study in order to learn 

178. Haber is also used impersonally in the sense of 'ago/ 
'before.' Ha (cf. § 20, 4, note 1), the present indicative, usually 
stands after a measure of time; other forms usually precede. 
The verb hacer is likewise used impersonally in the sense of 
'ago,' and regularly precedes the measure of time. Verbal 
clauses introduced by que are frequently appended. 

dos aiios ha, or hace dos aiios two years ago 

Hace dos horas que llego He arrived two hours ago 

Hacia tres aiios que habian llegado They had arrived three years before 






§§ 179-181 EJERCICIOS 81 

179. The principal use of tener is to indicate possession. It 

also indicates 'to be the matter (or trouble) with.' 

Tengo un libro I have a book 

iQue tiene V.? What is the matter with you? 

Tengo un dolor de cabeza I have a headache 

180. Tener is used idiomatically in the sense of 'to be/ 

with certain nouns, as in French. (Learn) 

tener hambre, to be hungry tener celos, to be jealous 

tener sed, to be thirsty tener vergiienza, to be ashamed 

tener frio, to be cold tener sueiio, to be sleepy 

tener calor, to be warm tener miedo, to be afraid 

tener ganas, to be desirous, inclined, tener razon, to be right 

feel like ' no tener razon, to be wrong 

181. Tener que, followed by an infinitive, expresses obliga- 
tion. Moral obligation, however, is more commonly expressed 
by deber. 

Tengo que escribir el ejercicio I have to write the exercise 
But: Debe V. escribirme todos los You must write me every day. (Cf. 
dias p. 19, footnote 1) 

VOCABULARIO XVI 
(Vocabulary XVI) 

abandonar, to abandon, leave. el fastidio, the weariness, ennui. 

adornar, to adorn. el frio, the cold. 

afuera, adv., outside, outdoors, gozar (de), to enjoy, 

out of the house. la hierba, the grass. 

agradable, adj., agreeable, la hoja, the leaf . 

pleasant, pleasing. la nieve, the snow. 
el alivio, the relief. no (ni) . . . ni, neither . . . nor. 

amarillo, -a, yellow. quitar, to remove, take away, quit. 

el anhelo, the desire, eagerness. pasear(se), to walk, stroll. 

el arbol, the tree. quiza(s), adv., perhaps. 

brillar, to shine. secar(se), to dry. 

caer, to fall. seguramente, adv., surely, cer- 

la cosecha, the harvest, reaping. tainly. 

la chimenea, the fireplace, chimney. la transformation, the transf or- 

dividir, to divide. mation, change. 

evitar, to avoid. triste, adj., sad. 

excesivo, -a, excessive. verde, adj., green. 

por todas partes, everywhere. 

EJERCICIO XVI 
(Exercise XVI) 

El afio esta dividido en cuatro estaciones, que son la prima- 
vera, el verano, el otofio y el invierno. Entre todas las 2 



82 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

estaciones la primavera es la mas agradable, porque entonces 
no hace ni frio ni calor excesivos. Uno tiene ganas de pa- 4 
searse y de ver los arboles adornados de verdes hojas, que 
brillan tanto cuando hace sol. 6 

En el verano para evitar el calor hay que irse 1 al campo. 
Alii se puede gozar de las flores y de la hierba. Naturalmente 8 
hay muchas personas que tienen que quedarse en la ciudad, 
donde hace calor y donde a menudo hay polvo. Estas per- 10 
sonas esperan con anhelo el otono. En esta estacion se hace 
la cosecha en el campo, y por todas partes las hojas pierden 2 12 
su color verde y se ponen 3 amarillas y rojas. Pronto princi- 
pian a secarse y a caer. Hace muchisimo viento y algunas 14 
veces hay nieve. Seguramente es el invierno la estacion mas 
triste de todas. Entonces 4 nos quedamos en casa al lado de 16 
la chimenea, y para evitar el fastidio leemos libros interesantes, 
y nos 4 burlamos del frio que hace afuera. 18 



EJERCICIO ORAL XVI 
(Oral Exercise XVI) 

1. I have to write the letter; I have the letter to write. 2. Two 
weeks ago. 3. There will be many people, if it is pleasant. 
4. In winter it is often windy. 5. Sometimes there is snow. 
6. One is often cold in the house, when it is cold weather out- 
doors. 7. What is the matter with the poor man? Is he hungry? 
8. In (the) summer we are inclined to walk when it is good 
weather. 9. The little children await the winter with eager- 
ness. 10. They enjoy the snow and the cold. 11. The youth 
was jealous, because the girl was walking with his brother. 
12. When it is warm in a room, we are often sleepy. 13. One 
must stay by the side of the fireplace. 14. The trees are always 
more beautiful in the spring than (de lo que) they are in the 
winter. 15. The warmth (calor) of the spring has removed the 
snow. 16. He is thirsty, but there is no water. 

1 irse, 'to go away/ ' depart' (cf. § 213, 2). 

2 Pres. ind. of perder, ' to lose.' 

3 ponerse, 'to become.' Note that the reflexive se often gives the verb 
a different shade of meaning (cf. § 213, 2). 4 Cf. § 213, 1. 



EJERCICIOS 83 

TEMA XVI 
(Composition XVI) 

Of all the seasons of the year, spring and autumn are the 
best. Perhaps we like (nos gusta) the spring, because there has 2 
been a great transformation from the cold of (the) winter 
to the pleasant weather of this first season of the year. 4 
And autumn is also a relief after (depues de) the heat of 
(the) summer. 6 

In summer, when it is hot, one must go to the country, if 
one desires to enjoy one's self. There, when it is pleasant, 8 
one can pass the day outdoors, and see the many pretty 
scenes which present themselves. The flowers and the trees 10 
with their green leaves help to (a) make one (a uno) more 
cheerful. But how different is the winter when it is cold 12 
and windy! Then nobody wishes [to] go out of the house 
more than (de lo que) is necessary. We are inclined to (de) 14 
pass the evenings by the side of the fireplace, and with an 
interesting book in our hands we laugh at the snow and the 16 
cold. 

CONVERSACION XVI 

(Conversation XVI) 

1. <iQue forma tiene el presente de indicativo de haber cuando 
significa there is, there are? 2. <iQue significa haber que 
usado impersonalmente? 3. Digame V. en espanol, / am hungry; 
he is cold; you are desirous; we are sleepy; they are wrong. 4. Di- 
game V. en espanol, a week ago. 5. ^Cual es el uso principal de 
tener? 6. <±Que significa tener que usado con un infinitivo? 

7. ^Cuales son las estaciones del ano? 8. <;Cual le gusta a V. 
mas? 9. <iQue hace V. en el verano? 10. <:D6nde se pueden ver 
las flores y la hierba? 11. <iQue personas esperan con anhelo el 
otoiio? 12. ^Cuando se hace la cosecha? 13. ^De que colores 
son las hojas en el otoiio? 14. <jPor que es el invierno una esta- 
cion triste? 15. <iQue se puede hacer en el invierno para evitar 
el fastidio? 16. <iHace frio en el invierno en Madrid? 



84 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 182-186 



LECCION XVII 

(Lesson XVII) 


PRONOMBRES PERSONALES SUJETOS 

(Subjective Personal Pronouns) 


Singular 


Plural 


yo I 

tu thou 
el he, it 
ella she, it 
ello 1 it 
usted you 


nosotros (-as) 
vosotros (-as) 
ellos \ 
ellas J 

ustedes 



182. 

we 
you, ye 

they 

you 

183. The personal pronouns, except usted (-es), are usually 
omitted as subjects of verbs, unless required for emphasis or 
clearness (cf. § 57). They may precede or follow the verb. In 
questions they usually follow. 

184. In compound subjects the pronouns are not omitted. 
With a compound subject the verb agrees in person and number 
as in English 

El y yo hablaremos He and I shall speak 

Tu y ella sois amigos You and she are friends 

185. c You' may be translated by tu, vosotros (-as), usted or 
ustedes, and the corresponding object pronouns (cf. §§ 191, 194). 

The form tu is used to address a near relative, an intimate 
friend, a small child, an animal or an inanimate object. It 
also corresponds to the English 'thou/ used in poetic or sacred 
language. The plural is vosotros, which is also used sometimes 
by public speakers in addressing assemblies. 

In all other cases usted (-es), which is practically the only 
form that a foreigner will have occasion to use, is employed. 

I Que dices tu, Juanito? What do you say, Jack? 

Vosotros tendreis bombones You shall have candy 

Habla V. espaflol muy bien You speak Spanish very well 

186. Nos and vos are sometimes used, instead of yo and tu, 
in royal proclamations, official documents or in representation 

1 Used as subject pronoun commonly only in the phrase ello es que, 'the 
fact is.' 



§§ 187-189 VERBOS 85 

of antiquated style. Vos is also used sometimes in translations 
from the English or French to represent the second person 
plural of those languages. It governs the second person plural 
of the verb, but is singular in idea. 

Nos, el rey, proclamamos ... I, the king, proclaim . . . 

Por fin vos habeis venido You have come at last 

1. The definite article is employed before nouns used in 

apposition with the personal pronouns nosotros, vosotros or 

ustedes. 

nosotros los americanos, we Americans 
vosotros los estudiantes, you students 

187. All subject personal pronouns may be intensified by 
the addition of mismo (-a, -os, -as), 'self/ 'even/ 

yo mismo (-a), I myself, or even I 
nosotros (-as) mismos (-as), we ourselves 



188. Nouns may likewise be intensified by mismo, 'self,' 
'even/ 'very/ 'same/ which may precede or follow. In the 
sense of 'same/ mismo precedes. 

el rey mismo, the king himself, even the king, the very king 
el mismo rey, the same king 



189. ser 'to be/ 

ser, siendo, sido 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 



INDICATIVO 



Presente soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son 
Imperfecto era, eras, era, eramos, erais, eran 
Preterito fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron 
Futuro ser-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional ser-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -fan 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente sea, seas, sea, seamos, seais, sean 

Imperfecto, l a forma: fuera, fueras, fuera, fueramos, fuerais, fueran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: fuese, fueses, fuese, fuesemos, fueseis, fuesen 

Futuro fuere, fueres, fuere, fueremos, fuereis, fueren 

IMPERATIVO 

se sed 



86 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



190 



190. estar, 'to be.' 

estar, estando, estado 



INDICATIVO 



Presente estoy, estas, esta, estamos, estais, estan 

Imperfecto est-aba, -abas, -aba, -abamos, -abais, -aban 

Preterito estuve, estuviste, estuvo, estuvimos, estuvisteis, estuvieron 

Futuro estar-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional estar-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente este, estes, este, estemos, esteis, esten 

Imperfecto, 1° forma: estuv-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: estuv-iese, -ieses, -iese, -ieseinos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro estuv-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



esta 



estad 



VOCABULARIO XVII 
(Vocabulary XVII) 



el almuerzo, the breakfast, lunch. 

el cafe, the cafe, coffee. 

la carne, the meat, flesh. 

la cena, the supper. 

el cocido, the boiled dish (a com- 
bination of meats, potatoes 
and other vegetables). 
comer, to eat, dine. 

la comida, the meal, dinner. 

la cuchara, the spoon. 

el cuchillo, the knife. 

el chocolate, the chocolate. 

el desayuno, the breakfast. 

despues, adv., then, after- 
wards; — de, prep., after, 
since. 

la ensalada, the salad. 
frito, -a, fried. 



el garbanzo, the garbanzo (a kind 
of pea or pulse much esteemed 
in Spain). 

el huevo, the egg. 

la leche, the milk, 

luego, adv., then, soon, next. 

el mantel, the table-cloth. 

la mantequilla, the butter. 

el pan, the bread. 

la patata, the potato. 

el pescado, the fish. 

el plato, the plate, dish. 

el postre, the dessert. 

la servilleta, the napkin. 

la sopa, the soup. 

sustancial, adj., substantial. 

el tenedor, the fork. 

la tortilla, the omelet. 

el vaso, the glass. 



EJERCICIO XVII 
(Exercise XVII) 

Hoy (nosotros) hablaremos de la comida espanola. W. 
saben sin duda que en Espana, como en America, se toman 
tres comidas cada dia. La primera se llama el desayuno. 
(Ella) es generalmente mas sencilla que las otras dos. Consta 
de chocolate o cafe con leche y pan. Se usa muy poco la 
mantequilla. Muchas veces el desayuno se sirve en la habita- 
cion donde se duerme. 



EJERCICIOS 87 

La comida del mediodia se llama almuerzo o comida, segun 8 
la costumbre de las familias, y la de la noche, cena o comida. 
El almuerzo se toma entre las once y la una, y (el) es natu- 10 
ralmente una comida mas importante que el desayuno. 

Se pone la mesa en el comedor con mantel, servilletas, 12 
platos, vasos, cuchillos, tenedores, cucharas y todo lo ne- 
cesario, como en America. Para la comida del mediodia se 14 
sirve primero una sopa, luego el cocido que consta de carne, 
garbanzos y patatas, luego una tortilla, o huevos fritos, o 16 
pescado, despues una ensalada, y por ultimo el postre. 

La cena consta mas o menos de los mismos platos que el 18 
almuerzo, pero generalmente no se toma ni sopa ni cocido. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XVII 
(Oral Exercise XVII) 

1. I am; I am here; I may be; I may be here. 2. He has been 
poor. 3. We were there; we used to be there. 4. I myself was 
in the dining-room. 5. The same things are used in Spain. 
6. Even the supper is a little late to-day. 7. The fact is that 
he does not know the lesson. 8. You will be in Spain with 
your brother. 9. He ancLI shall remain in America. 10. We 
had the table in the dining-room. 11. These knives and forks 
are only used on Sundays. 12. The omelet would soon be on 
the table, he said. 13. You Spaniards do not use butter much. 
14. These napkins have been on the table six times. 15. A break- 
fast of chocolate and bread is not much. 16. Spain is an inter- 
esting country. 17. A dinner in Spain consists of soup, meat, 
garbanzos, potatoes, fried eggs or fish, salad and dessert. 
18. Supper is not generally a very important meal. 19. Some- 
times breakfast is served in the bedroom. 20. We do not 
have this custom in America. 21. We men are not afraid. 

TEMA XVII 
(Composition XVII) 

Here in Spain, as in America, three meals are taken every 
day. The first meal of the day, which we call breakfast, is 2 
generally not very substantial. It consists of bread with 
chocolate or coffee and (con) milk, and is sometimes served 4 
in the room where we sleep. The lunch which we take at 



88 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA § 191 

noon is always more substantial. It is served in the din- 6 
ing-room. On the table we find what is essential for the 
meal, knives, forks, spoons, glasses, plates, etc. Generally 8 
we begin this meal with a soup, then a boiled dish is served 
in which (en el que) are potatoes, garbanzos and meat, then io 
fried eggs or an omelet or fish, and then dessert* is served. 

We Spaniards eat supper at a much later (more late) hour 12 
than you Americans (americanos), generally between eight 
and nine o'clock. The dishes for this meal are often the 14 
same as they are for the lunch. 

CONVERSACION XVII 
(Conversation XVII) 

1. ^Cuales son los pronombres personales que se usan como 
sujetos? 2. <jEn que persona se pone el verbo con el sujeto 
usted? 3. ^Como se dice en espafiol, we Spaniards? 4. <;Que 
significa la palabra mismo? 5. ^Cuantos verbos hay en espafiol 
que significan to be? ^Cuales son? 

6. ^Cuantas comidas se toman en Espafia cada dia? 7. ^Cual 
es la primera? 8. <;A que hora se toma generalmente el al- 
muerzo? 9. <;Que hay generalmente en la mesa del comedor? 
10. <;De que consta el almuerzo? 11. ^Cuando se toma la cena? 
12. <iCuando se come el postre? 

LECCION XVIII 

(Lesson XVIII) 

PRONOMBRES PERSONALES COMPLEMENTOS 

(Objective Personal Pronouns) 

191. Con Verbos 1 

(With Verbs) 



Acusativo 








Dativo 


(Accusative) 


Singular 






(Dative) 


me me 




me 




to me 


te thee, you 




te 




to thee, to you 


(m.) le, lo him, it, you 




le 




to him, to it, to you 


(/.) la her, it 




le, 


(la) 


to her 


(n.) lo it 










(reflexive, m.,f., and n.) 










se himself, herself, 


se 




to himself, to herself, 


itself 








to itself 


1 Called in French grammars conjunctive object pronouns. 



§§ 192-195 PRONOMBRES PERSONALES COMPLEMENTOS 89 

Plural 

nos us nos to us 

os you os to you 

(m.) (les), los them, you les to them, to you 

(/.) las them les, (las) to them 

(reflexive, m. and f.) 

se themselves se to themselves 

192. In the third person masculine singular there are two 
forms for the direct object, the first of which (le) is used com- 
monly for persons, and the second (lo) for things, although 
this distinction is not universally observed. In the third person 
masculine plural the use of the accusative les is condemned by 
the Spanish Academy. In the third person feminine, singular 
and plural, there are two forms for the indirect object, the first 
of which (le, les) is, by far, more commonly used and is the 
only form sanctioned by the Spanish Academy. 

Me hablo He spoke to me 

Le (lo) he visto I have seen him (it) 

Les permanecio enemigo He remained their enemy 

193. The forms la, las are frequently used in an indefinite 
sense with some such words understood as cosa, 'thing'; ma- 
nera, 'way,' 'manner 7 ; accion, 'deed'; treta, 'trick/ 'wile,' etc. 
Often they cannot be literally rendered in English. 

Yo voy a pagarsela I'll pay him back 

Yo se como las gasta I know how he acts; what his 

wiles are 

194. Usted requires the verb to be in the third person and 
also requires the object pronoun representing it to be in the 
third person. The form a usted is generally appended. 

iQuien le envio a V. aqui? Who sent you here? 

iQuien le dio a V. su libro? Who gave you your book? 

195. The neuter form lo is often used in the predicate to 
refer to an adjective, a noun taken in an indeterminate sense 
with an adjective value, or an entire phrase or statement. It 
may often be translated 'so' or 'too,' or not translated at all. 

dSon negros sus ojos? Lo son Are his eyes black? They are 

£Es usted madre? Lo soy Are you a mother? I am 

Lo creo I think so 



90 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 196-198 

196. If, however, the preceding noun refers to a definite per- 
son, generally no pronoun is used. 

£Es V. la madre del poeta? Are you the poet's mother? 

Si, yo soy Yes, I am 

197. The objective personal pronouns usually stand im- 
mediately before the verb, unless the verb be in the infinitive, 
present participle, affirmative imperative, or subjunctive used 
as an affirmative imperative. They follow these forms and are 
attached to them. In literary style, however, they sometimes 
stand after and are attached to other forms of the verb. 

If by the addition of these enclitic forms the accent falls on 

any syllable preceding the penult, it must be written (cf. § 20, 9). 

Te hablo He spoke to thee 

Hablaronme {literary style) They spoke to me 

hablandole, speaking to him (or her) hablarles, to speak to them 

198. When the personal pronouns are used with infinitives 
or present participles depending upon auxiliary verbs or verbs 
used with an auxiliary force, the pronouns may precede such 

verbs. 

Hemos de escibirles 1 TTr , ., , .-, 

T u , ., . } We are to write to them 

Les hemos de escnbir ( 

Estaban escuchandome ] Tl v , . . 

Me estaban escuchando / The ^ were llstenln S to me 

VOCABULARIO XVIII 
(Vocabulary XVIII) 

acercar, to approach, pass; el fosforo, the match. 

— se (de or a), to approach, la gratia, the grace, cleverness; 
draw near. — s, thanks. 

el apetito, the appetite. el gusto, the taste, pleasure, en- 

aprovechar, to profit (by a thing) . joyment. 

el aroma, the fragrance, aroma. igualmente, adv., equally, like- 

asar, to roast; poco asado, -a, wise. 

rare, not well done. la judia, the French bean, kidney- 
el asiento, the seat, place. bean. 

el azucar, the sugar. levantar, to raise; — se, to rise, 

cocer, to cook; bien cocido, -a, get up. 

well done. el pedazo, the piece. 
el criado, the man servant; /., la permitir, to permit, allow. 

criada, the maid. el polio, the chicken. 

delicioso, -a, delightful, de- la preferencia, the preference, 

licious. choice. 

encender, to kindle, light. a proposito, adv., apropos, by the 

excelente, excellent. way. 



EJERCICIOS 91 

regalar, to present, favor. tierno, -a, tender. 

la salsa, the sauce, gravy, dress- el vino, the wine. 

ing. volver, to turn, return. 

el teatro, the theater. 

hagame el favor de, be so kind as to, please. 

EJERCICIO XVIII 
(Exercise XVIII) 

El Huesped y el Invitado en el Comedor 

(The Host and Guest in the Dining-room) 

El huesped. Hagame el favor de tomar este asiento. — 
El invitado. Con mucho gusto. — Permitame V. que le 2 
sirva 1 un poco de sopa. — Muchisimas gracias. Tomare un 
poquito. — Ahora voy 2 a darle a V. un pedacito de esta 4 
carne. ^La prefiere V. poco asada o bien cocida? — No tengo 
preferencia, sefior. — Le pondre 3 un poquito de salsa tambien, 6 
si V. gusta. — Si, me gusta mucho la salsa. Esta carne es 
tierna como polio, y estas judias son deliciosas. — ^Pero 8 
donde esta el pan? Parece que la criada ha olvidado ponerlo 
en la mesa. — Aqui esta. — Es verdad. No lo habia ob- 10 
servado. Hagame el favor de acercarmelo. — Con mucho 
gusto. — Permitame V. que le sirva 1 otro vaso de vino. — 12 
Muchas gracias. Este vino es riquisimo. 4 — ([No quiere 5 V. 
mas carne? — Gracias. 6 Nunca tengo gran apetito, y he 14 
comido ya mucho. Todo me ha gustado. — Aqui hay azucar 
para el cafe, si V. lo quiere. — Si, gracias. Siempre tomo el 16 
cafe con leche y azucar. — ^Fuma V.? Estos cigarros me 
los regalo mi tio cuando volvio de Cuba, y son muy buenos. 18 
Aqui hay fosforos. — Mil gracias. {Encendiendo sit cigarro.) 
Tiene un aroma excelente. A proposito, si tuviera V. gusto 20 
en acompanarme al teatro esta noche, tengo dos billetes 
para El Afinador de Vital Aza. 7 — Si, me gustaria muchisimo 22 
acompafiarle a V. — Bueno. (Levantdndose.) Que aprove- 
che. — Gracias. Igualmente. 24 

1 Pres. subj. of servir, Ho serve/ cf. § 392, 2. 

2 Pres. ind. of ir. 3 Fut. of poner. 

4 The superlative of rico, 'rich/ is often translated ' delicious/ as here. 

5 Pres. ind. of querer, 'to wish/ 'like.' 

6 Gracias, unless the context shows differently, indicates refusal, and is 
translated: 'No, thank you.' 

7 Vital Aza (1851-1913) has written many successful comedies. El Afi- 
nador, ' The Piano Tuner/ is among his best known comedies. 



92 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO ORAL XVIII 
(Oral Exercise XVIII) 

1. He sees us; we see him. 2. He spoke to him; we spoke to 
them. 3. I do not like him. 4. I was going to give (dar) him 
the box of matches, but I did not find him. 5. The guest gives 
him a cigar. 6. Who gives you the cigar? 7. Are you Spanish? — 
I am. 8. Is the bread white? — It is. 9. Permitting me [to] give 
him a piece of meat. 10. He had to give them the box of 
matches. 11. We were to write to them. 12. He introduced 
himself to the professor. 13. We used to see it every day. 
14. I thank you (give you [the] thanks) for the match. 15. To 
himself; to herself; to themselves. 16. He presented the hand- 
kerchiefs to them (/.). 17. The guest had two tickets for the 
theater, and his host accompanied him that evening. 

TEMA XVIII 
(Composition XVIII) 

Host. Won't you take a little of this meat? Here is a 
piece well done, if you like it. — Guest. Thank you. I pre- 2 
fer it so. — This gravy is excellent. Do you wish a little on 
your meat? — Yes, if you please. I like roast meat with 4 
gravy. — Will you allow me [to] give you some of these 
garbanzos and some potatoes? — Yes, certainly. Garbanzos 6 
are always delicious. — Will you be so kind as to pass me 
the bread? Thank you. — Did you intend going (inf.) to 8 
the theater this evening? — No. What is given this evening? 
— Vital Aza's El Afinador. If you wish to go, I have two 10 
tickets. — It would please me very much, I assure you. You 
are very good to (de) invite (invitar) me. Will you take 12 
something more? — No, I thank you. I have already 
eaten a great deal. The meal has been excellent. — Take 14 
one of these cigars which my uncle gave to me. There are 
matches in that little box. — Thank you. — Let us stroll 16 
until eight o'clock, then it will be time to (de) go to the 
theater. — Good. 18 

CONVERSACION XVIII 
(Conversation XVIII) 

1. ^Cuales son las formas del acusativo de los pronombres 
personales empleados con verbos? ^del dativo? 2. <jD6nde se 






§§ 199-201 PRONOMBRES PERSONALES COMPLEMENTOS 93 

ponen los pronombres personales empleados con el infinitivo, el 
gerundio y el afirmativo del imperativo? 3. <;D6nde se ponen 
generalmente los pronombres personales? 4. <iQue persona de 
los pronombres complementos se usa para traducir you? 

5. <;D6nde estan el huesped y el invitado? 6. ^Que cosas 
comen? 7. <iQue prefiere el invitado, carne poco asada o bien 
cocida? 8. <iQue hay en la mesa para comer? 9. <iQue se pone 
generalmente en el cafe? 10. <:De quien recibio el huesped los 
cigarros? 11. <iSon buenos los cigarros de Cuba? 12. <iQue se 
dice al levantarse de la mesa? 



LECCION XIX 

(Lesson XIX) 

PRONOMBRES PERSONALES COMPLEMENTOS 

(Objective Personal Pronouns) 

199. When two object pronouns are used with a verb, the 
direct object is generally of the third person. If the direct 
object is of the first or second person, the indirect object usually 
takes the prepositional form (cf. § 208), and is placed after the 
verb with a. 

Me la presento He introduced her to me 

Me presento a ella He introduced me to her 

200. The direct object pronouns le, les, 'you/ are not often 
used with an indirect object, especially when the indirect object 
is a pronoun. To avoid ambiguity or awkwardness of expres- 
sion, recourse is had to some other construction, usually the 
passive voice. 

Not: I Quien me le envio a V.? 1 TTr i . , ~> 

-d t ™ .-rf -* r - T7 • j r» t Who sent you to me? 

But: iPor quien me fue V. enviado? f J 

Not: l Quien se le presento a V. a el? 1 T Tru • , ■, j . -,- -> 

But: ^Por quien le fue V. presentado? / Who introduced V™ to hlm? 

201. When a direct and indirect object pronoun are used 
with a verb, the indirect precedes the direct, but se precedes all 
other forms. 

Muestramelos, Show them to me Se me parece, It seems to me 

Nos lo mostraron, They showed it to us 



94 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 202-206 

202. If both object pronouns are of the third person, se is 

used for euphony instead of the indirect object le or les. 

Se lo dio He gave it to him (her, it, you [s. 

or pi.], them) 

203. The ethical dative and dative of interest are much more 

commonly used in Spanish than in English. They frequently 

form a redundant construction, and should not be translated 

into English. These datives precede all other object pronouns, 

except se (cf. § 201). 

Me lo mataron They killed him (for me) 

Te llevas mis plumas You are taking my pens 

Se me quitaron los sombreros They took their hats off 

Se lo comio He ate it 

Note. — After impersonal ser, a dative personal pronoun is often used 
to denote to whom the impersonal expression is to be applied. 

Me es imposible salir ahora It is impossible for me to go out now 

VERB OS 

(Verbs) 

204. Some of the commonest verbs in Spanish are irregular. 
Their conjugation will be given in full in this and in the suc- 
ceeding lessons, and each verb should be learned carefully. 

205. Besides estar, there are but two irregular verbs in -ar, 
viz. andar and dar. 

206. dar, 'to give.' 
dar, dando, dado 

INDICATIVO 

Presente doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan 
Imperfecto d-aba, -abas, -aba, -abamos, -abais, -aban 
Preterito di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron 
Futuro dar-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional dar-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente de, des, de, demos, deis, den 

Imperfecto, l a forma: d-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: d-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro d-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

da dad 



207 



EJERCICIOS 



95 



207. andar, Ho go.' 1 

andar, andando, andado 

INDICATIVO 

Presente and-o, -as, -a, -amos, -ais, -an 

Imperfecto and-aoa, -abas, -aba, -abamos, -abais, -aban 

Preterito anduve, anduviste, anduvo, anduvimos, anduvisteis, anduvieron 

Futuro andar-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional andar-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente and-e, -es, -e, -emos, -eis, -en 

Imperfecto, l a forma: anduv-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: anduv-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro anduv-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



VOCABULARIO XIX 

(Vocabulary XIX) 



el aficionado, the amateur, ad- 
mirer. 
el ajedrez, the chess, game of 

chess. 
el asunto, the subject, topic. 
el casino, the casino, club. 

cerca, adv., near; — de, prep., 
near, close to, about. 
la cerveza, the beer. 
la corrida (de toros), the bull- 
fight. 
despedirse, to take leave. 
discutir, to discuss. 
divertir, to divert, amuse, enter- 
tain; — se, to have a good time. 
el domino, the domino, game of 

dominoes. 
la esquina, the corner. 

interesar, to interest. 
la invitation, the invitation. 



invitar, to invite. 
jugar, to play. 
el limon, the lemon. 
mostrar, to show. 
el naipe, the playing-card. 
el periodico, the paper, newspaper. 
el rato, the space of time, while. 
el refresco, the refreshment, cold 
drink. 
reunir, to join, bring together; 
— se, to gather (together). 
el sentido, the sense, meaning. 
el socio, the member, partner. 
la suerte, the fate, sort, skilful 
maneuver (of a bull-fighter). 
el torero, the bull-fighter. 
el toro, the bull; los — s, the bull- 
fight. 
tratar, to treat (a subject), dis- 
cuss. 



EJERCICIO XIX 

(Exercise XIX) 

Cuando estuve en Madrid yo pasaba mucho tiempo cada 
dia en los cafes con mis amigos espanoles. Hay un gran 2 
numero de cafes en Madrid. Andando por las calles se los 

1 Andar means 'to go/ 'walk/ merely indicating motion or progress, 
without mentioning destination or purpose, which is indicated by ir, 'to go' 
(cf. § 255), e.g., andar por la calle, ' to go along the street/ but ir a la escuela, 
'to go to school. ' 



96 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

ve 1 en casi todas las esquinas principales. Alii nos 2 reunia- 4 
mos para leer los periodicos, hablar de cosas diversas y tomar 
cafe, o algun refresco de cerveza, de limon, etc. 6 

Un dia que estabamos sentados en el cafe Ingles, se 2 acerco 
a nuestra mesilla un joven torero. Mi amigo me presento a 8 
el, y le invito a sentarse. 2 Tomamos un refresco, y despues 
de hablar un ratito de la corrida del jueves, el se 2 ofrecio a lie- 10 
varnos a su casino, que estaba cerca. Fuimos con el, y alii 
nos presento a varios senores, aficionados a los toros y socios 12 
del casino, que eran todos muy agradables. Todo el mundo 
se 2 divertia; muchos discutian las suertes de la ultima corrida; 14 
algunos jugaban al ajedrez; otros al domino o a los naipes. 

Despues de pasar una noche muy agradable en el casino, 16 

nos 2 despedimos del torero y de sus amigos, y nos 2 fuimos a 

casa. 18 

EJERCICIO ORAL XIX 

(Oral Exercise XIX) 

1. It seems to me. 2. He showed them to us. 3. He intro- 
duced her to him; me to him; you to him; him to him. 4. Who 
introduced you to him? 5. To show them it; showing them it. 
6. I give it to you. 7. This watch does not go. 8. Give it to me. 
9. The bull-fighter accompanied him to the club. 10. May they 
give them many thanks. 11. These tickets are for Thursday's 
bull-fight; my cousin gave them to me. 12. Some were play- 
ing cards, when we entered the club. 13. The word suerte has 
another meaning than 'fate' or 'sort,' when one speaks of bull- 
fights. 14. The members showed it to me. 15. I took leave of 
them at the corner. 16. Let us take a cold drink at this cafe. 
17. The subject interested me, and I discussed it with all the 
members. 18. The child's mother gave him a piece of chicken, 
and he ate it. 19. This lesson treats of personal pronouns. 

TEMA XIX 

(Composition XIX) 

One day when I was going along one of the principal streets 
of Madrid, a friend approached me, accompanied by (de) a 2 
Spanish bull-fighter. My friend introduced him to me, and 

1 Cf. § 217. 2 cf> § 2I3 . 



§ 208 PRONOMBRES PERSONALES COMPLEMENTOS 97 

we talked a while about the bull-fights of the past week. 4 
I showed him by my conversation that they interested me. 
Then he offered [to] take us all to his club and introduce us 6 
to several amateurs of bull-fighting. We thanked him for 
(por) his invitation, and went with him to the club. Every- 8 
body was busy either (o) playing or reading or talking. Natu- 
rally the bull-fights were the principal topics of conversation. 10 
There were many who were playing chess or dominoes, and 
all seemed [to] be amusing {inf.) themselves. We took leave 12 
of our friends at about eleven o'clock, after passing {inf.) a 
very pleasant evening. 14 

CONVERSACION XIX 

(Conversation XIX) 

1. <[De que trata esta lection? 2. <;Cual es la position de 
los pronombres empleados como regimenes con un verbo? 
3. <iCuando se emplea se en vez de le o les? 4. <jCual es el 
presente de indicativo del verbo dar? <;el preterito? <;el im- 
perfecta de subjuntivo? 5. <;Que significa andar? 6. ^Cual es 
el sentido de ir? 7. Conjugue V. el preterito del verbo andar. 

8. ^Donde se pasa mucho tiempo cada dia en Madrid? 9. <iQue 
se toma en los cafes? 10. <;Hay muchos cafes en Madrid? 
11. (iQuien se acerco a la mesilla donde estaban sentados los 
sefiores? 12. ^Quienes eran los socios del casino? 13. <iQue 
hacian esos sefiores alii? 14. ^Cuantos jugaban al ajedrez? 
15. ^Se divertia todo el mundo? 16. <iQue cosas discutian los 
aficionados a las corridas? 

/ 



208. 







LECCION XX 








(Lesson XX) 




PRONOMBRES PERSONAL! S I 






(Objective Personal Pronouns) 








Con Preposiciones l 








(With Prepositions) 








Singular 




(para) 


m! 


(for) 


me 


tt 


ti 


ti 


thee 


(C 


el 


(i 


him, it 


a 


ella 


(( 


her. it 



1 Called in French grammars disjunctive pronouns. 



98 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 209-211 



(for) it 
" you 
" himself, herself, itself, yourself 

Plural 

(for) us 
you 

them (m.) 
them (/.) 
you 
themselves, yourselves 

Note. — Ello meaning 'it' represents a whole phrase or idea, and does 
not refer to a specific antecedent. 



(para) 
u 

u 


ello 

usted 

si (reflexive) 




(para) 

u 

IC 

a 
(i 
it 


nosotros (-as) 

vosotros (-as) 

ellos 

ellas 

ustedes 

si (reflexive) 



Tiene mucha razon en ello 



He is very right in it (or that) 



209. These forms stand immediately after the prepositions 
that govern them. With con, however, instead of con mi, con 
ti and con si, the forms conmigo, contigo and consigo are used. 

Habla por ella, He speaks for her Habla conmigo, He is talking with me 

210. These forms with the preposition a are often used for 
emphasis, They may precede or follow the verb, except when 
the verb is in the imperative affirmative, when they follow. 
They are generally used redundantly with other object pro- 
nouns. Nouns are sometimes used in the same way. 

Digaselo a el, Tell it to him A mi me lo dijo, He told it to me 

Se lo dijo a mi padre, He told it to my father 

211. Since le may mean Ho him/ 'to her/ 'to it/ 'to you/ 
and les, 'to them' (m. and f.) and 'to you' (pi), a pronoun 
following a is often required for clearness. 

f to him 

He speaks j to her 

[ to you 



Le habla J 


a el 
a ella 
a usted 


f a ellos 
Les habla \ a ellas 

( a ustedes 


Se lo da - 


' a el 
a ella 

a usted(es) 
a ellos 
a ellas 



He speaks 



He gives 



f to them (m.) 
to them (/.) 
to you (pi.) 

it to him 
it to her 
it to you 
it to them (m.) 
it to them (/.) 



§212 



EJERCICIOS 



99 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

212. querer, 'to wish/ 'want/ 'desire/ 'like/ 'love.' 
querer, queriendo, querido 

IKDICATIVO 

Presente quiero, quieres, quiere, queremos, quereis, quieren 

Imperfecto quer-ia, -fas, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito quise, quisiste, quiso, quisimos, quisisteis, quisieron 

Futuro querr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional querr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente quiera, quieras, quiera, queramos, querais, quieran 

Imperfecto , l a forma: quis-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto , 2 a forma: quis-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro quis-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



qui ere 



quered 



VOCABULARIO XX 

(Vocabulary XX) 



la barba, the chin, beard. 

la boca, the mouth. 

el brazo, the arm. 

el cabello 1 the hair (used also in 

el pelo / plural). 

la cabeza, the head. 

la cadera, the hip. 

la cara, the face, head of a coin. 

el codo, the elbow. 

el corazon, the heart. 

el cuerpo, the body. 

el dedo, the ringer, toe. 

el diente, the tooth. 

la espalda, the back. 

la extremidad, the extremity. 

el labio, the lip. 



la mejilla, the cheek. 

la muneca, the wrist. 

la nariz, the nose. 

el ojo, the eye. 

la oreja, the ear, outer ear. 

el organo, the organ. 

el pecho, the breast. 

el pie, the foot; a — , adv., on foot. 

la pierna, the leg. 

precioso, -a, precious, valuable. 
los pulmones, the lungs. 
la rodilla, the knee. 
el talon, the heel. 
el tronco, the trunk (of body or 
tree) . 

vital, adj. , vital, of life. 



EJERCICIO XX 

(Exercise XX) 

Nuestro cuerpo tiene tres partes principales. Son la 
cabeza, el tronco y las extremidades. Las extremidades 
superiores se Raman los brazos. Las partes principales de 
ellos son las manos, que terminan en dedos, la muneca, el 
codo y el hombro. Las extremidades inferior es se llaman 
las piernas. Ellas se componen de los pies con sus dedos y 



100 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

sus talones, de las rodillas y de las caderas que, como los 
hombros, forman tambien parte del tronco. 8 

La parte principal de la cabeza es la cara. En ella estan 
los ojos, que son los organos de la vista, el sentido mas 10 
precioso de todos. En la cara estan tambien la nariz, la boca 
con los labios, los dientes y la lengua, la barba, las mejillas 12 
y las orejas. 

Entre la cabjcza y el tronco esta el cuello. En el tronco, 14 
entre el pecho y la espalda, estan los principales organos 
vitales, que son el corazon y los pulmones. 16 

EJERCICIO ORAL XX 

(Oral Exercise XX) 

1. Are those for me? 2. Yes, I presented them to you. 

3. She writes to him; to her; to you. 4. We give it to her; to 

him; to them; to you. 5. He keeps it for himself. 6. I should 

like [to] talk with him. 7. Why do you not talk with me? 

8. They wanted [to] give it to them. 9. The study of Spanish 

is easy for us. 10. I do not like beards. 11. That poor man 

has only one leg. 12. We have ten fingers and ten toes. 13. The 

vital organs are in the head and the trunk. 14. I wish [to] speak 

to him. 15. Speak to him, and tell me if he desires anything. 

16. Some of the parts of one's head are the hair, the face, the 

ears, the nose, the mouth and the chin. 17. Many Spaniards 

wear beards. 

^ TEMA XX 

(Composition XX) 

The principal parts of the body are the trunk, the head, 
the arms and the legs. In the trunk are the heart and the 2 
lungs, two important vital organs. In the head are the 
organs of four of the senses. The most important of them 4 
is without doubt the sense of sight. The principal organs 
of (the) speech are the lips, the teeth and the tongue. 6 

Other parts of the head are the hair, the ears, the nose, 
the cheeks and the chin. 8 

In Spanish there is only one word for ' beard' and 'chin.' 
The toes (of the feet) are called the same as the fingers (of 10 
the hand). Man has two shoulders, two hips, two elbows, 
two knees, two hands and two feet. 12 



§ 213 PRONOMBRES REFLEXIVOS 101 

CONVERSACION XX 

(Conversation XX) 

1. ^Cuales son las formas de los pronombres personales 
empleados con preposiciones? 2. ^Como se dice: with me? with 
thee? with himself? 3. Conjugue V. el preterito del verbo que- 
rer. 4. <iQue significa se lo da? 

5. ^Cuales son las partes principales del brazo? 6. ^Cuales 
son las partes principales de la pierna? 7. ^Cuales son los 
principales organos vitales, y donde estan? 8. ^Le gusta a 
V. la barba? 9. <;Es costumbre general en Espafia usar 
barba? 10. ^Cuantas lecciones han estudiado VV. hasta ahora? 
11. ^Cual le gusta mas, la lectura o la conversation? 



LECCION XXI 

(Lesson XXI) 

PRONOMBRES REFLEXIVOS 

(Reflexive Pronouns) 

213. The reflexive object pronouns are the same as the reg- 
ular personal object pronouns in the first and second persons 
(cf. § 191). In the third person, masculine and feminine, singu- 
lar and plural, the reflexive pronoun is se, when used with 
verbs, and si when used with prepositions. 



yo 


me 


levanto 


I rise 


tu 


te 


levantas 


thou risest 


el (ella, usted) 


se 


levanta 


he (she, you) rise(s) 


nosotros 


nos 


levantamos 


we rise 


vosotros 


OS 


levantais 


you rise 


ellos (ellas, ustedes) 


se 


levantan 


they (you) rise 



1. Many verbs are used reflexively in Spanish that are not 
so used in English. With such verbs the reflexive pronoun 
must not be translated. The following are a few of the more 
common ones: {Learn) 

acordarse (de), to remember levantarse, to rise, get up 

acostarse, to go to bed, lie down quedarse, to remain, stay 

alegrarse (de), to rejoice (at), be glad (of) quejarse (de), to complain (of) 
aparecerse, to appear reirse (de), to laugh (at) 

atreverse, to dare, venture sentarse, to sit down 

burlarse (de), to laugh (at), make fun (of) 



102 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§214-218 

2. Some few Spanish verbs change their meaning when used 

reflexively. 

dormir, to sleep dormirse, to go to sleep 

hacer, to make, do hacerse (with predicate noun) to become 

ir, to go irse, to go away 

llevar, to take llevarse, to take away 

poner, to place, put ponerse (with predicate adjective) to become 

214. The forms nos, os and se (pi.) may be used with recip- 
rocal value. 

nos queremos, we like each other se hablan, they talk to each other 

Note. — The reciprocal force is sometimes brought out more clearly by 
the addition of some such phrase as el uno al otro, unos a otros, etc. 

215. In English the reflexive pronouns have the same form 

as the intensive pronouns, ' myself,' etc. In Spanish, however, 

there are separate forms. The intensives are made by using 

mismo with the subject pronoun, with the prepositional forms, 

or with a noun (cf. §§ 187-188). 

Yo mismo lo vi, I saw it myself Ella se viste a si misma, She dresses herself 
El rey mismo lo hace, The king himself does it 

216. The reflexive se may be used with verbs in a passive 

sense. 

Se venden libros Books are sold 

Se me habian dado cartas Letters had been given to me, or I had 

been given letters 

217. The reflexive se may be used with verbs to form an 
impersonal construction (similar to the French on, or the Ger- 
man man), and then the verb is employed in the singular. The 
verb in this construction is used actively and may govern a 
direct or indirect object. 

Se habla de ella One speaks of her, or she is spoken of 

Se le dio los libros They gave him the books 

Note. — The third person plural of transitive verbs is also often used in 
Spanish in the sense of the French on or the German man, which require the 
verb in the singular. This is similar to the English usage. 

Dicen que su padre ha muerto They say that his father has died 

218. The impersonal reflexive is sometimes used with an 
indirect object pronoun which has the force of an ethical dative 



§219 



VOCABULARIO 



103 



and which in English is sometimes translated as the subject of 
an active verb. 

Se me figura, I imagine Se me olvida, I forget 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

219. hacer, 1 'to make/ 'do.' 
hacer, haciendo, hecho 

INDICATIVO 

Presente hago, haces, hace, hacemos, haceis, hacen 
Imperfecto hac-ia, -ias, -la, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron 
Futuro har-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional har-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagais, hagan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: hic-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto j 2° forma: hic-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro hic-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



haz 



haced 



Note. — Licuefacer, rarefacer (pp. rarefacto), satisfacer and tumefacer 
(pp. tumefacto) retain the f of the Latin original. Satisfacer has the form 
satisface as well as satisfaz in the singular imperative. 

VOCABULARIO XXI 

(Vocabulary XXI) 



acepillar, to brush. 
acerca, prep., about, concern- 
ing; — de, in regard to. 
ademas, adv., moreover, be- 
sides; — de, prep., besides, 
in addition to. 
afeitar, to shave. 
antes, adv., first, before; — de, 
prep., before. 
el aseo, the cleanliness, neatness, 
toilet. 
bajar, to descend, lower, go down. 
el barbero, the barber. 
la biblioteca, the library. 
la compra, the purchase. 
el dependiente, the clerk. 
el despacho, the office. 
Dios, m., God. 



enjugar, to dry, wipe. 
el jabon, the soap. 
el lavabo, the wash-stand. 

listo, -a, ready. 

madrugar, to rise early. 
el peine, the comb. 

a pesar de, prep., in spite of. 
la prisa, the hurry, haste, speed. 
el refran, the proverb, saying, 
adage. 

regatear, to bargain, haggle. 
la salud, the health. 

temprano, adv., early. 

terminar, to end, finish. 
la toalla, the towel. 
el trabajo, the work. 

vestir, to clothe, don, put on. 



como de costumbre, as usual. 
1 Used impersonally in speaking of the weather (cf. § 176, 2). 



104 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO XXI 

(Exercise XXI) 

Me acuesto 1 generalmente a las diez o a las diez y media 

de la noche, y me levanto a las seis de la manana. Creo en el 2 

refran que dice: «A1 que madruga, Dios le ayuda.)) Ademas, 

es mejor para la salud levantarse temprano. Despues de 4 

levantarme, voy 2 al lavabo, donde tengo peines, cepillos, ja- 

bon, toallas para enjugarme y todo lo necesario para el aseo. 6 

Primero me lavo las manos y la cara, y me limpio los dientes. 

Termino de vestirme, y me acepillo los cabellos. Entonces 8 

bajo al comedor, donde tomo el desayimo con mi familia. 

Despues de despedirme de ella, voy al barbero para hacerme 10 

afeitar y para leer el periodico. Despues estoy listo para el 

trabajo del dia. Me quedo en el despacho trabajando hasta 12 

las doce. Tomo entonces el almuerzo. A las cuatro y media 

me paseo solo o con amigos, antes de volver a casa. Termi- 14 

nada la comida, voy al teatro o paso la noche en casa con la 

familia. 16 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXI 
(Oral Exercise XXI) 

1. Conjugate: I rise, thou, etc. 2. I rejoice, thou, etc. 3. I 
do not dare [to] do it. 4. He went to sleep at nine o'clock. 
5. We used to complain. 6. They talk to each other. 7. The 
child dresses itself. 8. Has he made the purchases? 9. Are 
combs sold here? 10. Spanish is spoken here. 11. He became 
a professor. 12. The gentleman sat down in the library until 
his friend arrived. 13. It is not possible [to] wash one's self 
well without soap. 14. After we get up, we wash our hands and 
face. 15. Then we brush our teeth. 16. When I am ready, I 
go down and eat breakfast with my family. 17. When one 
rises early, one can be sure that God will help him. 18. In 
America we do not have to bargain with, the clerks. 19. I went 
to bed late last night, but, in spite of this, I arose early as usual. 

TEMA XXI 

(Composition XXI) 

Last night I went (fui) to the theater. I arrived (llegue) 
home at half past twelve. I went to bed very late, and I 2 
1 Pres. ind. of acostarse. 2 Pres. ind. of ir. 



§ 220 LAS PREPOSICIONES PARA Y POR 105 

assure you that I soon fell asleep, for I was sleepy. In spite 
of this, I arose at six, as usual. After washing (inf.) myself 4 
and cleaning my teeth, I finished dressing (inf. after de) my- 
self. Then I went down[-stairs] to (para) eat breakfast with 6 
my family. After breakfast, I sat down in the library and 
read the newspaper until eight o'clock. Then I remembered 8 
that I had to make a few purchases before going (inf.) to 
the office. I took leave of my family and went hastily (with 10 
haste) to the stores, where, after bargaining with the clerks, 
I bought what (lo que) I desired. I reached the office ready 12 
for work at nine o'clock. 



CONVERSACION XXI 

(Conversation XXI) 

1. Conjugue V. el verbo reflexivo quedarse en todos los 
tiempos que V. conoce. 2. <[Que se puede emplear en vez de 
la voz pasiva? 3. <;Que significa dormirse? <:irse? ^ponerse? 
4. Conjugue V. el preterito del verbo hacer; el futuro; la se- 
gunda forma del imperfecto de subjuntivo. 5. ^Como se dice 6 
p. m.? 16 a. m.? 

6. <;Por que se levanta temprano este sefior? 7. <jA que hora 
se levanta? 8. <;Es temprano levantarse a las seis de la mafiana? 

9. ^Cuales son los articulos que empleo este sefior para el aseo? 

10. <iQue se hace con los cepillos? 11. ^Donde ley 6 el periodico? 
12. <iQue hace un barbero? 13. ^Para que sirve un despacho? 
14. ^Donde pasa las noches este sefior? 15. ^Puede V. decirme 
el refran que se emplea en la leccion de hoy? 



LECCION XXII 

(Lesson XXII) 

LAS PREPOSICIONES PARA Y POR 

(The Prepositions para and por) 

220. In the use of para and por there is often doubt and 
confusion when they are employed to translate, under varying 
conditions, the same English prepositions, especially the prepo- 
sition 'for.' In a broad sense, para indicates purpose, desti- 



106 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 221-223 

nation or qualification, and por indicates source, motive, 

acceptation or exchange. 

unos zapatos hechos por el zapatero some shoes made by the cobbler for 

para el dentista the dentist 

Comemos para vivir We eat to live 

para la proxima vez for the next time 

Habla muy bien espanol para un He speaks Spanish very well for an 

ingles Englishman 

Lo hizo por miedo He did it from fear 

Lo hice por mi madre I did it for my mother 

Me tomaron por espanol They took me for a Spaniard 

Le di dinero para pan I gave him money for bread (to buy 

bread) 

Le di dinero por pan I gave him money for bread (in ex- 

change for) 

221. After estar, with a personal subject, para before an 

infinitive indicates action soon to take place, while por indicates 

merely inclination. 

Estaba el hombre para salir The man was on the point of going out 

Estaba el hombre por salir The man was disposed to go out 

222. After estar, with a subject that is not personal, para 

before an infinitive indicates action soon to take place, but por 

indicates action yet to be carried out. 

El libro esta para terminar The book is about finished 

El libro esta por terminar The book is yet to be finished 

223. The infinitive in Spanish is used after all prepositions 
where in English a present participle is used, except the prepo- 
sition en, which usually governs the present participle rather 
than the infinitive. 

para viajar, for traveling sin hablar, without speaking 

en hablar (or [en] hablando), in (or while) speaking 

1. The present participle, with or without the preposition 

en, may be used to translate an English present participle, often 

introduced by 'on/ 'in,' 'while/ 'by/ etc. 

(En) hablando con el aprendi la In (by, while, etc.) speaking with 
verdad him I learned the truth 

2. The infinitive after al may be used to translate an Eng- 
lish present participle introduced by 'on/ or a clause intro- 
duced by 'when/ 'as/ 'after/ etc. 

al llegar a Cordoba on arriving (or when [after] we arrived) at Cordova 



§§ 224-225 



VOCABULARIO 



107 



224. caer, 'to fall. 2 
caer, cayendo, caido 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 



INDICATIVO 



Presente caigo, caes, cae, caemos, caeis, caen 

Imperfecto ca-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito cai, caiste, cayo, caimos, caisteis, cayeron 

Futuro caer-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional caer-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente caiga, caigas, caiga, caigamos, caigais, caigan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: ca-yera, -yeras, -yera, -yeramos, -yerais, -yeran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: ca-yese, -yeses, -yese, -yesemos, -yeseis, -yesen 

Futuro ca-yere, -yeres, -yere, -yeremos, -yereis, -yeren 



IMPERATIVO 



cae 



caed 



225. asir, 'to grasp/ 'seize.' 
asir, asiendo, asido 



INDICATIVO 

asgo,,ases, ase, asimos, asis, asen 
as-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
as-i, -iste, -io, -imos, -isteis, -ieron 
asir-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 



Presente 

Imperfecto 

Preterito 

Futuro 

Conditional asir-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente asga, asgas, asga, asgamos, asgais, asgan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: as-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: as-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro as-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



ase 



asid 



VOCABULARIO XXII 

(Vocabulary XXII) 



el acero, the steel. 

agudo, -a, sharp-pointed, sharp. 
la aguja, the needle. 
el albanil, the mason, bricklayer. 
la alhaja, the jewel, gem. 
la cal, the lime. 
el carpintero, the carpenter. 
la construccion, the construction. 

construir, to construct, build. 



cortante, adj., cutting, sharp. 
el ejemplo, the example. 
el esqueleto, the skeleton, frame- 
work. 
la fabricacion, the fabrication, 
manufacture. 
general, adj., general. 
el herrero, the smith, ironworker. 
el hierro, the iron. 



108 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

el joyero, the jeweler. el mineral, the mineral. 

el ladrillo, the brick. el mueblaje, the furniture. 

el lujo, the luxury, extravagance. el oro, the gold. 

el martillo, the hammer. la plata, the silver. 

el material, the material. el puente, the bridge. 

el medio, the middle, center, way, la sierra, the saw. 

means; por — de, prep., by la vajilla, the table-service. 

means of. el vapor, the steamer, steamship. 



EJERCICIO XXII 

(Exercise XXII) 

Los principales materiales de construction son la madera, 
la piedra, el hierro y el acero. Por medio del martillo y de 2 
la sierra el carpintero trabaja la madera para hacer mueblaje 

para construir casas. Toda clase de construcciones de 4 
piedra, ladrillo, arena y cal se hacen por el albafiil. El hierro 

y el acero, trabajados por el herrero, se usan para el esqueleto 6 
de los edificios grandes, para los vapores y para los puentes. 
El acero se emplea tambien para hacer articulos agudos y 8 
cortantes, como, por ejemplo, las agujas y los cuchillos. Hay 
algunos minerales, como el oro y la plata, que los joyeros 10 
convierten 1 en alhajas y articulos de lujo. El oro y la plata 
sirven tambien para la fabrication de relojes, de vajilla y de 12 
otros articulos de uso general. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXII 
(Oral Exercise XXII) 

1. I may fall; I may seize; you may fall; you may seize; he 
may fall; he may seize; etc. 2. When he fell, he seized the hand 
of his friend. 3. Iron is used by ironworkers for the construction 
of bridges. 4. These jewels were manufactured by the jeweler. 
5. Wood is much used as a material for construction. 6. In 
Spain there are not many houses of wood. 7. This building was 
constructed by two masons. 8. Without speaking to the youth, 

1 saw (vi) that he was English. 9. The book which I have here 
is yet to be finished. 10. You are right, the book is about 
finished. 11. The mason was on the point of falling, when he 
seized the iron which was near him. 12. For the next time, we 

1 Pres. ind. of convertir, ' to con vert/ 



EJERCICIOS 109 

shall have Lesson xxm. 13. On arriving at the chapel, I 
found my father there. 14. This, for example, is iron for that 
large building near the church. 

TEMA XXII 
(Composition XXII) 

The construction of a large building is certainly a mar- 
velous sight for those (los) who have never seen it. In the 2 
framework the great pieces of iron and steel are put in posi- 
tion by the ironworkers. Carpenters are busy on all sides 4 
(por todas partes), working with hammer and saw. The 
brick and stone for the walls and chimneys are laid by the 6 
masons. There are so many things that are [being] done all 
at once that it does not seem possible that a building is 8 
gradually [being] formed. It is true that formerly there 
were many large edifices and monuments, but the people 10 
required much more time to (para) construct them than is 
necessary for us in the present century, when we have all 12 
the necessary materials and tools (herramientas). 



CONVERSACION XXII 
(Conversation XXII) 

1. Conjugue V. el preterito de indicativo del verbo caer; el 
presente de subjuntivo del verbo asir. 2. ^Cuales son las 
preposiciones que se emplean para traducir para y por? 3. 
<;C6mo se dice: The man was disposed to visit Spain? 4. (iQue 
forma del verbo se usa generalmente despues de preposiciones 
en castellano? 

5. <:De que trata el ejercicio xxn? 6. ^Cuales son los princi- 
pals materiales de construction? 7. (J Que hace el carpintero? 
<;el albanil? ^el joyero? 8. <iQue clase de articulos se fabrican 
con el acero? 9. <iQue se fabrica con el oro y la plata? 10. <iEn 
que construcciones se emplean el hierro y el acero en vez de 
madera? 11. <;Para que sirven las alhajas? 12. ^Cuantas clases 
de relojes hay? 13. <;Para que sirve el reloj? 



110 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 226-230 



LECCION XXIII 

(Lesson XXIII) 

ADVERBIOS 

(Adverbs) 

Formation 

(Formation) 

226. Adverbs with the termination -mente are derived from 
adjectives in the following manner: 

1. Adjectives ending in -o add -mente to the feminine form. 

claro, clear claramente, clearly 

2. Adjectives that have the same form for both genders add 
-mente to the common form. 

facil, easy, facilmente, easily pobre, poor, pobremente, poorly 

227. Adjectives with a written accent retain this accent in 
the adverbs formed from them by the addition of -mente. 
dificil, difficult, dificilmente, difficultly habil, clever, habilmente, cleverly 

228. When two or more adverbs in -mente are used together 
and connected by a conjunction, -mente is added to the last 
adjective only, but the preceding adjective stands in the femi- 
nine form. 

clara y distintamente, clearly and distinctly 

229. Adverbs in -mente expressing manner may be replaced 
by prepositional phrases in which an appropriate adjective is 
employed with the noun manera or modo, 'way/ 'manner/ or 
an appropriate noun, with the preposition con, 'with.' 



correctamente 
de una manera correcta 
de un modo correcto 
con correction 



correctly 



230. Recientemente, 'recently/ is shortened to recien, when 
it precedes a past participle used adjectively. 

el recien llegado, the newly arrived person 
los recien casados, the newly married (couple) 



§§231-233 VERBOS 111 

Construction 

(Position) 

231. Adverbs of manner generally precede the adjectives 
and adverbs that they modify. They may precede or follow 
verbs. When they follow, they usually come immediately after 
the verb. Great freedom is allowed in the position of adverbs 
of time or place. 

Ella es sumamente hermosa She is exceedingly beautiful 

muy bien very well 

Habla perf ectamente el castellano He speaks Spanish perfectly 

Ire al teatro maiiana I shall go to the theater to-morrow 

Aqui esta el libro Here is the book 

Vi a su hermano arriba I saw your brother up-stairs 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

232. poder, 'to be able/ 'can.' 
poder, pudiendo, podido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podeis, pueden 

Imperfecto pod-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito pude, pudiste, pudo, pudimos, pudisteis, pudieron 

Futuro podr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional podr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podais, puedan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: pud-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto f 2° forma: pud-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro pud-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

rMPERATIVO x 

puede poded 

233. poner, 'to place/ 'put.' 
poner, poniendo, puesto 

INDICATIVO 

Presente pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, poneis, ponen 
Imperfecto pon -ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito puse, pusiste, puso, pusimos, pusisteis, pusieron 
Futuro pondr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional pondr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

1 The imperative is rarely used, owing to its meaning. 



112 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente ponga, pongas, ponga, pongamos, pongais, pongan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: pus-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: pus-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro pus-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

pon poned 

VOCABULARIO XXIII 
(Vocabulary XXIII) 

la accion, the action. fuerte, adj., strong, hard, severe; 

admirar, to admire. adv., strongly, loudly. 

alerto, -a, alert; estar — a, to el honor, the honor, 

be on the watch. el juego, the game, play. 

la antigiiedad, the antiquity. el jugador, the player. 
atar, to tie. • lanzar, to hurl, throw. 

casi, adv., nearly, almost. la mafia, the skill, cleverness. 
la cesta, the basket, cesta {sort of ocupar, to occupy. 

racket fastened to the hand for opuesto, -a, opposite, opposed. 

playing pelota). el partido, the side {persons who 
coger, to catch, hold, gather. play a game). 

contra, prep., against. la pelota, the pelota, handball, 
dudoso, -a, doubtful. ball. 

elevar, to elevate, erect. popular, adj., popular. 

la estatua, the statue. la profesion, the profession; de 
extraordinario, -a, extraordi- — , professional. 

nary. sumamente, adv., exceedingly. 

faltar, to fail, lack. el vascongado, the Basque {native 
el fronton, the wall, fronton {of a of the Basque provinces), 

pelota court), pelota court. 

EJERCICIO XXIII 
(Exercise XXIII) 

El juego de pelota, muy popular en Espafia, es sumamente 
antiguo. Era tan popular en la antigiiedad que hasta se 2 
elevaron estatuas a los jugadores. Casi todos los espanoles 
juegan 1 mas o menos a la pelota, pero naturalmente los 4 
mejores jugadores son los de profesion. Estos son general- 
mente vascongados, y tienen que ser hombres muy fuertes, 6 
con brazos y munecas de hierro. El jugador lleva atada a la 
mano la cesta en la cual va la pelota que lanza contra el 8 
fronton con una fuerza extraordinaria. 

Las reglas del juego no son muy dificiles, pero para jugar 10 
bien hay que estar alerta y emplear toda la mafia y fuerza 

1 Pres. ind. of jugar. 



EJERCICIOS 113 

posibles. Cada partido consta de dos jugadores. Uno 12 
principia el juego lanzando la pelota contra el fronton. Uno 
de los jugadores del partido opuesto coge la pelota en su 14 
cesta, lanzandola otra vez contra el fronton, accion que se 
repite 1 hasta que falte 2 uno. 16 



EJERCICIO ORAL XXIII 
(Oral Exercise XXIII) 

1. The game of pelota is exceedingly old. 2. Each player has 
a cesta strongly tied to his hand. 3. The professional players 
can play exceedingly well. 4. The ball is skilfully thrown against 
the wall. 5. He placed himself near the player. 6. This game 
is popularly called i handball.' 7. I was able to explain it to 
him in a simple manner. 8. If they can only exert themselves 
more, they will not fail. 9. I put the statue where he wishes 
(it). 10. He will be able [to] explain the game more easily. 
11. The players talk loudly. 12. Almost every man was ac- 
companied by a prettily dressed young lady. 13. Put the cards 
in the little basket. 14. These games are exceedingly difficult. 
15. We passed the day very pleasantly. 16. He had put his 
pipe on one of the very beautiful tables in the library. 



TEMA XXIII 
(Composition XXIII) 

Naturally for the Spanish bull-fights are more interesting 
than pelota, but if one should visit {imp. subj.) the famous 2 
fronton of Madrid at the time of an important pelota game, 
one would see there, at (the) least, four or five thousand per- 4 
sons, all, without doubt, admirers of this game, which has 
always been so (tan) popular among the Basques. The 6 
players themselves are almost always Basques, for they are 
the best pelota players of Spain. These professional play- 8 
ers often learn the game when they are very young. By play- 
ing a great deal, they possess not only the necessary strength 10 
but (sino) also the skill which is needed perhaps more than 
great strength. The cleverness with which they catch and 12 

1 Pres. ind. 0/repetir, 'to repeat.' 2 Cf. § 397, 1. 



114 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§234-236 

throw the ball is marvelous, and after once attending (inf.) 
a game of pelota, one can easily see why it is so interesting. 14 

CONVERSACION XXIII 
(Conversation XXIII) 

1. Digame V. el presente de indicativo del verbo poder; del 
verbo poner. 2. <[Cual es el participio pasivo del verbo poner? 

3. ^Como se forrfian los adverbios que terminan en -mente? 

4. ^Cuando se dice recien en vez de recientemente? 5. <;Que 
puede V. decirme acerca de la construction de los adverbios? 

6. <;Es antiguo el juego de pelota? 7. ^Era muy popular en 
la antigiiedad? 8. ^Quienes son los mejores jugadores de 
Espana? 9. <;Por que tienen que ser muy fuertes los jugadores 
de pelota? 10. <jSon sencillas las reglas del juego? 11. ^Cuantas 
personas hay en cada parti do? 12. ^Con que cosa se coge la 
pelota? 13. <;Le gustaria a V. jugar a la pelota? 



LECCION XXIV 

(Lesson XXIV) 

COMPARATIVOS 

(Comparatives) 

Comparativos de Desigualdad (Superioridad e Inferioridad) 

(Comparatives of Inequality [Superiority and Inferiority]) 

234. The comparative of superiority of adjectives and ad- 
verbs is formed by placing mas, 'more,' and the comparative 
of inferiority, by placing menos, 'less/ before the positive. 

mas pobre, poorer menos generalmente, less generally 

235. The following four adjectives have, in addition to the 

regular, an irregular comparative, derived from the Latin: 

bueno, good mejor, better 

malo, bad, poor peor, worse 

grande, large mayor, larger, older, elder 

pequefio, small, little menor, smaller, younger 

236. Mejor and peor are more commonly used than the regu- 
lar forms, but mayor and menor are not often used, except in 
the sense of age or rank when referring to persons. 



§§ 237-240 COMPARATIVOS 115 

Este libro es mejor que el otro This book is better than the other 

mi hermano mayor, my elder brother su hermana menor, his younger sister 

237. The following four adverbs have likewise an irregular 

comparative: 

mucho, much mas, more 

poco, little menos, less 

bien, well mejor, better 

mal, ill, badly peor, worse 

Note. — Mas bien means 'rather.' 
Es perezoso mas bien que estupido He is lazy rather than stupid 

238. The word 'than' in the second member of a comparison 
of inequality is translated: 

1. By que, when both members of the comparison possess 
the same quality, though in varying degree. 

El es mas alto que yo He is taller than I 

2. By de, before numerals or numerical expressions in affir- 
mative sentences; and by de or que, preferably the latter, in 
negative sentences. 

El tiene mas de cien libros He has more than one hundred books 

El no tiene mas que dos He has no more than two 

3. By de lo que, when the second member of the comparison 
contains a verb which could be followed in English by a repe- 
tition of the verb used in the first member. 

Ella es mejor de lo que dicen She is better than they say (she is) 

Note. — But if the point of comparison is a noun appearing as object 
of the verb of the first member and omitted in the second, the neuter lo is 
replaced by the proper form of the article (el, la, los, las). 

El tiene mas libros de los que hay en He has more books than there are 
la biblioteca (books) in the library 

Comparativos de Igualdad 

(Comparatives of Equality) 

239. In comparatives of equality, ' as ... as' is rendered by 
tan . . . como. 

Pedro es tan alto como Juan Peter is as tall as John 

240. 'As much . . . as/ 'as many . . . as/ are with interve- 
ning nouns rendered by tanto . . . cuanto, which agree with the 
nouns in gender and number. Como commonly replaces cuanto, 



116 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§241-242 

and is invariable. Both of these comparatives may be summed 
up in the word cuanto used alone. 

El posee tanto dinero como {or He has as much money as he needs 

cuanto) necesita 
El tiene tantas peras como {or cuan- He has as many pears as I 

tas)tengo yo 
fil tiene cuanto necesita He has as much as he needs 

241. The comparative expressions 'the more . . . the more,' 
'the less . . . the less/ are rendered by cuanto mas (menos) 
. . . tanto m&s (menos) or mientras mas (menos) . . . m&s 
(menos). 

Cuanto mas se estudia tanto mas se The more one studies the more one 

aprende learns 

Mientras mas trabajo menos quedo The more I work the less satisfied I 

satisfecho am 

Note. — Tanto may sometimes be omitted. 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

242. saber, 'to know/ 1 'know how.' 
saber, sabiendo, sabido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente se, sabes, sabe, sabemos, sabeis, saben 
Imperfecto sab-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito supe, supiste, supo, supimos, supisteis, supieron 
Futuro sabr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional sabr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

. Presente sepa, sepas, sepa, sepamos, sepais, sepan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: sup-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: sup-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro sup-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

sabe sabed 

VOCABULARIO XXIV 

(Vocabulary XXIV) 

el alojamiento, the lodging. el compartimiento, the compart- 

el coche, the coach, car. ment. 

la comodidad, the comfort, ease, completo, -a, complete; por 

convenience. — , completely, 

comodo, -a, comfortable, con- despacio, adv., slowly. 

venient. el destino, the destination. 

1 Saber means 'to know/ 'have knowledge,' while 'to know' in the sense 
of 'to be acquainted with' is expressed by conocer (cf. § 337). 



EJERCICIOS 



117 



la dificultad, the difficulty. 
dividido, -a, divided. 
estupido, -a, stupid. 
la fila, the row. 
el hotel, the hotel. 

incomodo, -a, "uncomfortable, 

inconvenient. 
inoportuno, -a, inopportune, 

inconvenient. 
lento, -a, slow. 
el malestar, the discomfort. 
merecer, to deserve, be worthy 
of. 



de modo que, conj., so that, 

so as. 
o . . . o, conj., either ... or 
perezoso, -a, lazy. 
pobre, adj., poor. 
a traves de, prep., across, 

through. 
va (pi., -n), go(es) (pres. ind. 

of ir) ; — de espaldas, ride(s) 

backwards. 
el viaje, the trip, journey, voyage. 
el viajero, the traveler. 
visto, -a (pp. of ver), seen. 



al fin (y al cabo), at last. 

EJERCICIO XXIV 
(Exercise XXIV) 

El viajar en Espafia no es tan facil como en los Estados 
Unidos. En primer lugar los trenes son mas lentos y mucho 2 
men os comodos. Salen a horas inoportunas, o muy tarde por 1 
la noche o muy temprano por la manana, y llegan a su destino 4 
a otras horas no menos incomodas. 

Los coches estan divididos en compartimientos que tienen, 6 
cada uno, unos diez o doce asientos, puestos en dos filas a 
traves del coche, de modo que la mitad de los viajeros van de 8 
espaldas. Hay tres clases de compartimientos. La primera 
es la mejor para viajar con comodidad y evitar el malestar 10 
lo mas posible. 

Cuanto mas desea uno terminar su viaje, tanto mas 12 
despacio anda el tren, y cuando al fin y al cabo llega el viajero 
a una ciudad, muy a menudo halla alojamiento en un hotel 14 
muy malo, porque los hoteles, con algunas excepciones, no 
son tan comodos como los nuestros. 16 

Pero, a pesar de tantas dificultades que tiene el viajar por 
Espafia, es este un pais muy interesante, que merece ser visto. 18 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXIV 
(Oral Exercise XXIV) 

1. Slow, slower; uncomfortable, more uncomfortable. 2. 
Early, very early; generally, more generally. 3. My elder 
brother; my younger sister. 4. The trains are as slow as they 

1 ' at night.' 



118 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

are uncomfortable. 5. The trip lasted more than twenty hours. 
6. I know that there are not more than thirteen travelers in the 
waiting room. 7. He has more than he deserves. 8. He has as 
much as he desires. 9. He knew that they always talk faster 
in Spain than in the United States. 10. They have brought as 
much as they possess. 11. These poor pupils are lazy rather 
than stupid. 12. These books are worse than the others. 
13. The more one has the more one wants. 14. He speaks 
Spanish better than I. 15. The child knows how to read as 
well as his elder brother. 16. He will soon know that there are 
more difficulties than his friends say. 17. This lesson is more 
complete than the others. 

TEMA XXIV 

(Composition XXIV) 

In the United States the trains are more comfortable than 
in Spain, where they are usually very bad. They leave at 2 
very inconvenient hours, either late at night or extremely 
early in the morning. They go very slowly, and the traveler 4 
often arrives late at his destination. 

The cars are divided into compartments, with two rows of 6 
seats arranged so that half of the travelers go backwards. 
There are three classes of compartments, but the first class 8 
is much more comfortable than the second or third. The 
more one desires [to] arrive at his destination, the more neces- 10 
sary it is [to] travel in first-class coaches, for often the trains 
with first-class coaches arrive first. Generally there are no 12 
second or third-class coaches on the best trains. 

In spite of the uncomfortable trains and hotels, Spain is 14 

a very interesting country in which [to] travel and deserves 

[to] be seen. 16 

CONVERSACION XXIV 
(Conversation XXIV) 

1. Conjugue V. el verbo saber en todos los tiempos del indi- 
cativo. 2. ^Como se forma el comparativo de superioridad? 

3. <jCual es el comparativo de bueno? <ide malo? <ide grande? 

4. <:C6mo se forma el comparativo de igualdad? 5. <[C6mo se 
dice en espanol the more . . . the more, the less . . . the less? 



§§243-244 SUPERLATIVO RELATIVO 119 

6. <iQue tal es el viajar en Espafia? 7. <jEs comodo el viajar 
en los Estados Unidos? 8. <jSon buenos los hoteles espafioles? 
9. <jEs Espafia un pais que merece ser visto? 10. ^En cuantas 
clases estan divididos los coches espafioles? 11. i Como van la 
mitad de los viajeros en los compartimientos? 12. <:Le gusta 
a V. viajar? 

LECCION XXV 

(Lesson XXV) 

SUPERLATIVO RELATIVO 

(Relative Superlative) 

243. The relative superlative is that form of the adjective or 
adverb which denotes the highest degree of the quality ex- 
pressed, in relation to, or in comparison with, any lesser degree 
of the same. 

With adjectives it is made by placing a definite article (or 
possessive adjective) before the comparative. When the su- 
perlative follows the noun, the article is not repeated. The 
article has the gender and number of the noun modified. 

facil, easy mas facil, easier el mas facil, easiest 

bueno, good mejor, better el mejor, best 

la leccion facil, the easy lesson la leccion mas facil, the easiest lesson 

Note. — There is no distinction in form between the comparative with the 
definite article and the superlative. 

1. The article is omitted before a predicate adjective in the 

superlative that represents the highest degree of a quality 

attributed to the subject without reference to other persons or 

things. 

Es ahora que me parece mas dificil It is now that it seems to me most 

difficult 

2. When the superlative follows a noun that is in apposition 
with another noun, the article may be used before the super- 
lative. 

((Don Quijote,)) obrala mas famosa 'Don Quixote,' the most famous 
de Cervantes work of Cervantes 

244. After a superlative adjective, the English preposition 
'in' is usually rendered by de. 

el mas grande del mundo, the largest in the world 



120 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§245-248 

245. 'Most/ as used before a noun in English, is translated 

in Spanish by la mayor parte de. If the noun is plural, the 

verb is likewise plural. 

la mayor parte de la critica most (of the) criticism 

La mayor parte de los hombres pien- Most men think thus 

san asi 

246. With adverbs the article is not used to form the super- 
lative, though an article applying to a following substantive 
sometimes precedes. If necessary to distinguish a superlative 
from a comparative adverb recourse may be had to a circum- 
locution. 

El estudia mas diligentemente He studies more {or most) diligently 

la mejor vestida the best {or better) dressed (woman) 

El lo hace mejor que yo, pero su He does it better than I, but his 

hermano lo hace mejor todavia brother does it the best 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

247. decir, Ho say/ 'tell.' 
decir, diciendo, dicho 

INDICATIVO 

Presente digo, dices, dice, decimos, decis, dicen 
Imperfecto dec-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dijeron 1 
Futuro dir-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional dir-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente diga, digas, diga, digamos, digais, digan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: dij-era, 1 -eras, -era, -eramos, -erais, -eran 

Imperfecto j 2 a forma: dij-ese, 1 -eses, -ese, -esemos, -eseis, -esen 

Futuro dij-ere, 1 -eres, -ere, -eremos, -ereis, -eren 

IMPERATIVO 

di decid 

248. traducir, Ho translate.' 
traducir, traduciendo, traducido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente traduzco, traduces, traduce, traducimos, traduds, traducen 
Imperfecto traduc-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito traduje, tradujiste, tradujo, tradujimos, tradujisteis, tradu- 
jeron 1 

1 Note the loss of i from ie of the regular ending (cf. also traer, p. 152, 
footnote 1). 



EJERCICIOS 



121 



Futuro traducir-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional traducir-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBjUNTIVO 

Presente traduzca, traduzcas, traduzca, traduzcamos, traduzcais, tra- 

duzcan 
Imperfecto, l a forma: traduj-era, 1 -eras, -era, -eramos, -erais, -eran 
Imperfecto, 2 a forma: traduj-ese, 1 -eses, -ese, -esemos, -eseis, -esen 
Futuro traduj-ere, 1 -eres, -ere, -eremos, -ereis, -eren 



IMPERATIVO 



traduce 



traducid 



VOCABULARIO XXV 

(Vocabulary XXV) 



americano, -a, American. 
la ciencia, the science. 
comparar, to compare. 
comun, adj., common. 
el conocimiento, the knowledge, 
acquaintance. 
consistir (en) , to consist of (in). 
cualquier(a) (pi., cualesquiera), 
adj. and pron., any (what- 
ever), any (you please). 
el cuidado, the care. 

diferente, adj., different. 
la diversion, the diversion, amuse- 
ment. 
el esposo, the husband; /., la 

esposa, the wife. 
la fiesta, the festival, fete, holiday. 
fuera, adv., outside, without; 
prep., out of, outside. 



la iglesia, the church. 
la instruction, the instruction, edu- 
cation. 

intimo, -a, intimate. 
la libertad, the liberty. 

limitar, to limit, restrict. 
la literatura, the literature. 
el marido, the husband. 
el miembro, the member. 
la nation, the nation. 
el parque, the park, 
(la) politica, (the) politics. 

religioso, -a, religious, devout. 

sin embargo, adv., however, 
nevertheless. 

sino, conj., but, but rather. 
la tertulia, the party, soiree. 
la vida, the life. 



EJERCICIO XXV 

(Exercise XXV) 

La vida de la familia espanola es muy diferente de la vida 
de la familia americana. En Espafia las mujeres no tienen 2 
la misma libertad que las de los Estados Unidos. General- 
mente no salen solas sino acompanadas de sus maridos o de 4 
algun otro miembro de la familia. 

Sus diversiones mas comunes consisten en pasear con sus 6 
familias por las calles o por los parques de la ciudad, en 
asistir al teatro y a las corridas de toros, y en tertulias en las 8 
casas de sus amigas mas intimas. 

Las mujeres en Espafia no reciben una instruccion tan 10 
1 See p. 120, footnote 1. 



122 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

completa como las mujeres americanas. Su conocimiento de 
la literatura y de las ciencias es generalmente de lo mas 12 
limitado, pero hay algunas que pueden compararse con las 
mas instruidas de cualquier nation. 14 

Las mujeres espanolas son muy religiosas. Asisten a las 
varias misas de la iglesia, y observan con cuidado las mas 16 
importantes de las fiestas religiosas. Sin embargo, la mayor 
parte del tiempo se quedan en casa cuidando de sus nifios. 18 
Son muy buenas esposas y madres. 

Los hombres tienen mucha mas libertad que las mujeres. 20 
Estan fuera de casa la mayor parte del tiempo, y pasan 
muchas horas en el cafe hablando de politica con sus amigos. 22 
Esta es su diversion mas comun. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXV 

(Oral Exercise XXV) 

1. Easiest; most difficult; most Americans. 2. Little, less, 
least; early, very early, the earliest. 3. My youngest brother. 
4. The most intimate friend of the family. 5. They say that this 
is their greatest diversion. 6. He then translated the most dif- 
ficult part of the lesson. 7. Spanish women have the most 
limited knowledge. 8. It was then that it seemed to me most 
difficult. 9. La Senora Pardo Bazan, the most famous woman 
of Spain. 10. He speaks Spanish better than I, but his brother 
speaks best. 11. I translate Spanish and speak it now without 
difficulty. 12. They said that the church fetes were the most 
important. 13. I shall say the same as most men say. 14. The 
simple life is always the best. 15. It is not for you, but for me. 
16. This church is the largest, but not the most beautiful in the 
world. 

TEMA XXV 

(Composition XXV) 

The women of Spain do not have as much liberty as Ameri- 
can women. They are obliged to remain at home most of 2 
the time looking after their children. When they go out in 
the streets, they are generally accompanied by some member 4 
of their family. 

Spanish women are all very religious. They spend a great 6 



§ 249 SUPERLATIVO ABSOLUTO 123 

deal of time in the churches. They always attend mass, 
and never fail to (en) observe the most important religious 8 
festivals. Their commonest diversions are attending {inf.) 
the theaters or the most important bull-fights, or passing io 
{inf.) the evening with their intimate friends. Generally 
(the) Spanish women are not so [well] educated as American 12 
women. However, there are exceptions, as, for example, la 
Sefiora Dona 1 Emilia Pardo Bazan, 2 the most famous woman 14 
of Spain to-day. 

The men attend church very little. They spend most of 16 
their time out of the house. They go to the cafes, and often 
pass hours talking of politics with their friends. 18 

CONVERSACXON XXV 

(Conversation XXV) 

1. Conjugue V. el futuro del verbo decir; del verbo traducir. 

2. Conjugue V. el preterito del verbo decir; del verbo traducir. 

3. <jC6mo se forma el superlativo relativo en espanol? 4. <;C6mo 
se traduce most cuando se emplea delante de un sustantivo? 

5. ^Tienen las mujeres espanolas la misma libertad que las 
americanas? 6. <jEn que consisten las diversiones de las mujeres 
espanolas? 7. ^Asisten con frecuencia a las misas? 8. ^Quienes 
son mas religiosos, las mujeres o los hombres espanoles? 

9. <iEstan en casa la mayor parte del tiempo los hombres? 

10. <[Cual es la principal diversion de los hombres? 11. ^Le 
gusta a V. hablar de politica? 12. <:Le gusta a V. mas hablar de 
literatura? 

LECCION XXVI 

(Lesson XXVI) 

SUPERLATIVO ABSOLUTO 

(Absolute Superlative) 

249. The absolute superlative is that form of the adjective 
or adverb which denotes a high degree of the quality expressed, 
without relation to, or comparison with, any lesser degree of 
the same. 

With adjectives it is formed by placing before them an ad- 

1 Cf. § 297. 

2 Emilia Pardo Bazan (born at La Coruna in Galicia in 1851) is perhaps the 
world's most distinguished contemporary authoress. Cf. p. 211, footnote 1. 



124 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§250-253 

verbial expression such as muy, 'very/ sumamente, 'extremely/ 

etc., or by adding to them the suffix -isimo, -a, which is joined 

directly to a consonant, or takes the place of a final vowel or 

diphthong. A written accent occurring in the positive form 

of the adjective is dropped. 

bueno, good muy bueno, very good 

facil, easy facilisimo, very easy 

limpio, clean limp isimo, very clean 

frio, cold friisimo, very cold 

Note. — In colloquial style re, and sometimes rete, may be prefixed to 
adjectives or adverbs to give them intensity. Muy usually precedes this 
compound. 

muy retebonito, very very pretty muy rebien, very well indeed 

250. Before -isimo the regular orthographic changes take 
place; c, g, and z become respectively qu, gu, and c, and ac- 
cented ue and ie return to their respective original Latin vowels 
o and e when they lose the tonic accent. 

rico, rich riquisimo, very rich 

largo, long larguisimo, very long 

feliz, happy felicisimo, very happy 

bueno, good bonisimo, very good . 

cierto, certain certisimo, very certain 

251. The ending -ble reverts to the Latin -bil, and some 

adjectives revert to the original Latin for the entire form. 

amable, kind amabilisimo, very kind 

fiel, faithful fidelisimo, very faithful 

sabio, wise sapientisimo, very wise 

252. A few adjectives in -ro, -re, derived from Latin ad- 
jectives in -er, follow the Latin original, and form the absolute 
superlative in -errimo. A written accent occurring in the posi- 
tive form of the adjective is dropped. 

misero, wretched miserrimo, very wretched 

celebre, famous celeberrimo, very famous 

253. With adverbs the absolute superlative is formed in the 

same way as with adjectives, or by placing the neuter article 

lo before a relative superlative adverb followed by any word or 

phrase expressing possibility. 

bien, well muy bien, very well 

pronto, soon prontisimo, very soon 

lo mas diligentemente posible, the most diligently (possible), as diligently as 
possible. 



§§ 254-256 



VERBOS 



125 



254. When an absolute superlative adverb is formed by the 
addition of -mente to the absolute superlative of an adjective, 
the adjective must be in the feminine. The written accent of 
-isima is retained. 



facil, easy 
facilisimo, very easy 



facilmente, easily 
facilisimamente, most easily 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 



255, 



lr 



i ' 



to go.' 



ir, yendo, ido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van 
Imperfecto iba, ibas, iba, ibamos. ibais, iban 
Preterito fui, 2 fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron 



Futuro 



ir-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 



Conditional ir-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente vaya, vayas, vaya, vayamos, vayais, vayan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: fuera, fueras, fuera, fueramos, fuerais, fueran 

Imperfecto j 2° forma: fuese, fueses, fuese, fuesemos, fueseis, fuesen 

Futuro fuere, fueres, fuere, fueremos, fuereis, fueren 

IMPERATIVO 3 

ve id 



256. venir, ( to come.' 
venir, viniendo, venido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente vengo, vienes, viene, venimos, venis, vienen 
Imperfecto ven-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito vine, viniste, vino, vinimos, vinisteis, vinieron 
Futuro vendr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional vendr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente venga, vengas, venga, vengamos, vengais, vengan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: vin-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: vin-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro vin-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



ven 



venid 



1 Cf. p. 95, footnote 1. 

2 Notice that the preterit of ir is exactly the same as that of ser (cf . § 189), 

3 There is a form vamos used as a first person imperative in optative con- 
structions, vamos, 'let us go.' This form is also used as an exclamation, — 
iVamos! 'Well! I declare!' 



126 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

VOCABULARIO XXVI 
(Vocabulary XXVI) 

admitir, to admit. insblente, adj., insolent. 

atletico, -a, athletic. el jardin, the garden. 

atrevido, -a, bold, daring. el laboratorio, the laboratory. 
el cardenal, the cardinal. original, adj., original. 

celebre, adj., celebrated, fa- la practica, the practice. 

mous. el principio, the principle, be- 
la conferencia, the lecture. ginning; a — s (de), about 

el curso, the course. the beginning (of). 

dedicar, to devote, dedicate. ^ propio, -a, proper, suitable, 

lo(s) (las) demas, the rest, remain- own, self. 

der, others. la sombra, the .shadow. 
el examen, the examination. sufrir, to suffer, undergo, en- 

la facultad, the faculty. dure. 

fundar, to found. trasladar, to move, remove. 

el ingreso, the entrance. la universidad, the university. 

dar un paseo, to take a walk. 
echar flores, to pay compliments, make remarks. 

EJERCICIO XXVI 

(Exercise XXVI) 

Hay diez universidades en Espana, todas bajo la direccion 
del estado. La universidad de Salamanca, fundada a princi- 2 
pios del siglo trece, es la mas antigua de todas, y la de Madrid 
es la mas grande. La universidad de Salamanca no es mas 4 
que una sombra de lo que era antes, mientras que la universi- 
dad de Madrid tiene ahora cerca de 10,000 estudiantes. 6 
Esta celeberrima universidad, fundada originalmente por el 
cardenal Jimenez de Cisneros 1 en Alcala de Henares 2 en el 8 
siglo diez y seis, se traslado a Madrid en el ano 1836. La 
universidad esta dividida en cinco facultades. Para ser 10 
admitido en cualquiera de estas, el estudiante sufre un examen 
de ingreso. Los cursos se presentan generalmente en forma 12 
de conferencias y de practica en los laboratorios. 

Los estudiantes de Madrid no se dedican a diversiones 14 
atleticas, pero se divierten 3 muchisimo de su propia manera. 
Tienen su casino, asisten con frecuencia a los teatros o a las 16 
corridas de toros, y casi todas las tardes dan un paseo con 

1 Spanish cardinal and statesman (1437-1517). 

2 Cf. gen. vocab., Alcala de Henares. 

3 Pres. ind. of divertir. 



EJERCICIOS 127 

sus amigos por el Prado 1 opor los jardines del Buen Retire 2 18 

Como los demas jovenes espanoles, echan flores a cualquiera 

muchacha que pase. 3 Esta costumbre nos parece algunas 20 

veces atrevida e insolentisima, pero se observa muchisimo en 

Espafia. 22 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXVI 
(Oral Exercise XXVI) 

1. Very good; very easy; very famous. 2. Most easily; most 
happily. 3. As slowly as possible. 4. This picture is very very 
pretty. 5. I am going to (a) visit a very celebrated university. 

6. Let us go and (lit. 'to/ a) see the gardens of the Buen Retiro. 

7. We shall come as soon as possible. 8. The students used to 
go to the Prado. 9. It is necessary [to] pass an entrance ex- 
amination in order to be a student. 10. Are the examinations 
difficult? 11. They are sometimes very very difficult. 12. I 
came here to (para) study, and not to (para) find diversions. 
13. These examinations are very long. 14. Let us go to the 
lecture. 15. Are you not coming with us to the Prado? 17. Not 
to-day, thank you. 

TEMA XXVI 
(Composition XXVI) 

The oldest university in (de) Spain is the University of 
Salamanca. It was founded in the thirteenth century, and 2 
at that time (en aquel entonces) was one of the four most 
famous universities of Europe. But now the University of 4 
Madrid, situated as it is in the principal city of Spain, has 
become the largest and the most important. It has a very 6 
great number of excellent men in its faculty. It has nearly 
10,000 students. 8 

The work of the students is almost the same as that (lo) 
of the students in the United States. After their work of 10 
the day, the students often take a stroll in the parks and in the 
principal parts of the city. In the evening, they go to the 12 
theater, and in general amuse themselves as do the students 
of the United States. They do not have very many athletic 14 

1 A promenade in Madrid (lit. 'meadow'). 

2 A park in Madrid (lit. 'Good retreat'). 

3 Cf. § 396. 



128 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 257-258 



diversions, but they are very great admirers of the bull-fights, 

and can almost always be seen in great numbers on these 16 

occasions. 

CONVERSACION XXVI 
(Conversation XXVI) 

1. <;C6mo se forma el superlativo absoluto en espanol? 
2. Delante de la termination -isimo <;en que se cambia c, g y 
z? 3. <;Cual es el superlativo absoluto de misero? <:de sabio? 
<;de bueno? 4. Conjugue V. el preterito del verbo ir; del verbo 
venir. 5. ^Cuales de los tiempos del verbo venir son regulares? 

6. ^Cuantas universidades hay en Espana? 7. ^Cual es la mas 
antigua? 8. <;Que universidad es la mas grande hoy dia? 

9. <iQue puede V. decirme de esta celeberrima universidad? 

10. ^Como se presentan los cursos en las universidades de 
Espana? 11. <:Se dedican a diversiones atleticas los estudian- 
tes espanoles? 12. ^Cuales son sus principales diversiones? 
13. <jD6nde se puede pasear en Madrid? 14. (iQue es el Buen 
Retiro? 



LECCION XXVII 

(Lesson XXVII) 
PRONOMBRES Y ADJETIVOS RELATIVOS 

(Relative Pronouns and Adjectives) 

257. The forms of the relatives are: 



Singular 


Plural 




que 


que 


who, whom, which, that 


quien 


quienes 


who, whom 


el cual 


los cuales 




la cual 


las cuales 


• who, whom, which 


el que 


los que 




la que 


las que 




lo cual 




► which 


lo que 


< 




cuyo 


cuyos 


> whose, of which 


cuya 


cuyas 


' 


cuanto 
cuanta 


cuantos 
cuantas 


> all that, as much as, as many as 



258. The relative pronoun is never omitted in Spanish as 

it sometimes is in English. It agrees with its antecedent in 

gender and number. 

el lugar que me gusta, the place (that) I like 

la ciudad a la cual voy, the city to which I am going 



§§ 259-262 PRONOMBRES Y ADJETIVOS RELATIVOS 129 

259. Que is invariable, and when used as the subject or the 
object of a verb, may refer to persons or things. When used as 
the object of a preposition, it refers only to things. 

Es un hombre que vale mucho He is a man (who is) worth a great 

deal 
Nueva York es una ciudad que co- New York is a city that I am ao 

nozco quainted with 

el libro de que hablan the book of which they are speaking 

260. Quien (quienes) refers only to persons or personified 
things, and is used principally after prepositions. When used 
as the subject or the object of a verb, quien either includes its 
antecedent or introduces a clause which supplements an ante- 
cedent clause otherwise complete in itself. In the latter case 
que may be used. 

el muchacho con quien hablo V. the boy with whom you spoke 

Soy yo quien lo hice I am the one who did it 

Quien mas me gusto en la comedia The one I liked best in the play was 

fue la reina the queen 

Me quedo en casa para escribir a I am staying home to write to my 

mi hermano Juan, quien (or que) brother John, who is at present ill 

esta enfermo ahora 

261. Cual and que, preceded by el, la, los, las, refer to both 
persons and things as subjects or objects of a verb, or objects 
of a preposition. They are more definite than quien or que 
alone, and are used particularly in cases of ambiguity, when 
the relative might refer to any one of two or more nouns. If 
the nouns are of the same gender and number, el cual, etc., el 
que, etc., refer to the more remote antecedent. The forms el 
cual, etc., are more commonly applied to persons than el que, etc. 

Yo la encontre en el mismo jardin I met her in the same garden in 

en el que habiamos pasado tantas which we had passed so many 

horas juntos hours together 

Vi a la senora del medico, la cual I saw the wife of the doctor, who 

estaba enferma was ill 

El cuarto de San Ignacio, el cual (el The room of St. Ignatius, which is 

que) esta en el tercer piso, es muy on the third floor, is very large 

grande 

262. El cual (la cual, etc.) may also be used adjectively. 

Trato de saltar el rio, en el cual es- He tried to jump the river, in which 
fuerzo salio mal effort he failed 



130 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 263-268 

263. Lo cual and lo que refer only to a whole sentence, 
phrase or idea. 

Halle en la carta cien duros, I found one hundred dollars in the 

lo cual \ .+ - letter, which pleased me very 

loquei megustomucho much 

264. Cuyo . (-a, -os, -as) is a possessive relative used only 
adjectively and referring to either persons or things. It agrees 
in gender and number with the thing possessed. 

el hombre cuyas hijas estan aqui, the man whose daughters are here 

265. De quien (de quienes) is often used where one might 
expect cuyo, etc., and, in certain cases, as a dative of interest, 
a quien (a quienes) is used instead of the possessive relative 
adjective. 

lamujer de quien me gusta tanto la voz {or la mujer cuya voz me gusta 
tanto), the woman whose voice I like so much 

el enfermo a quien amputaron el brazo, the patient whose arm was am- 
putated 

266. Cuanto (-a, -os, -as) is used both as a pronoun and as 
an adjective. It usually includes its antecedent. 

Dije cuanto quise I said all that I wished 

De cuantas lenguas he estudiado, no Of all the languages that I have 
puedo hablar ninguna studied, I can't speak any 

267. Quien and cual are sometimes repeated as correlatives, 
either in the singular or in the plural. In this construction 
they sometimes take the accent and sometimes do not. 

Quien aconseja la retirada; quien, Some advise retreat; others, to die 

morir peleando righting 

Todos, cuales mas, cuales menos, All, some more, some less, are to 

son culpables blame 

268. The adverbs donde and cuando are often used to re- 
place a relative governed by a preposition. With donde the 
preposition is sometimes expressed. 

La calle donde {or en donde, or en The street in which I live is wide 

la que) vivo, es ancha 
La hora del crepiisculo es cuando {or The twilight hour is when I enjoy 

la en que) gozo mas de la natu- nature most 

raleza 



EJERCICIOS 131 

VOCABULARIO XXVII 
(Vocabulary XXVII) 

abigarrado, -a, motley. el doctor, the doctor. 

academico, -a, academic. durante, prep., during. 

la apertura, the opening. la escalera, the staircase. 

azul, adj., blue. la marcha, the march, procession. 

el bedel, the beadle. el musico, the musician. 

bianco, -a, white. la notabilidad, the notability, emi- 

la campana, the bell. nent person, authority. 

el catedratico, the professor. el Paraninfo, the Paranymph, 

la ceremonia, the ceremony. Commencement Hall, 

el claustro, the cloister. el premio, the prize, 

el conjunto, the whole, ensemble, la procesion, the procession, 
aggregate. el rector, the rector, president. 

declarar, to declare. repartir, to distribute. 

el diploma, the diploma. seguir, to follow, continue, 

el discurso, the speech, address. sonar, to ring, sound. 

de antano, of yore, of long ago, of former times. 
dar media vuelta, to go halfway round. 
tener lugar, to take place. 

EJERCICIO XXVII 
(Exercise XXVII) 

Cuando estuve en Salamanca el ano pasado, asisti a la 
apertura de cursos de la universidad, la cual tuvo lugar el 2 
dia primero de octubre. Al dar las doce en el reloj de la 
universidad, sono la campana grande. Entonces principio 4 
su marcha por los claustros de la universidad una procesion 
de notabilidades, en la que iban primero los bedeles en ele- 6 
gantes trajes de antano. Seguian despues los estudiantes 
que habian recibido premios. Detras de ellos iban los doc- 8 
tores, cuyos trajes academicos, en los que el amarillo, el azul, 
el rojo y el bianco representaban cada cual su determinada 10 
facultad, formaban un conjunto tan abigarrado como vistoso. 
Por ultimo, iban el rector 1 y las notabilidades de la ciudad, 12 
seguidos de los musicos. 

Despues de haber andado por los claustros, bajaron por la 14 
famosa escalera, dieron media vuelta al patio y entraron en 
el Paraninfo, donde un catedratico ley 6 un discurso y el 16 
rector repartio los diplomas. Terminada la ceremonia, el 

1 The present rector of the University of Salamanca is the distinguished 
writer, Miguel de Unamuno, who is almost as well known in Latin America 
as in Spain. 



132 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

rector declaro abierto el curso, despues de lo cual todos vol- 18 
vieron a sus casas. 1 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXVII 
(Oral Exercise XXVII) 

1. The bell, of which I was speaking, rang during the morning. 
2. He is a professor I like. 3. He who reads, learns. 4. What 
you said is not true. 5. The man whose house is near ours is a 
musician. 6. The city where he lives is very large. 7. He told 
(conto) me [of] the opening of [the] courses at Salamanca, 
which pleased me very much. 8. This letter is for the presi- 
dent's wife, who is in the reception room. 9. He believed all 
that I said. 10. Some wish [to] remain, others, [to] go. 

11. The bell rang, after which the procession began its march. 

12. The beadle with whom I was speaking was very pleas- 
ant. 13. Of all the prizes I have received, I like this one best. 
14. He is the one who entered the cloister. 15. The stairway 
of that house, which is very beautiful, cost (costo) five thou- 
sand dollars. 16. The opening took place in June, in which 
month I left Spain for the United States. 

TEMA XXVII 
(Composition XXVII) 

The opening of [the] courses in the University of Salamanca 
takes place the first of October. At the stroke of twelve by 2 
the university clock, a procession, which is formed in the 
cloisters, begins its march. The procession consists of beadles, 4 
dressed in costumes of former times, students who have re- 
ceived prizes, doctors, city authorities and the president of 6 
the university. The colors of the academic gowns of the pro- 
fessors, which represent the different faculties of the univer- 8 
sity, form a very showy ensemble. 

The procession goes half-way round the inner court, after 10 
having {inf.) descended the famous stairway, and enters a 
hall, in which a professor reads an address. After which, 12 
the president distributes the diplomas, and then declares the 
course open for that year. This ceremony, which is always 14 

1 This description is taken largely from Salamanca por dentro, by Fran- 
cisco Fernandez Villegas. 



§§ 269-270 PRONOMBRES Y ADJETIVOS INTERROGATIVOS 133 

interesting even to Spaniards, has remained the same as 
(que) in past centuries. 16 

CONVERSACION XXVII 
(Conversation XXVII) 

1. ^Cuales son los pronombres relativos? 2. <iQue forma se 
emplea despues de una preposicion para indicar personas? 
3. <;Cuales son las formas empleadas para indicar una frase 
entera? 4. ^Cuales son las formas de los relativos posesivos? 

5. ^Cuando tuvo lugar la apertura de cursos en la universidad 
de Salamanca? 6. <iA que hora principio la marcha de la pro- 
cesion? 7. ^Quienes iban primero en la procesion? 8. ^Como 
estaban vestidos los doctores? 9. Despues de haber andado por 
los claustros <;que hizo la procesion? 10. <;Que hizo uno de los 
catedraticos en el Paraninfo? 11. Despues del discurso del 
catedratico <;que hizo el rector? 12. Entonces ^que hicieron 
los que estaban presentes? 



LECCION XXVIII 

(Lesson XXVIII) 

PRONOMBRES Y ADJECTIVOS INTERROGATIVOS 

(Interrogative Pronouns and Adjectives) 

269. The interrogatives have forms like the relatives, but 
are distinguished by a written accent, whether in direct or in- 
direct questions, and in the case of cual by the omission of 
the article. 

The forms of the interrogative pronouns and adjectives are: 

que, what? which? (pronoun and adjective) 

quien, quienes, who? (pronoun) 

cual, cuales, which (one)? what (one)? (pronoun and adjective) 

ciiyo, -a, -os, -as, whose? (adjective) 

cuanto, -a, -os, -as, how much? how many? (pronoun and adjective) 

270. Que is invariable in form, and is used both pronominally 
and adjectively. As an adjective it may precede nouns repre- 
senting either persons or things; as a pronoun it is neuter. 

iQue comedias ha visto V.? What plays have you seen? 

dQue quiere V.? What do you wish? 

Quiero saber que ha sido de eso I want to know what came of that 



134 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§271-275 

271. Que is also used in exclamations. Before nouns, 
whether modified or not by qualifying adjectives, que may be 
translated by 'what a {or an). J With an attributive adjective 
greater emphasis may be given by placing mas or tan before 
the adjective, which in this case follows the noun. Before ad- 
verbs or predicate adjectives, whether the verb is expressed or 
understood, que may be translated by 'how.' 

j Que groseria! What coarseness! 

i Que lastima! What a pity! 

j Que bonita escena! What a pretty scene! 

j Que noche mas (tan) hermosa! What a fine night! 

i Que bien te sienta esta vida! How well this life agrees with you! 

j Que gordo estas! How fleshy you are! 

j Que gracioso! How funny! 

272. Que with tal forms an interrogative phrase used both 
adjectively and adverbially. It asks after the quality or con- 
dition of the person or thing, and should be distinguished from 
dcomo? which inquires regarding way, means, or manner. 
Sometimes tal is omitted. 

t Que (tal) tiempo hace? What kind of weather is it? 

t Que tal? (a greeting very fre- How goes it? 

quently used in Spain) 
i Que tal se viaja en Espaiia? How is traveling in Spain (comfort- 

able or otherwise)? 
iComo se viaja en Espaiia? How do you travel in Spain (by 

train, stage, or otherwise)? 
But: There is little or no distinction in phrases asking after the health 
of a person, such as: 

; Que tal esta V.? 1 TT -> 

SwrnoesttV.? ) How are you? 

273. Quien (quienes) is used only as pronoun and only of 

persons. 

i Quien habla? Who is speaking? 

t A quienes vio V.? Whom did you see? 

274. Cual (cuales), i which/ i which one,' refers to both per- 
sons and things, and is used as adjective and pronoun. 

iCual de los niiios prefiere V.? Which child do you prefer? 

iCual carta es la de V.? Which is your letter? 

275. Cual as a pronoun seeks information about individual 
persons or things that have been specified actually or by impli- 
cation; que asks for a definition or information, without imply- 
ing that the thing asked about has been previously mentioned. 



§§ 276-278 



VOCABULARIO 



135 



iCual esta en la caja? 
iQue esta en la caja? 



Which one (of two or more things that have been 

mentioned) is in the box? 
What is in the box? 



276. Cuyo (-a, -os, -as), c whose?' refers only to persons. 
Like a possessive adjective, it agrees in gender and number 
with the thing possessed. It is little used, except where fol- 
lowed by the verb ser, and even then is commonly replaced by 
de quien, or in certain cases by a quien. 

£De ctiya hija habla V.? 1 Of whose daughter are you 

iDe la hija de quien habla V.? (better) / speaking? 

iCuyos son estos libros? 1 whose books are thege? 

iDe quien son estos libros? J 

iA quien amputaron el brazo? Whose arm did they amputate? 

277. Cuanto (-a, -os, -as), 'how much' (pi., 'how many'), 
agrees in gender and number with the word modified or for 
which it stands. 



iCuantos han venido? 

i Cuanto tiempo quedara V.? 



How many have come? 
How long will you remain? 



278. Cuanto (-a, -os, -as) is also used in exclamations in the 

sense of 'how/ 'how much/ 'how many.' The shortened form 

cuan is used before adverbs or adjectives. 

i Cuanto me gusta viajar! How I like to travel! 

jCuantas vidas perdidas! How many lives lost! 

I Cuan dichosas son! How happy they are! 

I Cuan facilmente aprende! How easily he learns! 



VOCABULARIO XXVIII 
(Vocabulary XXVIII) 



alia, adv., there; mas — , far- 
ther on. 
la animation, the animation. 

animado, -a, lively, animated. 

arrojar, to throw, cast (out), expel. 

atravesar, to cross, pierce. 
la avenida, the avenue. 

bullicioso, -a, noisy, lively. 

jcaramba! (exclamation) gee! 
good heavens! by Jove! 
el centro, the center. 

cerrar, to close, shut. 

cuidadoso, -a, careful. 

dentro (de), prep., within. 

diferir, to defer, delay. 
el esfuerzo, the effort, attempt. 

Europa, /., Europe. 



frances, adj., French; subst. m. 9 
Frenchman. 

en frente de, prep., opposite. 
la fuente, the fountain. 
el hecho, the feat, exploit, deed. 
el interes, the interest. 

irregular, adj., irregular. 

lejos, adv., distant, far off. 

madrileno, -a, of (or belonging 
to) Madrid. 
el martir, the martyr. 
el museo, the museum. 
la obra, the work (creation), 
el pintor, the painter. 
la plaza, the (public) square. 

sobre todo, adv., especially. 

tragico, -a, tragical. 



136 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO XXVIII 
(Exercise XXVIII) 

— <iQue vamos a hacer esta tarde? Podemos dar un paseo, 
y le mostrare a V. algunos puntos de interes que hay en 2 
Madrid. — Con mucho gusto. — Atravesaremos primero la 
Puerta del Sol. 1 — jQue animation! Parece que todo el 4 
mundo se reune aqui. — Es verdad. La Puerta del Sol es el 
centro de la vida madrilefia. — <iEs esta la calle de Alcala 6 
por la que estamos entrando? — Si, senor, y el Prado no esta 
lejos. Principia en aquella plaza con la fuente, que se puede 8 
ver desde aqui. — Veo la plaza. ^Como se llama? — Se llama 
la Plaza de Madrid. Ahora entramos en el Prado. — <;Cual 10 
es aquel monumento que esta mas alia en el Prado? — Es el 
monumento del Dos de Mayo, dedicado a los martires de la 12 
libertad que murieron 2 el dos de mayo de 1808 en su esfuerzo 
de arrojar a los Franceses de la ciudad. — Ya me acuerdo 3 de 14 
aquel hecho tragico. — Aquel edificio que esta al lado de noso- 
tros es el famoso Museo del Prado, uno de los mejores museos 16 
de Europa. Alii se pueden ver las principales obras de los mas 
celebres pintores espanoles, sobre todo las de Velazquez y de 18 
Murillo. — <iQuiere V. que entremos 4 en el museo? — A ver. 5 
^Que hora es? jCaramba! Ya son las cuatro, la hora de 20 
cerrar. Tendremos que diferir nuestra visita hasta maiiana. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXVIII 
(Oral Exercise XXVIII) 

1. Which avenue is this? 2. What is a grammar? 3. Whose 
works are those? 4. To whom did he dedicate his book? 
5. How many pictures there are in this museum! 6. What 
Frenchmen are these? 7. How far the Prado is! 8. Who lives 
opposite the public square? 9. Which square is in the center 
of Madrid? 10. How lazy some people are! 11. How are you? 
12. How long will you remain in Madrid? 13. How was the 
meal? 14. What kind of weather is it? 15. What part of 
Madrid life do you like? 16. What a beautiful avenue! This 

1 The Puerta del Sol is the principal square of Madrid. It is in the center 
of the business section. 

2 Preterit of morir. 4 Cf. §392, l. 

3 Pres. ind. of acordarse. 5 Trans. 'Let's see.' 



EJERCICIOS 137 

must be the Prado. 17. Why is there always so much noisy 
animation in the Puerta del Sol? 18. When did the Spanish 
make an attempt to expel the French from the city? 19. Is 
this part of the city always very lively? 20. They cross the 
irregular streets carefully. 

TEMA XXVIII 
(Composition XXVIII) 

How are you this evening? — Very well, thanks, in 
spite of [the fact] that I have had a very busy afternoon. — 2 
Is that so? How did you pass the afternoon? — Well, first 
I went to the Puerta del Sol, in order to see that famous 4 
center of Madrid life, and from there I walked along Alcala 
Street. — What things of interest did you see? — I saw the 6 
various buildings, but I did not enter any, because I 
wanted to go to the Prado. — Did you go there? — Yes, 8 
sir. — It was so late when you went out that I did not believe 
you would have time to visit the Prado, too. You saw the 10 
Plaza de Madrid, the Museo del Prado and the other im- 
portant monuments in that part of the city? — Naturally. 12 
I wished to see all that I could. — You must come to Madrid 
again when you have * more time to devote to our interesting 14 
and famous museums. 

CONVERSACION XXVIII 
(Conversation XXVIII) 

1. (jCuales son los pronombres interrogativos? 2. <;Cual es el 
interrogativo empleado solo como pronombre? 3. ^Cuando se 
dice cuan en vez de cuanto? 4. <iHay alguna forma interroga- 
tiva que se emplea solo como adjetivo? 5. <;Que significa que 
tal? 6. ([Que clase de ejercicio tenemos para hoy? 7. <jLe 
gustan a V. las lecciones de conversation? 

8. (iQue es la Puerta del Sol? 9. ^Por que se llama esta plaza 
el centro de la vida madrilena? 10. ^Cuales son las cosas de 
in teres que se ven paseandose por la calle de Alcala y el Prado? 
11. Digame V. algo del monumento del Dos de Mayo. 12. ^Por 
que no se puede entrar en el Museo del Prado despues de las 
cuatro? 

1 Use subjunctive. Cf. § 397, 1. 



138 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§279-283 

LECCION XXIX 

(Lesson XXIX) 

NEGACION 

(Negation) 

279. A sentence is usually made negative by placing no be- 
fore the verb. In compound tenses no precedes the auxiliary. 

No hablo espaiiol I don't speak Spanish 

Mi amigo no ha llegado My friend has not arrived 

280. If the verb is understood, no follows a personal pro- 
noun, and may precede or follow other words. 

yo no, not I generalmente no, generally not 

no este \ , ,, • no siempre, not always 

este no / not thlS 0ne todavia no, not yet 

281. After verbs of saying, thinking, etc., no, 'no' or 'not/ 
and si, 'yes' or 'so/ are introduced by que, which is not to be 
translated. 

Yo creo que no, I think not Yo digo que si, I say yes 

282. When other negative words follow the verb, no is re- 
tained, but when they precede the verb, no is omitted. Such 
words are nada, 'nothing/ 'not anything'; nadie, 'nobody/ 
'not any one'; ni, 'neither/ 'nor'; ninguno, 'no one/ 'none'; 
nunca, 1 'never/ 'ever'; jamas 1 (emphatic), 'never/ 'ever'; 
tampoco, 'not either.' 

Es la mejor cosa que jamas haya It is the best thing that I have ever 

visto seen 

No hablo a nadie I speak to no one 

Nadie habla No one is speaking 

No lo hare jam&s \ j ^ neyer do • 
Jamas lo hare J 

Note. — When no precedes the verb, certain words that have no negative 
force in themselves, such as 'cosa/ 'palabra,' etc., may follow the verb with 
negative force. 

No hay cosa que me guste aqui There is nothing that pleases me here 

No ha dicho palabra He hasn't said a word 

283. Several such negatives may be used together, after the 

verb, when no precedes, or may be distributed at will, provided 

one, at least, precedes. 

El no habla nunca mal de nadie He never speaks ill of any one 

Nadie nunca habla mal de el tampoco Nobody ever speaks ill of him either 

1 Both nunca and jamas have affirmative force with an affirmative verb. 



§§ 284-286 VOCABULARIO 139 

284. In Spanish there are three words, pero, mas, sino, to 

translate the conjunction 'but.' The two former may be used 
interchangeably, although mas belongs rather to literary style. 
Sino is used only to introduce a positive idea in direct contrast 
to a preceding negative, and in this case the preceding verb is 
understood and not repeated. If there is a different verb in the 
second part of the negation, 'but' is translated by sino que. 

Tengo un lapiz, pero no tengo una I have a pencil, but I haven't a pen 

pluma 

Lo cuenta asi el historiador, mas no The chronicler thus relates it, but it 

es verdad is not true 

No bebe vino, sino agua He is not drinking wine, but water 

No deseo, sino que mando que V. I don't desire but I command you to 

saiga leave 

285. Sino (si no) retaining its original value of 'if not/ and 
translated by 'but/ 'unless/ 'save/ 'except/ etc., is often 
used to present an alternative in questions expecting a negative 
answer. 

£A quien acudire sino a mi amigo? To whom shall I turn but (except, 

save, or if not) to my friend? 

286. As an adverb 'but' is often translated by no . . . sino, 

and 'no . . . but' by no . . . mas . . . que. 

No habla sino raramente He speaks but seldom 

No tiene mas hermanos que Juan He has no brothers but John 

VOCABULARIO XXIX 

(Vocabulary XXIX) 

alargar, to lengthen, extend. el humor, the humor; de mal 
el ansia,/., the anxiety, eagerness. — , in bad humor. 

el automovil, the automobile. el latigo, the whip. 

bondadoso, -a, kind. el (or la) mar, the sea, any large 
el cochero, the coachman. quantity. 

el colmo, the height. a medida que, conj., according 

contestar, to answer, reply. as, as far as. 

crecer, to increase, grow. montar, to mount. 

chasquear, to click, snap, crack. la muchedumbre, the crowd. 

efectivamente, adv., actually, el obstaculo, the obstacle, 

in fact. el pasatiempo, the pastime. 

el empujon, the push, violent el paso, the pace, step. 

shove. penetrar, to penetrate. 

la entrada, the entrance. el rio, the river. 

estrecho, -a, narrow. el vendedor, the seller, vender. 
el estruendo, the noise, clamor. verdadero, -a, true, real. 

a fuerza de, prep., by dint of. vociferar, to vociferate, shout. 

el grito, the cry, shout. 



140 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO XXIX 

(Exercise XXIX) 

((No ha visto animation bulliciosa en ciudades quien 1 no 
ha visto a nuestro Madrid en tarde de toros,)) decia Emilio 2 
Castelar. 2 Efectivamente todas las calles estan entonces 
animadisimas. La calle de Alcala es un verdadero rio de 4 
coches, de automoviles y de gente a pie, todos alargando el 
paso en su ansia de llegar a un mismo destino, la Plaza de 6 
Toros. 3 A medida que se acerca uno a la entrada, el estru- 
endo crece. Los vendedores de refrescos gritan, los cocheros 8 
vociferan chasqueando sus latigos, y a traves de tantos 
obstaculos la muchedumbre penetra no sin dificultad. Tarn- 10 
poco es cosa facil pasar por las estrechas entradas de la plaza, 
porque todos desean entrar a una vez. Pero nadie esta de 12 
mal humor, y al fin y al cabo, a fuerza de empujones bon- 
dadosos, toda esta mar de gente se halla en la plaza, donde 14 
la animation llega a su colmo. 



EJERCICIO ORAL XXIX 
(Oral Exercise XXIX) 

1. I never speak to any one about (de) anything. 2. The 
coachman has no whips but this [one]. 3. I do not snap the 
whip. 4. They think not. 5. He has never seen Madrid. 
6. That bull-fight is the best I have ever seen. 7. To whom will 
he shout but to the noisy venders? 8. Neither the procession 
nor the bull-fight pleased him. 9. Nobody is in bad humor on 
the afternoon of a bull-fight. 10. He does not like the noise, 
but I like it. 11. I do not wish a coach, but an automobile. 
12. Where shall I go but to the bull-fight? 13. All the men were 
mounted on beautiful horses. 14. We never can penetrate 
(through) this crowd. 15. Here we are at our destination, are 

1 Cf. § 260. 

2 Emilio Castelar (1832-1899) was an orator and writer. His Una 
Corrida de Toros gives an interesting view of the bull-fight from the Spanish 
standpoint. 

3 La Plaza de Toros, where the bull-fights are held, lies to the east of 
the city. 



EJERCICIOS 141 

we not? — I think so, sir. 16. The people in the Plaza cannot 
hear the cries of the coachmen. 17. Can you always answer in 
Spanish now? 

TEMA XXIX 
(Composition XXIX) 

There are not many bull-fights which can be compared 
with those that take place in the famous Plaza de Toros 2 
in Madrid. They always attract great crowds, for on the 
day of a bull-fight nobody seems [to] think of (pensar en) 4 
anything else (otra cosa). The people all forget their work 
for a few hours, and enjoy the diversions which such a 6 
day offers. 

There are never as many people on the streets of Madrid 8 
as on the afternoon of a bull-fight. Alcala Street is an ani- 
mated river of admirers of this pastime, all of them going 10 
to the Plaza de Toros. There is animation everywhere, but 
nothing can equal that which is seen at the entrance to the 12 
Plaza, where everybody in his eagerness makes great efforts 
to (para) enter at the same time. Finally, all are within the 14 
gates and in their seats, awaiting the beginning of that most 
typical (tipico) Spanish pastime — the bull-fight. 16 



CONVERSACION XXIX 

(Conversation XXIX) 

1. ^Como se forma la negacion en espanol? 2. <;Se usa el no 
cuando hay otra palabra de negacion delante del verbo? 

3. ^Cuales son las tres palabras para traducir la conjuncion but? 

4. ^Como se traduce el adverbio but? 5. ^Como se dice en 
espanol: I think so? 

6. ^Cuando hay animacion bulliciosa en Madrid? 7. <jA que 
se parece la calle de Alcala en tarde de toros? 8. ^Cuando crece 
el estruendo? 9. <iQue hacen los cocheros? 10. <jC6mo se entra 
en la Plaza de Toros? 11. <jEs facil penetrar a traves de tantos 
obstaculos? 12. ^Hay mucha animacion en la plaza? 13. <iQue 
significa la mar de gente? 14. ^Le gustaria a V. ver una corrida 
de toros? 



142 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 287-292 



LECCION XXX 

(Lesson XXX) 

ADVERBIOS 

(Adverbs) 

Usos Particulares 

(Special Uses) 

287. Adverbs are of two classes, those with the termination 
-mente (already described § 226), and those without special 
termination. 

288. Of the latter class, the following have peculiarities in 

use that deserve particular attention: 

aqui, aca, here (near the speaker) aun (aun), still, yet, even 

alii, alia, there (distant from both speaker and mucho, much, very 

person addressed) 

ahi, there (near the person addressed) muy, much, very 

289. Aqui and alii denote rest in a place; aca and alia, 

motion towards a place; ahi may denote either. These dis- 
tinctions are not rigorously observed. 

Esta aqui, He is here (near me) Alii esta, There it is (over yonder) 

iVen aca! Come here! (to me) Alia va, There he goes (over yonder) 

Ahi esta, There he is (near you) 

Ahi va, There he goes (your way) 

290. Aun is made dissyllabic when it follows the word that 

it modifies, and is written with an accent, aun. 

No ha llegado aun (or todavia) j He ^ ^ d 

Aun (or todavia) no ha llegado J J 

Nadie puede hacerlo aun con ayuda No one, even with aid, can do it 

cuando aun no la habia terminado when as yet he had not finished it 

291. Muy modifying adjectives and adverbs is translated 

'very.' Before past participles it is translated 'much.' It is 

never used before a simple verb. 

muy estudioso, very studious muy bien, very well 

Es muy usado, It is much used 

292. Muy cannot stand alone as may 'very' in English. 

After a question or statement in which muy occurs, mucho is 

used to indicate acquiescence. 

«£Habla muy bien elespaiiol? — Mucho Does he speak Spanish well? — Very 
£l es muy trabajador. — Si, mucho He is very industrious. — Yes, very 



§§ 293-296 VOCABULARIO 143 

293. Mucho is used before comparatives of both adjectives 

and adverbs, and after past participles conjugated with haber. 

Es mucho mas contento que yo He is much happier than I 

Lo ha escrito hoy mucho mejor He has written it much better to-day 

Ha estudiado mucho He has studied a great deal 

294. Mucho is rarely modified by muy. 'Very much' 

should be translated by muchisimo or by mucho alone. 

tLe gusta a V.? — Si, mucho (or mu- Do you like it? — Yes, very much 
chisimo) 

295. The adjective mucho (-a, -os, -as) is used before nouns 

in idiomatic expressions with tener (cf. § 180), to translate the 

English adverbs 'very/ 'very much.' 

Tengo mucha hambre I am very hungry 

Tenia mucho miedo He was very much afraid 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

296. ver, Ho see.' 
ver, viendo, visto 

INDICATIVO 

Presente veo, ves, ve, vemos, veis, ven 
Imperfecto ve-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -fan 

Preterito vi, viste, vio, vimos, visteis, vieron 
Futuro ver-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional ver-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente vea, veas, vea, veamos, veais, vean 

Imperfecto, l a forma: v-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: v-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro v-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

ve ved 



VOCABULARIO XXX 

(Vocabulary XXX) 

acometer, to attack, undertake. (he who sticks banderillas, or 

el alguacil, the alguacil, mounted small decorated darts, into 

police officer. . the top of the bull' 's shoulders) . 

anunciar, to announce. la capa, the cape. 

la aprobacion, the approbation, la cerviz, the cervix, nape of the 

approval. neck. 

el banderillero, the banderillero el clarin, the bugle, clarion. 



144 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

clavar, to nail, fix. furioso, -a, furious. 

el comienzo, the beginning, start. la ira, the anger, wrath. 

correr, to run. el jaco, the nag. 
la cuadrilla, the procession (of lleno, -a, full. 

bull-fighters). matar, to kill, 

el chulo, the chulo (bull-fighter's la muerte, the death. 

assistant). la mula, the mule. 

el despejo, the clearing (of the are- la musica, the music, band. 

na), removal (of obstacles). el picador, the picador (he who, 
engalanar, to adorn, deck. on horseback, baits the bull 

entusiasmado, -a, enthusiastic. with a long staff armed with a 

el espada, the matador (he who pointed iron tip), 

slays the bull by a sword- el raso, the satin. 

thrust downward between the el sonido, the sound. 
shoulders). trastear, to worry (excite the 

figurarse, to imagine. bull with a red flag or a sword). 

EJERCICIO XXX 

(Exercise XXX) 

Figurese V. la Plaza de Toros llena de gente entusiasmada, 
esperando con anhelo el comienzo de la corrida. Todo es 2 
animation, y se hace el despejo no sin dificultad. Pero al 
fin y al cabo suena 1 el clarin que anuncia la entrada de la 4 
cuadrilla. Las puertas de la plaza se abren, y sale una vistosa 
procesion, compuesta 2 de alguaciles montados en caballos 6 
briosos, de banderilleros en trajes de raso, de espadas con 
capas de varios colores vistosos, de picadores sobre sus jacos, 8 
de chulos y de mulas engalanadas. El clarin suena otra vez, 
el toro sale furioso a la plaza, corre en varias direcciones, 10 
acomete a los picadores y a los toreros que quedan en la 
plaza. La gente grita y vocifera. Llamado por aqui, atraido 12 
por alia, la ira del toro va creciendo, y crece mas aun cuando, 
despues de otro sonido del clarin, los banderilleros le clavan 14 
en la cerviz las banderillas de diversos colores. Vuelve 3 a 
sonar el clarin, anunciando la hora de la muerte. El primer 16 
espada se dirige hacia el toro, le trastea un rato, mostrando 
algunas veces una mafia extraordinaria, y al fin lo mata entre 18 
los gritos de aprobacion de la gente. Suena la musica, salen 
las mulas engalanadas, y se llevan al toro y a los caballos 20 
muertos. 4 

1 Pres. ind. of sonar. 2 Past part, of componer. 

3 Volver Si-\-inf. means 'to (do something) again.' 

4 Past part, of morir, ' to die.' 



EJERCICIOS 145 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXX 

(Oral Exercise XXX) 

1. He is here. 2. She goes there. 3. There they are. 4. They 
are coming here. 5. Here and there. 6. He has not yet arrived. 
7. He is still in Madrid. 8. Do you like bull-fights? — Very 
much. 9. Is the clothing brilliant? — Very. 10. These colors 
are much used this spring. 11. This place is much more adorned 
than that. 12. These horses are very hungry. 13. They will 
have seen this bull-fight, too. 14. I saw the bull fall. 15. We 
used to see picturesque processions there, even in winter. 16. I 
see that the banderilleros are [over] there with their banderillas. 
17. The picadors have very old nags. 18. Do you see the bull- 
fighter? He holds his sword with very great skill. 19. The 
bull is attracted here and there by the capes of the bull-fighters. 

TEMA XXX 

(Composition XXX) 

If one has never seen a bull-fight, one cannot imagine the 
great interest that it always creates. Even foreigners (ex- 2 
tranjeros) generally attend at least one bull-fight, when they 
go to Spain. In the summer, the best place to (para) see 4 
bull-fights is San Sebastian, 1 for all the famous matadors 
are there at (en) that season. 6 

A bull-fight is divided into three parts. In the first part, 
after the cuadrilla, the .bull attacks the picadors, who await 8 
him on their horses, or rather nags. In the second part, the 
daring banderilleros fix the banderillas in the bull's neck. 10 
The third part begins when the matador arrives. The bull 
attacks him furiously, and it is only with the greatest skill 12 
that the bull is finally killed. 

CONVERSACION XXX 

(Conversation XXX) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo ver; el 
imperfecto de indicativo. 2. (iQue forma del subjuntivo de este 
verbo es irregular? 3. ^Cuales son los adverbios que significan 
here? ^Cuales son los que significan there? 4. ^Cuando se em- 

1 San Sebastian, see general vocabulary. 



146 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 297-300 

plea la forma aun? 5. ^Como se traduce very much en es- 
pafiol? 

6. (iQue es una cuadrilla? 7. <jCuaJ.es son las personas que 
componen la cuadrilla? 8. ^Cuantas veces suena el clarin 
durante una corrida? 9. ^Que hace la gente? 10. <iQue hacen 
los banderilleros? 11. <iQuien mata al toro? 12. Antes de 
matar al toro ^que hace el primer espada? 13. ^Cuando suena 
la miisica? 14. ^Como se llevan al toro y a los caballos muertos? 



LECCION XXXI 

(Lesson XXXI) 

TERMINOS DE TRATAMIENTO 

(Forms of Address) 

297. There are in Spanish four ways of addressing a gentle- 
man. The equivalent feminine forms are used to address a 
married lady. 

Don (dona,/.) is used only before the Christian name; seiior 
(senora, /.), before the family name. The two may be com- 
bined before the whole name or before the Christian name. 
Dona is rarely used before the Christian name of a young lady. 

Senor Don Juan Valera Senora Dona Emilia Pardo Bazan 

Seiior Valera Senora Pardo Bazan 

Don Juan Dona Emilia 

Seiior Don Juan Senora Dofia Emilia 

298. Seiiorito, a diminutive form of senor, is applied to 
young men, and is seldom used except familiarly or by servants; 
but seiiorita, a diminutive form of senora applied to young 
ladies, is commonly used to translate the English 'Miss.' 
Seiiorita may precede the Christian name. 

299. The terms senor and senora are often used in polite 

address before titles, or when speaking of another's relatives. 

Buenos dias, Seiior Conde Good day, Count 

iC6mo esta su senora esposa? How is your wife? 

300. The definite article or the possessive adjective precedes 
all these terms when they are not used in direct address (cf. 
§ 32, 7). 

el seiior Quintana, Mr. Quintana su seiior padre, your father 
la seiiorita Ojeda, Miss Ojeda la senora condesa, the countess 



§§ 301-304 



VERBOS 



147 



301. Caballero, though not used with the Christian or the 
family name, is frequently employed among equals as a term of 
address, and is less deferential than senor. 

Buenos dias, caballero Good day, sir 

302. It is the custom in Spain to use, in addition to the 
family name of the father, that of the mother. The mother's 
name follows that of the father, joined to it by the conjunction 
y. A lady upon marriage replaces the mother's name by that 
of her husband, preceded by de. 

Senor Don Marcelino Menendez y Pelayo 
Sefiora Dona Antonia Andres de Digon 

Saludos y Despedidas 

(Greetings and Leave-takings) 

303. Note the following expressions of greeting or leave-taking: 

Hello! 

Good morning! 

Good afternoon! 

Good evening (or good night) ! 

How are you? How do you do? 

Very well, thank you, and you? 

Fairly well; so so 

How goes it? (familiar) 

I am glad to see you 

•Good-by; (also as greeting) good day! 

Good-by! Farewell! 

God be with you; good-by! 

Until by and by; so long (familiar); 

I'll see you later! 
Until we meet again; au re voir! 
Until to-morrow! 
Until this afternoon! 
Until to-night! 
Good luck to you! 
At your feet! (formal, to ladies) 
I kiss your hand (reply to preceding) 



iHola! 

i Buenos dias! 

jBuenas tardes! 

jBuenas noches! 

iComo esta usted? 

Muy bien, gracias, £y usted? 

Regular 

tQue tal? 

Me alegro de verle a V, 

jAdios! 

jAbur! (or jAgur!) [coll.] 

jVaya usted con Dios! 

iHasta luego! 

iHasta la vista! 
iHasta manana! 
{Hasta la tarde! 
iHasta la noche! 
i Que V. lo pase bien! 
jA los pies de V.! 
iBeso a V. la mano! 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 
304. oir, Ho hear.' 
oir, oyendo, oido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente oigo, oyes, oye, oimos, ois, oyen 
Imperfecto o-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito oi, oiste, oyo, oimos, oisteis, oyeron 
Futuro oir-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional oir-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 



148 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§305 



Presente 
Imperfecto, 
Imperfecto, 
Futuro 



SUBJUNTIVO 

oiga, oigas, oiga, 1 oigamos, oigais, oigan 
l a forma: oyera, oyeras, oyera, oyeramos, oyerais, oyeran 
2 a forma: oyese, oyeses, oyese, oyesemos, oyeseis, oyesen 
oyere, oyeres, oyere, oyeremos, oyereis, oyeren 



IMPERATIVO 



oye 



old 



305. salir 2 'to go out/ 'come out.' 
salir, saliendo, salido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente salgo, sales, sale, salimos, salis, salen 
Imperfecto sal-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito sal-i, -iste, -id, -imos, -isteis, -ieron 
Futuro saldr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional saldr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente saiga, saigas, saiga, salgamos, salgais, salgan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: sal-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: sal-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro sal-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



sal 



salid 



VOCABULARIO XXXI 
(Vocabulary XXXI) 



aburrirse, to grow tired, be 
bored. 
el bafio, the bath. 
el cantor, the singer. 
la condesa, the countess. 

decidirse (a), to decide, be de- 
termined (to). 
encontrar, to meet, encounter, 

find. 
equivocarse, to be mistaken. 
la excursion, the excursion. 

forzoso, -a, necessary, obliga- 
tory, 
indispuesto, -a, indisposed. 
junto, -a, together, united. 
la lastima, the pity. 
la mencion, the mention. 



mencionar, to mention. 
obtener, to obtain, win. 
la ocasion, the occasion, oppor- 
tunity. 
los Pirineos, the Pyrenees. 
el presidente, the president. 
el recuerdo, the remembrance, 
regard. 
sentir, to feel, be sorry (for); 
lo siento mucho, I am very 
sorry. 
serio, -a, serious. 
el servicio, the service. 

sobremanera, adv., beyond 

measure, exceedingly. 
veranear, to spend (or pass) 
the summer. 



echar de menos, to miss. 

tener la intencion (de), to intend (to). 

1 Oiga V. in polite language, and oye in familiar speech, are used to attract 
the attention of a person addressed, or to begin a sentence, much as 'Say' is 
used in English. 

Oye, Pepe, ivas al teatro? 'Say, Joe, are you going to the theater?' 

2 Note the similarity in conjugation between salir and valer (cf. § 324). 



EJERCICIOS 149 

EJERCICIO XXXI 

(Exercise XXXI) 

Muy buenas noches, senora. — Buenas noches, Don Juan. 
jCuanto me alegro de verle por aqui! <:C6mo esta V. ahora? 2 

— Mucho mejor, gracias, y tengo mucho gusto en poder 
asistir otra vez a su tertulia. — <iSu senora madre no le ha 4 
acompanado? — Se halla un poco indispuesta, y se ha deci- 
dido a no salir esta noche. — [Que lastima ! La vamos a echar 6 
de menos. Permitame presentarle a la senora condesa de X. 

— Tantisimo gusto en conocer a V., condesa. Si no me equi- 8 
voco, fui presentado a su senor padre el ano pasado en el 
Casino de San Sebastian. — Puede ser, senor. Efectiva- 10 
mente mis padres veranean en San Sebastian casi todos los 
arios. |Que ciudad mas alegre! Todo me gusta alii, las 12 
diversiones del Casino, los bafios de mar en la Concha y las 
excursiones por los Pirineos. — Sin hacer mention de los 14 
toros. Uno no tiene el tiempo de aburrirse alii. — Tiene V. 
razon, senor. (Un criado anuncia que el coche de Don Juan 16 
esta a la puerta.) — Lo siento mucho, senoras, pero me es 
forzoso despedirme de W. A los pies de V., condesa. — 18 
Beso a V. la mano. — Adios, senora. — Adios, Don Juan. 
Mil recuerdos a su senora madre. 20 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXI 
(Oral Exercise XXXI) 

1. I hear; they hear; he heard; that they may hear; I go out; 
I shall go out; you will go out; we should go out. 2. Hear; go 
out; say. 3. Good morning, how are you to-day? 4. How is 
your father? 5. Is he well this morning? 6. Good-by, my 
friend, my carriage is at the door, and I must go. 7. The presi- 
dent was introduced to the countess. 8. I always like to attend 
the evening parties at Mrs. X.'s. 9. I met (a) two friends of 
mine this morning. 10. They were going to San Sebastian 
together. 11. Did they decide to go at last? 12. That is a 
serious subject (asunto), and I shall not mention it again. 13. I 
am going to miss you. 14. That gentleman in the dining-room 
is exceedingly poor. 15. What a pity! 16. Good-by, my friend, 
a thousand regards to your mother. 17. I am very sorry, but I 



150 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §306 

have not had an opportunity to (de) speak to the countess, 
18. Where do you intend to spend the summer? 

TEMA XXXI 
(Composition XXXI) 

Good afternoon, John, how goes it? — So, so. And how 
are you? — Very well, thanks. What have you to do this 2 
evening? — Not very much. Why? — Well, Mrs. X., who 
is a very intimate friend of my mother, is going to (a) have 4 
an evening party at her house, and I should like you to ac- 
company me (que me acompaiiase). She has obtained the 6 
services of one or two excellent singers, and, if you like good 
music, you will have an opportunity to (de) hear it there. 8 
— It would please me very much [to] accompany you, I as- 
sure you. When and where shall I see you? — If you will 10 
be at the club at eight o'clock, I can call for you (puedo ir a 
buscarle) with my automobile. Mother is a little indisposed, 12 
and does not intend to go out this evening. — Well then, 
until to-night. — Good-by. Good luck to you. 14 

CONVERSACION XXXI 

(Conversation XXXI) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo oir; el 
imperfecto de subjuntivo. 2. <iCual es el futuro del verbo 
salir? <:el presente de subjuntivo? 3. Digame V. algunos 
saludos espanoles; algunas despedidas. 4. ^Cuando se usa 
seiior en un termino de tratamiento? 

5. ([Que es una tertulia? 6. ^Quienes asistian a la tertulia de 
que se habla en esta leccion? 7. <jD6nde veraneaban los padres de 
la condesa? 8. <;Que diversiones hay en San Sebastian? 9. <;Se 
aburre uno alii? 10. ^Que dijo Don Juan al despedirse de las 
senoras? 11. ^Donde veranea V., senor? 



LECCION XXXII 

(Lesson XXXII) 
RtGIMEN DIRECTO (O ACUSATIVO) CON A 

(Direct Object [or Accusative] with a) 

306. In Spanish the preposition a has two distinct uses: (1) as 
a preposition, (2) as a sign of the direct object. In the latter 



§306 REGIMEN DIRECTO (o ACUSATIVO) CON A 151 

use it has no prepositional force, and is not to be translated. As 
a sign of the direct object, a is used in the following cases: 

1. When the direct object of the verb is a noun indicating a 

definite known person or persons. The distinction, however, is 

not always easily made, and exceptions sometimes occur. 

Vi a mi hermano ayer I saw my brother yesterday 

Haga el favor de servir a Maria Please serve Mary 
Busco a un criado mio I am looking for a servant of mine 

But: Busco un criado I am looking for a servant (no defi- 

nite servant) 

Note. — Sometimes, to avoid ambiguity, it is necessary to omit the a. 

Recomende el criado a mi madre I recommended the servant to my 

mother 

a. Certain verbs change their meaning according to whether 

or not a is used with the direct object. 

fil ensena los perros al publico He shows the dogs to the public 

El ensena a los perros He teaches dogs 

Mi hermana quiere un criado ja- My sister wishes a Japanese servant 

pones 

Mi hermana quiere a un criado ja- My sister loves a Japanese servant 

pones 

Los bandidos robaron los niiios The bandits stole the children 

Los bandidos robaron a los niiios The bandits robbed the children 

2. When the direct object of the verb is a pronoun referring 
to persons. This includes a redundant use of the personal pro- 
nouns (cf. § 211). 

La seiiora a la cual visite esta en- The lady whom I visited is ill 

ferma 

I A quien invita V.? Whom are you inviting? 

Le veo a V. I see you 

3. When the direct object of the verb is a noun indicating a 

higher animal or one regarded as intelligent or appreciative, or 

a personified thing. 

El toro mato al cab alio The bull killed the horse 

Ama mucho a su perro He loves his dog very much 

Persiguio al leon He pursued the lion 

Ella acariciaba a sus gatos She was petting her cats 

Temian a la muerte They feared Death 

Las campanas aclaman a la victoria The bells acclaim victory 

4. To avoid ambiguity, when both the subject and object of 

the verb denote things. 

Al terror sucedio la calma Calm succeeded terror 

Alcanz6 el rapido al tren expreso The flyer overtook the express-train 



152 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§307 



5. When the direct object of the verb is a geographical proper 

name, unless regularly preceded by the definite article. 

Encontramos a Granada deliciosa We find Granada delightful 
Yo visite a Espaiia el aiio pasado I visited Spain last year 
But: Quiero ver el Japon I want to see Japan 



VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

307. traer, 'to carry/ 'bring.' 

traer, trayendo, traido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente traigo, traes, trae, traemos, traeis, traen 

Imperfecto tra-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito traje, trajiste, trajo, trajimos, ,trajisteis, trajeron 1 

Futuro traer-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional traer-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

traiga, traigas, traiga, traigamos, traigais, traigan 

l a forma: traj-era, 1 -eras, -era, -eramos, -erais, -eran 



Presente 
Imperfecto 
Imperfecto 
Futuro 



2 a forma: traj-ese, 1 -eses, 
traj-ere, 1 -eres, 



-ere, -eremos, 

IMPERATIVO 



ese, -esemos, -eseis, 
ereis, -eren 



esen 



trae 



traed 



el actor, the actor. 
la aficion, the affection, fondness. 
alternativamente, adv., alterna- 
tively. 
el autor, the author, writer. 
cantar, to sing. 
clasico, -a, classical, classic. 
declamar, to declaim, recite. 
dejar, to leave, let, allow; — 
de, to cease, stop, fail. 
el drama, the drama, play. 

dramatico, -a, dramatical, dra- 
matic. 
europeo, -a, European. 
extranjero, -a, foreign. 
la funcion, the function, perform- 
ance. 



VOCABULARIO XXXII 
(Vocabulary XXXII) 

el genero, the class, kind, branch. 

habil, adj., clever, expert, skilful. 

italiano, -a, Italian. 

moderno, -a, modern. 

modico, -a, moderate (in price). 

musical, adj., musical. 
la opera, the opera. 
el papel, the paper, role; hacer 

un — , to play a role, 
el precio, the price. 
el repertorio, the repertory. 
la representacion, the represen- 
tation, performance. 

senalar, to point out, indicate. 

teatral, adj., theatrical. 
la traduccion, the translation. 
la zarzuela, the musical comedy. 



a mas no poder, to the utmost. 

de mala gana, unwillingly, reluctantly. 

1 Note the loss of the i from the ie of the regular ending (cf. also decir 
and traducir, p. 120, footnote 1). 



EJERCICIOS 153 

EJERCICIO XXXII 
(Exercise XXXII) 

El que visita a Madrid por primera vez no debe dejar de 
asistir a algunas representaciones teatrales. Hay teatros de 2 
todos los generos. Para el aficionado a la opera, hay el Teatro 
Real. En el representan las mejores operas de todos los 4 
paises europeos, pero con mas frecuencia las de la escuela 
italiana. Si uno tiene aficion al drama, hay teatros, como el 6 
Teatro Espafiol y el Teatro de la Comedia, donde se repre- 
sentan de vez en cuando las obras de Lope de Vega, de 8 
Calderon y otros autores clasicos, pero donde el repertorio 
consta generalmente de comedias por autores espanoles 10 
modernos o de traducciones de dramas extranjeros. En 
aquellos teatros los papeles se representan por actores muy 12 
habiles. Entre los mas conocidos se puede mencionar a 
Maria Guerrero, la Bernhardt de Espafia. 14 

Para los que quieren divertirse con otra clase de representa- 
ciones, hay el Teatro de la Zarzuela, el Teatro de Lara y el 16 
Teatro de Apolo, donde se dan tres o cuatro funciones cada 
noche. Estas funciones, que se llaman zarzuelas, son obras 18 
dramaticas y musicales en que alternativamente se declama 
y se canta. La entrada, siempre a un precio muy modico, se 20 
puede tomar para todas las funciones o para una sola. 



EJERCICIO ORAL XXXII 
(Oral Exercise XXXII) 

1. I bring; I brought; we brought; they brought; they might 
bring; you may bring; bringing. 2. He gave Mr. X. several 
valuable books. 3. These actors have visited Madrid. 4. The 
Italian author left Spain two years ago. 5. The matador killed 
the bull. 6. The teacher has seventeen students. 7. Whom 
did they invite? 8. Did you see Maria Guerrero? 9. They 
called the doctor. 10. This lady wishes a servant. 11. This 
lady loves her servants. 12. Do not fail to (de) visit Madrid. 
13. We left New York reluctantly. 14. Can you point out the 
president? 15. What kind of performances do they give in the 
Teatro Real? 



154 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



TEMA XXXII 
(Composition XXXII) 



When I was in Madrid two months ago, I met an intimate 
friend of mine who was spending a week there for the first 2 
time. He wanted [to] see some of the theatrical performances, 
so we went to several theaters together. The first night, we 4 
attended a performance at the Teatro Real. The next eve- 
ning, we saw Maria Guerrero at the Teatro Espanol in one of 6 
Calderon's famous plays, and the following night we had the 
pleasure of seeing {inf.) Enrique Borras at the Teatro de la 8 
Comedia. Both (los dos) are excellent actors, and play their 
roles exceedingly well. When we left the Teatro Espanol, 10 
it was about midnight, and we decided [to] see the last per- 
formance of the evening at the Teatro de Apolo, for a short 12 
musical comedy is always an agreeable diversion after a 
serious drama. 14 

At the end (al fin) of his visit, my friend left Madrid reluc- 
tantly, for he had enjoyed himself to the utmost all the week. 16 



CONVERSACION XXXII 
(Conversation XXXII) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de subjuntivo del verbo traer; el 
preterito; el futuro de subjuntivo. 2. ^Cuando se usa el regimen 
directo con la preposition a? 3. ^Cual es el plural de regimen? 

4. <iQue clase de teatros hay en Madrid? 5. <iQue se representa 
en el Teatro Real? 6. ^Donde se pueden ver buenos dramas? 
7. dQuien era Calderon? 8. ^Ha visitado V. a Madrid? 9. ^Ha 
visto V. a Maria Guerrero? 10. dQue es una zarzuela? 11. ^Hay 
que tomar entrada para todas las funciones de una noche en 
el Teatro de Apolo? 12. <;A quien visita V. en el verano? 



§§ 308-312 



NUMEROS 



155 



LECCION XXXIII 

(Lesson XXXIII) 

NUMEROS 

(Numbers) 



308. 

cero 
uno, -a 
dos 
tres 
cuatro 
cinco 
seis 
siete 

8 ocho 

9 nueve 

10 diez 

11 once 

12 doce 

13 trece 

14 catorce 



Numeros 

(Cardinal 

15 quince 

16 diez y seis 

17 diez y siete 

18 diez y ocho 

19 diez y nueve 

20 veinte 

21 veinte y uno 

22 veinte y dos, etc. 
30 treinta 

40 cuarenta 

50 cincuenta 

60 sesenta 

70 setenta 

80 ochenta 

90 noventa 



Cardinales 

Numbers) 

100 

101 

200 

300 

400 

500 

600 

700 

800 

900 

1000 

2000 

500,000 

1,000,000 

1,000,000,000 



ciento (cien) 
ciento y uno, etc. 
doscientos, -as 
trescientos, -as 
cuatrocientos, -as 
quinientos, -as 
seiscientos, -as 
setecientos, -as 
ochocientos, -as 
novecientos, -as 
mil 

dos mil 

quinientos (-as) mil 
un millon 
un billon 



309. The cardinal numbers, except uno and the compounds 
of ciento, are all invariable. 

doce libros, twelve books treinta y dos veces, thirty-two times 

310. Uno (-a) agrees in gender with the noun it modifies and 
drops the final -o when standing immediately before a mascu- 
line singular (cf. § 64). 



un plato, one plate 
But: after the noun, 



una mesa, one table 



capitulo veinte y uno, chapter twenty-one 
pagina veinte y una, page twenty-one 

311. When uno (-a) is preceded by another number, the -o 

is dropped before masculine nouns in the plural, but -a is 

retained before feminine nouns. 

veinte y un aiios, twenty-one years 

doscientos un libros, two hundred and one books 

ciento y una veces, one hundred and one times 

las ((mil y una noches,)) the 'thousand and one nights' 

312. Diez y seis, diez y siete, etc., veinte y uno, veinte y 
dos, treinta y uno, etc., are often written as one word, dieciseis, 
diecisiete, diecinueve, veintiuno, veintidos, treintaiuno, cuaren- 
taidos, etc. 



156 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 313-318 

313. Ciento loses its final syllable when it precedes the 

word it modifies and is not followed by a smaller numeral. 

When followed by a smaller numeral, the full form, ciento, is 

used (cf. § 67). The multiples of ciento (doscientos, etc.) 

agree in gender and number with the nouns they qualify. 

cien estudiantes, one hundred students 

cien mil votos, a hundred thousand votes 

cien bonitas flores, a hundred pretty flowers 

ciento ochenta paginas, one hundred and eighty pages 

doscientas personas, two hundred people 

quinientos arboles, five hundred trees 

314. Compound numbers are formed the same in Spanish as 
in English, except that y, 'and,' comes only between the last 
two. Y is not used, unless the final one be less than ten, and im- 
mediately following the plural of hundreds, thousands, millions, 
etc., y is regularly omitted, even with numbers less than ten. 

mil ochocientos ochenta y seis, eighteen hundred (and) eighty-six 
ciento doce, one hundred (and) twelve 

trescientos cuarenta y cuatro, three hundred (and) forty-four 
trescientos ocho, three hundred (and) eight 

315. Above a thousand, one counts by thousands and hun- 
dreds, not by hundreds as in English. 

mil ochocientos, eighteen hundred 

dos mil cuatrocientos, twenty-four hundred 

316. With ciento (or cien) and mil the indefinite article is 

not used, unless to avoid ambiguity. 

ciento veinticinco, one hundred twenty-five 
cien hombres, a hundred men 
mil cosas, a thousand things 
But: trescientos un mil cuatro, 301,004 

(because trescientos mil cuatro would be 300,004) 

317. To ask a person's age, either of the following expressions 

may be used: 

l Que edad (age) tiene? \ „ ,, . , ? 
iCuantos aiios tiene? / ^ow old is her* 

318. In telling a person's age, the verb tener is used, followed 
by the proper cardinal number before anos. 

Mi hermano tiene veinte y dos afios My brother is twenty-two 
Note. — For the way to tell time, cf. §§ 169-171 . 



EJERCICIOS 157 

VOCABULARIO XXXIII 
(Vocabulary XXXIII) 

la adoracion, the adoration. la Epifania, (the) Epiphany. 

la Ascension, the Ascension. la fecha, the date. 

la Asuncion, the Assumption. la Inmaculada Concepcion, the Im- 
el balcon, the balcony. maculate Conception. 

catolico, -a, Catholic. instituir, to institute. 

celebrar, to celebrate, praise. Jesus, m., Jesus. 

el cementerio, the cemetery. Maria,/., Mary. 

la ceniza, the ash, ashes. el mundo, the world. 

la conmemoracion, the commem- la natividad, the nativity, birth. 

oration. (la) Navidad, (the) Christmas. 
la corona, the wreath, crown. nuevo, -a, new. 

la Cuaresma, (the) Lent. (la) Pascua, (the) Easter. 

cuente V., count. el regalo, the gift, present. 

la decena, the group of ten num- la resurreccion, the resurrection. 

bers, ten. los Reyes (Magos), the Magi, 
la devocion, the devotion. Wise Men. 

el Dia de Difuntos, All Souls' Day. la virgen, the virgin. 

EJERCICIO XXXIII 
(Exercise XXXIII) 

Espana es el pais mas catolico del mundo, el pais donde las 
fiestas de la iglesia se celebran con mas devocion que en 2 
ningun otro. La principal de estas fiestas es la de Navidad 
que se celebra el 25 de diciembre. Siete dias despues de 4 
Navidad viene la fiesta de Alio Nuevo, y 12 dias despues de 
Navidad, el 6 de enero, la de los Reyes o Epifania, en la cual 6 
se celebra la adoracion del Nino Jesus. Los Reyes son el 
Santa Claus de los ninos espanoles, y en esta fecha se les dan 8 
regalos. 

La Cuaresma, que principia con el Miercoles de Ceniza y 10 
dura 40 dias, termina con la fiesta de Pascua en conmemora- 
cion de la resurreccion del Sefior. Entre todas las fiestas 12 
religiosas de Espana, la que se observa con mas lujo, con 
mayores procesiones y con mas ceremonia es la de Corpus 14 
Christi, que viene el jueves 60 dias despues de la Pascua, 
y 20 dias despues del dia de la Ascension. 16 

El 15 de agosto es la fiesta de la Asuncion de la Virgen 
Maria, el 8 de septiembre es la de la Natividad de la Virgen. 18 
El 2 de noviembre es el Dia de Difuntos. La gente va a los 
cementerios a poner coronas y flores en las tumbas. El 8 de 20 
diciembre se celebra la fiesta de la Inmaculada Concepcion, 
fiesta instituida en 1854. 22 



158 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXIII 

(Oral Exercise XXXIII) 

1. We have studied thirty- three lessons in this book. 2. This 
is lesson thirty- three. 3. In counting by hundreds (por centenas), 
there are only three forms that are not regular, five hundred, 
seven hundred and nine hundred. 4. My eldest brother is thirty 
years old. How old are you? 5. Two times (por) one are (son) 
two; two times two are four; two times three are six, etc. 6. It 
is a quarter past eight; half past nine; ten minutes to ten; six 
minutes past eleven; twelve o'clock; etc. 7. Washington was 
born (nacio) the 22d of February, 1732, and died (murio) the 
14th of December, 1799. 8. The two great holidays in the 
United States are the Fourth of July and Christmas. 9. Epiph- 
any comes the 6th of January. 10. The birth of the Virgin 
Mary is celebrated on the 8th of September. 11. The year is 
composed of 365 days. 12. In New York there are more than 
2,500,000 people. 

TEMA XXXIII 
(Composition XXXIII) 

There are about 12 religious holidays, which are celebrated 
each year in Spain with great pomp. The first holiday of the 2 
year is Epiphany, which comes the 6th of January. On this 
day the Magi, who are the Santa Claus of the Spanish 4 
children, put presents in the children's shoes, which they 
leave on the balconies. The next holiday is Ash Wednesday, 6 
the beginning of Lent. The 40 days of Lent end with Easter, 
[a] holiday which is often celebrated with processions, in 8 
which the various religious brotherhoods (hermandades) 
take part. Other holidays are Corpus Christi, 60 days after 10 
Easter, the feast of the Assumption, the 15th of August, 
and the Nativity of the Virgin, the 8th of September. 12 
Twenty-four days after the Nativity comes All Souls' Day. 
On the 8th of December the feast of the Immaculate Con- 14 
ception takes place. This holiday has been observed since 
1854. The last and most celebrated religious holiday of the 16 
year is naturally Christmas, the day of the Lord's birth, 
which comes the 25th of December. 18 






§319 NUMEROS ORDINALES 159 

CONVERSACION XXXIII 
(Conversation XXXIII) 

1. <;Cuales son los numeros cardinales de uno a diez? <;de diez 
a veinte? <;de veinte a treinta? 2. Cuente V. por decenas hasta 
ciento. 3. <;C6mo se dice: 500, 900, 1509, 1899, 1913, 3501, 
500,000? 4. ^Cuando se dice cien en vez de ciento? 5. ^Se usa 
el articulo indeterminado con ciento y mil? 6. ([Hay dos maneras 
de decir: How old is he? ^Cuales son? 

7. (iCual es la fiesta principal de Espafia, y en que dia se 
celebra? 8. ^Cuando se celebra la fiesta de los Reyes? 9. 
^Cuando principia la Cuaresma, y cuanto tiempo dura? 10. 
<:Que fiesta se celebra con procesiones? 11. <iQue fiesta viene el 
15 de agosto? <iel 8 de septiembre? <iel 2 de noviembre? 12. 
dCuando fue instituida la fiesta de la Inmaculada Concepcion? 



LECCION XXXIV 

(Lesson XXXIV) 

319. Numeros Ordinales 

(Ordinal Numbers) 

1st. primero, -a, -os, -as 31st. trigesimo primero or 

2d. segundo, -a, -os, -as primo, etc. 

3d. tercero, -a, -os, -as 40th. cuadragesimo, etc. 

4th. cuarto, -a, -os, -as 50th. quincuagesimo, etc. 

5th. quinto, etc. 60th. sexagesimo, etc. 

6th. sexto or sesto, etc. 70th. septuagesimo, etc. 

7th. septimo or setimo, etc. 80th. octogesimo, etc. 

8th. octavo, etc. 90th. nonagesimo, etc. 

9th. noveno or nono, etc. 100th. centesimo, etc. 

10th. decimo, etc. 101st. centesimo primero or 

11th. undecimo, etc. primo, etc. 

12th. duodecimo, etc. 102d. centesimo segundo, etc. 

13th. decimo tercero or tercio, etc. 200th. ducentesimo, etc. 

14th. decimo cuarto, etc. 300th. tricentesimo, etc. 

15th. decimo quinto, etc. 400th. cuadringentesimo, etc. 

16th. decimo sexto, etc. 500th. quingentesimo, etc. 

17th. decimo septimo, etc. 600th. sexcentesimo, etc. 

18th. decimo octavo, etc. 700th. septingentesimo, etc. 

19th. decimo noveno or nono, etc. 800th. octingentesimo, etc. 

20th. vigesimo, etc. 900th. noningentesimo, etc. 

21st. vigesimo primero or primo, 1000th. milesimo, etc. 

etc. 2000th. dos milesimo, etc. 

22d. vigesimo segundo, etc. 500,000th. quinientos (-as) mile- 

23d. vigesimo tercero or tercio, etc. simo, etc. 

30th. trigesimo, etc. 1,000,000th. millonesimo, etc. 



160 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§320-324 

320. The ordinal numbers are used as adjectives, and agree 
in gender and number with the words they modify. In com- 
pound ordinals both parts agree. They usually follow, but may 
precede the noun. Cardinals used for ordinals always follow. 

la leccion vigesima tercia, the twenty-third lesson 

las primeras paginas, the first pages 

la leccion veinte y tres, lesson twenty-three 

Note. — Sexto and septimo are generally pronounced and frequently 
written sesto and setimo. Primo, tercio and nono are sometimes used in 
compound ordinals. For the apocopation of primero and tercero, cf. § 64. 

321. The ordinals are very much less used in Spanish than in 
English. 

In a numbered series, as with volumes, chapters, pages, para- 
graphs, centuries, etc., ordinals or cardinals may be used up to 
ten inclusive, but from there on, the cardinals are more common. 

la leccion sexta 1 , . la pagina ochenta y dos, the eighty- 

la leccion seis / second page 

el renglon doce, the twelfth line 
el siglo diez y ocho, the eighteenth century 

322. In naming popes, sovereigns, etc., the ordinals are 

used through decimo (sometimes undecimo), and from there 

on the cardinals are used. 

Pio nono, Pius the Ninth Alfonso undecimo, Alfonso the Eleventh 

Felipe segundo, Philip the Second Luis once, Louis the Eleventh 
Carlos quinto, Charles the Fifth Alfonso trece, Alfonso the Thirteenth 
Alfonso decimo, el Sabio, Alfonso Tenth, the Wise 

323. Excepting primero, the ordinals are always replaced by 

the cardinals in expressing dates. 

el primero de julio, the first of July el dos de junio, the second of June 
el quince de diciembre, the fifteenth of December 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

324. valer, 'to be worth.' 
valer, valiendo, valido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente valgo, vales, vale, valemos, valeis, valen 
Imperfecto val-ia, -las, -fa, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito val-i, -iste, -io, -imos, -isteis, -ieron 
Futuro valdr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional valdr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 



EJERCICIOS 



161 



SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente valga, valgas, valga, valgamos, valgais, valgan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: val-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecta, 2 a forma: val-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro val-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



val or vale 



vaied 



actual, adj. , present. 
la actualidad, the present (time 

or state of things). 
el apogeo, the apogee, highest de- 
gree (height) of greatness. 
la caballeria, the chivalry. 
contar, to count, relate, tell, 
demostrar, to prove, demon- 
strate. 
la edad, the age. 

eminente, adj., eminent. 
el emperador, the emperor. 

entero, -a, entire, whole, all. 
el exito, the success, outcome. 
el fin, the end; a — es de, about 
the end of; dar — , to end, 
conclude. 



VOCABULARIO XXXIV 
(Vocabulary XXXIV) 

el maestro, the master, teacher, 
el nombre, the name. 

notable, adj., notable, remark- 
able, noteworthy. 
la novela, the novel. 
la obra maestra, the masterpiece. 

perder, to lose. 

picaresco, -a, roguish, knavish, 
rogue. 
el picaro, the rogue, rascal. 
la pieza, the piece. 

pintar, to paint. 
el reino, the reign. 
el rey, the king. 
el ridiculo, the ridicule. 
la serie, the series. 
la supremacia, the supremacy. 



EJERCICIO XXXIV 
(Exercise XXXIV) 

A fines del siglo XV, aparecieron en la literatura espanola 
el primer drama, la Celestina, y la primera novela de ca- 2 
balleria, el Amadis de Gaula. Pocos aiios despues, durante 
el reino de Carlos I (el emperador Carlos V), aparecio tarn- 4 
bien la novela picaresca, en que se pinta la vida del picaro. 

El drama y la novela han tenido un exito notable en la 6 
literatura espanola y han guardado su supremacia hasta la 
actualidad. Estos dos generos llegaron a su apogeo durante 8 
los reinos de Felipe III y de Felipe IV: la novela, en Don 
Quijote, la obra maestra de Cervantes, que dio fin a los libros 10 
de caballeria poniendolos en ridiculo; y el drama, en las 
piezas teatrales de Lope de Vega y de Calderon de la Barca, 12 
nombres muy eminentes en la edad de oro de la literatura 
espanola. Tampoco en el siglo XX ha perdido Espafia su 14 



162 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

superioridad en el drama y en la novela, como lo demuestran 
Echegaray, el principal autor drama tico del dia, y Galdos, 16 
el maestro de la novela espaiiola moderna. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXIV 
(Oral Exercise XXXIV) 

1. This is the thirty-fourth lesson. 2. The cardinal numbers 
are used much more in Spanish than the ordinal numbers. 3. I 
am worth; I may be worth; I shall be worth; I should be worth. 
4. These will be worth more during the year 1925. 5. He is 
going to New York for the hundredth time. 6. Charles I of 
Spain was also the emperor Charles V. 7. The first of March 
will be here soon. 8. Sixth and seventh are written in (de) two 
different ways. 9. The Amadis de Gaula was the first great 
novel of chivalry. 10. There were many famous authors in 
Spain in the seventeenth century. 11. This is the eighth or 
ninth play that he has written. 12. The first part of Don 
Quijote, the masterpiece of Cervantes, appeared in 1605, and 
the second part, in 1615. 13. Lope de Vega wrote more than 
1500 plays. 14. Two times (por) one are (son) two; two times 
(por) two are four; two times (por) three are six, etc. 15. Count- 
ing the first and the last, there are only ten. 

TEMA XXXIV 
(Composition XXXIV) 

In Spanish literature the novel and the drama have always 
held their supremacy since the Celestina appeared in the fif- 2 
teenth century. The Golden Age in the seventeenth century, 
during the reigns of Philip III and Philip IV, was note- 4 
worthy for (por) its many authors in every branch of litera- 
ture. The drama and the novel reached the height of their 6 
greatness at that epoch (en aquella epoca). Even at (en) 
the present time, these two branches have retained their 8 
superiority. Echegaray, a dramatic author, who is also a 
celebrated engineer, wrote his first play in 1874, when he was 10 
42 years old, and since then he has devoted himself almost en- 
tirely to the theater. Galdos, besides his many other novels, 12 
has written a series of national episodes (Episodios Naciona- 



§§ 325-327 NtJMEROS QUEBRADOS 163 

les), such as la Corte de Carlos IV, etc. He, too, has been 14 
attracted by the theater from time to time, but his plays have 
never obtained the same success as his novels. 16 



CONVERSACION XXXIV 

(Conversation XXXIV) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de subjuntivo del verbo valer; el 
futuro de indicativo. 2. ^Cuales son los mimeros ordinales 
hasta el vigesimo? 3. ^Cuales son los mimeros ordinales por 
decenas hasta el centesimo? 4. ^Cuando se emplean los mimeros 
ordinales en espafiol? 5. ^Como se dice: the first of January? 
the third of March ? 

6. <iDe que generos de literatura se habla en la lection de 
hoy? 7. (iQue es la Celestina? <;Que es el Amadis de Gaula? 
8. ^Que es una novela picaresca? 9. ^Cuando aparecio Don 
Quijote? 10. Que puede V. decirme de Echegaray y de Galdos? 
11. <;Quien es el actual rey de Espafia? 12. <:En que siglo 
estamos? 

LECCION XXXV 

(tesson XXXV) 

Nunieros Quebrados 

(Fractions) 

325. The fractions from thirds to tenths inclusive are formed 
as in English, i.e. the numerator is a cardinal and the deno- 
minator is an ordinal. 

\ un tercio f dos tercios f cinco septimos T V un decimo 

326. From ^r, the numerator remains a cardinal, but the 
denominator is formed from the cardinal by adding the ending 
-avo. When -avo is joined to the word, a final -e or -a is some- 
times dropped, and a preceding c becomes z. 

■^j un once-avo, or onzavo - g 2 T dos veintiun-avos 

i 7 5 siete quince-avos, or quinzavos T ^ un centavo 

327. Fractions are also formed by using the ordinals with 
parte, 'part.' 

\ la cuarta parte -£$ las dos vigesimas partes 



164 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§328-333 

328. 'Half/ 'a half,' 'one half/ 'half a/ may be expressed 

by la mitad, used substantively or by medio, -a, used either 

substantively or adjectively. 

la mitad de los alumnos, half of the pupils (una) media hora, a half hour 
(una) hora y media, an hour and a half un medio, one half (J) 

329. Numerates Colectivos 

(Collective Numerals) 
par, m.j pair, couple veintena,/., twenty, a score 

decena, /., ten, a group of ten treintena,/., thirty, a group of thirty 

docena, /., dozen cuarentena,/., forty, twoscore 

quincena,/., fifteen, a group of fifteen ochentena, /., eighty, fourscore 

centena, /., or centenar, m., hundred, a group of a hundred 

miliar, m., thousand, a group of a thousand 

330. As collective nouns centenar and miliar are inter- 
changeable with ciento and mil respectively. To express rate, 
ciento and miliar are used. 

unos centenares (or cientos) de bichos raros, some hundreds of strange insects 

millares (or miles) de pajaros, thousands of birds 

puros a seis duros el ciento, cigars at six dollars a hundred 

tejas a diez duros el miliar, tiles at $10 a thousand 

331. Numerates Multiplos 

(Multiple Numerals) 

simple, single doble or duplicado, double, twofold 

triple or triplicado, triple, threefold 

cuadruplo or cuadruplicado, quadruple, fourfold 

quintuplo or quintuplicado, quintuple, fivefold 

octuplo, etc., octuple, eightfold 

decuplo, tenfold centuplo, a hundredfold 

332. Locuciones Numerales 

(Numeral Phrases) 
una vez, once diez veces, ten times 

dos veces, twice cien veces, a hundred times 

tres veces, three times mil veces, a thousand times 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

333. caber, 'to fit in/ 'be contained in.' 
caber, cabiendo, cabido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente quepo, cabes, cabe, cabemos, cabeis, caben 

Imperfecto cab-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

Preterito cupe, cupiste, cupo, cupimos, cupisteis, cupieron 

Futuro cabr-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Conditional cabr-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, 



EJERCICIOS 



165 



SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente quepa, quepas, quepa, quepamos, quepais, quepan 

Imperfecto, 1° forma: cup-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: cup-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro cup-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 



IMPERATIVO 



cabe 



cabed 



VOCABULARIO XXXV 

(Vocabulary XXXV) 



la alusion, the allusion. 
el calculo, the calculation, com- 
putation; hacer — s, to 
reckon. 
el centimo, the centime. 
la circulation, the circulation. 
el cobre, the copper. 

corriente, adj., current, com- 
mon. 
la cruz, the cross, tail of a coin. 
chico, -a, little, small. 
desaparecer, to disappear. 
el dinero, the money. 

distinto, -a, distinct, separate. 
el duro, the dollar (Spanish silver 
five peseta piece, called also 
peso), 
equivaler, to equal. 
el escudo, the shield, coat of arms. 



existir, to exist. 
gordo, -a, fat. 
el leon, the lion. 
la moneda, the money, coin. 

ordinario, -a, ordinary. 
el perro, the dog. 
la peseta, the peseta (Spanish sil- 
ver coin worth about twenty 
cents) . 
raro, -a, rare, strange. 
el real, the real (old Spanish silver 
coin worth about five cents), 
respectivo, -a, respective. 
el sistema, the system. 
la unidad, the unit, unity. 
el valor, the value. 
la venta, the sale; — (al) por menor, 
retail. 



EXERCICIO XXXV 

(Exercise XXXV) 

La unidad del dinero espanol es la peseta, pieza de plata 
que equivale poco mas o menos a 20 cents, moneda de los 2 
Estados Unidos. Ademas de la peseta, las monedas corrientes 
de plata constan de las piezas de 50 centimos, de 2 y de 5 4 
pesetas, y las de cobre constan de las piezas de 1, de 2, de 5 y 
de 10 centimos. Las piezas de 1 y de 2 centimos, y^-g- y yf-Q de 6 
una peseta respectivamente, no se ven sino raramente. La 
moneda de 5 centimos se llama popularmente ((perro chico,)) y 8 
la de 10 centimos, ((perro gordo)) o ((perro grande,)) una alusion, 
sin duda, a los leones del escudo de Espana. El real, \ de una 10 
peseta, no existe como pieza distinta, pero es un termino 
empleado para hacer calculos en la venta al por menor. La 12 



166 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

peseta es -§■ del duro o peso. La moneda de oro casi ha desa- 
parecido, pero el Banco de Espaiia ha puesto en circulation 14 
billetes de valores que se extienden 1 de 25 a 1000 pesetas. 

EXERCICIO ORAL XXXV 

(Oral Exercise XXXV) 

1. It is contained in; it was contained in; it shall be contained 
in; it may be contained in. 2. Fractions are not very difficult 
in Spanish. 3. A minute is the 60th part of an hour, and a 
second is -$-$ of a minute. 4. A day is the 7th part of a week, 
and an hour is the 24th part of a day. 5. A peseta is \ of a 
dollar. 6. I have studied ^ of the next lesson. 7. Here are a 
couple of Spanish coins. 8. I should like [to] buy \ dozen good 
cigars. 9. Some hundreds of persons attended the sale of those 
rare books. 10. y is not contained in yy. 11. I told him twice 
that there were thousands of marvelous things in the museum. 
12. Some of the multiple numerals are single, double, eightfold, 
tenfold, a hundredfold. 13. A cent is contained five times in a 
real. 14. The real, \ of a peseta, is an old (antigua) Spanish 
coin, which is but rarely seen. 

TEMA XXXV 

(Composition XXXV) 

When one is traveling in a foreign country, one ought [to] 
be well acquainted with the money of that country. In Spain 2 
the system of reckoning resembles that of France (Francia). 
The peseta, \ of a dollar, is the unit. The real was formerly 4 
a common silver coin which was worth about 5 cents of Uni- 
ted States money. The term "real" is still used inordinary 6 
calculations. The small copper coins of 1 and 2 centimes, 
equal to ■£$ and ^ of a real respectively, are not used much 8 
in every-day circulation. The pieces of 5 and 10 centimes 
are called "little dogs" and "big dogs," an allusion to the 10 
lion on the tail of the coin. Instead of gold coin, the Span- 
ish use bank notes, put in circulation by the Bank of Spain 12 
at Madrid. These notes are of the value of 25, 50, 100, 500 
and 1000 pesetas. 14 

1 Pres. ind. of extenderse, 'to extend.' 



§§ 334-335 CAMBIOS ORTOGRAFICOS 167 

CONVERSACION XXXV 

(Conversation XXXV) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo caber; el 
futuro; el imperfecto de subjuntivo. 2. <:De que cosas se habla 
en esta leccion? 3. ^Como se forman los numeros quebrados 
en espafiol? 4. Digame V. algunos numerales colectivos. 
5. <;C6mo se dice: at two dollars a hundred, at five dollars a 
thousand? 

6. <;Cual es la unidad del dinero espafiol? 7. ^Cuales son las 
piezas de cobre? <das de plata? 8. <jC6mo se llama popular- 
mente la moneda de 5 centimos? <da de 10 centimos? 9. <:Le 
gusta a V. jugar a cara o cruz? 1 10. ^Cuando se emplea el ter- 
mino ((real))? 11. ([Hay monedas de oro en Espaiia? 12. ^Que 
se emplea en vez de la moneda de oro? 



LECCION XXXVI 

(Lesson XXXVI) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

Cambios Ortograficos 

(Orthographic Changes) 

334. It is a rule in Spanish that the pronunciation which the 
verb-stem has in the infinitive must be kept throughout the 
conjugation. Since certain consonants change their pronuncia- 
tion according to the vowel which they precede, certain ortho- 
graphic changes are necessary to preserve the sound of the 
infinitive stem. 

Note. — Verbs in -car, -gar, -guar, -zar, -cer, -cir, -ger, -gir, -guir and 
-quir, for example, must vary the spelling of the stem before certain end- 
ings (cf. § 6). 

335. Words of the first conjugation ending in -car, -gar, 
-guar, -zar, change respectively c to qu, g to gu, gu to gii 
and z to c before an e of the ending. This change occurs 

1 The game of " heads or tails" is called in Spanish cara o cruz. 



168 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§§ 336-338 



throughout the present subjunctive and in the first person 
singular of the preterit. 



PRETERITO 



PRESENTE 
DE SUBJUNTIVO 

saque, sacaste, etc. saque, saques, etc. 

pague, pagaste, etc. pague, pagues, etc. 

averigiie, averiguaste, etc. averigiie, averigiies, etc. 

goce, gozaste, etc. goce, goces, etc. 

Note. — Verbs in -jar do not change j to g before e. 

dejar, to leave, let deje, dejaste, etc. 



sacar, to draw out 
pagar, to pay 
averiguar, to verify 
gozar, to enjoy 



336. Verbs in -cer, -cir, when the c is preceded by a con- 
sonant, also cocer, 'to cook/ and mecer, 'to rock/ change c 
to z before an a or an o of the ending. This change takes 
place in the first person singular of the present indicative and 
throughout the present subjunctive. 



veneer, to conquer 
esparcir, to scatter 
mecer, to rock 



PRESENTE 
DE INDICATIVO 

venzo, vences, etc. 
esparzo, esparces, etc. 
mezo, meces, etc. 



PRESENTE 
DE SUBJUNTIVO 

venza, venzas, etc. 
esparza, esparzas, etc. 
meza, mezas, etc. 



337. Verbs in -cer, -cir, when the c is preceded by a vowel, 
insert a z before the c when it is followed by an a or an o in 
the ending. This change, which takes place in the first person 
singular of the present indicative and throughout the present 
subjunctive, alters rather than preserves the sound of the verb- 
stem of the infinitive. 



conocer, to know, be 

acquainted with 
lucir, to shine 



PRESENTE 
DE INDICATIVO 

conozco, conoces, etc. 
luzco, luces, etc. 



The following verbs are exceptions: 



cocer, cf. § 349 
hacer, cf. § 219 
mecer, cf. § 336 



pacer, cf. § 377 
placer, cf. § 379 
yacer, cf. § 385 



PRESENTE 
DE SUBJUNTIVO 

conozca, conozcas, etc. 
luzca, luzcas, etc. 



balbucir, cf. § 377 
decir, cf. § 247 



338. Verbs in -ger and -gir change g to j before an a or an 
o of the ending. Those in -guir and -quir change gu to g and 
qu to c before an a or an o of the ending. These changes take 



EJERCICIOS 



169 



place in the first person singular of the present indicative and 
throughout the present subjunctive. 



coger, to catch 
dirigir, to direct, guide 
distinguir, to distinguish 
delinquir, to transgress, 
be delinquent 



PRESENTE 
DE INDICATIVO 

cojo, coges, etc. 
dirijo, diriges, etc. 
distingo, distingues, etc. 
delinco, delinques, etc. 



PRESENTE 
DE SUBJUNTIVO 

coja, cojas, etc. 
dirija, dirijas, etc. 
distinga, distingas, etc. 
delinca, delincas, etc. 



certi- 



el amor, the love. 
la batalla, the battle. 
la cancion, the song, ballad. 
la certeza, the certainty, 
tude. 

confundir, to confuse. 
la cronica, the chronicle. 

defender, to defend. 
el defensor, the defender. 
la Edad Media, the Middle Ages 

enemigo, -a, inimical, hostile. 

escoger, to choose, select. 

favorito, -a, favorite. 

glorificar, to glory, praise. 
la hazafla, the deed, exploity feat. 
el heroe, the hero. 
la historia, the history, story. 



VOCABULARIO XXXVI 1 

(Vocabulary XXXVI 1 ) 

la independencia, the independ- 
ence. 

inspirar, to inspire. 

mantener, to maintain. 
la mocedad, the youthful exploit, 
youth, juvenility. 

morir, to die. 

nacer, to be born. 

nacional, adj., national. 
la narration, the narration, relation. 

oponer, to oppose. 
la poesia, the poem, poetry. 
el poeta, the poet. 
la proeza, the prowess, bravery, 
el sobrenombre, the surname, 

nickname. 
la tragedia, the tragedy. 



EJERCICIO XXXVI 
(Exercise XXXVI) 

Ruy Diaz, el principal heroe nacional de Espana, nacio en 
Bivar, cerca de Burgos, hacia el afio 1040, y murio 2 en Valen- 
cia en 1099. Recibio el sobrenombre de ((El Cid)) por haber 
vencido en una batalla a cinco reyes moros. El Cid fue el 
defensor de su nation contra los moros, mantuvo la unidad 
de Castilla, y la defendio contra el reino enemigo de Leon. 
A veces, sin embargo, se opuso a los reyes de su propio pais, 
pero los espanoles de la Edad Media con su amor a la inde- 
pendencia admiraban la proeza personal del heroe, y cele- 
braban sus hazanas en poesias y canciones. 



IO 



1 The meaning of verbs given to illustrate the orthographic changes in 
the grammar part of the lesson should be learned. 

2 Pret. of morir. 



170 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

No se puede averiguar con certeza la verdadera historia 
del Cid, que se ha confundido mucho con las narraciones de 12 
los poetas que tanto le glorificaban. La historia de su vida 
llego a ser un tema favorito de los poetas de todos los siglos. 14 
Ademas de un gran numero de canciones, existen en la litera- 
tura espanola el celebre Poema del Cid, la Cronica del Cid, y 16 
una tragedia por Guillen de Castro, Las Mocedades del Cid, 
que inspiro directamente el drama del Cid por el famoso autor 18 
dramatico frances, Corneille. 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXVI 
(Oral Exercise XXXVI) 

1. I draw out; I drew out; that I may draw out. 2. I paid; 
that I may pay; that he may pay. 3. I verified; that they may 
verify; he verified. 4. I conquer; I scatter; I rock; I am ac- 
quainted with; I catch; I direct. 5. That he may transgress; 
that he may distinguish; that we may conquer; that we may be 
acquainted with. 6. I scattered; I shall scatter; that I may 
scatter; I would scatter. 7. I know the author of the French 
tragedy. 8. I am directing him to you. 9. I hope that you may 
direct me to him. 10. I am leaving the poem on the table. 
11. I rock the cradle (cuna). 12. I know that man by his 
clothes. 13. The Cid was the defender of his country against 
the Moors. 14. There are many different stories of the great 
Spanish hero, Ruy Diaz. 15. The ballads are confused, and 
I do not distinguish my favorite. 16. I hope that he may con- 
quer the hostile nations. 

TEMA XXXVI 
(Composition XXXVI) 

This year I am directing my attention (atencion) to the 
study of Spanish history and literature. I began by reading 2 
several old chronicles which treat of the period between the 
eleventh and thirteenth centuries. I read several stories 4 
about the Cid, all of which I enjoyed very much. I am now 
very well acquainted with the Poema del Cid, which gives 6 
a good description of the many deeds of this great Spanish 
hero, but in all these narrations the true history of the Cid's 8 



§ 339 CAMBIOS ORTOGRAFICOS 171 

life seems to be a little confused (confusa). After reading 
several other works of the Middle Ages, I began the study 10 
of the literature of the Golden Age, but here the field is so 
large that one can only choose some of the more important 12 
works in each branch of literature. I am now devoting my- 
self to the study of modern literature, which is, after all, the 14 
most lively (vivo), and is a subject in which one can always 
interest one's self. 16 

CONVERSACION XXXVI 
(Conversation XXXVI) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo veneer; el 
presente de subjuntivo. 2. ^Como se escribe la primera persona 
del preterito del verbo sacar? <idel verbo averiguar? <:del 
verbo gozar? 3. <;Se conjugan de la misma manera los verbos 
mecer y conocer? 4. ^Por que se hacen los cambios ortograficos 
en los verbos de esta leccron? 

5. (iQuien fue el Cid? 6. <;Por que recibio el sobrenombre de 
((El Cid))? 7. (iQue hizo el Cid? 8. <;Se puede averiguar con 
certeza la verdadera historia del Cid? 9. <iCual fue un tema 
favorito para los poetas? 10. <iQue tragedia ha escrito Guillen 
de Castro? 11. <:Quien era Corneille? 12. ^Cuando nacio V., 
senor? 13. <;Le gusta a V. el estudio de los verbos espafioles? 



LECCION XXXVII 

(Lesson XXXVII) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

Cambios Ortograficos 

(Orthographic Changes) 

339. The following peculiarities occur in verbs whose stem 
ends in a vowel: 

1. Whenever an unaccented i of the ending would normally 

occur between two vowels, whether in regular or irregular verbs, 

it is changed to y. 

creer, to believe: Inf. creer; Pres. Part., creyendo; Past. Part., creido; Pret. 
Ind., 3d Sing. , creyo; 3d Plur., creyeron; Imp. Subj., creyera, etc.; 
Imp. Subj., creyese, etc.; Fut. Subj., creyere, etc. 



172 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§304-341 

Note. — With verbs ending in -guir and -quir, since the u is used merely 
to preserve the hard sound of the preceding consonant and is not considered 
a separate vowel, the i does not change to y. 

distinguir, to distinguish: distinguir, distinguiendo, distinguido, distinguio, 

etc. 
delinquir, to transgress: delinquir, delinquiendo, etc. 

2. When an accented i of the ending immediately follows a 

strong vowel of the stem, the i receives a written accent, even 

where in ordinary conjugation no written accent is used. 

Fret, of creer: crei, creiste, creyo, creimos, creisteis, creyeron. 
Pres. Ind. of oir: oigo, oyes, oye, oimos, ois, oyen. 

340. When the verb-stem ends in -11- or -fi-, an unaccented 
i in the ending disappears. This occurs in present participles, 
in the third person singular and plural of the preterit, in both 
forms of the imperfect subjunctive and in the future subjunc- 
tive. 

bullir, to boil: Inf., bullir; Pres. Part., bullendo; Past Part., bullido; Pret. 

3d Sing., bullo; 3d Plur., bulleron; Imp. Subj., bullera, etc.; Imp. Subj., 

bullese, etc.; Put. Subj., bullere, etc. 
bruiiir, to polish: Inf., brunir; Pres. Part., brunendo; Past Part., brunido; 

Pret. 3d Sing., bruno; 3d Plur., bruiieron; Imp. Subj., brunera, etc.; 

Imp. Subj., brunese, etc.; Put. Subj., bruiiere, etc. 

341. Certain words in -iar and -uar take an accent on the i 
or the u throughout the singular and in the third person plural 
of the present indicative and of the present subjunctive, and 
in the singular of the imperative. Other verbs in -iar and -uar 
do not take the accent. It is only by practice that one can 
determine whether the accent falls on the i and the u or not. 

1. enviar, 'to send.' 

Presente de Indicativo envio, envias, envia, enviamos, enviais, envian 
Presente de Subjuntivo envie, envies, envie, enviemos, envieis, envien 
Imperativo envia 

2. continuar, 'to continue.' 

Presente de Indicativo continiio, continuas, continua, continuamos, con- 
tinues, continuan 

Presente de Subjuntivo continue, continues, continue, continuemos, con- 

tinueis, continiien 

Imperativo continua 

But: principiar, to begin: principio, principias, etc. 
averiguar, to verify: averiguo, averiguas, etc. 
santiguarse, to cross one's self: yo me santiguo, tu te santiguas, etc. 



EJERCICIOS 173 

VOCABULARIO XXXVII 

(Vocabulary XXXVII) 

Argel, Algiers. izquierdo, -a, left. 

la armada, the armada, fleet. literario, -a, literary. 

atacar, to attack. manco, -a, one-handed, maimed. 

el buque, the boat, ship. noble, adj., noble, of noble 

el cautiverio, the captivity. birth. 

el cautivo, the captive. la patria, the fatherland, country. 

combatir, to fight, war, com- el pirata, the pirate, 
bat. publicar, to publish. 

el cuento, the story, tale. regresar, to return. 

difunto, -a, dead, defunct, late. el regreso, the return. 

la education, the education. la reina, the queen. 

embarcarse, to embark, go on el rescate, the ransom, 

board. el soldado, the soldier, 

el escritor, the writer, author. el soneto, the sonnet. 

la guerra, the war. el turco, the Turk. 

la herida, the wound. el verso, the verse. 



EJERCICIO XXXVII 
(Exercise XXXVII) 

Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra, el famoso escritor espanol, 
nacio en Alcala de Henares en 1547, y murio en Madrid en 2 
1616. Hijo de padres pobres pero nobles, recibio su educa- 
cion en la Universidad de Alcala. Principio a componer 4 
versos cuando muy joven, y en 1568 escribio unos sonetos 
dedicados a la difunta reina Isabel de Valois. En 1570, 6 
despues de un ano pasado en Italia, se embarco como soldado 
en la armada que salio de Napoles para combatir contra los 8 
turcos. Se distinguio en la celebre batalla de Lepanto, donde 
recibio una herida en el brazo izquierdo que le dejo manco. 10 
Despues de la guerra, el buque, en que regresaba a Esparia, 
fue atacado por unos piratas moriscos. Llevaron a Cervantes 12 
a Argel, donde quedo cinco anos, hasta que su familia envio el 
dinero para pagar su rescate. Durante su cautiverio, Cer- 14 
vantes mostro su gusto literario escribiendo dramas que 
representaron los otros cautivos. Al llegar a su patria, con- 16 
tinuo dedicandose a la literatura. Su primer libro, La Galatea, 
se publico en 1584, cuatro anos despues de su regreso a 18 
Esparia. Escribio varios cuentos que se publicaron bajo el 
nombre de Novelas Ejemplares (' Exemplary Novels'). Su 20 
obra principal, sin embargo, la que no dejara nunca morir 



174 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

su nombre, es Don Quijote de la Mancha, obra que termino 22 
un ano antes de su muerte. Todo estudiante de literatura 
debe conocer este libro. 24 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXVII 
(Oral Exercise XXXVII) 

1. He believed that it was the truth. 2. They are sending a 

letter to his mother. 3. I begin to understand Spanish very 

well. 4. If I continue the study of Spanish, I shall read Don 

Quijote. 5. He distinguished himself. 6. It boiled; that it may 

boil; boiling. 7. Polishing; they polished; he polished; that we 

may polish. 8. I embarked last Tuesday. 9. When I enter the 

church, I cross myself. 10. We heard the sound very easily, 

but he says he could not hear it without'great difficulty. 11. One 

cannot always determine where the accent falls in the present 

indicative, when the verb ends in -iar or -uar. 12. Cervantes 

did not believe that he was going to be a captive in Algiers. 

13. He read the history of Cervantes' life. 14. I send it to 

you. 15. Believing that it was true, they sent his ransom to 

the pirates. 

TEMA XXXVII 
(Composition XXXVII) 

Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra, the famous author of Don 
Quijote, was born in Alcala de Henares, a little town near 2 
Madrid, in 1547. He began to write poetry when very young, 
but he did not devote himself entirely to literature until many 4 
years after. He was in Italy in 1570, when the Spanish and 
Italian fleets left Naples to fight against the Turks. He be- 6 
came a soldier, and went with the fleets, distinguishing himself 
in the famous battle of Lepanto. After the war he was taken 8 
by pirates to Algiers, where he believed he would not have 
to remain long, but his family was not able to send his 10 
ransom until five years later. While in captivity, he used to 
write plays which the other captives performed. When he 12 
returned to Spain, in 1580, he began to devote himself to 
literature, and four years later his first book was published. 14 
His masterpiece, Don Quijote, appeared in two parts. The 
first part was published in 1605, and the second in 1615, the 16 
year before his death. 



§§ 342-343 CAMBIOS ORTOGRAFICOS 175 

CONVERSACION XXXVII 
(Conversation XXXVII) 

1. <iD6nde cae el acento en el presente de indicativo del verbo 
enviar? 2. <;C6mo se escribe el gerundio del verbo creer? <;del 
verbo leer? ([del verbo distinguir? 3. Conjugue V. el presente 
de indicativo del verbo continuar. 4. <iCual es la tercera persona 
del singular del preterito de los verbos bullir y brunir? 

5. <:De quien se habla en la leccion de hoy? 6. <;Que hizo 
Cervantes en el ario 1568? 7. ^Por que se embarco en la armada 
en 1570? 8. ^Se distinguio en la batalla de Lepanto? 9. ^Cuando 
fue atacado por piratas? 10. <;Por que le llevaron a Argel? 
11. ^Cuanto tiempo paso en Argel? 12. <;Que escribio Cervantes 
durante su cautiverio? 13. ^Cuando se publico su primer libro? 
14. ^Cual es la obra maestra de Cervantes? 



LECCION XXXVIII 

(Lesson XXXVIII) 

VERBOS 

(Verbs) 

Verbos que cambian la Vocal de la Raiz 

(Verbs that Change the Stem- Vowel — lit. ' Vowel of the Root ') 

342. Certain verbs of the first and second conjugation (verbs 
in -ar, -er) , having an e or an o in the syllable nearest the in- 
finitive ending, change this e to ie and the o to ue whenever 
the tonic accent falls on that syllable. They have their regular 
form when the tonic accent falls on any other syllable. 

The e and o, therefore, change throughout the singular and 
in the third person plural of the present indicative and of the 
present subjunctive and in the singular of the imperative. All 
other forms are regular. 

343. La Vocal de la Raiz: E. Primera Conjugation 

(Stem- Vowel E. First Conjugation) 

Pensar, 'to think/ ' intend.' 
Presente de Indicativo pienso, piensas, piensa, pensamos, pensais, piensan 
Presente de Subjuntivo piense, pienses, piense, pensemos, penseis, piensen 
Imperativo piensa, pensad 

All other forms are regular. 



176 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§344-348 

344. La Vocal de la Raiz: E. Segunda Conjugaci6n 1 

(Stem- Vowel E. Second Conjugation) 

Perder, Ho lose.' 

Presente de Indicativo pierdo, pierdes, pierde, perdemos, perdeis, pierden 
Presente de Subjuntivo pierda, pierdas, pierda, perdamos, perdais, pierdan 
Imperative) pierde, perded 

All other forms are regular. 

345. La Vocal de la Raiz: O. Primera Conjugation 

(Stem- Vowel O. First Conjugation) 

Contar, Ho count/ Hell/ 'relate.' 

Presente de Indicativo cuento, cuentas, cuenta, contamos, contais, cuentan 
Presente de Subjuntivo cuente, cuentes, cuente, contemos, conteis, cuenten 
Imperativo cuenta, contad 

All other forms are regular. 

346. La Vocal de la Raiz: O. Segunda Conjugation 

(Stem- Vowel O. Second Conjugation) 

Mover, Ho move.' 

Presente de Indicativo muevo, mueves, mueve, movemos, moveis, mueven 
Presente de Subjuntivo mueva, muevas, mueva, movamos, movais, muevan 
Imperativo mueve, moved 

All other forms are regular. 

347. Errar, Ho err/ ' wander/ changes the initial i of ie to 

y, for no Spanish word may begin with ie. 

Presente de Indicativo yerro, yerras, yerra, erramos, errais, yerran 
Presente de Subjuntivo yerre, yerres, yerre, erremos, erreis, yerren 
Imperativo yerra, errad 

All other forms are regular. 

348. Oler, Ho smell/ ' scent/ has an h before the u of ue, 

for no Spanish word may begin with ue. 

Presente de Indicativo huelo, hueles, huele, olemos, oleis, huelen 
Presente de Subjuntivo huela, huelas, huela, olamos, olais, huelan 
Imperativo huele, oled 

All other forms are regular. 

Note. — An h is also inserted in the verbs desosar, 'to bone/ and deso- 
var, ' to spawn/ wherever the accent falls on the o of the stem, which then 
changes to ue. 

Presente de Indicativo deshueso, -as, -a, desosamos, -ais, deshuesan 
Presente de Indicativo deshuevo, -as, -a, desovamos, -ais, deshuevan 

1 Discernir, 'to discern' (3d conj.), has similar changes. 



§§ 349-350 EJERCICIOS 177 

349. Cocer, 'to cook/ modifies the stem- vowel and under- 
goes the orthographic changes indicated in § 336 rather than 
those indicated in § 337. 

Presente de Indicativo cuezo, cueces, cuece, cocemos, coceis, cuecen 
Presente de Subjuntivo cueza, cuezas, cueza, cozamos, cozais, cuezan 
Imperativo cuece, coced 

All other forms are regular. 

350. Jugar, 1 'to play/ changes the u to ue. 

Presente de Indicativo juego, juegas, juega, jugamos, jugais, juegan 
Presente de Subjuntivo juegue, juegues, juegue, juguemos, jugueis, jueguen 
Imperativo juega, jugad 

All other forms are regular, except for orthographic changes. 

VOCABULARIO XXXVIII 2 
(Vocabulary XXXVIII) 

advertir, to warn, notify. el galope, the gallop, haste, speed. 

el amo, the master. el gigante, the giant. 

arremeter, to attack, assail. guiar, to guide. 

asi como, conj.,2LS soon as, just as. la lanza, the lance. 

el aspa,/., the wing (of a windmill). la lanzada, the blow with a lance. 

atender, to mind, heed, attend(to). la legua, the league. 

comenzar, to commence, begin. maltrecho, -a, hurt, ill-treated, 

desaforado, -a, huge, uncom- misused, 

monly large. el molino, the mill. 

descubrir, to discover. responder, to respond, reply, 

el despojo, the plunder, spoils. answer. 

encomendar, to commend, com- rodar, to roll. 

mit. soler, to be wont, accustomed. 

enriquecer, to grow rich. tras, prep., after, behind. 

el escudero, the squire, page. la ventura, the luck, fortune. 

la espuela, the spur; dar de — s, el viento, the wind. 

to put the spurs to, spur. la voz, the voice; dar voces, to 
la furia, the fury. cry, call out. 

EJERCICIO XXXVIII 
(Exercise XXXVIII) 

Tjrozo de ((Don Quijote)) por Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra 

(Selection from Don Quijote) 

((En esto descubrieron treinta o cuarenta molinos de viento 
que hay en aquel campo; y asi como don Quijote los vio, 2 
dijo a su escudero: La ventura va guiando nuestras cosas 
mejor de lo que acertaramos a desear; 3 porque ves alii, amigo 4 

1 Jugar means 'to play,' ' sport,' 'play a game.' 'To play' a musical 
instrument is translated by tocar. 

2 Beginning with this lesson, all proper names will henceforth be found 
in the vocabulary at the back of the book. 

3 acertaramos a desear, trans, 'we could have hoped for.' 



178 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

Sancho Panza, donde se descubren treinta o pocos mas desa- 
forados gigantes con quien pienso hacer batalla y quitarles 6 
a todos las vidas, con cuyos despojos comenzaremos a en- 
riquecer. . . . ^Que gigantes? dijo Sancho Panza. Aquellos 8 
que alii ves, respondio su amo, de los brazos largos, que 1 los 
suelen tener algunos de casi dos leguas. . . .Y diciendo esto, io 
dio de espuelas a su caballo Rocinante, sin atender a las 
voces que su escudero Sancho le daba, advirtiendole 2 que sin 12 
duda alguna eran molinos de viento y no gigantes aquellos 
que iba a acometer. . . . Levantose en esto un poco de viento, 14 
y las grandes aspas comenzaron a moverse, lo cual visto por 
don Quijote, dijo: Pues aunque movais 3 mas brazos que los 16 
del gigante Briareo, 4 me lo habeis de pagar. Y en diciendo 
esto, y encomendandose de todo corazon a su senora Dul- 18 
cinea, arremetio a todo el galope de Rocinante, y embistio 5 
con el primer molino que estaba delante, y dandole una 20 
lanzada en el aspa, la volvio el viento con tanta furia, que 
hizo la lanza pedazos, Uevandose tras si al caballo y al caba- 22 
Hero, que fue rodando muy maltrecho por el campo.)) 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXVIII 
(Oral Exercise XXXVIII) 

1. I think; he thinks; we think; they think. 2. I move; we 
move; they move. 3. I lose; we lose; they lose. 4. I play; that 
I may play; we play; that we may play. 5. The master warns 
the squire. 6. He commences to attack the windmill. 7. Giants 
are not accustomed to (a) call out. 8. Don Quijote rolls through 
the field. 9. The two men wander all (the) day, and do not find 
any plunder. 10. As soon as Sancho Panza saw the danger 
(peligro) of his master, he called out to him. 11. Smell these 
beautiful flowers. 12. They do not intend to reply until about 
the end of the month. 13. When the wings of the mill move, 
he gives them a blow with his lance. 14. I think that she cooks 
and takes care of the children, too. 15. Don Quijote com- 
mends himself to his lady with all his heart. 16. They put the 

1 que = porque, 'for.' 

2 Pres. part, of advertir. 3 Cf. § 397, 4. 

4 The giant Briareus in Greek mythology had a hundred arms. 
6 Pret. of embestir (con), 'to attack.' 



EJERCICIOS 179 

spurs to their horses, as they are wont when they attack giants. 
17. I notify my master, and he discovers the plunder. 

TEMA XXXVIII 

(Composition XXXVIII) 

As soon as Don Quijote sees the windmills in the field 
which they are crossing, he says to his squire Sancho: "For- 2 
tune is guiding us to-day, for here are thirty giants whom I 
intend to attack." "I warn you," says Sancho, "that they 4 
are not giants but windmills. Can you not see their great 
wings? " "Those are arms, friend Sancho. Do you not know 6 
that giants are accustomed to have long arms like those?" 
And, in spite of all that Sancho says, Don Quijote puts the 8 
spurs to Rocinante, commends himself to his lady, and calls 
out that he will conquer the giants, although they have 10 
more arms than Briareus. The wind rises as he is about to 
attack the first mill, and the wings begin to move, breaking 12 
his lance in pieces. He and his horse roll over upon (por) 
the field, and Sancho finds him very much hurt by the so- 14 
called (supuesto) giant. 

CONVERSACION XXXVIII 
(Conversation XXXVIII) 

1. <:En que tiempos se cambia la vocal de la raiz en los ver- 
bos que estudiamos hoy? <;en que personas? 2. ^Por que se 
cambia en estas formas? 3. Conjugue V. el presente de indica- 
tivo del verbo acertar; el presente de subjuntivo; el preterito 
de indicativo. 4. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del 
verbo rodar. 5. <;Por que se usa ye en vez de ie en el singular del 
presente de indicativo del verbo errar? 6. Conjugue V. el pre- 
sente de subjuntivo del verbo oler. 

7. <;En que libro se halla escrita la vida de Don Quijote? 
8. <:C6mo se llamaba el caballo de Don Quijote? 9. <:Que 
descubrieron Don Quijote y su escudero en el campo? 10. <:Que 
dijo Don Quijote al ver los molinos de viento? 11. <:Que le 
respondio Sancho Panza? 12. <jA quien se encomendo antes de 
acometer el molino? 13. ^Que hizo el aspa del molino? 14. <:Que 
significa la palabra trozo? 



180 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§351-354 



LECCION XXXIX 

(Lesson XXXIX) 

VERBOS IRREGULARES DE LA TERCERA CONJUGACldN 

(Irregular Verbs of the Third Conjugation) 

351. Some verbs of the third conjugation, having an o or an 
e in the syllable nearest the infinitive ending, have these modi- 
fied to ue and ie respectively, when accented, like verbs of the 
first and second conjugations already studied. In addition, 
when unaccented, o becomes u, and e becomes i, if the follow- 
ing syllable contains a vowel other than i alone. This latter 
change takes place in the present participle, first and second 
persons plural of the present subjunctive, in the third person 
singular and plural of the preterit, throughout the two forms 
of the imperfect subjunctive and in the future subjunctive. 

352. dormir, 'to sleep.' 
dormir, durmiendo, dormido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente duermo, duermes, duerme, dormimos, dormis, duermen 
Preterito dormi, dormiste, durmio, dormimos, dormisteis, durmieron 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente duerma, duermas, duerma, durmamos, durmais, duerman 

Imperfecto, l a forma: durm-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: durm-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro durm-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

duerme dormid 

All other forms are regular. 

353. There are few verbs conjugated like dormir. The prin- 
cipal one is morir, Ho die/ which has an irregular past participle, 
muerto (cf. § 372). 

354. sentir, Ho feel.' 
sentir, sintiendo, sentido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente sicnto, sientes, siente, sentimos, sentis, sienten 
Preterito senti, sentiste, sintio, sentimos, sentisteis, sintieron 



§§ 355-357 VERBOS IRREGULARES 181 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente sienta, sientas, sienta, sintamos, sintais, sientan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: sint-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: sint-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesefl 

Futuro sint-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

siente sentid 

All other forms are regular. 

355. Adquirir, 'to acquire/ and inquirir, 'to inquire/ change 
the stem-vowel i to ie when the accent falls on that syllable. 

Presente de Indicativo adquiero, adquieres, adquiere, adquirimos, adquins, 

adquieren 
Presente de Subjuntivo adquiera, adquieras, adquiera, adquiramos, adqui- 

rais, adquieran 
Imperativo adquiere, adquirid 

All other forms are regular, for the stem has i where verbs like sentir 
change the stem- vowel e to i. 

356. Some verbs of the third conjugation, having an e in 
the syllable nearest the infinitive ending, change the e to i 
when accented (i.e. throughout the singular and in the third 
person plural of the present indicative and subjunctive and in 
the singular of the imperative); also, when unaccented, the e 
changes to i, if the next syllable contains a vowel other than i 
alone. This latter change will occur in the present participle, 
the first and second persons plural of the present subjunctive, 
in the third person singular and plural of the preterit, through- 
out both the forms of the imperfect subjunctive and in the 
future subjunctive. 

357. pedir, Ho ask (for)/ 'beg/ 'crave/ 'demand/ 
pedir, pidiendo, pedido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente pido, pides, pide, pedimos, pedis, piden 
Preterito pedi, pediste, pidio, pedimos, pedisteis, pidieron 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente pida, pidas, pida, pidamas, pidais, pidan 

Imperfecto, 1° forma: pid-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, ierais, -ieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: pid-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 

Futuro pid-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

pide pedid 

All other forms are regular. 



182 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA § 358 

358. Verbs ending in -eir change the stem- vowel e to i in 
the instances noted above, but the i of the stem then assimi- 
lates the i of the endings that contain ie or io. 

reir, 'to laugh.' 
reir, riendo {not riiendo), reido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente rio, ries, rie, reimos, reis, rien 
Preterito rei, reiste, rio, 1 reimos, reisteis, rieron 1 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente ria, rias, ria, riamos, riais, rian 

Iniperfecto, l a forma: riera, 1 rieras, riera, rieramos, rierais, rieran 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: riese, 1 rieses, riese, riesemos, rieseis, riesen 

Futuro riere, 1 rieres, riere, rieremos, riereis, rieren 

IMPERATIVO 

rie reid 

All other forms are regular. 



VOCABULARIO XXXIX 
(Vocabulary XXXIX) 

altivo, -a, haughty, proud, la faja, the band, belt, border, 

lofty. hospitalario, -a, hospitable. 

la altura, the height. la llanura, the plain, field. 

alzar, to raise; — se, to rise, moruno, -a, Moorish, 

raise one's self. la muralla, the wall, rampart. 

asentar, to seat, plant, place. el novelista, the novelist. 

la base, the base. el pedestal, the pedestal, founda- 

bello, -a, beautiful. tion. 

el camino, the road, way. pendiente, adj., hanging, steep, 

el Castillo, the castle. recto, -a, straight, direct. 

ceflir, to gird, bind, surround. saludar, to greet, bow, salute. 

el cerro, the hill. la sociedad, the society. 

conservar, to preserve, keep. sonreir, to smile. 

cual, like. subir, to ascend, mount. 

la curva, the curve, bend. vadear, to ford, wade. 

derecho, -a, right. el valle, the valley. 

la eminencia, the eminence. la venta, the roadside inn. 

1 The forms riyo, riyeron, riyera, etc. are also found. 



EJERCICIOS 183 

EJERCICIO XXXIX 

(Exercise XXXIX) 

Trozo de ((La Familia de Alvareda)) por Fernan Caballero 1 

((Siguiendo la curva que forman las viejas murallas de 
Sevilla, cinendola cual faja de piedra, al dejar a la derecha el 2 
rio y las Delicias, 2 se encuentra la puerta de San Fernando. 

Desde esta puerta se extiende en linea recta sobre la llanura 4 
hasta la base del cerro llamado Buena Vista, un camino, que 
pasa sobre un puente de piedra el riachuelo 3 Tagarete, y 6 
sube la cuesta bastante pendiente del cerro. . . . 

Despues de subida la altura, el camino la vuelve a bajar 8 
por el lado opuesto, y llega a un vallecito por el cual pasa un 
arroyuelo. 3 ... 10 

Despues de vadearlo, el camino sonrie a su derecha a una 
alegre y hospitalaria ventecilla, y saluda a su izquierda a un 12 
Castillo moruno, que se asienta altivo sobre una eminencia, 
pues no parece sino que el suelo se ha alzado para formarle 14 
su pedestal. 

Este Castillo fue dado por Don Pedro de Castilla a su bella 16 
y celebre querida Dona Maria de Padilla cuyo nombre con- 
serva.)) 18 

1 Cecilia Bohl von Faber (Arrom), better known by her pen-name 
Fernan Caballero, was born at Morges, on Lake Geneva, Switzerland, 
December 25, 1796, and died at Seville, April 7, 1877. Her father was 
German Consul at Seville, and her mother, a Spanish lady. She is famous 
among the nineteenth century authors of Spain as the first to rehabilitate 
the Spanish novel of manners. In 1849 appeared La Gaviota, l The Sea- 
gull,' which, though from the pen of a woman who was half a foreigner, is 
genuinely Spanish in inspiration, a true product of the soil. Her works are 
characterized by their local color, their national spirit and their high moral 
aim. Indeed, their artistic perfection is not infrequently marred by excess 
of moralizing. 

La Familia de Alvareda was her first novel, though it was not published 
until many years after it was written. The scene is laid in Andalusia, and 
the story is of certain tragic incidents which are said to have happened near 
Seville. It is doubtless her best known work. 

Fernan Caballero wrote also: dementia, 'Clemency'; El Ultimo Con- 
suelo, 'The Last Consolation'; La Noche de Navidad, 'Christmas Night' ; 
Un Servilon y un Liber alito, 'An Absolutist and a Liberal'; and many other 
novels that seem somewhat antiquated in style to-day. 

2 las Delicias, a popular promenade in Seville. 

3 riachuelo and arroyuelo are diminutives of rio (river) and arroyo 
(stream), and mean 'brook' or 'creek.' 



184 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

EJERCICIO ORAL XXXIX 
(Oral Exercise XXXIX) 

1. I die; he dies; we die; they die. 2. I smile; we smile; they 
smile. 3. I am returning; we are returning; that we may return; 
that you may return. 4. We are surrounding; they are sur- 
rounding; that we may surround; that you may surround. 5. He 
slept in the little roadside inn. 6. She laughed when I told her 
the story. 7. A large wall surrounded the castle. 8. Fernan 
Caballero died in the year 1877. 9. All the children laugh when 
the teacher smiles. 10. When I ask for money, my father does 
not always give it to me. 11. The student soon acquires some 
knowledge of a foreign language. 12. Sleep, little [one], sleep. 
13. The road descends again on the other side of the hill. 14. I 
warn him every day. 15. They always follow that bull-fighter. 
16. He dressed himself, and went out before breakfast. 

TEMA XXXIX 
(Composition XXXIX) 

Fernan Caballero is one of the most famous authors and 
perhaps the best novelist of the first part of the nineteenth 2 
century. Her novels are truly Spanish, and in them she 
has wished to give a true description of the society, customs 4 
and language of the people, especially the people of the 
south of Spain whom she loved so much. 6 

The selection from La Familia de Alvareda is a simple and 

interesting description, and one feels that it is full of local 8 

color (color local). It represents a road near Seville. We 

follow the road which extends in a straight line to Buena 10 

Vista hill, passes over little streams, ascends other hills and 

descends them again, until it finally smiles on (a) a Moorish 12 

castle. 

CONVERSACION XXXIX 
(Conversation XXXIX) 

1. <;En que formas se cambia e en i, en los verbos que 
estudiamos hoy? 2. ^Cuando se cambia la vocal de la raiz? 
3. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo morir; el 
presente de subjuntivo; el preterito de indicativo. 4. Conjugue 
V. el presente de indicativo del verbo cefiir. 



§§ 359-360 VERBOS IRREGULARES 185 

5. ([Quien es el autor del trozo que hemos leido? 6. <iDe que 
libro se ha tornado el trozo? 7. <[D6nde esta Sevilla? 8. ^Donde 
se encuentra la puerta de San Fernando? 9. (iQue hay sobre el 
riachuelo Tagarete? 10. Despues de vadear el arroyuelo <;que 
hay en el camino? 11. ^Donde esta el Castillo? 12. <;Que es un 
pedestal? 13. <jQuien poseia el Castillo? 14. <iDe quien conserva 
el nombre? 



LECCION XL 

(Lesson XL) 

VERBOS IRREGULARES 

(Irregular Verbs) 

359. Erguir, Ho erect/ 'lift up/ may change the initial e to 
ie (written ye because at the beginning of a word, cf. § 347) 
or i, when the accent falls on that syllable. When there is a 
vowel other than a single i in the following syllable, the e 
changes to i as in the case of pedir (cf. § 357) and verbs of its 
class. 

erguir, irguiendo, erguido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente { . yerg0 ' yergu ? s ' yergue \ erguimos, erguis / yerguen 
\ lrgo, lrgues, lrgue J . I irguen 

Preterito ergui, erguiste, irguio, erguimos, erguisteis, irguieron 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente / yerga ' yergas, yerga \ ireamos ir£iis / yergan 
rresente | {tg ^ irgaS| irga j irgamos, irgais ^ ifgan 

Imperfecto, la forma: irgu-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 
Imperfecto, 2a forma: irgu-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 
Futuro irgu-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

yergue A 



irgue j *&**■ 

All other forms are regular. 

360. Verbs ending in -uir of which the u is pronounced (not 
those in -guir or -quir) insert a y after the u when accented, or 
when there is an a or an o in the following syllable. Moreover, 
the i of the endings ie and io changes to y, because an unac- 
cented i may not stand between two vowels (cf. § 9). 



186 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 361-363 

361. construir, 'to build/ ' construct.' 
construir, construyendo, construido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente construyo, construyes, construye, construimos, construis, con- 

struyen 
Preterito construi, construiste, construyo, construimos, construisteis, 

construyeron 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente construya, construyas, construya, construyamos, construyais, 

construyan 
Imperfecto, 1° forma: construyera, construyeras, construyera, construyera- 

mos, construyerais, construyeran 
Imperfecto, 2 a forma: construyese, construyeses, construyese, construyese- 

mos, construyeseis, construyesen 
Futuro construyere, construyeres, construyere, construyeremos, con- 

struyereis, construyeren 

IMPERATIVO 

construye construid 

All other forms are regular. 

362. Verbs in -guir require the dieresis only before an i that 
is retained. It is not written before y. 

argiiir, 'to argue.' 
argiiir, arguyendo, argiiido / 

INDICATIVO 

Presente arguyo, arguyes, arguye, arguimos, argtiis, arguyen 
Preterito argiii, arguiste, arguyo, arguimos, argiiisteis, arguyeron 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente arguya, arguyas, arguya, arguyamos, arguyais, arguyan 
Imperfecto, l a forma: arguyera, arguyeras, arguyera, arguyeramos, arguye- 

rais, arguyeran 
Imperfecto } 2 a forma: arguyese, arguyeses, arguyese, arguyesemos, arguye- 

seis, arguyesen 
Futuro arguyere, arguyeres, arguyere, arguyeremos, arguyereis, argu- 

yeren 

IMPERATIVO 

arguye argiiid 

All other forms are regular. 

363. In the case of podrir, 'to putrefy/ 'rot/ 'decay/ the 
stem- vowel o formerly changed to u when it received the tonic 
accent, or when the next syllable contained a, ie, or io. It is 
now u in all forms other than the infinitive and past participle. 
There is also an infinitive form pudrir. 

podrir or pudrir, pudriendo, podrido 



EJERCICIOS 



187 



VOCABULARIO XL 
(Vocabulary XL) 



el acueducto, the aqueduct. 

barrer, to sweep. 

bordar, to embroider. 

cazar, to hunt. 

contribuir, to contribute. 

coser, to sew. 
el dulce, the sweetmeat, sweet dish. 

ensefiar, to teach, show. 
la guitarra, the guitar. 

imposible, adj., impossible. 

interminable, adj., intermin- 
able, endless. 
el loro, the parrot. 
la molienda, the grinding, mill- 
ing. 
el molinero, the miller. 

nublado, -a, cloudy. 



los palillos, the castanets. 

peinar, to comb, groom. 

pescar, to fish. 
la precision, the precision, exac- 
titude. 
la presa, the mill-dam. 

pulcro, -a, beautiful, graceful. 
el quehacer, the duty, chore. 

regalado, -a, spoiled, pampered. 
la resulta, the result, consequence. 
el resultado, the result. 

rodear, to surround. 

saludable, adj., wholesome. 
el sifon, the underground con- 
duit, siphon. 

trazar, to trace, mark, lay out. 

triplicar, to triple. 



EJERCICIO XL 

(Exercise XL) 

Trozo de ((El Sombrero de Tres Picos)) por Pedro A. de Alarcon 1 

<<jImposiblequehaya 2 habido . . . molinero me j or peinado, 
mejor vestido, mas regalado en la mesa, rodeado de mas 2 
comodidades en su casa, que el tio Lucas! . . . Contribuia 

1 Pedro Antonio de Alarcon (born in Guadix, in the province of Granada, 
March 10, 1833; died in Madrid, July 18, 1891) is celebrated in the history 
of the modern Spanish novel chiefly as author of the work from which the 
above selection is taken and of another comparatively short story entitled 
El Capitdn Veneno, ' Captain Poison.' Both of these works are novelettes 
of manners, and in this genre Alarcon is unsurpassed. His works of travel 
have also won him praise, as have some of his short stories. His longer 
novels: El Escdndalo, 'The Scandal'; La Prodiga, 'The Prodigal'; El Final 
de Norma, 'The Finale of Norma'; and El Nino de la Bola, 'The Child with 
the Globe'; while interesting, are frequently marred by moralizings, melo- 
dramatic effects, and intemperance of language. 

El Sombrero de Tres Picos, 'The Cocked Hat,' while inspired by an early 
tale, to which Alarcon acknowledges his indebtedness, is nevertheless origi- 
nal in treatment and thoroughly Spanish in character. The story is filled 
with Andalusian atmosphere and is told with perfect charm of manner. 
The scene is an old mill; the chief characters, el tio Lucas and his devoted 
wife, la send Frasquita; the plot, an ineffectual attempt on the part of the 
Corregidor, or 'Mayor,' to win away the affection of the faithful Frasquita. 

2 Cf. § 392, 5. 



188 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

mucho a ello que la sena 1 Frasquita, 2 la pulcra . . ., fuerte y 4 
saludable navarra, 3 sabia, queria y podia . . . coser, bordar, 
barrer, hacer dulces, lavar, planchar, . . . cantar, bailar, tocar 6 
la guitarra y los palillos . . . y otras muchisimas cosas cuya 
relation fuera interminable. — Y contribuia no menos al 8 
mismo resultado el que el tio Lucas sabia, queria y podia 
dirigir la molienda, cultivar el campo, cazar, pescar, trabajar 10 
de carpintero, de herrero y de albanil, ayudar a su mujer en 
todos los quehaceres de la casa, leer, escribir, con tar, etc., 12 
etc. . . . Tenia algo de ingeniero natural, y lo habia demo- 
strado construyendo una presa, un sifon y un acueducto que 14 
triplicaron el agua del molino. Habia ensenado a bailar a 
un perro, . . . y hecho que un loro diese 4 la hora por medio 16 
de gritos, segun las iba marcando un reloj de sol que el 
molinero habia trazado en una pared; de cuyas resultas el 18 
loro daba ya la hora con toda precision, hasta en los dias 
nublados y durante la noche.)) -20 

EJERCICIO ORAL XL 

(Oral Exercise XL) 

1. I construct; he constructs; we construct; they construct. 
2. I argue; he argues; we argue. 3. I erect; I erected; that I may 
erect. 4. He contributed; that he may contribute. 5. They 
constructed an aqueduct. 6. The miller used to argue with 
his wife. 7. How do you construct this sentence in Spanish? 
8. Many things in the garden are rotting this year. 9. I fol- 
lowed the river in the beautiful valley. 10. The miller's wife 
could play the castanets. 11. The miller himself had already 
constructed a mill-dam. 12. The parrot used to lift up its 
head and tell the hour. 13. Arguing sometimes helps one. 

14. Fanny can sweep, embroider, sew and play the guitar. 

15. This contributes a good deal to the happiness (felicidad) 
of the family. 16. They instituted a series of games for the 
little children. 

1 Sena is a popular corruption of seiiora. 

2 Frasquita is one of the many diminutives of Francisca; it may be trans- 
lated 'Fanny' 

3 Navarra, native of Navarre, a Navarrese. 

4 Cf. 392, 2. 



EXERCICIOS 189 

TEMA XL 
(Composition XL) 

Pedro Antonio de Alarcon has written many kinds of 
novels, but his best are without doubt to be found among 2 
those that are of a truly Spanish inspiration (inspiration). 
The most famous of these is El Sombrero de Tres Picos, a 4 
description of rural (rural) customs. The selection of to-day 
presents an excellent example of his style (estilo). The use 6 
of repetition in all this selection contributes greatly to the 
spirit and animation of the story. The many aptitudes (ap- 8 
titudes) of the marvelous couple (pareja) are told in a very 
interesting and amusing way. Tio Lucas, who is carpenter, 10 
mason, blacksmith, or engineer, as the case requires, who 
constructs aqueducts, and who can teach a parrot to hold 12 
up its head and tell the hour by means of a sun dial, is no 
cleverer than his pretty wife, who can sew, sweep, wash, iron, 14 
sing, dance, play the guitar and do a thousand other things. 



CONVERSACION XL 
(Conversation XL) 

1. Conjugue V. el presente de indicativo del verbo erguir; 
el preterito; el imperfecto de subjuntivo. 2. Conjugue V. el 
presente de indicativo del verbo instituir; el preterito de indica- 
tivo. 3. ^Cuales son las dos formas del infinitivo del verbo que 
significa 'to rot,' 'to decay''? 

4. <iQue clase de molinero era el tio Lucas? 5. <iQue sabia 
hacer la sena Frasquita? 6. <;Toca V. la guitarra? 7. ^Ayudaba 
a su mujer el tio Lucas? 8. <iQue habia construido para triplicar 
el agua del molino? 9. <iQue ensefio al loro? 10. <;Es posible 
dar la hora durante la noche con un reloj de sol? 11. <iQuien 
es el autor de El Sombrero de Tres Picos? 12. ^Puede V. decirme 
algo de el? 13. ^Le gusta a V. el trozo en la lection de hoy? 
14. ^Como se traduce la palabra Frasquita? 



190 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§ 364-369 

LECCION XLI 

(Lesson XLI) 

PARTICIPIOS PASIVOS IRREGULARES 

(Irregular Past Participles) 

364. Past participles that do not end in -ado or -ido are 

irregular. 

365. The following regular verbs and their compounds have 

irregular past participles: 

abrir, to open ABIERTO 

absorber, to absorb ABSORTO 

cubrir, to cover CUBIERTO 

escribir, 1 to write ESCRITO 

imprimir, to print IMPRESO 

366. There are some verbs, otherwise regular, that have two 

forms in the past participle, one regular and the other irregular. 

prender, to seize, take, catch, arrest prendido PRESO 

proveer, to provide proveido PROVISTO 

romper, to break rompido ROTO 

freir, to fry freido FRITO 

367. In the sense of 'take,' preso is usually employed ad- 
jectively and prendido as the real past participle. In the sense 
of ' arrest,' preso may be used participially, but is falling into 
disuse and is commonly regarded as an adjective. 

El fuego ha prendido en la casa The fire broke out in the house 

los dos ladrones presos the two arrested robbers 

Note. — The compounds of prender, such as aprender, 'to learn/ com- 
prender, 'to understand,' and emprender, 'to undertake,' have regular past 
participles. 

368. The regular past participle proveido is commonly used 
to form the compound tenses, although provisto may be so em- 
ployed. The latter is used adjectively. 

Ha proveido todo lo necesario He has provided everything necessary 

las cosas provistas the things provided 

369. Rompido is used when the verb is intransitive, but roto 

in all other cases. 

Ha rompido con su tio He has broken with his uncle 

Ha roto el vaso He has broken the glass 

1 Inscribir, ' to inscribe/ and proscribir, ' to proscribe/ have also the forms 
inscripto and proscripto. 



§§ 370-374 PARTICIPIOS PASIVOS IRREGULARES 191 

Note. — Compounds of romper are conjugated with the regular past 
participle. 

corromper, to corrupt: corrompido 

370. Freido or frito may be used in compound tenses with 

haber, but as an adjective only frito is used. 

Han freido {or frito) las patatas They have fried the potatoes 
patatas fritas fried potatoes 

371. There are a number of other verbs that have two past 
participles, but the regular form has come to be used verbally 
and the irregular form adjectively. The following verbs will 
serve as examples: 



bendecir, to bless 


bendecido 


BENDITO 


confundir, to confuse 


confundido 


CONFUSO 


corregir, to correct 


corregido 


CORRECTO 


extender, to extend 


extendido 


EXTENSO 


fijar, to fix, notice, observe 


fijado 


FIJO 


oprimir, to oppress 


oprimido 


OPRESO 


suprimir, to suppress 


suprimido 


SUPRESO 



372. There are also some irregular verbs with irregular past 

participles, several of which have already been studied, but 

which will be grouped here for convenience. 

decir (§ 247), DICHO^ solver (§§ 346, 374), SUELTO 

hacer (§ 219), HECHO ver (§ 296), VISTO 

morir (§ 353), MUERTO volver (§ 346), VUELTO 

poner (§ 233), PUESTO and their compounds 

373. Muerto, meaning ' killed/ is used in an active sense in- 
stead of matado (pp. of matar) when referring to persons, but 
not animals. When intransitive it means 'died.' 

Han muerto al soldado They killed the soldier 

Mi amigo se ha muerto My friend has died 

Han matado al toro They have killed the bull 

374. Solver, 'to solve/ 'loosen/ is not much used, except in 
compounds: resolver, 'to resolve'; absolver, 'to absolve'; etc. 
The past participle suelto is irregular, and is often used adjec- 
tively. 

VOCABULARIO XLI 
(Vocabulary XLI) 

la acequia, the canal, trench. cristalino, -a, crystalline, trans- 

ameno, -a, pleasant, delightful. parent. 

circundar, to surround. estimar, to esteem, value, esti- 

el cortijo, the farm-house, manse. mate. 



192 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



la felicidad, the happiness. 
grato, -a, pleasing, pleasant. 
hecho, -a {pp. c/hacer), fully ma- 
tured, developed, grown into. 
la huerta, the (fruit or vegetable) 

garden, irrigated land. 
la imagination, the imagination. 
el instante, the instant, moment. 
el labrador, the farmer., rustic. 

lindo, -a, pretty, nice. 
la memoria, the memory. 
el murmullo, the whisper, mur- 
mur, ripple. 
el nacimiento, the birth. 



el objeto, the object. 
el olivar, the olive-grove. 

oloroso, -a, fragrant. 
la orilla, the shore, bank, border. 
el pariente, the relation, kinsman. 
el ramo, the bouquet, bunch, 
limb. 

rico, -a, rich. 
el seminario, the seminary, school, 
la senda, the path. 

venerable, a dj., venerable. 
el vicario, the vicar. 
la vina, the vineyard. 
la violeta, the violet. 



EJERCICIO XLI 
(Exercise XLI) 

Trozo de ((Pepita Jimenez)) por Juan Valera 1 

22 de marzo 
((Querido tio y venerable maestro: Hace cuatro dias que 2 
llegue con toda felicidad a este lugar de mi nacimiento, donde 
he hallado bien de salud a mi padre, al sefior Vicario y a los 4 
amigos y parientes. . . . Como sali de aqui tan nino y he vuelto 
hecho un hombre, es singular la impresion que me causan 6 
todos estos objetos que guardaba en la memoria. Todo me 

1 Juan Valera y Alcala Galiano (born in Cabra, near Cordova, October 18, 
1824; died, April 18, 1905) was the purest stylist among the recent Spanish 
novelists. Whether his long diplomatic career ("He had been legation 
secretary in many capital cities the world over, and minister plenipotentiary 
at important posts, among them Lisbon [1881], Washington [1885], and 
Brussels [1886], and ambassador to Austria [1893] ") had fostered a tendency 
toward careful utterance and sobriety of expression, or not, certain it is that 
in no other Spanish writer of the day can be found the polish of phrase that 
characterizes everywhere the writings of Valera, and gives to them an eight- 
eenth century flavor, enjoyed particularly by the literary elite. He was not 
a prolific writer like Galdos, nor is he enjoyed by so large a public. His 
"elusive and mystic idealism" is not suited to the taste of the masses. 

Pepita Jimenez, his masterpiece, is a philosophical novel, and in it the 
author attempts to prove that a youth should be given complete freedom in 
the choice of his vocation, and that a priest "is born and not made." The 
first half of the story is told by way of letters from a nephew, destined for 
the priesthood, to his uncle, an ecclesiastic who had had charge of his re- 
ligious education. The above selection is a portion of one of these letters. 

Two other novels of Juan Valera, Dona Luz and El Comendador Mendoza, 
are considered masterpieces, almost, if not quite, the equals of Pepita 
Jimenez. They are both philosophical or psychological, rather than realis- 
tic, novels. 



EJERCICIOS 193 

parece mucho mas chico, pero tambien mas bonito que el re- 8 
cuerdo que tenia. La casa de mi padre, que en mi imagination 
era inmensa, es sin duda una gran casa de un rico labrador, 10 
pero mas pequena que el Seminario. Lo que ahora com- 
prendo y estimo mejor es el campo de por aqui. Las huertas, 12 
sobre todo, son deliciosas. jQue sendas tan lindas hay entre 
ellas! A un lado . . . corre el agua cristalina con grato mur- 14 
mullo. Las orillas de las acequias estan cubiertas de hierbas 
olorosas y de flores de mil clases. En un instante puede uno 16 
coger un gran ramo de violetas. . . . Mi padre quiere llevarme 
a ver sus olivares, sus vifias, sus cortijos; pero nada de esto 18 
hemos visto aun. No he salido del lugar y de las amenas 
huertas que le circundan.)) 20 

EJERCICIO ORAL XLI 
(Oral Exercise XLI) 

1. Opened; covered; given; said; written. 2. Done; printed; 
died; seen; placed. 3. He has broken the two new glasses. 
4. My father has covered his face with his hands. 5. The church 
has proscribed meat on Fridays. 6. The son has not yet seen 
his father's olive-groves. 7. We have put a bunch of violets on 
the table. 8. His father had provided many pretty paths. 
9. The vicar has died to-day. 10. The farmer has returned from 
the garden. 11. Are these the things provided? 12. Many 
rules have been suppressed. 13. These are the suppressed rules. 

14. The young man has written several letters to his uncle. 

15. The vicar had already blessed the people, and the doors of 
the church were open, when he arrived. 16. All that could be 
heard was the sound of confused voices. 

TEMA XLI 

(Composition XLI) 

Until Pepita Jimenez appeared in 1874, Juan Valera had 
written very little, but this, his first novel, is his master- 2 
piece. In it there is very little action; the interest is rather 
psychological (psicologico). In fact, many of Juan Valera's 4 
novels are of this class. This makes them somewhat diffi- 
cult for the general public (vulgo), and consequently his 6 
readers (lectores) are limited. 



194 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§375-376 

The first part of Pepita Jimenez is a series of letters, 8 
written to his uncle by a young man who has returned to his 
father's home, after several years passed in the seminary, io 
The selection in to-day's lesson is a part of the first letter, 
in which the young man gives a description of the beautiful 12 
country which surrounds his home. He praises the delight- 
ful gardens of this part of southern Spain. He describes 14 
the canals, the shores of which are covered with a thousand 
kinds of fragrant flowers, the olive-groves, the vineyards 16 
and the farmhouses of his father's estate (hacienda). 

CONVERSACION XLI 
(Conversation XLI) 

1. (iCuales son los verbos regulares que tienen participios 
pasivos irregulares? 2. ^Cuales son algunos verbos irregular es 
cuyos participios pasivos son irregulares? 3. ([Que verbos 
tienen dos formas de participio pasivo? 4. <;La forma irregular 
se emplea como participio o como adjetivo? 

5. iQuien es el autor del trozo de la leccion de hoy? 6. ^A 
quien escribe el autor de la carta en el trozo de hoy? 7. ^Cuando 
escribio la carta? 8. ^Cuando llego a la casa de su padre? 
9. <;Cual fue la impresion que le causaban los objetos que guar- 
daba en la memoria? 10. <iQue dice de las huertas? 11. <:Puede 
V. darme una description del campo donde vive el autor de la 
carta? 12. <iQue se puede coger en las orillas de las acequias? 



LECCION XLII 

(Lesson XLII) 

VERBOS DEFECTIVOS O RAROS 

(Defective or Rare Verbs) 

375. Antojarse, 'to long for/ 'desire earnestly,' ' choose/ 
'occur' (to some one), is used only in the third person singular 
and plural of the various tenses. 

Lo hace cuando se le antoja He does it when he chooses 

376. Ataiier, 'to appertain/ and aplacer, 'to please/ are sel- 
dom found, and their use is confined to the third person singu- 
lar and plural of the present and imperfect indicative. 



§§377-382 VERBOS DEFECTIVOS O RAROS 195 

377. Balbucir, 'to stammer/ and pacer, 'to graze/ are not 
used in the forms in which verbs ending in -cir and -cer pre- 
ceded by a vowel take z before c (cf. § 337). The verb balbu- 
cear, 'to stammer/ is more common than balbucir. 

378. Concernir, 'to concern/ is used only in the third per- 
son singular and plural of the various tenses. The stem-vowel 
e changes to ie when accented. 

379. Placer, 'to please/ is an impersonal verb rarely used 
except in exclamations. 

placer, placiendo, placido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente place 

Imperfecto placia 

Preterito plugo or placi6 

Futuro placera 

Conditional placeria 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente plega, plegue, or plazca 

Imperfecto, l a forma: pluguiera or placiera 

Imperfecto, 2 a forma: pluguiese or placiese 

Futuro pluguiere or placiere 

Note. — The compoundsT>f placer, complacer, 'to humor/ and desplacer 
(or displacer), 'to displease/ are conjugated like verbs in -cer preceded by a 
vowel (cf. § 337). 

380. Raer, 'to erase/ is rarely used, its place being taken by 
rayar or borrar. It is conjugated like caer (cf. § 224), except 
that in the first person of the present indicative and through- 
out the subjunctive it has a second form. 

raer, rayendo, raido 

INDICATIVO 

Presente raigo or rayo, raes, rae, etc. 

SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente raiga or raya, raigas or rayas, etc. 

381. Reponer, when meaning 'to reply/ is scarcely used ex- 
cept in the preterit. 

382. Roer, 'to gnaw/ has three forms in the first person of 
the present indicative and throughout the present subjunctive. 
Otherwise it is regular. 



196 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§383-385 

roer, royendo, roido 

INDICATIVO 

f roo 1 
Presente < roigo > roes, roe, roemos, roeis, roen 
I royo J 

SUBJUNTIVO 

f roa, roas, roa, roamos, roais, roan 
Presente •{ roiga, roigas, roiga, roigamos, roigais, roigan 
[ roya, royas, roya, royamos, royais, royan 

383. Corroer, 'to corrode/ is seldom used, except in the 
participles and in the third person. 

384. Soler, 'to be wont/ 'be accustomed/ is rarely used, 
except in the present and imperfect indicative. In these tenses 
it is conjugated like mover (cf. § 346). 

385. yacer, 1 'to lie.' 
yacer, yaciendo, yacido 

INDICATIVO 

f yazco 1 
Presente <j yazgo \ yaces, yace, yacemos, yaceis, yacen 

I yago J 
Imperfecto yac-ia, -las, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 
Preterito yac-i, -iste, -io, -imos, -isteis, -ieron 
Futuro yacer-e, -as, -a, -emos, -eis, -an 

Condicional yacer-ia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian 

SUBJUNTIVO 

f yazca, yazcas, yazca, yazcamos, yazcais, yazcan 
Presente \ yazga, yazgas, yazga, yazgamos, yazgais, yazgan 
[ yaga, yagas, yaga, yagamos, yagais, yagan 

Imperfecto, l a forma: yac-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 
Imperfecto, 2 a forma: yac-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen 
Futuro yac-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren 

IMPERATIVO 

yace or yaz yaced 

VOCABULARIO XLII 

(Vocabulary XLII) 

amarillento, -a, yellowish, gol- el cielo, the sky, heaven, 
den. cierto, -a, certain. 

la ansiedad, the state of anxiety, el codigo, the code (of laws), 
eagerness. concluir, to conclude, end. 

aspero, -a, rough, rugged. el cristiano, the Christian. 

la bajada, the descent. la cupula, the cupola, dome. 

1 Yacer has fallen into disuse, and is rarely employed, except in the third 
person singular and plural of the present and imperfect indicative, in poetry, 
and in epitaphs: Aqui yace, 'Here lies/ etc. It has had the same fate as 
gesir in French. 



EJERCICIOS 



197 



el detalle, the detail. 

echar, to throw, cast. 
el efecto, the effect; en — , in fact. 
el horizonte, the horizon. 
la Jornada, the trip, journey. 

meter, to put (in). 

mirar, to look, look at. 
la montana, the mountain. 

nombrar, to name, mention. 

pelado, -a, bare, treeless, bald. 
la poblacion, the city, town, pop- 
ulation. 



la posada, the inn, hotel. 
la proximidad, the proximity, near- 
ness. 
rayar, to border on, begin, ap- 
pear. 
recomendar, to recommend. 
lo restante, the remainder. 
el sembrado, the planted field. 
la subida, the ascent. 
la tierra, the earth, land. 

versado, -a, versed, experi- 
enced. 



EJERCICIO XLII 
(Exercise XLII) 

Trozo de ((Pedro Sanchez)) por Jose M. de Pereda 1 

((Y andando andando, 2 es decir, 3 rodando rodando, con- 
cluyeronse las llanuras, y comenzo la subida del aspero y largo 2 
Guadarrama. A la bajada de el me dijo don Serafin, echan- 
dome una mano sobre el hombro derecho y senalando con la 4 
izquierda hacia el horizonte del Sur: — jAlli le tiene usted! 
La cupula de San Francisco el Grande, la torre de Santa Cruz. 6 
Aquello es Madrid. 

Mire con ansiedad hacia donde me senalaba el dedo de 8 
don Serafin, y, en efecto, vi cuanto me iba nombrando, 
alzandose sobre un cerro amarillento y pelado. ... 10 

No se hablo mas que de Madrid en todo lo restante de la 

1 Jose Maria de Pereda (born at Polanco, near Santander, February 6, 
1833; died March 1, 1906) was one of the masters of the modern Spanish 
novel. His life was spent, for the most part, in patriarchal simplicity among 
the mountains along the coast of northern Spain, and it is with rare power 
and comprehension that he describes in many of his works the customs of 
the people of the mountains and the "Bay." 

In Pedro Sanchez Pereda has left his mountains of the north for Madrid. 
The above description records his own entrance into the capital, when he 
went there as a youth to pursue his studies in military science. 

Other novels of importance from the same pen are: Tipos y Paisajes, 
1 Types and Landscapes'; Los H ombres de Pro, ' Respectable Folk'; El Buey 
Suelto, 'The Unyoked Ox'; Don Gonzalo Gonzalez de la Gonzalera; De Tal 
Palo, Tal Astilla, 'A Chip of the Old Block'; El Sabor de la Tierruca, ' Red- 
olent of the Soil'; Sotileza, 'Fine Spun'; La Montdhez; La Puchera, 'The 
Family Board'; Nubes de Estio, 'Summer Clouds'; Al Primer Vuelo, 'The 
First Flight'; and Penas Arriba, 'Up the Crags.' 

2 Andando andando. This construction is occasionally seen in Spanish, 
and is used when it is desired to emphasize strongly the progressive character 
of the act. 3 Translate, ' that is to say.' 



198 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

Jornada. El estudiantillo metio la cuchara en 1 la conversation 12 
muchas veces, y aim se me antojo mas versado en las cosas 
de Madrid que en los codigos de Justiniano. Me recomendo 14 
cierta posada en la calle del Caballero de Gratia. ... Y en 
estas y otras tales, al rayar el mediodia, sin un arbol, ni un 16 
sembrado, ni un detalle de los mil que anuncian en toda 
tierra de cristianos la proximidad a una gran poblacion, 18 
llegamos a la puerta de San Vicente, y veinte minutos des- 
pues, a la calle de Alcala.)) 20 

EJERCICIO ORAL XLII 
(Oral Exercise XLII) 

1. It occurs to me. 2. It appertains; it concerns; it pleases. 
3. I erase; that I may erase; that he may gnaw. 4. Here lies; 
here lie; I lie. 5. "May it please God," he replied. 6. The 
ascent of the rugged Guadarrama displeased me. 7. This code 
does not concern the Christians. 8. The city lay in a beautiful 
valley. 9. The student was wont to speak more of Madrid 
than of the codes of Justinian. 10. It was noon when we ar- 
rived at a little inn near the city. 11. This, in fact, concluded 
the journey. 12. Here lies the body of San Francisco. 13. He 
visits these laboratories when he chooses. 14. "I cannot do 
it," he stammered. 15. The verb concernir is used only in the 
third person of the various tenses. 16. The students were wont 
to reply slowly. 

TEMA XLII 
(Composition XLII) 

Jose Maria de Pereda was born, and passed most of his life, 
near Santander. In 1852, his parents sent him to Madrid, 2 
in order to prepare (preparar) him for the army (ejercito), 
which, however, he never entered. 2 After two years spent 4 
in Madrid, he returned to Santander to devote himself to 
literature. 6 

With one exception, Pedro Sanchez, all of the best works 
of Pereda are descriptions of the people of the mountains 8 
and of the sea near which he lived. It was during his stay 
(estancia) in Madrid that Pereda obtained material which he 10 
later used in Pedro Sanchez. The entrance into Madrid, which 
1 Translate j i entered into.' 2 Use, entrar en. 



§ 386 SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS INDEPENDIENTES 199 

is described in to-day's lesson, is his own entrance of many 12 

years before. His is the eagerness to (de) see the first signs 

(los seiiales) of Madrid, and his the surprise at finding neither 14 

trees nor planted fields near the great city. Madrid lies, as 

he tells us, on a sandy, treeless hill, and the very gates of the 16 

city are reached without a single detail to (para) announce 

its proximity. 18 

CONVERSACION XLII 

(Conversation XLII) 

1. ^Cuales son los dos verbos mas comunes de los verbos 
defectivos? 2. ^Cuando se usa el verbo placer? 3. ^Cuantas 
formas tiene el verbo roer en la primera persona del presente de 
indicativo? 4. <iQue significa el verbo soler? 5. ^Cuando se 
emplea el verbo yacer? 

6. ^Cuando senalo don Serafin hacia el horizonte del Sur? 
7. ^De que se hablo en todo lo restante de la Jornada? 8. ^Quien 
metio la cuchara en la conversation? 9. (iQue habia estudiado 
el estudiantillo? 10. <;D6nde estaba la posada que recomendo? 
11. (iQue clase de tierra se ve antes de llegar a la ciudad de 
Madrid? 12. <;Quien es el autor de Pedro Sanchez? 13. Digame 
V. -algo de el. 

LECCION XLIII 

(Lesson XLIII) 

SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS INDEPENDIENTES 

(Subjunctive in Independent Clauses) 

386. The subjunctive is used in independent clauses as follows: 
1. With an imperative or optative idea, in the present tense, 
in the first and third persons when affirmative, and in all per- 
sons when negative. In the affirmative, the objective personal 
pronouns are regularly appended, but in the negative they reg- 
ularly precede the verb. Such expressions may be introduced 
by the conjunction que, but are commonly used without, except 
iri the third person. 

(Que) siga V. "leyendo Continue reading 

Digamelo V. Tell it to me 

No me lo digas {not No dimelo) Don't tell it to me 

Sepamos lo pasado Let us know what happened 

Viva la Republica Long live the Republic 

Que venga Let him come 



200 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §387 

2. After ojald, l would that,' 'God grant that/ to express a 

wish or desire. 

iOjala que venga! Oh that he may come! 

fOjala que fuese verdad! Would that it were true! 

3. In certain elliptical expressions after quien, to express a 
wish or desire. 

i Quien supiera escribir! If I \ could only write! 

4. In indeterminate expressions involving indifference, many 

of which are correlative in idea. 

que lo haga o no, whether he does it or not 

(que) quieras o no quieras, whether you will or no. willy-nilly 

viniese lo que viniese, come what might 

5. In modified assertions after an interrogative or a nega- 
tive, the present subjunctive of saber, recordar, ver, etc., is 
used. 

<*Ha venido tu padre? — No que yo Has your father come? — Not that I 

sepa know of 

No le he visto jamas que yo recuerde I have never seen him so far as I re- 
member 

SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 

(Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses) 

Sucesion de Tiempos 

(Sequence of Tenses) 

387. A present tense (including present subjunctive and 

imperative) or a future tense in the governing or principal 

clause requires the present subjunctive in the dependent clause. 

if the verb in the dependent clause expresses action that is 

simultaneous with, or subsequent to, the action of the governing 

verb. It requires, however, a past tense of the subjunctive, if 

the verb in the dependent clause expresses action that was 

prior to that of the governing verb. 

Quiero que usted lo sepa I wish you to know it 

Mandara que sea V. encarcelado He will order you to be imprisoned 

{present of the passive voice) 

But: 

viniera or It is doubtful that he would have 

come 

Sera facil que el lo haya hecho \ T , „ . .*. * *• A •. 

e „ „ ., -lit.-. ) It may be that he did it 

Sera facil que el lo hiciese J J 



Es dudoso que *"£• "' . , 
H I hubiera venido 



§§388-390 SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 201 

388. A past tense in the governing or principal clause re- 
quires the imperfect subjunctive in the dependent clause, if the 
verb in the dependent clause expresses action that is simultane- 
ous with, or subsequent to, the action of the governing verb. It 
requires, however, the pluperfect subjunctive, if the verb in the 
dependent clause expresses action that was prior to that of the 
governing verb. 

El queria que < IJ^f ««« f He wished them to come 

I VllllcScll J 

But: El queria que < , , . e * > venido He wished that they had come 

389. A conditional or a perfect tense in the governing or 
principal clause may be followed by the present or the imperfect 
subjunctive (with little or no distinction in meaning), if the 
verb in the dependent clause expresses action that is simul- 
taneous with, or subsequent to, the action of the governing verb. 
It requires, however, the pluperfect subjunctive, if the verb in 
the dependent clause expresses action that was prior to that of 
the governing verb. 

f venga 
Me gustaria que -{ viniera or \ I should like to have him come 
[ viniese J 

f sean {present passive) 1 
Ha mandado que los muchachos \ fueran or fuesen [ castigados 

[ (imperfect passive) J 
He has ordered the boys to be punished 

But: 

Me gustaria que hubiera (or hu- I should like to have had him come 

biese) venido 
Hemos temido (de) que se hubiera We have feared lest he had died 

muerto 

390. Exceptions may be found to the general rules for the 
sequence of tenses, as, for example, when the tense of the sub- 
ordinate clause is independent of the tense of the principal 
clause, and the logic of the sentence requires a violation of the 
normal sequence. (The rules already stated" embrace certain 
cases of this sort.) 

Dios nos dio ojos para que veamos God gave us eyes to see 
Temo de que V. se lastimara I fear you might hurt yourself 



202 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

VOCABULARIO XLIII 
(Vocabulary XLIII) 

la advocation, the appellation horrible, adj., horrid, dreadful, 

(given to church, etc., dedicated horrible. 

to the Virgin). la monserga, the confusion, gabble. 

apenas, adv., scarcely, hardly. la notion, the notion, idea. 

la astronomia, the astronomy. el organillo, the hand-organ, little 

bastar, to suffice, be enough. organ. 

el canto, the song. personalmente, adv., person- 

casar, to marry (trans.); — se, ally, in person, 

to marry (intrans.). piadoso, -a, pious. 

el catecismo, the catechism. el piano, the piano, 
el colegio, the college, seminary. presidir, to preside. 

el deber, the duty, obligation, debt. profano, -a, profane, secular. 

digno, -a, worthy. regular, adj., fairly good, regu- 

la duena, the mistress, owner. lar. 

encerrar, to lock up, shut up, residir, to reside. 

confine. sagrado, -a, sacred. 

enviudar, to become a widower el sonsonete, the drone, rattle. 
(or widow). unico, -a, sole, only. 

la fisica, the physics. volar, to fly, soar. 

la geografia, the geography. 

EJERCICIO XLIII 
(Exercise XLIII) 

Trozo de ((Gloria)) por Benito Perez Galdos 1 

((Don Juan de Lantigua no habia presidido personalmente 
a la education de su unica hija; . . . creia que con encerrarla 2 
en un colegio bastaba. . . . Advirtamos que D. Juan enviudo 

1 Benito Perez Galdos (born at Las Palmas in the Canary Islands, May 10, 
1845) has been called the chief of the contemporary Spanish novelists. He 
is certainly the most prolific. Galdos is the author of a great series of novels, 
known as Episodios Nacionales, 'National Episodes,' which are historical 
novels somewhat after the type of those of Erckmann-Chatrian. Important 
as is this collection of novels, it is rather from the works that comprise 
another collection, known as Novelas Espanolas Contempordneas, ' Contem- 
porary Spanish Novels,' that the fame of Galdos has spread to foreign lands. 
These are studies of modern Spanish life and character. Throughout his 
works Galdos shows himself to be a profound moralist and an enemy of 
ignorance and intolerance. His style, while not faultless, is virile and viva- 
cious. As a dramatist Galdos has also won his laurels, especially in the play 
Electra. 

Gloria treats of religious toleration. The hero is a Jew, who clings to the 
tradition of his race, and the heroine, a Spanish girl, who adheres no less 
tenaciously to her own religious principles. The education of Gloria as 
depicted in the above selection is typical of that of many Spanish girls. 

Other novels of Galdos of particular fame are: Dona Perfecta; La Familia 
de Leon Roch, 'The Family of Leon Roch'; Marianela; El Doctor Centeno, 



EJERCICIOS 203 

a los catorce anos de casado. Su digna esposa le dejo a Gloria, 4 
de doce anos, y a dos pequefiitos que volaron al cielo, desde 
Ficobriga, 1 cuando apenas habian aprendido a andar por la 6 
tierra. 

Gloria, despues de residir algunos anos en un colegio, a 8 
que daba nombre una de las advocaciones mas piadosas de 
la Virgen Maria, volvio a su casa en completa posesion del 10 
catecismo, duefia de la historia sagrada y de parte de la 
prof ana, con muchas, aunque confusas nociones de geografia, 12 
astronomia y fisica. . . . Se sabia de memoria . . . los deberes 
del hombre, y era regular maestra en tocar el piano. . . . Lan- 14 
tigua no entendia una palabra de musica. . . . En general, 
todo cuanto tocaba Gloria le parecia horrible. 16 

— No se que diera, 2 hija mia, — le decia — por oirte tocar 
otra cosa que ese sonsonete de organillo de las calles. No 18 
me digas que asi es toda la musica. . . . Basta ya de monserga, 
hijita, coge un libro y ponte a leer.)) 20 

EJERCICIO ORAL XLIII 
(Oral Exercise XLIII) 

1. Do not write (V.) to me. 2. Let him enter. 3. Let her 
enter. 4. Show me the piano. 5. How I would like to write! 
6. God grant that he may not die! 7. Is your mistress here? 
— Not that I know of. 8. That he may play. 9. I wish you to 
learn this. 10. This young lady has studied geography, physics, 
astronomy and music. 11. Continue studying, and you will 
some day know a great deal. 12. Would that I might reside in 
the seminary! 13. Come what may, I shall not sing that song. 
14. Tell it to me. 15. All that she played seemed to him like 
the rattle of a hand-organ, and her father did not like it. 16. Let 
the organ be used for sacred music. 17. The king is dead; long 
live the king. 18. Benito Perez Galdos was not born in Spain. 

'Doctor Centeno'; La Desheredada, 'The Disowned'; El Amiga Manso, 
'The Gentle Friend'; La de Bringas, 'The Bringas Woman'; Lo Prohibido, 
'Forbidden Fruit'; Fortunata y Jacinta; Mian; Angel Guerra; La Loca de la 
Casa, 'The Madcap of the Family'; Nazartn; Raima; Misericordia, 'Pity'; 
El Abuelo, 'The Grandfather'; and the Torquemada series. 

1 Ficobriga, a fictitious town, the home of Don Juan de Lantigua. 

2 Cf. § 392, 5. 



204 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



TEMA XLIII 
(Composition XLIII) 

Gloria is a study of Spanish life and character (caracter, ni.), 
written by Benito Perez Galdos. Like Dona Pevfecta, his 2 
masterpiece, Gloria treats of religious tolerance (tolerancia). 
The education of Gloria, as it is related in the selection of 4 
to-day, might be the education of many Spanish girls. While 
Gloria is still very young, she is sent to a seminary, where 6 
she learns a little of many things. She leaves the seminary - 
with few definite ideas (ideas), knows nothing thoroughly 8 
(afondo), but, like many of her Spanish sisters, can say the 
catechism from memory. She knows [how to] play the piano, 10 
but her knowledge is far from being perfect, and her father 
is not able [to] endure her musical efforts, which to him seem 12 
like the rattle of a hand-organ. "Don't tell me all music is 
like that," he exclaims; "do what you like, but do not play 14 
the piano [any] more." 

CONVERSACION XLIII 
(Conversation XLIII) 

1. ^Cual es el uso principal del subjuntivo en clausulas 
independientes? 2. <iQue significa ojala? 3. <{Que tiempo del 
subjuntivo se emplea generalmente en una clausula dependiente, 
despues de un presente o futuro? ^despues de un tiempo pasado? 
4. <;Se emplea el imperativo en una negacion? 

5. ^Cuantas hijas tenia don Juan de Lantigua? 6. <iQue creia 
de la educacion de su hija? 7. ^Cuando enviudo don Juan? 
8. ^Cuando volaron al cielo los pequenitos? 9. ^Cuantos anos 
residio Gloria en el colegio? 10. ^Que habia aprendido en el 
colegio? 11. ^Sabia Gloria tocar el piano? 12. ^Le gusto al 
padre todo cuanto tocaba Gloria? 13. ^Que nombre dio el a la 
musica que ella tocaba? 14. (iQuien es el autor de Gloria? 
15. Digame V. algo de el. 






§§ 391-392 SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 205 



LECCION XLIV 

(Lesson XLIV) 

SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 

(Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses) 

391. The subjunctive used dependently may stand in (I) 
noun, (II) adjective, or (III) adverbial clauses. 

I. Subjuntivo en Clausulas Sustantivas 

(Subjunctive in Noun Clauses) 

392. The subjunctive, usually introduced by que, although 
the conjunction may be omitted, serves as logical subject or as 
object of verbal expressions: 

1. Of desiring (willing, wishing, preferring, avoiding, etc.). 

Deseo (que) conozcas I wish you to know 

Prefiero que se vaya I prefer that he go away 

2. Of commanding (forbidding, obliging, requiring, request- 
ing, consenting, etc.) and of necessity. 

El rey mando que hablase The king ordered him to speak 

Prohibo que V. lo haga I forbid you to do it 

Es preciso que el me oiga It is necessary that he hear me 

3. Of opinion involving approval or disapproval (praise, 
blame, etc.). 

Apruebo que lo haya hecho I approve of his having done so 

Desapruebo que el vaya alii I disapprove of his going there 

No me parece muy justo que V. se It doesn't seem right to me that you 
divierta asi should amuse yourself thus 

4. Of emotion (joy, sorrow, fear, anger, despair, shame, 
wonder, regret, etc.). 

Me alegro (de) que este V. aqui I am glad you are here 

Lo siento que no le haya acompaiiado I am sorry he did not accompany him 

Temo de que no se vaya I fear that he will not go away 

5. Of doubt (denial, probability, and possibility). This in- 
cludes verbs of thinking (knowing, declaring, believing, per- 
ceiving, understanding, etc.), when uncertainty or doubt is 
implied by negation, interrogation, or condition; otherwise the 
indicative is used. 



206 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§393 



Dudo (de) que haya llegado 
Niego que haya huido 
Es probable que venga 
No creo que sea verdad 
dCree V. que hayan llamado? 
Si yo creyera que viniese, le iria a 
esperar 



I doubt that he has arrived 
I deny that he has fled 
It is probable that he will come 
I don't think that it is true 
Do you think that any one has called? 
If I thought that he would come, I 
should go to meet him 



393. In expressions such as those enumerated above, an in- 
finitive is generally used instead of a dependent subjunctive 
clause, if the subject of the dependent clause is the same as that 
of the principal clause. If the subject is different, however, the 
subjunctive is generally used, except in the case of verbs of 
commanding, etc., which often allow an infinitive construction. 



Yo quiero hablar 

Not: Yo quiero que yo hable 

Yo quiero que el hable 

El rey mando que se presentara 

El rey le mando presentarse 



I wish to speak 

I wish him to speak 

The king ordered him to appear 



accom- 



el acompanamiento, 

paniment. 
ajustar, to adjust, fit, regulate. 
avanzar, to advance. 
la bailadora, the dancer. 
eljbrio, the strength, vigor, spirit. 

callar, to be silent. 
la castanuela, the castanet. 
convencer, to convince. 
energicamente, adv., energeti- 
cally. 
el estilo, the style; por el — , of 

the same style. 
la exclamation, the exclamation. 

expresivo, -a, expressive. 
la fuerza, the force, power; a viva 

— , by main force. 
el gesto, the gesture. 

grosero, -a, gross, coarse, in- 
delicate. 
impropio, -a, improper. 



VOCABULARIO XLIV 
(Vocabulary XLIV) 

the 



inclinar, to bow, incline, lean, 

bend. 
indefinidamente, adv., indefi- 
nitely. 
el movimiento, the movement. 
obligado, -a, necessary, com- 
pulsory. 
jole! interjection, bravo! 
la paloma, the dove, pigeon. 
el patron, the landlord, host. 
la pausa, the pause, stop, 
preguntar, to ask. 
prolongar, to prolong, con- 
tinue. 
resueltamente, adv., resolutely. 
el salero, the gracefulness. 
la seguidilla, the seguidilla {merry 

Spanish tune and dance). 
el son, the sound. 
el titulo, the title. 



EJERCICIOS 207 

EJERCICIO XLIV 
(Exercise XLIV) i 

Trozo de ((La Hermana San Sulpicio)) 
por Armando Palacio Valdes 1 

((El malagueno 2 tomando la guitarra . . . dio comienzo a 
unas seguidillas. — jCallese usted, hombre, que no puedo 2 
oir eso sin que se me alegren 3 los pies ! — exclamo la hermana 
haciendo un gesto expresivo. — <iBaila usted? — pregunto 4 
Suarez. — En otro tiempo. ... — Es necesario ver eso — dijo 
Suarez. — ;A bailar, 4 a bailar! ... 6 

Pero nos faltaba lo mas dificil: convencer a la hermana 
Maria de la Luz. . . . Fue preciso que su prima la cogiese 8 
energicamente por los brazos y la alzase casi a viva fuerza. . . . 

El malagueno alzo un poco la voz cantando una seguidilla. 10 
De pronto los cuatro pares de palillos chasquearon con brio, 
las bailadoras abrieron los brazos y avanzaron una hacia otra. 12 
. . . Siguieron una serie de movimientos y pasos, ajustados 
todos al son de la guitarra y de las castanuelas. ... El cuerpo 14 
de las dos primas tan pronto se erguia como se bajaba, in- 
clinandose a un lado y a otro con movimientos contrarios de 16 
cabeza y de brazos. . r. 

Yo no miraba mas que a la hermana San Sulpicio. ... 18 

1 Armando Palacio Valdes (born at Entralgo [province of Asturias], 
October 4, 1853) is probably in English-speaking countries the most widely 
read of the contemporary Spanish novelists. In a broad sense Valdes is a 
realist. He does not, however, in his greater works take pleasure in depict- 
ing the ugly side of life, and a lofty idealism tempers the realism of his 
method of observation and treatment. 

La Hermana San Sulpicio, 'Sister St. Sulpice,' is a study of life in Anda- 
lusia. Gloria, or Sister St. Sulpice, the heroine of the story, is a Sevillana, 
and no more vivacious, roguish, or winning personality can be found in Span- 
ish fiction. Her mother's design to have Gloria take the veil is frustrated by 
the arrival of a young man from Galicia, who is captivated straightway by 
the charms of a woman so different from those of his native province, and 
who ultimately succeeds in making her his wife. In the above selection 
Sister St. Sulpice and her cousin, Maria de la Luz, are induced by the Gali- 
cian and a friend of his from Malaga, Suarez, to dance for them a seguidilla. 

Among the other novels of Valdes, the following are particularly admired : 
Marta y Maria, 'Martha and Mary'; Jose, 'Joseph'; Riverita; Maximina; 
Los Majos de Cadiz, 'The Dandies of Cadiz'; and La Alegria del Capitdn 
Ribot, 'The Joy of Captain Ribot.' 

2 Malagueno, native of Malaga. 3 Cf. § 397, 2. 4 Cf. § 147. 



208 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

Hubiera deseado que el baile se prolongase indefinida- 

mente. ... 20 

Las exclamaciones de Suarez jOle, mi nifia! jBendito 

sea tu salero! jAlza, 1 palomita, alza! y otras por el estilo, 22 

que soltaba en las pausas del canto, me parecian groseras e 

impropias. Pero . . . vine a entender que eran el acompafia- 24 

miento natural y obligado de aquel baile. Cuando este 

termino, ... el malaguefio . . . alargando la guitarra a nuestro 26 

patron, le invito a que tocase para echar otro baile con la 

hermana; mas la madre Florentina . . . se opuso resueltamente 28 

a ello.)) 

EJERCICIO ORAL XLIV 
(Oral Exercise XLIV) 

1. He wished her to dance. 2. He wished to dance. 3. It is 
necessary that I convince them. 4. Would that she were silent. 
5. Is it possible that you write so well? 6. I am very sorry that 
her cousin did not accompany the dancer. 7. I was glad that 
he invited the sister to dance. 8. Do you think that they will 
prolong the dance? 9. Did you tell him to play the castanets? 

10. I hope that the exclamations are not coarse and improper. 

11. I should have desired him to convince his mother. 12. The 
landlord ordered him to leave the inn. 13. I wish to click the 
castanets. 14. I wish him to click the castanets. 15. If I 
thought (subj.) that she would do it, I should ask her to dance 
a seguidilla. 16. Will you order the gentleman to advance? 

TEMA XLIV 
(Composition XLIV) 

It is doubtful if in the last twenty-five years a more pleas- 
ing and entertaining (divertida) novel than La Hermana San 2 
Sulpicio, by Palacio Valdes, has been written. It is a study 
of life in the south of Spain. Gloria's mother wishes her to 4 
(that she) take the veil (velo), but the arrival of a young 
man from Galicia changes everything. In the selection in 6 
this lesson Suarez invites la Hermana San Sulpicio to dance 
a seguidilla. When the malaguefio begins to play the guitar, 8 
Sister St. Sulpice finds it completely impossible to remain 

1 Alza, from the verb alzar, here means 'go on!' 'keep it up!' 



§ 394 SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 209 

still (quieta). The music is so gay that she feels like danc- 10 
ing. She and her cousin finally begin a seguidilla, accom- 
panied by the clicking of their castanets. All are attracted 12 
by the grace of the dancers, who bend first to one side then to 
the other with contrary movements of the head and arms. 14 
To the Galician (gallego) the exclamations, which accom- 
pany the dance, seem coarse and improper, but that is be- 16 
cause he is not acquainted with the customs of Andalusia 
(Andalucfa), and does not know that they are the necessary 18 
accompaniment of the seguidilla. 

CONVERSACION XLIV 
(Conversation XLIV) 

1. <:En que clase de clausulas dependientes estudiamos hoy 
el subjuntivo? 2. <;Con que clase de verbos se emplea el sub- 
juntivo en las clausulas sustantivas. 3. ^Cuando se emplea el 
indicativo despues de verbos como pensar, creer, etc.? 4. Di- 
game V. cuando se usa el infinitivo en vez de una clausula de- 
pendiente con el subjuntivo. 

5. <iQue hizo el malagueno? 6. <;Que exclamo la hermana al 
oir la guitarra? 7. <:Baila V.? 8. <jA quien les faltaba con- 
vencer? 9. <iQue hizo la prima de Maria de la Luz? 10. ^Cuales 
fueron las exclamaciones de Suarez? 11. <;Que significa palo- 
mita? 12. <iQue es una seguidilla? ^Como se baila? 13. ^Le 
parecen a V. groseras e impropias las exclamaciones que acom- 
pafian la seguidilla? 14. (iQue le parece a V. el trozo que hemos 
leido hoy? 15. Digame V. los titulos de algunas de las obras 
de Palacio Valdes. 

LECCION XLV 

(Lesson XLV) 

SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 

(Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses) 

II. Subjuntivo en Clausulas Adjetivas 

(Subjunctive in Adjective Clauses) 

394. An adjective clause is a dependent clause introduced by 
a relative pronoun, and takes its verb in the subjunctive when 
there is implied purpose regarding the antecedent or characteri- 



210 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§395-396 

zation of desired qualities, rather than those actually possessed 
by the antecedent, or when doubt or concession is involved. 

Queremos una criada que hable We want a servant who speaks 
frances French 

Yo buscaba algo que le distrajera I was looking for something to dis- 

tract him 

si hay quien fume if there is any one who smokes 

Abre y veremos lo que haya Open, and we shall see what there is 

(may be) 

Note. — When the relative clause expresses a mere fact, or qualities 
actually possessed by the antecedent, the indicative is used. 

Busco a una persona a quien conocia I am looking for a person whom I 

en mi juventud knew in my youth 

Voy al lugar donde mi padre nacio I am going to the place where my 

father was born 
Abre y veremos lo que hay Open, and we shall see what there is 

(in fact) 

395. Special attention is called to the two following cases of 
the subjunctive in relative clauses. It is used: 

1. When non-existence (or doubt concerning the existence) 
of the antecedent is implied by a general negation, an interroga- 
tion or a condition in the principal clause. 

No hay razon que valga There is no reason that is (of such 

a kind as to be) valid 

iExiste un hombre que sepa el por- Is there any one who knows the 
venir? future? 

Si hay quien pueda salvarla es V. If there is any one who can save her 

it is you 

2. Often when the antecedent is qualified by a superlative or 
a word of similar force. This use is confined almost entirely to 
the perfect tense of the subjunctive. 

Es el mejor libro que jamas haya It is the best book that I have ever 

conocido known 

El iinico que hubiera podido decir The only one who could have said 

algo era su padre anything was her father 

Es la primera persona que yo he He is the first person I saw here 

(or haya) visto aqui 

396. In clauses introduced by donde or compound relatives 
implying doubt or having a concessive force (' whoever,' ' what- 
ever/ ' whatsoever/ etc.) the subjunctive is used. 



EJERCICIOS 



211 



Ire donde V. quiera 

Esta prohibido a quien quiera que sea 

Que hagan lo que puedan 

Le ayudara en cuantas empresas 

emprenda 
jFeliz quien se las coma! 



I will go wherever (to whatever place 
that) you wish 

It is forbidden to everybody (to 
whomsoever it may be) 

Let them do what they can 

He will aid him in whatever enter- 
prises he undertakes 

Happy is he who eats (of) them! 



VOCABULARIO XLV 
(Vocabulary XLV) 



el ala, /., the wing. 

el barquillero, the maker (or vender) 

of wafers. 
el barquillo, the (thin rolled) 

wafer, wafer cone. 
la caricia, the caress, petting. 
colocar, to put in place, ar- 
range. 
la correa, the leather strap. 

corretear, to rove, ramble, gad. 
la culpa, the blame, fault, offense; 

tener — , to be to blame. 
la chiquilla, the small child. 
la dicha, the happiness. 

embelesar, to charm, fascinate. 
enamorar, to excite ^(or in- 
spire) love. 
ensartar, to string, thread, link. 
el gentio, the crowd, multitude. 
halagar, to flatter. 



el hormigueo, the itching. 

imitar, to imitate. 
la impaciencia, the impatience. 
el instinto, the instinct. 

marcharse, to go away. 
el miedo, the fear. 

nomada, adj., nomadic, wan- 
dering. 
el paraiso, the paradise. 
el poro, the pore. 

quieto, -a, quiet, still. 

rebosar, to teem, run over, 
overflow. 
la sangre, the blood. 

sujetar, to subject, hold down, 
keep to. 
la tarea, the task. 

terciar, to sling (sidewise) over 
one's shoulder. 
el tubo, the tube, can, tin box. 



EJERCICIO XLV 
(Exercise XLV) 

Trozo de ((La Tribuna)) por Emilia Pardo Bazan 1 

((La chiquilla crecia, y comia y rompia zapatos, y no habia 
quien la sujetase a coser ni a otro genero de tareas. Mientras 2 
su padre no se marchaba, el miedo ... la tenia quieta, ensar- 

1 The Countess Emilia Pardo Bazan (born at La Corufia in Galicia, Sept. 
16, 1851) is perhaps the world's most distinguished contemporary authoress, 
as she is certainly the most brilliant Spanish writer of her sex of the nine- 
teenth century. Favored alike by fortune and by natural gifts, she has ac- 
quired a breadth of culture that is unusual even among the most gifted men 
of her nation. As publicist, essayist, politician, critic, philosopher, scientist, 
linguist and novelist, Dona Emilia has shown rare ability. It is perhaps 
to be regretted that her interests have been so varied, for otherwise the 



212 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

tando y colocando barquillos; pero apenas el viejo se terciaba 4 
la correa del tubo, sentia Amparo en las piernas un hormigueo, 
un bullir de la sangre, una impaciencia como si le naciesen 1 6 
alas a miles en los talones. La calle era su paraiso. El 
gentio la enamoraba; los codazos y empujones la halagaban 8 
cual si fuesen 1 caricias. . . . Pasabase horas y horas correte- 
ando sin objeto al traves de la ciudad, y volvia a casa rebo- 10 
sando dicha y salud por todos los poros de su cuerpo. . . . 

De estos instintos nomadas tendria bastante culpa la vida 12 
que forzosamente hizo la chiquilla mientras su madre asistia 
a la Fabrica. 2 Sola en casa con su padre, apenas este salia, 14 
ella le imitaba, por no quedarse metida entre cuatro paredes: 
jVaya! y que no eran tan alegres para que nadie se embe- 16 
lesase 3 mirandolas.)) 



EJERCICIO ORAL XLV 

(Oral Exercise XLV) 

1. I shall stay wherever you wish. 2. There is no happiness 
that lasts. 3. Let her ramble where she wishes. 4. This is the 
most difficult task I have ever known. 5. He wishes [to] know 
if there is any one [who] (quien) sings. 6. I want a teacher who 
speaks Spanish. 7. I know a teacher who speaks Spanish. 
8. Let him do what he can. 9. The street used to fascinate the 
little child. 10. Many people in Spain sell wafers on the streets. 

11. The wafers are linked and placed in what is called a 'tubo.' 

12. The vender carries the 'tubo' by means of a leather strap. 

Spanish novel might have owed to her even more than it does. However, 
as it is, her work in fiction has been a large and distinguished contribution. 
An apostle of French naturalism, she has yet held closely enough to the 
inspiration of her own land, and especially of her own native province cf 
Galicia, to produce a series of works eminently original. She has done for 
Galicia what Pereda did for Santander and its surroundings. 

La Tribuna is the story of the daughter of a wafer maker. She enters 
a cigarette factory, and there becomes interested in politics, mounts the 
rostrum, and delivers political speeches. 

Other novels of Emilia Pardo Bazan worthy of mention are: Un Viaje 
de Novios, 'A Honeymoon'; Pascual Lopez; El Cisne de Vilamorta, 'The 
Swan of Vilamorta'; La Dama J oven, 'The Young Woman'; Los Pazos de 
Ulloa; La Madre Naturaleza, 'Mother Nature'; Insolation, 'Sunstroke'; 
Morrina, 'The Blues'; Propiedad y Familia, 'Property and Family.' 

1 Cf . § 397, 4. 2 The cigarette factory is here meant. 3 Cf. § 397, 2. 



EJERCICIOS 213 

13. That was the first wafer the child had ever eaten. 14. Some 
people do not like wafers. 15. Does a man exist who has 
not known fear? 

TEMA XLV 
(Composition XLV) 

The countess Emilia Pardo Bazan, one of the most dis- 
tinguished women of the world, has done for Galicia what 2 
Pereda did for Santander. In her novels, however, she did 
not restrict herself to her own province (provincia) as much 4 
as did Pereda. In many of them the scene is laid outside of 
Galicia. In La Tribuna the action takes place in Marineda, 6 
a name invented (inventado) by the author, and which may 
be in almost any part of Spain. The young girl, to whom we 8 
are introduced in to-day's selection, is the daughter of a wafer 
vender, a very well known figure (figura) in the streets of 10 
any Spanish city. She becomes a cigarette maker, leads her 
fellow workers (colaboradoras), and delivers speeches on 12 
political topics, forgetting the days when she rose early in 
the morning and began stringing and arranging the wafers 14 
in the tin box, while her father cooked them. 



CONVERSACION XLV 
(Conversation XLV) 

1. <:En que clase de clausulas dependientes estudiamos hoy 
el subjuntivo? 2. <;Que clase de clausulas se principian por un 
pronombre relativo? 3. ^Cuantas reglas se usan para explicar 
el uso del subjuntivo en clausulas adjetivas? 

4. <iQue puede V. decirme de la educacion de la chiquilla en 
la leccion de hoy? 5. <iQue cosa la tenia quieta cuando su padre 
no se marchaba? 6. <;Que sentia en las piernas apenas se 
marchaba su padre? 7. <;Le gustaban a ella los codazos y em- 
pujones en las calles? 8. ^Que hizo en las calles? 9. <;D6nde 
trabajaba la madre? 10. ;En que clase de habitacion vivia? 
11. <;Es facil el trozo de la leccion de hoy? 12. <jQuien es el 
autor del trozo deja leccion de hoy? 13. Digame V. algo de ella. 



214 



GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 



§397 



LECCION XLVI 

(Lesson XLVI) 

SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 

(Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses) 

III. Subjuntivo en Clausulas Adverbiales 

(Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses) 

397. The subjunctive is used in adverbial clauses after con- 
junctions (conjunciones) expressing: 

1. Time, extent, or the like, in which uncertainty or indefinite 

futurity is implied, such as: 

a medida que, according as, as fast as 

antes (de) que, before 

asi que, as soon as 

como, as, in proportion as 

cuando, 1 when 

en cuanto, when, as far as 

Escribira antes de que venga 
Yo hare como V. quiera 
Le vere cuando venga 
Lo hare en cuanto pueda 

2. Purpose or result, such as: 

a fin de que, in order that 
de manera que, 1 gQ go ^ 
de modo que, J ' 

de miedo que, for fear that 
para que, j f d } h 
por que, J v ' 

Negatively: 

no sea que, lest 

Hable V. de manera que yo le com- 

prenda 
Me marche de miedo que V. viniese 



despues (de) que, after 
hasta que, until 
luego que, as soon as 
mientras que, while 
siempre que, whenever 

He will write before he comes 
I will do as you wish 
I shall see him when he comes 
I shall do so as far as I can 



que, so that, in order that 

tal que, such that 

tanto (-a, -os, -as) . . . que, so 

much {or many) . . . that 
tan . . . que, so . . . that 



Le mando dinero para que V. vdnga 

Levantate que te vea 

No volvere a verle, no sea que me 

insulte 
Procure V. manejarle sin que se 

ofenda 



sin que, without 

Speak so that I may understand you 

I went away for fear that you might 
come 

I am sending you money so that you 
may come 

Get up so that I may see you 

I shall not see him again, lest he 
insult me 

Try to manage him without his be- 
ing offended 



Note. — In expressions of result denoting fact the indicative is used. 
Hablo de manera que yo le com- He spoke so that I understood him 

prendi {indicative) 

1 Cuando takes the indicative when futurity is not implied. 
Uno se cansa cuando estudia One gets tired when one studies 



§§398-399 SUBJUNTIVO EN CLAUSULAS DEPENDIENTES 215 



3. Condition, such as: 

a condition (de) que, on condition 

that 
dado que, in case that, supposing that 
en caso (de) que, in case that 
excepto que, except that 
a menos que, j ^^ 
a no ser que, J 
que, whether 

dado que lo sepa 

a menos que me hable 

que me hable o no 

con tal que venga esta noche 



provided that 



sea que, if, whether 

si {never with pres. subj.), if (cf. 

§398) 
con tal (de) que, 
siempre que, 
supongase que 

suponiendo que, [■ supposing that 
supuesto que 

in case that he knows it 
unless he speaks to me 
whether he speaks to me or not 
provided he come to-night 



4. Concession or denial, such as: 



aunque, although 
aun cuando, even though 
lejos de que, so far from 
por . . . que, however 

No le temo, aunque sea mas fuerte 

que yo 
Aun cuando lo diga mil veces, no lo 

creere 
Lejos de que sea mi amigo, es mi 

enemigo mas declarado 
por rico que sea 



no obstante que, 

sin embargo de que, j that 

a pesar de que, in spite of 



notwithstanding 



I do not fear him, although he be 
stronger than I 

Even though he may say it a thou- 
sand times, I shall not believe it 

So far from his being my friend, he is 
my most open enemy 

however rich he may be 



398. When a negation is implied in a conditional clause (i.e. 

a condition contrary to fact), the imperfect subjunctive 1 is 

used after si), in other cases the present indicative is used. 

Si el tiene dinero, paga If he has money, he pays 

Si el tiene dinero, pagara If he has money, he will pay 

Si el tuviera dinero, pagaria If he had money, he would pay 

Note. — Si, meaning 'if,' is never followed by the present or perfect 
subjunctive or by the future indicative or conditional. 2 If si has the sense 
of 'whether,' the conditional may be used. 

No sabia si viviria o no I didn't know whether he would live or not 

399. The conditional, used to express a desire in a modest 
manner, is sometimes replaced by the first form of the imper- 
fect subjunctive. Quisiera, from querer, is almost always so 
used instead of the conditional, and has become a way of 
politely expressing a desire. 

Quisiera verlo otra vez I should like to see it again 



Cf . § 400. 



2 Cf. §§ 132, 400, 401. 



216 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA §§400-402 

400. The first and second forms of the imperfect subjunctive 

are interchangeable, except in the apodosis (result clause) of a 

conditional sentence, where the second form is never found. 

Even the first form is seldom found here, being replaced usually 

by the conditional. In the protasis (conditional clause) either 

form may stand, but the conditional may not. In choosing 

between the two forms, euphony is the determining factor. 

For example, if a preceding or following word should end in 

-ra, the form in -se would be preferable, in order to avoid the 

repetition of similar sounds in close proximity. 

s - / buscase \ «.- - f encontrara If he looked for his book, 

\ buscara / ' \ encontraria (preferable) he would find it 

401. The future subjunctive denotes only a condition, or a 
future contingency depending upon doubt or uncertainty. It 
may denote either present or future time. Although once fre- 
quent, the future subjunctive is now little used except in prov- 
erbs, legal phrases, etc. It is now usually replaced by the 
present subjunctive (or after si, 'if/ by the present indicative). 

T ,. > „ , ,, ( decida I shall tell you what he may decide 

Le dire a V. lo que el | decidiere 

Si cree (creyere) V. eso, se equivoca If you think that, you are mistaken 

402. There still exists in Spanish a tense that has the same 
endings as the first form of the imperfect subjunctive, with 
which it is often confused. It is derived from the Latin plu- 
perfect in -aratn, -eram. It is now little used, and is usually 
restricted to relative clauses. 

Los jinetes se dirigieron al punto The horsemen went to the spot 
que Inigo senalara como el mas a which Inigo had pointed out as 

proposito the most suitable 

VOCABULARIO XLVI 

(Vocabulary XLVI) 

el alamo, the poplar-tree. la contestation, the answer. 

alojar, to lodge, quarter. continuo, -a, continual. 

la bestia, the beast; m., dunce, el coro, the chorus, choir, 
stupid person. establecer, to establish. 

la cana, the cane, reed. la fama, the reputation. 

la cartilla, the primer. la rinura, the fineness, courtesy. 

concerniente, adj., concerning. el griego, the Greek language. 
contento, -a, content, glad, habitar, to inhabit, live, dwell, 

satisfied. imperar, to command, reign. 



EJERCICIOS 217 

el martilleo, the hammering. renovar, to renew, 

el metodo, the method. la repeticion, the repetition. 
la miseria, the misery, poverty. respetar, to respect. 

la misericordia, the mercy. el ruido, the noise. 

monotono, -a, monotonous. sostener, to sustain, support, 

oculto, -a, hidden. maintain. 

remiso, -a, remiss, slow. el vecino, the neighbor. 

remolon, adj., indolent, backward. 

EJERCICIO XLVI 
(Exercise XLVI) 

Trozo de ((La Barraca)) por Vicente Blasco Ibanez 1 

((El ruido lento y monotono que parecia salir de entre los 
arboles era el de la escuela de don Joaquin, establecida en una 2 
barraca oculta por la fila de alamos. 

Nunca el saber se ha visto peor alojado; y eso que por lo 4 
comun 2 no habita palacios. . . . En toda la barraca no habia 
mas que un objeto nuevo; la larga cafia que el maestro tenia 6 
tras la puerta, y que renovaba cada dos dias. . . . 

Libros apenas si se veia tres en la escuela: una misma 8 
cartilla servia a todos. <;Para que mas? Alii imperaba el 
metodo moruno: canto y repeticion hasta meter las cosas 10 
con un continuo martilleo en las duras cabezas. . . . De vez en 
cuando callabase el coro y sonaba la voz de don Joaquin ... 12 
— (jCuantas son las obras de misericordia? ... — Dos por 
siete, ^cuantos son? . . . Y rara vez quedaba contento de las 14 
contestaciones. — Son ustedes unos bestias. Me oyen como 
si les hablase en griego. jY pensar que les trato con toda 16 

1 Vicente Blasco Ibanez (born in Valencia in 1867) is one of the foremost 
of the younger contemporary Spanish novelists. He is now a resident of 
Argentine Republic. He has been called the Zola of Spain, and the realistic 
character of his work frequently recalls the method of his French prototype. 
Energy and vigor characterize his style. 

La Barraca, 'The Cabin' or 'Farmhouse/ is one of his earlier novels, 
and is generally considered his best. The scene is laid in the fertile district 
surrounding Valencia, and the theme of the story is the persecution of an 
honest farmer and his family by his neighbors, who harbor the tradition 
that the land leased by him shall never be cultivated. 

Among the other novels by Blasco Ibanez, the following are particularly 
well known: Cartas y Barro, 'Reeds and Mire'; La Catedral, 'The Cathe- 
dral'; El. Intruso, 'The Intruder'; La Bcdega, 'The Wine Cellar'; La Horda, 
'The Rabble'; Sangre y Arena, 'Blood and Sand'; Los Muertos Mandan, 
'The Dead Command.' 

2 eso que por lo comun, trans.: 'mind you, it usually.' 



218 GRAMATICA CASTELLANA 

finura, como en un colegio de la ciudad, para que aprendan 
ustedes buenas formas y sepan hablar como las personas! . . . 18 
La gente de las barracas respetaba a don Joaquin, aunque en 
lo concerniente a sosteiier su miseria anduviese remisa y 20 
remolona.)) 

EJERCICIO ORAL XLVI 
(Oral Exercise XLVI) 

1. The pupils will respect the teacher when he arrives. 2. He 
does it without my seeing him. 3. When I have it, I shall show 
it to you. 4. He did it in order that you might remember the 
day. 5. In spite of his having come, I have not spoken to him. 
6. If I had time, I should explain it to you. 7. If I have time, 
I shall send it to you. 8. Although he may command the chil- 
dren, they will not respect him. 9. Unless they establish a new 
method, we can only put things in their hard heads with a con- 
tinual hammering. 10. As soon as the cane is broken, the 
teacher renews it in the neighboring field. 11. In order that the 
children may learn their letters (letras), we give them primers. 
12. However indolent the boys are, they learn as much as the 
girls. 13. Although the girls are sometimes indolent, they 
learn as much as the boys. 14. When one studies, one learns a 
great deal. 

TEMA XLVI 
(Composition XLVI) 

La Barraca, one of the first novels of Vicente Blasco Iba- 
nez, assured his reputation in the literary world. Its theme 2 
is the persecution (persecution) of a poor farmer and his 
family by hostile neighbors. Whenever his children return 4 
from school they are attacked by the other pupils, and al- 
though they defend themselves, the youngest, Pascualet, dies 6 
as [a] result of the ill treatment (maltratamiento) that he re- 
ceives. It is the little school of to-day's selection that the 8 
children attend. One can easily imagine the school, and be- 
fore the class the imperious master with his cane which he 10 
carefully renews from time to time. One can imagine, too, 
the pupils studying together and answering in chorus. The 12 
teacher interrupts (interrumpir) them, to (para) tell them 



EJERCICIOS 219 

that they are all dunces, and that, in spite of his efforts to 14 
(para) teach them to (a) talk like [educated] persons, they 
learn nothing, but listen to him as though he spoke to them 16 
in Greek. 

CONVERSACION XL VI 

(Conversation XL VI) 

1. <:En que clase de clausulas dependientes estudiamos hoy 
el subjuntivo? 2. ^Como principian las clausulas adverbiales, 
por pronombres relativos o por conjunciones? 3. Digame V. 
algunas de las conjunciones que toman el subjuntivo. 4. Cuando 
((si)) significa 'whether,'' <:en que modo se usa el verbo? 5. ^Se 
emplea alguna vez la primera forma del imperfecto de subjuntivo 
en vez del condicional? 

6. <;Cual era el ruido lento y monotono que parecia salir de 
entre los arboles? 7. <iEn que clase de edificio estaba establecida 
la escuela de don Joaquin? 8. <iQue objeto nuevo habia en la 
escuela? 9. ^Donde renovaba la cafia? 10. ([Que clase de 
metodo imperaba alii en la escuela? 11. <: Cuando se callaba el 
coro? 12. Cuando el maestro no quedaba contento de las 
contestaciones ^que decia a la clase? 13. <iLe respetaba al 
maestro la gente de las barracas? 14. ^Donde vive el autor de 
este trozo? 15. Digame V. los titulos de algunas de sus obras. 




220 



APENDICE (Appendix) 

EJEMPLOS DE LAS TRES CONJUGACIONES REGULARES 

(Examples of the Three Regular Conjugations) 

403. Primera (First) 404. Segunda (Second) 405. Tercera (Third) 

Infinitivo (Infinitive) 
habl-ar, to speak, talk deb-er, to owe viv-ir, to live 

Gerundio (Present Participle) 



habl-ando 


deb-iendo 


viv-iendo 


speaking 


owing 


living 


Participio Pasivo (Past Participle) 




habl-ado 


deb-ido 


viv-ido 


spoken 


owed 


lived 


MODO INDICATIVO (Indicative Mood) 


Tiempo Presente (Present Tense) 




/ speak, etc. 


I owe, etc. 


I live, etc. 


yo habl-o 


deb-o 


viv-o 


tu habl-as 


deb-es 


viv-es 


el habl-a 


deb-e 


viv-e 


nosotros habl-amos 


deb-emos 


viv-imos 


vosotros habl-ais 


deb-eis 


viv-is 


ellos habl-an 


deb- en 
Imp erf ecto l (Imperfect) 


viv-en 


/ spoke, was speaking, 


/ owed, was owing, 


/ lived, was living, 


used to speak, etc. 


used to owe, etc. 


used to live, etc. 


yo habl-aba 


deb-ia 


viv-ia 


tii habl-abas 


deb-ias 


viv-ias 


el habl-aba 


deb-ia 


viv-ia 


nosotros habl-abamos 


deb-iamos 


viv-iamos 


vosotros habl-abais 


deb-iais 


viv-iais 


ellos habl-aban 


deb-ian 
Preterito 2 (Preterit) 


viv-ian 


/ spoke, etc. 


/ owed, etc. 


I lived, etc. 


yo habl-e 


deb-i 


viv-i 


tu. habl-aste 


deb-iste 


viv-iste 


el habl-6 


deb-io 


viv-io 


nosotros habl-amos 


deb-imos 


viv-imos 


vosotros habl-asteis 


deb-isteis 


viv-isteis 


ellos habl-aron 


deb-ieron 


viv-ieron 



1 Called Preterito Imperfecto in the Grammar of the Spanish Academy. 

2 Called Preterito Perfecto in the Grammar of the Spanish Academy. 
Owing to the constant use of these terms in class, it has been deemed 

advisable to use the shortened forms, inasmuch as there is no danger of 
confusion. 

221 



222 



I 


APENDICE 


§§ 403-4 




Futuro 1 (Future) 




I shall speak, etc. 


/ shall owe, etc. 


i" shall live, etc. 


yo hablar-e 


deber-e 


vivir-e 


tu hablar-as 


deber-as 


vivir-as 


el hablar-a 


deber-a 


vivir-a 


nosotros hablar-emos 


deber-emos 


vivir-emos 


vosotros hablar-eis 


deber-eis 


vivir-eis 


ellos hablar-an 


deber-an 


vivir-an 


Condicional 2 (Conditional) 




2* should speak, etc. 


/ should owe, etc. 


I should live, etc, 


yo hablar-ia 


deber-ia 


vivir-ia 


tti hablar-ias 


deber-ias 


vivir-ias 


el hablar-ia 


deber-ia 


vivir-ia 


nosotros hablar-iamos 


deber-iamos 


vivir-iamos 


vosotros hablar-iais 


deber-iais 


vivir-iais 


ellos hablar-ian 


deber-ian 


vivir-ian 


MODO SUBJUNTIVO (Subjunctive Mood) 




Presente (Present) 




/ may speak, etc. 


/ may owe, etc. 


/ may live, etc. 


yo habl-e 


deb-a 


viv-a 


tu habl-es 


deb-as 


viv-as 


el habl-e 


deb-a 


viv-a 


nosotros habl-emos 


deb-amos 


viv-amos 


vosotros habl-eis 


deb-ais 


viv-ais 


ellos habl-en 


deb-an 


viv-an 


Imperfecta 3 (Primer a Forma) (Imperfect [First Form]) 


1" might (or should) 


/ might (or should) 


/ might (or shout 


speak, etc. 


owe, etc. 


live, etc. 


yo habl-ara 


deb-iera 


viv-iera 


tti habl-aras 


deb-ieras 


viv-ieras 


el habl-ara 


deb-iera 


viv-iera 


nosotros habl-aramos 


deb-ieramos 


viv-ieramos 


vosotros habl-arais 


deb-ierais 


viv-ierais 


ellos habl-aran 


deb-ieran 


viv-ieran 



1 Called Futuro Imperfecta in the Grammar of the Spanish Academy 
(cf. p. 61, footnote 1). 

2 This tense in the Grammar of the Spanish Academy is grouped under 
the subjunctive and called Preterito Imperfecta. In this book it has been 
grouped with the indicative tenses and called Condicional, by analogy 
with the French custom, and more in accord with Salva, who calls it Fu- 
turo Condicional. 

3 In the Grammar of the Spanish Academy, both forms of this tense, to- 
gether with the one that is here termed Condicional, are grouped without 
distinction under one head called Preterito Imperfecta. The form that is 
given first is here termed Primera Forma, and the other, Segunda Forma, 
in order to distinguish them. Some grammarians, who group the condi- 
tional with these forms under the subjunctive, designate the tenses as fol- 
lows: the forms ending in -ara or -iera, etc., Preterito Imperfecta (Primera 



§§406-409 LOS VERBOS SER, ESTAR, HABER Y TENER 223 



Imperfecto 1 (Segunda Forma) (Imperfect [Second Form]) 



/ might (or should) 
speak, etc. 
yo habl-ase 
tu habl-ases 
el habl-ase 
nosotros habl-asemos 
vosotros habl-aseis 
ellos habl-asen 



I shall (or should) 
speak, etc. 

yo habl-are 
tu habl-ares 
el habl-are 
nosotros habl-aremos 
vosotros habl-areis 
ellos habl-aren 



/ might (or should) 
owe, etc. 

deb-iese 

deb-ieses 

deb-iese 

deb-iesemos 

deb-ieseis 

deb-iesen 

Futuro 2 (Future) 

/ shall (or should) 
owe, etc. 

deb-iere 

deb-ieres 

deb-iere 

deb-ieremos 

deb-iereis 

deb-ieren 



/ might (or should) 
live, etc. 



viv- 



lese 



viv-ieses 

viv-iese 

viv-iesemos 

viv-ieseis 

viv-iesen 

/ shall (or should) 
live, etc. 

viv-iere 

viv-ieres 

viv-iere 

viv-ieremos 

viv-iereis 

viv-ieren 



MODO IMPERATIVO (Imperative Mood) 

habl-a (tu) deb-e (tu) viv-e (tu) 

habl-ad (vosotros) deb-ed (vosotros) viv-id (vosotros) 

CONJUGACIONES DE LOS VERBOS SER, ESTAR, HABER 

Y TENER 

(Conjugations of the Verbs ser, estar, haber and tener) 

Infinitivo (Infinitive) 
406. ser, to be 407. estar, to be 408. haber, to have 409. tener, to have 
Gerundio (Present Participle) 
siendo estando habiendo teniendo 

Participio Pasivo (Past Participle) 
sido estado habido tenido 

MODO INDICATIVO (Indicative Mood) 





Presente (Present) 




yo soy 


estoy 


he 


tengo 


tu eres 


estas 


has 


tienes 


el es 


esta 


ha 


tiene 


nosotros somos 


estamos 


hem os 


tenemos 


vosotros sois 


estais 


habeis 


teneis 


ellos son 


estan 


han 


tienen 



Forma), the forms ending in -aria, -eria, -iria, etc., Preterito Imperfecto 
(Segunda Forma), and the forms in -ase, -iese, etc., Preterito Imperfecto 
(Tercera Forma). 

1 Cf. p. 222, footnote 3. 

2 Called Futuro Imperfecto in the Grammar of the Spanish Academy. 



224 



APENDICE 



§§ 406-409 



Imperfecta (Imperfect) 



yo era 
tu eras 
el era 
nosotros eramos 
vosotros erais 
ellos eran 



estaba 

estabas 

estaba 

estabamos 

estabais 

estaban 



habia 

habias 

habia 

habiamos 

habiais 

habian 



tenia 

tenias 

tenia 

teniamos 

teniais 

tenian 



Preterito (Preterit) 



yo fui 
tu fuiste 
el fue 
nosotros fuimos 
vosotros fuisteis 
ellos fueron 



estuve 

estuviste 

estuvo 

estuvimos 

estuvisteis 

estuvieron 



hube 
hubiste 
hubo 
hubimos 

hubisteis 
hubieron 



tuve 

tuviste 

tuvo 

tuvimos 

tuvisteis 

tuvieron 



Futuro (Future) 



yo sere 
tu seras 
el sera 
nosotros seremos 
vosotros sereis 
ellos seran 



estare 

estaras 

estara 

estaremos 

estareis 

estaran 



habre 

habras 

habra 

habremos 

habreis 

habran 



tendre 

tendras 

tendra 

tendremos 

tendreis 

tendran 



Condicional (Conditional) 



yo seria 
tii serias 
el seria 
nosotros seriamos 
vosotros seriais 
ellos serian 



estaria 

estarias 

estaria 

estariamos 

estariais 

estarian 



habria 

habrias 

habria 

habriamos 

habriais 

habrian 



tendria 

tendrias 

tendria 

tendriamos 

tendriais 

tendrian 



yo sea 
tu seas 
el sea 
nosotros seamos 
vosotros seais 



MODO SUBJUNTIVO (Subjunctive Mood) 

Presente (Present) 

haya 
hayas 
haya 
hayamos 



ellos sean 



este 

estes 

este 

estemos 

esteis 

esten 



hayais 
hayan 



Imperfecto (Primer a Forma) 
(Imperfect [First Form]) 



tenga 

tengas 

tenga 

tengamos 

tengais 

tengan 



yo fuera 


estuviera 


hubiera 


tuviera 


tu fueras 


estuvieras 


hubieras 


tuvieras 


el fuera 


estuviera 


hubiera 


tuviera 


nosotros fueramos 


estuvieramos 


hubieramos 


tuvi eramos 


vosotros fuerais 


estuvierais 


hubierais 


tuvi erais 


ellos fueran 


estuvieran 


hubieran 


tuvi eran 



§§ 410-413 



LOS TIEMPOS COMPUESTOS 



225 



Imperfecta (Segunda Forma) 
(Imperfect [Second Form]) 



yo fuese 


estuviese 


hubiese 


tuviese 


tu fueses 


estuvieses 


hubieses 


tuvieses 


el fuese 


estuviese 


hubiese 


tuviese 


nosotros fuesemos 


jestuviesemos 


hubiesemos 


tuviesemos 


vosotros fueseis 


estuvieseis 


hubieseis 


tuviesds 


ellos fuesen 


estuviesen 


hubiesen 


tuviesen 




Futuro (Future) 




yo fuere 


estuviere 


hubiere 


tuviere 


tu fueres 


estuvieres 


hubieres 


tuvieres 


el fuere 


estuviere 


hubiere 


tuviere 


nosotros fueremos 


estuvieremos 


hubieremos 


tuvieremos 


vosotros fuereis 


estuviereis 


hubiereis 


tuviereis 


ellos fueren 


estuvieren 


hubieren 


tuvieren 


MODO 


IMPERATIVO 


(Imperative Mood) 


se (tu) est a 


(tu) he 


(tu) 


ten (tu) 


sed (vosotros) estad (vosotros) habed (vosotros) 


tened (vosotros) 



410. The compound tenses of a verb are composed of the proper 
forms of the auxiliary haber and the past participle of the verb. 
Paradigms of the compound tenses of the three regular conjugations 
follow: 

EJEMPLOS DE LOS TIEMPOS COMPUESTOS DE LAS TRES 
CONJUGACIONES REGULARES 

(Examples of the Compound Tenses of the Three Regular Conjugations) 

Infinitivo (Infinitive) 
411. haber hablado 412. haber debido 

to have spoken to have owed 

Gerundio (Participle) 

habiendo debido 

having owed 



413. haber vivido 

to have lived 



habiendo hablado 

having spoken 



habiendo vivido 

having lived 



MODO INDICATIVO (Indicative Mood) 
Perfecto 1 (Perfect) 



i" have spoken, etc. 

he hablado 

has hablado, etc. 



i* have owed, etc. 

he debido 

has debido, etc. 



7" have lived, etc. 

he vivido 

has vivido, etc. 



1 The preterit and the past anterior, together with this tense, are grouped 
without distinction under one head, Preterito Perfecto, in the Grammar 
of the Spanish Academy. The preterit is here called Preterito, the per- 
fect, Perfecto, and the past anterior, Preterito Perfecto, in order to dis- 
tinguish them. 



226 APENDICE § 414 

Pluscuamperf ecto 1 (Pluperfect) 

I had spoken, etc. I had owed, etc. I had lived, etc. 

habia hablado, etc. habia debido, etc. habia vivido, etc. 

Preterito Perf ecto 2 (Past Anterior) 

/ had spoken, etc. I had owed, etc. I had lived, etc. 

hube hablado, etc. hube debido, etc. hube vivido, etc. 

Futuro Perfecto (Future Perfect) 

I shall have spoken, etc. I shall have owed, etc. I shall have lived, etc. 

habre hablado, etc. habre debido, etc. habre vivido, etc. 

Condicional Perfecto 3 (Conditional Perfect) 

/ might (or should) have I might (or should) I might (or should) 

spoken, etc. have owed, etc. have lived, etc. 

habria hablado, etc. habria debido, etc. habria vivido, etc. 



MODO SUBJUNTIVO (Subjunctive Mood) 
Perfecto (Perfect) 

/ may have spoken, etc. I may have owed, etc. I may have lived, etc. 
haya hablado, etc. haya debido, etc. haya vivido, etc. 

Pluscuamperf ecto 1 {Primer a Forma) (Pluperfect [First Form]) 

/ might (or should) have I might (or should) I might (or should) have 
spoken, etc. have owed, etc. lived, etc. 

hubiera hablado, etc. hubiera debido, etc. hubiera vivido, etc. 

Pluscuamperf ecto 1 {Segunda Forma) (Pluperfect [Second Form]) 

/ might (or should) have I might (or should) I might (or should) have 

spoken, etc. have owed, etc. lived, etc. 

hubiese hablado, etc. hubiese debido, etc. hubiese vivido, etc. 

Futuro Perfecto (Future Perfect) 

/ shall (or should) have I shall (or should) I shall (or should) have 

spoken, etc. have owed, etc. lived, etc. 

hubiere hablado, etc. hubiere debido, etc. hubiere vivido, etc. 

414. The passive voice of a verb is composed by the use of the 
proper form of the auxiliary ser and the past participle of the verb. 

1 Called Preterito Pluscuamperf ecto in the Grammar of the Spanish 
Academy. 

2 Cf. p. 225, footnote 1. 

3 This tense is usually grouped under the subjunctive in Spanish gram- 
mars and called Preterito Pluscuamperfecto, without further distinction. 



§ 414 VOZ PASIVA DE LA PRIMERA CONJUGACION 227 

The formation of the tenses of the passive of a regular verb of the 
first conjugation is indicated below: 

VOZ PASIVA DE UN VERBO DE LA PRIMERA CONJUGACION 

(Passive Voice of a Verb of the First Conjugation) 

Infinitivo (Infinitive) 

ser llamado, -a, -os, -as, to be called 

Gerundio (Present Participle) 

siendo llamado, -a, -os, -as, being called 

Participio Pasivo (Past Participle) 

llamado, -a, -os, -as, called 

MODO INDICATIVO (Indicative Mood) 
Presente (Present) 
i" am called, etc. 
soy llamado, -a somos llamados, -as 

eres llamado, -a sois llamados, -as 

es llamado, -a son llamados, -as 

Imperfecto (Imperfect) 
/ was called , was being called, used to be called, etc. 
era llamado, -a 
eras llamado, -a, etc. 

Preterito (Preterit) 

/ was called, etc. 
fui llamado, -a 
fuiste llamado, -a, etc. 

Futuro (Future) 
/ shall be called, etc. 
sere llamado, -a 
seras llamado, -a, etc. 

Condicional (Conditional) 
I should be called, etc. 
seria llamado, -a 
serias llamado, -a, etc. 

MODO SUBJUNTIVO (Subjunctive Mood) 

Presente (Present) 

/ may be called, etc. 
sea llamado, -a 
seas llamado, -a, etc. ■ 

Imperfecto (Primera Forma) (Imperfect [First Form]) 
/ might (or should) be called, etc. 
fuera llamado, -a 
fueras llamado, -a, etc. 



228 APENDICE § 414 

Imperfecta (Segunda Forma) (Imperfect [Second Form]) 
/ might (or should) be called, etc. 
fuese llamado, -a 
fueses llamado, -a, etc. 

Futuro (Future) 
I shall (or should) be called, etc. 
fuere llamado, -a 
fueres llamado, -a, etc. 

MODO IMPERATIVO (Imperative Mood) 
Presente (Present) 

be (thou) called be (ye) called 

se llamado, -a sed llamados, -as 

TIEMPOS COMPUESTOS (Compound Tenses) 
Infinitivo (Infinitive) 
haber sido llamado, -a, -os, -as, to have been called 

Gerundio (Participle) 
habiendo sido llamado, -a, -os, -as, having been called 

MODO INDICATIVO (Indicative Mood) 
Perfecto 1 (Perfect) 
/ have been called, etc. 
he sido llamado, -a 
has sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Pluscuamperfecto 2 (Pluperfect) 
I had been called, etc. 
habia sido llamado, -a 
habias sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Preterito Perfecto 1 (Past Anterior) 

/ had been called, etc. 
hube sido llamado, -a 
hubiste sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Futuro Perfecto (Future Perfect) 

/ shall have been called, etc. 
habre sido llamado, -a 
habras sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Condicional Perfecto 3 (Conditional Perfect) 
/ should have been called, etc. 
habria sido llamado, -a 
habrias sido llamado, -a, etc. 

1 Cf. p., 225, footnote 1. 2 Cf. p. 226, footnote 1. 

3 Cf. p. 226, footnote 3. 



§415 



VERBOS IRREGULARES 



229 



MODO SUBJUNTIVO (Subjunctive Mood) 
Perfecto (Perfect) 
/ may have been called, etc. 
haya sido llamado, -a 
hayas sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Pluscuamperf ecto (Primera Forma) l 
(Pluperfect [First Form]) 
/ might (or should) have been called, etc. 

hubiera sido llamado, -a 
hubieras sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Pluscuamperf ecto (Segunda Forma) 1 
(Pluperfect [Second Form]) 
/ might (or should) have been called, etc. 
hubiese sido llamado, -a 
hubieses sido llamado, -a, etc. 

Futuro Perfecto (Future Perfect) 
/ shall (or should) have been called, etc. 
hubiere sido llamado, -a 
hubieres sido llamado, -a, etc. 



LISTA DE VERBOS IRREGULARES 

(List of Irregular Verbs) 

415. The following list comprises most of the irregular verbs, 
including radical-changing verbs, except the verbs that undergo 
orthographic changes and the verbs ending in -cer or -cir preceded 
by a vowel. These follow the rules set forth in §§ 334-340. The 
numbers refer to the sections where the verb itself or a paradigm is 
to be found. Compound verbs as well as simple verbs are given. 



A 

abnegar, 'to renounce/ cf. § 343. 
abolir, Ho abolish,' cf. § 430. 
abrir, 'to open/ cf. § 365. 
absolver, 'to absolve/ cf. §§ 346, 

374. 
abstenerse, 'to abstain/ cf. § 409. 
abstraer, 'to abstract/ cf. § 307. 
abuiiolar, 'to turn eggs in frying/ 

cf . § 345. 
acentuar, 'to accent/ cf. § 341, 2. 
acertar, ' to hit the mark/ ' succeed/ 

cf. § 343. 
aclocar, 'to brood/ cf. § 345. 
acordar, 'to remember/ cf. § 345. 



acornar, 'to butt/ cf. § 345. 
acostar, 'to lay down/ cf. § 345. 
acrecentar, 'to increase/ cf. § 343. 
actuar, 'to act/ cf. § 341, 2. 
acuantiar, ' to determine a quantity/ 

cf. § 341, l. 
adecentar, 'to render decent/ cf. 

§343. 
adestrar, 'to train/ cf. § 343. 
adherir, 'to adhere/ cf. § 354. 
adormir, 'to fall asleep/ cf. § 352. 
adquirir, 'to acquire/ cf. § 355. 
aducir, 'to adduce/ cf. § 248. 
advertir, ' to advise/ ' warn/ cf . § 354. 
afollar, 'to blow with bellows/ cf. 

§345. 



1 Cf. p. 226, footnote 1. 



230 



APENDICE 



§415 



aforar, 'to gage/ cf. § 345. 
agorar, 'to .divine,' cf. § 345. 
aguerrir, 'to accustom to war/ cf. 

§ 430. 
alebrarse, 'to squat,' cf. § 343. 
alentar, 'to breathe/ 'animate/ cf. 

§343. 
aliarse, 'to be allied/ cf. § 341, 1. 
aliquebrar, 'to break the wings/ cf. 

§343. 
almorzar, 'to breakfast/ cf. § 345. 
alongar, 'to prolong/ cf. § 345. 
amoblar, 'to furnish/ cf. § 345. 
amolar, 'to whet/ 'grind/ cf. § 345. 
amover, 'to remove/ cf. § 346. 
ampliar, 'to amplify/ cf. § 341, l. 
andar, 'to go/ cf. § 207. 
antedecir, 'to predict/ cf. §§ 247, 

428. 
anteponer, 'to prefer/ cf. § 233. 
antever, 'to foresee/ cf. § 296. 
apacentar, 'to graze/ cf. § 343. 
apercollar, 'to seize by the collar/ 

cf. § 345. 
apernar, 'to seize by the legs/ cf. 

§343. 
aplacer, 'to appease/ cf. § 376. 
apostar, 'to bet/ cf. § 345. 
apretar, 'to compress/ cf. § 343. 
aprobar, 'to approve/ cf. § 345. 
argiiir, 'to argue/ cf. § 362. 
arrecirse, 'to grow numb/ cf. § 430. 
arrendar, 'to rent/ 'bridle/ cf. § 343. 
arrepentirse, ' to repent/ cf . § 354. 
arriar (naut.), 'to lower/ 'strike/ cf. 

§ 341, 1. 
arruar, 'to grunt/ cf. § 341, 2. 
ascender, 'to ascend/ cf. § 344. 
asentar, 'to seat/ cf. § 343. 
asentir, 'to coincide/ cf. § 354. 
aserrar, 'to saw/ cf. § 343. 
asir, 'to seize/ cf. § 225. 
asolar, 'to level/ 'destroy/ cf. § 345. 
asoldar, 'to hire/ cf. § 345. 
asonar, 'to be assonant/ cf. § 345. 
asosegar, 'to calm/ cf. § 343. 
ataiier, 'to appertain/ cf. § 376. 
ataviar, 'to adorn/ cf. § 341, l. 
atender, 'to attend/ cf. § 344. 
atenerse, 'to abide by/ cf. § 409. 
atentar, 'to attempt a crime/ cf. 

§343. 



atenuar, 'to attenuate/ cf. § 341, 2. 
aterirse, 'to grow numb/ cf. § 430. 
aterrar, 'to terrify/ cf. § 343. 
atestar, 'to cram/ cf. § 343. 
atraer, 'to attract/ cf. § 307. 
atravesar, 'to traverse/ cf. § 343. 
atribuir, 'to attribute/ cf. § 361. 
atronar, 'to thunder/ cf. § 345. 
avenir, 'to reconcile/ cf. § 256. 
aventar, 'to fan/ cf. § 343. 
avergonzar, 'to shone/ cf. § 345. 
averiarse, 'to sustain damage/ cf. 

§ 341, 1. 
aviar, 'to get ready/ cf. § 341, 1. 
azolar, 'to dress timber/ cf. § 345. 



B 

bendecir, 'to bless/ cf. §§ 247, 428, 

429. 
bienquerer, 'to esteem/ cf. § 212. 



caber, 'to fit/ cf. ^333. 
caer, 'to faU/ cf. §224. 
calentar, 'to warm/ cf. § 343. 
calofriarse, 'to shiver/ cf. § 341, 1. 
cariarse (med.), 'to grow carious/ 

cf. § 341, l. 
cegar, 'to blind/ cf. § 343. 
ceiiir, 'to gird/ cf. § 357. 
cerner, 'to sift/ cf. § 344. 
cerrar, 'to close/ cf. § 343. 
ciar, 'to back up/ cf. § 341, l. 
cimentar, 'to found/ cf. § 343. 
circuir, 'to encircle/ cf. § 361. 
clocar, 'to cluck/ cf. § 345. 
cocer, 'to boil/ 'bake/ cf. § 349. 
coextenderse, 'to co-extend/ cf. 

§344. 
colar, 'to strain/ 'filter/ cf. § 345. 
colegir, 'to collect/ cf. § 357. 
colgar, 'to hang up/ cf. § 345. 
comedirse, 'to behave/ cf. § 357. 
comenzar, 'to commence/ cf. § 343. 
competir, 'to compete/ cf. § 357. 
complacer, 'to please/ cf. §379, 

note. 
componer, 'to compose/ cf. § 233. 
comprobar, 'to verify/ cf. § 345. 



§415 



VERBOS IRREGULARES 



231 



concebir, 'to conceive/ cf. § 357. 
conceptual*, 'to judge,' cf. § 341, 2. 
concernir, 'to concern/ cf. § 378. 
concertar, 'to concert/ cf. § 343. 
concluir, 'to conclude/ cf. § 361. 
concordar, 'to accord/ 'agree/ cf. 

§345. 
condescender, 'to condescend/ cf. 

§344. 
condolerse, 'to condole/ cf. § 346. 
conducir, 'to conduct/ cf. § 248. 
conferir, 'to confer,' cf. § 354. 
confesar, 'to confess,' cf. § 343. 
confiar, 'to confide,' cf. § 341, 1. 
confluir, 'to join,' cf. § 361. 
conmover, 'to move/ 'affect/ cf. 

§346. 
conseguir, 'to obtain/ cf. § 357. 
consentir, 'to consent/ cf. § 354. 
consolar, 'to console,' cf. § 345. 
consonar, 'to rhyme/ cf. § 345. 
constituir, 'to constitute/ cf. § 361. 
constrenir, 'to constrain/ cf. § 357. 
construir, 'to construct/ cf. § 361. 
contar, 'to count/ cf. § 345. 
contender, 'to contend,' cf. § 344. 
contener, 'to contain/ cf. § 409. 
continuar, 'to continue,' cL§ 341^ 2. 
contorcerse, 'to be distorted/ cf. 

§346. 
contradecir, 'to contradict/ cf. 

§§ 247, 428. 
contraer, 'to contract/ cf. § 307. 
contrahacer, 'to counterfeit/ cf. 

§219. 
contraponer, 'to oppose/ cf. § 233. 
contrariar, 'to oppose/ cf. § 341, 1. 
contravenir, 'to contravene/ cf. 

§ 256. 
contribuir, 'to contribute/ cf. § 361. 
controvertir, 'to controvert/ cf. 

§354. 
convenir, 'to agree/ cf. § 256. 
convertir, 'to convert,' cf. § 354. 
corregir, 'to correct,' cf. § 357. 
correntiar, 'to irrigate/ cf. § 341, 1. 
corroer, 'to corrode/ cf. §§ 382, 3S3. 
costar, 'to cost,' cf. § 345. 
creer, 'to believe,' cf. § 122. 
criar, 'to rear/ cf. § 341, l. 
cuantiar, 'to appraise,' cf. § 341, l. 
cubrir, 'to cover/ cf. § 365. 



Ch 
chirriar, 'to squeak/ cf. § 341, 1. 



dar, 'to give/ cf. § 206. 
decaer, 'to decay/ cf. § 224. 
decentar, 'to begin to lose' (as of 

health), cf. § 343. 
decir, 'to say,' cf. § 247. 
deducir, 'to deduce/ cf. § 248. 
defender, ' to defend,' cf . § 344. 
deferir, 'to defer/ cf. § 354. 
degollar, 'to behead,' cf. § 345. 
demoler, 'to demolish,' cf. § 346. 
demostrar, 'to demonstrate/ cf. 

§345. 
denegar, 'to deny/ cf. § 343. 
denostar, 'to insult/ cf. § 345. 
dentar, 'to indent,' cf. § 343. 
deponer, 'to depose,' cf. § 233. 
derrenegar, 'to abhor/ cf. § 343. 
derrengar, 'to cripple/ cf. § 343. 
derretir, 'to melt,' cf. § 357. 
derrocar, 'to pull down/ cf. § 345. 
derruir, 'to demolish/ cf. § 361. . 
desacertar, 'to blunder/ cf. § 343. 
desacollar, 'to dig up ground' 

(about vines), cf. §345. 
desacordar, 'to make discordant/ 

cf. § 345. 
desadvertir, 'to give no heed/ cf. 

§ 354. 
desaferrar, 'to loosen/ cf. § 343. 
desafiar, 'to challenge/ cf. § 341, l. 
desaforar, 'to infringe,' cf. § 345. 
desalentar, 'to discourage,' cf. § 343. 
desamoblar, 'to remove furniture,' 

cf. § 345. 
desandar, ' to retrace steps/ cf . § 207. 
desapretar, 'to slacken,' cf. § 343. 
desaprobar, 'to disapprove/ cf. 

§ 345. 
desarrendar, 'to unbridle/ cf. § 343. 
desasentar, 'to disagree,' cf. § 343. 
desasir, 'to let go,' cf. § 225. 
desasosegar, 'to disturb,' cf. § 343. 
desatender, 'to disregard,' cf. § 344. 
desatentar, 'to perturb,' cf. § 343. 
desatraer, 'to separate,' cf. § 307. 
desavenir, 'to discompose,' cf. § 256. 
descarriar, 'to mislead/ cf. § 341, 1. 



232 



APENDICE 



§415 



descender, 'to descend/ cf. § 344. 
descenir, 'to ungird/ cf. § 357. 
descolgar, 'to unhang/ cf. § 345. 
descollar, 'to stand forth/ 'excel,' 

cf. § 345. 
descomedirse, 'to be disrespectful/ 

cf. § 357. 
descomponer, 'to discompose/ cf. 

§ 233. 
desconcertar, 'to disconcert/ cf. 

§343. 
desconfiar, 'to distrust/ cf. § 341, l. 
desconsentir, 'to dissent/ cf. § 354. 
desconsolar, 'to make disconsolate/ 

cf. § 345. 
descontar, 'to discount/ cf. § 345. 
desconvenir, 'to disagree/ cf. § 256. 
descordar, 'to remove cords/ cf. 

§345. 
descornar, 'to remove horns/ cf. 

§ 345. 
descriarse, 'to weaken/ cf. § 341, l. 
descubrir, 'to uncover/ cf. § 365. 
desdar, 'to take back/ cf. § 206. 
desdecir, 'to gainsay/ cf. §§ 247, 

428. 
desdentar, 'to remove teeth/ cf. 

§343. 
desempedrar, 'to unpave/ cf. § 343. 
desencerrar, 'to release from con- 
finement/ cf. § 343. 
desencordar, 'to unstring/ cf. § 345. 
desengrosar, 'to make lean/ cf. 

§345. 
desentenderse, 'to disregard/ cf. 

§344. 
desenterrar, 'to disinter/ cf. § 343. 
desenvolver, 'to unfold/ cf. § 346. 
deservir, 'to neglect duty/ cf. § 357. 
desflocar, 'to remove flocks' (of 

wool), cf. § 345. 
desgobernar, 'to misgovern/ cf. 

§343. 
deshacer, 'to undo/ cf. § 219. 
deshelar, 'to thaw/ cf. §§ 343, 416. 
desherbar, 'to pluck out herbs/ cf. 

§343. 
desherrar, 'to unchain/ 'remove 

horseshoes/ cf. § 343. 
desinvernar, 'to leave winter quar- 
ters ' cf. § 343. 
desleir, 'to dilute/ cf. §358. 



deslendrar, 'to remove nits/ cf. 

§ 343. 
desmajolar, ' to uproot vines ', ' loosen 

shoe-strings/ cf. § 345. 
desmarrirse, 'to become sad/ cf. 

§430. 
desmedirse, 'to go beyond bounds/ 

cf. § 357. 
desmelar, 'to take honey from a 

hive/ cf. § 343. 
desmembrar, 'to dismember/ cf. 

§343. 
desmentir, 'to belie/ cf. § 354. 
desnegar, 'to retract/ cf. § 343. 
desnevar, 'to thaw' (of snow), cf. 

§ 343. 
desobstruir, ' to remove obstruction/ 

cf. § 361. 
desoir, 'to feign not to hear/ cf. 

§ 304. 
desolar, ' to make desolate/ cf. § 345. 
desoldar, 'to unsolder/ cf. § 345. 
desollar, 'to flay/ cf. § 345. 
desosar, 'to remove bones/ cf. 

§§ 345, 348, note. 
desovar, 'to spawn/ cf. §§ 345, 348, 

note. 
despavorir, 'to be terrified/ cf. § 430. 
despedir, 'to dismiss/ cf. § 357. 
despedrar, 'to clear of stones/ cf. 

§ 343. 
despernar, ' to remove legs/ cf . § 343. 
despertar, 'to awaken/ cf. § 343. 
despezar, 'to diminish,' (arch.) 

'bond stones/ cf. § 343. 
desplacer, 'to displease/ cf. §379, 

note, 
desplegar, 'to unfold/ cf. § 343. 
despoblar, 'to depopulate/ cf. § 345. 
desproveer, 'to leave unprovided/ 

cf. § 296, footnote to ver, p. 238. 
destentar, 'to lead out of tempta- 
tion/ cf. § 343. 
desteiiir, 'to discolor/ 'fade/ cf. 

§ 357. 
desterrar, 'to exile/ cf. § 343. 
destituir, 'to deprive/ cf. § 361. 
destorcer, 'to untwist/ cf. § 346. 
destrocar, 'to return a thing bar- 
tered/ cf. § 345. 
destruir, 'to destroy/ cf. § 361. 
desvariar, 'to rave/ cf. § 341, 1. 



§415 



VERBOS IRREGULARES 



233 



desventar, 'to vent/ cf. § 343. 
desvergonzarse, 'to be shameless (or 

impudent)/ cf. § 345. 
desviar, 'to divert/ cf. § 341, 1. 
desvirtuar, 'to pall/ cf. § 341, 2. 
desvolver, 'to alter the shape of a 

thing/ 'plow/ cf. § 346. 
detener, 'to detain/ cf. § 409. 
detraer, 'to detract/ cf. § 307. 
devolver, 'to give back/ cf. § 346. 
diferir, 'to defer/ 'delay/ cf. § 354. 
difluir, 'to be diffused/ cf. § 361. 
digerir, 'to digest/ cf. § 354. 
diluir, 'to dilute,' cf. §361. 
discernir, 'to discern/ cf. § 344, 

footnote 1. 
disconvenir, 'to disagree/ cf. § 256. 
discordar, 'to disagree/ cf. § 345. 
disentir, 'to dissent,' cf. § 354. 
disminuir, 'to diminish,' cf. § 361. 
disolver, 'to dissolve,' cf. § 346. 
disonar, 'to be in dissonance/ cf. 

§ 345. 
dispertar, 'to awaken/ cf. § 343. 
displacer, 'to displease/ cf. § 379, 

note. 
disponer, 'to dispose/ cf. § 233. 
distender, 'to distend/ cf. § 344. 
distraer, 'to distract/ cf. § 307. 
distribuir, 'to distribute/ cf. § 361. 
divertir, 'to divert,' cf. § 354. 
dolar, ' to hew ' (of wood or stone) , cf . 

§345. 
doler, 'to pain/ cf. § 346. 
dormir, 'to sleep,' cf. § 352. 
ducir, 1 'to guide/ 'teach/ cf. § 248. 



educir, 'to bring out/ cf. § 248. 
efectuar, 'to effect/ cf. § 341, 2. 
elegir, 'to elect,' cf. § 357. 
embair, 'to impose/ 'deceive/ cf. 

§ 430. 
embestir, 'to assail/ cf. § 357. 
emparentar, 'to become related by 

marriage,' cf. § 343. 
empedernir, 'to harden/ cf. § 430. 
empedrar, 'to pave/ cf. § 343. 
empellar, 'to urge,' cf. § 343. 
empezar, 'to begin/ cf. § 343. 



emporcar, 'to soil/ 'befoul/ cf. §345. 

encender, 'to light/ cf. § 344. 

encentar, 'to begin the use of a 
thing/ cf. § 343. 

encerrar, 'to shut up/ cf. § 343. 

enclocar, 'to cluck/ cf. § 345. 

encomendar, 'to commend/ cf. 
§343. 

encontrar, 'to meet/ cf. § 345. 

encorar, 'to cover with leather/ cf. 
§345. 

encordar, 'to string' (of musical in- 
struments), cf. § 345. 

encornar, 'to horn/ 'gore/ cf. § 345. 

encovar, ' to put into a cellar, ' ' con- 
ceal/ cf. § 345. 

encubertar, 'to caparison/ cf. § 343. 

endentar, 'to gear/ cf. § 343. 

enfriar, 'to cool,' cf. § 341, 1. 

engorar, 'to addle/ cf. § 345. 

engreir, 'to elate/ cf. § 358. 

engrosar, 'to fatten/ 'strengthen,' 
cf. § 345. 

enhestar, 'to erect/ cf. § 343. 

enmelar, 'to honey/ cf. § 343. 

enmendar, 'to amend/ cf. § 343. 

enrodar, 'to break on the wheel/ cf. 
§345. 

ensangrentar, 'to cover with blood/ 
cf. § 343. 

entender, 'to hear/ 'understand/ 
cf . § 344. 

enterrar, 'to inter/ cf. § 343. 

entortar, ' to make crooked/ cf . § 345. 

entredecir, 'to interdict,' cf. § 247. 

entremorir, 'to pine away/ 'flicker/ 
cf. § 353. 

entreoir, 'to hear indistinctly/ cf. 
§304. 

entrepernar, 'to put the legs in be- 
tween (something else)/ cf. § 343. 

entreponer, 'to interpose/ cf. § 233. 

entretener, 'to delay,' 'entertain/ 
cf . § 409. 

entrever, 'to see imperfectly/ cf. 
§ 296. 

envestir, 'to invest/ cf. § 357. 

enviar, 'to send/ cf. § 341, l. 

envolver, 'to involve/ 'wrap up/ cf. 

§ 346. 
equivaler, 'to equal/ cf. § 324. 



1 The verb ducir, ' to lead/ occurs seldom save in compounds. 



234 



APENDICE 



§415 



erguir, 'to erect/ cf. § 359. 
errar, 'to err/ cf. § 347. 
escarmentar, 'to take warning by 

example/ 'correct severely/ cf. 

§343. 
escocer, 'to smart/ cf. § 349. 
escolar, 'to strain/ cf. § 345. 
escribir, 'to write/ cf. § 365. 
esforzar, 'to strengthen/ cf. § 345. 
espiar, 'to spy/ cf. § 341, 1. 
estar, 'to be/ cf. § 407. t 
estatuir, 'to establish/ cf. § 361. 
estregar, 'to rub/ cf. § 343. 
estrenir, 'to bind/ cf. § 357. 
estriar {arch.), 'to flute/ cf. § 341, 1. 
evaluar, 'to value/ cf. § 341, 2. 
exceptuar, 'to except/ cf. § 341, 2. 
excluir, 'to exclude/ cf. § 361. 
expedir, 'to expedite/ cf. § 357. 
expiar, 'to expiate/ cf. § 341, l. 
exponer, 'to expose/ cf. § 233. 
extender, 'to extend/ cf. § 344. 
extenuar, 'to attenuate/ cf. § 341, 2. 
extraer, 'to extract/ cf. § 307. 



f errar, ' to garnish with iron/ cf . § 343. 
fiar, 'to trust/ cf. § 341, l. 
fluctuar, 'to fluctuate/ cf. § 341, 2. 
fluir, 'to flow/ cf. §361. 
foliar, 'to blow with bellows/ cf. 

§345. 
forzar, 'to force/ cf. § 345. 
fregar, 'to rub/ cf. § 343. 
freir, 'to fry/ cf. §§ 358, 366, 370. 



ganzuar, 'to pick locks/ cf. § 341, 2. 
garantir, 'to guarantee/ cf. § 430. 
gemir, 'to groan/ cf. § 357. 
gloriarse, 'to glory/ cf. § 341, 1. 
gobernar, 'to govern/ cf. § 343. 
graduar, 'to graduate/ cf. § 341, 2. 
gruir, 'to cry like cranes/ cf. § 361. 
guiar, 'to guide/ cf. § 341, 1. 



haber, 'to have/ cf. §408. 
habituar, 'to accustom/ cf. § 341, 2. 
hacendar, ' to transfer property/ cf . 
§343. 



hacer, 'to do/ 'make/ cf. § 219. 
hastiar, 'to loathe/ cf. § 341, 1. 
heder, 'to have a stench/ cf. § 344. 
helar, 'to freeze/ cf. §§ 343, 416. 
henchir, 'to stuff/ 'cram/ cf. § 357. 
hender, 'to cleave/ cf. § 344. 
heiiir, 'to knead dough/ cf. § 357. 
herbar, 'to dress skins (with herbs)/ 

cf. § 343. 
herir, 'to wound/ cf. § 354. 
herrar, 'to shoe (ahorse)/ cf. §343. 
hervir, 'to boil/ cf. §354. 
holgar, 'to be idle/ cf. §345. 
hollar, 'to trample on/ cf. § 345. 
huir, 'toflee/cf. §361. 



imbuir, 'to imbue/ cf. § 361. 
impedir, 'to impede/ cf. § 357. 
imponer, 'to impose/ cf. § 233. 
imprimir, 'to print/ cf. § 365. 
improbar, 'to disapprove/ cf. § 345. 
incensar, 'to incense/ cf. § 343. 
incluir, 'to include/ cf. § 361. 
indisponer, 'to indispose/ cf. § 233. 
individuar, 'to distinguish/ cf. 

§341,2. 
inducir, 'to induce/ cf. § 248. 
infatuar, 'to infatuate/ cf. § 341, 2. 
inf erir, ' to infer/ cf . § 354. 
infernar, 'to damn/ cf. § 343. 
inrluir, 'to influence/ cf. § 361. 
ingerir, 'to insert/ 'graft/ cf. § 354. 
inhestar, 'to erect/ cf. § 343. 
inquirir, 'to inquire/ cf. § 355. 
inscribir, 'to inscribe/ cf. § 365, 

footnote 1. 
insinuar, 'to insinuate/ cf. § 341, 2. 
instituir, 'to institute/ cf. § 361. 
instruir, 'to instruct/ cf. § 361. 
interdecir, 'to interdict/ cf. § 247. 
interponer, 'to interpose/ cf. § 233. 
intervenir, 'to intervene/ cf. § 256. 
introducir, 'to introduce/ cf. § 248. 
invernar, 'to winter/ cf. § 343. 
invertir, 'to invert/ cf. § 354. 
investir, 'to invest/ cf. § 357. 
ir, 'togo/cf. §255. 



jugar, 'to play/ cf. § 350. 



§415 



VERBOS IRREGULARES 



235 



leer, 'to read/ cf. § 122. 
liar, Ho bind/ cf. §341, 1. 
licuefacer, 'to liquefy/ cf. § 219, 

note. 
luir, 'to gall/ 'wear away/ cf. § 361. 



LI 

Hover, 'to rain/ cf. §§ 346, 416. 



M 

maldecir, 'to curse/ cf. §§ 247, 428, 

429. 
malherir, 'to wound badly/ cf. § 354. 
malquerer, 'to dislike/ cf. § 212. 
malsonar, 'to make offensive noise/ 

cf. § 345. 
maltraer, 'to maltreat/ cf. § 307. 
mancornar, ' to join (or tie) together/ 

cf. § 345. 
manifestar, 'to manifest/ cf. § 343. 
manir, 'to mellow/ 'mature meat/ 

cf . § 430. 
mantener, ' to maintain/ cf . § 409. 
medir, 'to measure/ cf. § 357. 
melar, 'to boil clear/ 'deposit 

honey/ cf. § 343. 
mentar, 'to mention/ cf. § 343. 
mentir, 'to lie/ cf. § 354. 
merendar, 'to lunch/ cf. § 343. 
moblar, 'to furnish/ cf. § 345. 
moler, 'to grind/ cf. § 346. 
morder, 'to bite/ cf. § 346. 
morir, 'to die/ cf. §§ 353 y 373. 
mostrar, 'to show/ cf. § 345. 
mover, 'to move/ cf. § 346. 



N 

negar, 'to deny/ cf. § 343. 
nevar, 'to snow/ cf. §§ 343, 416. 



obstruir, 'to obstruct/ cf. § 361. 
obtener, 'to obtain/ cf. § 409. 
oir, 'to hear/ cf. §304. 
oler, 'to smell/ cf. §348. 
oponer, 'to oppose/ cf. § 233. 



pedir, 'to ask/ cf. § 357. 

pensar, 'to think/ cf. § 343. 

perder, 'to lose/ cf. § 344. 

perniquebrar, 'to break the legs/ cf. 
§343. 

perpetuar, 'to perpetuate/ cf. 
§ 341, 2. 

perseguir, 'to pursue/ cf. § 357. 

pervertir, 'to pervert/ cf. § 354. 

piar, 'to peep/ cf. § 341, l. 

placer, 'to please/ cf. § 379. 

plegar, 'to fold/ cf. §343. 

poblar, 'to found/ 'people/ cf. § 345. 

poder, 'to be able/ cf. § 232. 

podrir, 'to rot/ cf. § 363. 

poner, 'to put/ cf. § 233. 

porfiar, 'to contend/ cf. § 341, l. 

poseer, 'to possess/ cf. § 122. 

posponer, 'to postpone/ cf. § 233. 

predecir, 'to predict/ cf. §§ 247, 428. 

predisponer, 'to predispose/ cf. 
§ 233. 

preferir, 'to prefer/ cf. § 354. 
premorir, 'to die first/ cf. § 353. 
prender, 'to arrest/ cf. §§ 366, 367. 
preponer, 'to put before/ cf. § 233. 
presentir, 'to forebode/ cf. § 354. 
presuponer, 'to presuppose/ cf. 

§233. 
prevaler, 'to prevail/ cf. § 324. 
prevenir, 'to forestall/ cf. § 256. 
prever, 'to foresee/ cf. § 296, foot- 
note to ver, p. 238. 
probar, 'to prove/ cf. § 345. 
producir, 'to produce/ cf. § 248. 
proferir, 'to utter/ cf. § 354. 
promover, 'to promote/ cf. § 346. 
proponer, 'to propose/ cf. § 233. 
proscribir, 'to proscribe/ cf. § 365, 

footnote 1. 
proseguir, 'to pursue/ cf. § 357. 
prostituir, 'to prostitute/ cf. § 361. 
proveer, 'to provide/ cf. § 296, 

footnote to ver, p. 238. 
provenir, 'to proceed/ cf. § 256. 
pudrir, 'to rot/ cf. § 363. 
puntuar, 'to punctuate/ cf. § 341, 2. 



quebrar, 'to break/ cf. § 343. 
querer, 'to wish/ 'like/ cf. § 212. 



236 



APENDICE 



§415 



raer, 'to scrape/ cf. § 380. 
rarefacer, 'to rarefy/ cf. § 219, note. 
reapretar, 'to squeeze again/ cf. 

§ 343. 
reaventar, 'to winnow again/ cf. 

§ 343. 
rebendecir, 'to bless again/ cf. 

§§ 247, 428, 429. 
recaer, 'to fall back/ cf. § 224. 
recalentar, 'to heat again/ cf. § 343. 
recentar, 'to leaven/ cf. § 343. 
recenir, 'to regird/ cf. § 357. 
recluir, 'to seclude/ cf. § 361. 
recocer, 'to boil again/ cf. § 349. 
recolar, 'to strain again/ cf. § 345. 
recomendar, 'to recommend/ cf. 

§343. 
recomponer, 'to recompose/ cf. 

§233. 
reconducir, 'to renew a lease/ cf. 

§248. 
reconstruir, 'to reconstruct/ cf. 

§361. 
recontar, 'to recount/ cf. § 345. 
reconvenir, 'to accuse/ cf. § 256. 
recordar, 'to remind/ 'remember/ 

cf. § 345. 
recostar, 'to lean against/ cf. § 345. 
redarguir, 'to reargue/ cf. § 362. 
redituar, 'to yield/ cf. § 341, 2. 
redder, 'to pain continually/ cf. 

§ 346. 
reducir, 'to reduce/ cf. § 248. 
reelegir, 'to reelect/ cf. § 357. 
reencomendar, 'to commend again/ 

cf. § 343. 
referir, 'to relate/ cf. § 354. 
refluir, 'to flow back,' cf. § 361. 
reforzar, 'to strengthen/ cf. § 345. 
refregar, 'to rub/ 'fray/ cf. § 343. 
refreir, 'to fry well/ cf. §§ 358, 370. 
regar, 'to water/ cf. § 343. 
regimentar, 'to organize a regi- 
ment/ cf. § 343. 
regir, 'to rule/ cf. § 357. 
regoldar, 'to belch/ cf. § 345. 
rehacer, 'to make over/ cf. § 219. 
rehenchir, 'to refill/ cf. § 357. 
reherir, 'to repel/ 'repulse/ cf. 

§354. 



reherrar, 'to reshoe (a horse)/ cf. 
§343. 

rehervir, 'to boil again/ cf. § 354. 

rehollar, 'to trample under foot/ cf. 
§345. 

rehuir, 'to withdraw/ cf. § 361. 

reir, 'to laugh/ cf. § 358. 

remendar, 'to repair/ cf. § 343. 

rementir, 'to lie greatly/ cf. § 354. 

remoler, ' to regrind/ cf . § 346. 

remorder, 'to bite repeatedly/ cf. 
§ 346. 

remover, 'to remove/ cf. § 346. 

rendir, 'to subdue/ cf. § 357. 

renegar, 'to deny/ cf. § 343. 

renovar, 'to renovate/ cf. § 345. 

reiiir, 'to quarrel/ cf. § 357. 

repedir, 'to request again (or re- 
peatedly)/ cf. § 357. 

repensar, 'to reconsider/ cf. § 343. 

repetir, 'to repeat/ cf. § 357. 

replegar, 'to refold/ cf. § 343. 

repoblar, 'to repeople/ cf. § 345. 

repodrir, 'to rot greatly/ cf. § 363. 

reponer, 'to put back/ 'reply/ cf. 
§§233,381. 

reprobar, 'to reprove/ cf. § 345. 

reproducir, 'to reproduce/ cf. § 248. 

repudrir, 'to rot greatly/ cf. § 363. 

requebrar, 'to court/ cf. § 343. 

requerer, 'to wish much/ cf. § 212. 

requerir, 'to investigate/ cf. § 354. 

resaber, 'to know well/ cf. § 242. 

resalir, 'to project/ cf. § 305. 

resegar, 'to mow again/ cf. § 343. 

resembrar, 'to sow again/ cf. § 343. 

resentirse, 'to be impaired/ 're- 
sent/ cf. § 354. 

resfriar, 'to cool/ cf. § 341, l. 

resolver, 'to resolve/ cf. § 346. 

resollar, 'to respire/ cf. § 345. 

resonar, 'to resound/ cf. § 345. 

resquebrar, 'to crack/ cf. § 343. 

restituir, 'to restore/ cf. § 361. 

restregar, 'to scrub/ cf. § 343. 

retemblar, 'to shake/ cf. § 343. 

retener, 'to retain/ cf. § 409. 

retentar, 'to threaten with a re- 
lapse/ cf. § 343. 

retenir, 'to dye over again/ cf. § 357. 

retorcer, 'to twist/ cf. § 346. 

retostar, 'to toast again/ cf. § 345. 



§415 



VERBOS IRREGULARES 



237 



retraer, 'to dissuade/ 'retire/ cf. 

§307. 
retribuir, 'to recompense/ cf. § 361. 
retronar, 'to peal' (as of thunder), 

cf. § 345. 
retrotraer, 'to antedate/ cf. § 307. 
revenirse, 'to waste away/ cf. § 256. 
reventar, 'to burst/ cf. § 343. 
rever, 'to review/ cf. § 296, footnote 

to ver, p. 238. 
reverter, 'to overflow/ cf. § 344. 
revestir, 'to clothe/ cf. § 357. 
revolar, 'to fly again/ cf. § 345. 
revolcar, 'to trample upon/ cf. 

§ 345. 
revolver, 'to stir/ cf. § 346. 
rociar, 'to sprinkle,' cf. § 341, 1. 
rodar, 'to roll/ cf. §345. 
roer, 'to gnaw,' cf. § 382. 
rogar, 'to entreat/ cf. § 345. 
romper, 'to break/ cf. §§ 366, 369. 
ruar, 'to strut/ cf. § 341, 2. 



saber, 'to know/ cf. § 242. 
salir, 'to go out,' cf. § 305. 
salpimentar, ' to season with pepper 

and salt/ cf. § 343. 
sarmentar, 'to gather primings of 

vines/ cf. § 343. 
satisfacer, ' to satisfy/ cf . § 219, note. 
segar, 'to mow,' cf. § 343. 
seguir, 'to follow,' cf. § 357. 
sembrar, 'to sow/ cf. § 343. 
sementar, 'to sow/ cf. § 343. 
sentar, 'to seat/ cf. § 343. 
sentir, 'to feel/ cf. § 354. 
ser, 'to be/ cf. §406. 
serrar, 'to saw,' cf. § 343. 
servir, 'to serve,' cf. § 357. 
situar, 'to station/ cf. § 341, 2. 
sobrentender, 'to understand' (as 

a matter of course), cf. § 344. 
sobreponer, 'to put over/ cf. § 233. 
sobresalir, 'to exceed/ 'overtop/ cf. 

§305. 
sobresembrar, 'to sow over again/ 

cf. § 343. 
sobresolar, 'to pave again/ cf. 

§345. 
sobrevenir, 'to happen/ cf. § 256. 



sobreventar (naut.), 'to get the 

weather-gage/ cf. § 343. 
sobreverterse, 'to overflow/ cf. 

§344. 
sobrevestir, 'to put on an outer 

coat/ cf. § 357. 
sofreir, 'to fry slightly/ cf. §§ 358, 

370. 
solar, 'to floor/ cf. § 345. 
soldar, 'to solder/ cf. § 345. 
soler, 'to be accustomed,' cf. §§ 346, 

384. 
soltar, 'to untie/ cf. § 345. 
solver, 'to loosen,' cf. §§ 346, 374. 
sollar, 'to blow' (as with bellows), cf. 

§345. 
sonar, 'to sound/ cf. § 345. 
sonreir, 'to smile/ cf. § 358. 
sonrodarse, 'to stick in the mud' 

(of wheels), cf. § 345. 
sonar, 'to dream/ cf. § 345. 
sorregar, 'to water in another 

course/ cf. § 343. 
sosegar, 'to appease/ cf. § 343. 
sostener, 'to sustain/ cf. § 409. 
soterrar, 'to put underground/ cf. 

§ 343. 
subarrendar, 'to sublet/ cf. § 343. 
subentender, 'to understand' (what 

is tacitly meant), cf. § 344. 
subseguir, 'to be next in sequence/ 

cf. § 357. 
subtender, ' to subtend/ cf . § 344. 
subvenir, 'to aid/ cf. § 256. 
subvertir, 'to subvert/ cf. § 354. 
sugerir, 'to suggest/ cf. § 354. 
superponer, 'to put over/ cf. § 233. 
supervenir, 'to supervene/ cf. § 256. 
suponer, 'to suppose/ cf. § 233. 
sustituir, 'to substitute,' cf. § 361. 
sustraer, 'to subtract/ cf. § 307. 



telegrafiar, 'to telegraph/ cf. § 341, l. 
temblar, 'to tremble/ cf. § 343. 
tender, ' to stretch/ cf . § 344. 
tener, 'to have/ cf. §409. 
tentar, 'to feel/ cf. §343. 
teiiir, 'to dye/ cf. § 357. 
torcer, ' to twist/ cf . § 346. 
tostar, 'to toast/ cf. § 345. 



238 



APENDICE 



§416 



traducir, 'to translate/ cf. § 248. 
traer, 'to bring,' cf. § 307. 
transcender or\ 'to transcend,' cf . 
trascender / § 344. 

EtrfSf " } ' to transfer >' cL § 354 " 

sSr "}•«»«*,•* i3*i 

transponer or 1 ' to transpose,' cf . 
trasponer / § 233. 
trascolar, 'to percolate,' cf. § 345. 
trascordarse, 'to forget,' cf. § 345. 
trasegar, 'to upset,' cf. § 343. 
trasoir, ' to misunderstand,' cf . § 304. 
trasoiiar, 'to fancy' {as in a dream), 

cf. § 345. 
trastrocar, 'to change about,' cf. 

§345. 
trasverter, ' to overflow,' cf . § 344. 
trasvolar, 'to fly across,' cf. § 345. 
travesar, 'to cross,' cf. § 343. 
triar, 'to choose,' cf. § 341, 1. 
trocar, 'to exchange,' cf. § 345. 
tronar, 'to thunder,' cf. §§ 345, 416. 
tropezar, 'to stumble,' cf. § 343. 
tumefacer, 'to cause a swelling,' cf. 

§ 219, note, 
tumultuar, 'to raise a tumult,' cf. 

341, 2. 



U 

usufructuar, 'to be fruitful,' cf. 
§ 341, 2. 



vaciar, 'to empty,' cf. § 341, l. 
valer, 'to be worth,' cf. § 324. 
valuar, 'to value,' cf. § 341, 2. 
vanagloriarse, 'to be boastful,' cf. 

§ 341, i. 
variar, 'to change,' cf. § 341, 1. 
venir, 'to come,' cf. § 256. 
ventar, 'to blow,' cf. § 343. 
ver, 1 'to see,' cf. § 296. 
verter, 'to pour,' cf. § 344. 
vestir, 'to dress,' cf. § 357. 
vigiar, 'to watch,' cf. § 341, 1. 
volar, 'tofly,'cf. §345. 
volcar, 'to overturn,' cf. § 345. 
volver, 'to return,' cf. §§ 348, 372. 



yacer, 'to lie,' cf. § 385. 
yuxtaponer, ' to put in juxtaposition,' 
cf.§233. 

Z 

zaherir, 'to reproach,' cf. § 354. 
zurriar, 'to buzz,' cf. § 341, 1. 



VERBOS IMPERSONALES 

(Impersonal Verbs) 

416. Impersonal verbs are verbs which are used only in the infini- 
tive, participles and the third person singular of the various tenses. 
They properly have no subject expressed. The verbs most com- 
monly so used are those that refer to the phenomena of nature: 

alborear, to dawn escampar, to clear up, stop raining 

amanecer, to dawn escarchar, to freeze, frost 

anochecer, to grow dark granizar, to hail 

deshelar, to thaw helar, to freeze 

diluviar, to rain hard, pour Hover, to rain 

1 The old form of the verb was ve-er (from popular Latin vedere). Re- 
mains of the old form are still found in the first person of the present in- 
dicative and throughout the present subjunctive and imperfect indicative. 
Compounds of ver, such as entrever, 'to have a glimpse of,' prever, 'to 
foresee,' rever, 'to see again,' etc., are conjugated like ver. Proveer, 'to 
provide,' however, has preserved the old infinitive form and is conjugated 
like a regular verb, except that when unaccented i occurs between two 
vowels it changes to y (cf. § 9). 



§§417-420 VERBOS IMPERSONALES 239 

lloviznar, 1 relampaguear, to lighten 

molliznar, l to drizzle tronar, to thunder 

molliznear, J ventear, to blow 

nevar, to snow ventiscar, to snow and blow, etc. 

For haber and hacer used impersonally, cf. §§ 176-178. 

Note. — Helar, deshelar, nevar, Hover and tronar change the final e or 
o of the stem to ie and ue respectively when the accent falls on the syllable 
in which they occur (cf. §§ 343, 345, 346). 

hiela, it is freezing llueve, it is raining 

417. These verbs are sometimes used personally with a subject 
and sometimes even with an object. 

Amanecio el dia The day dawned 

Tronaban los canones The cannons thundered 

Llovian piedras sobre el They were raining stones upon him 

418. Amanecer and anochecer are sometimes used in their com- 
plete conjugation, with the meaning 'to arrive (or be present) at 
dawn' or 'at nightfall. ' 

Amaneci en Madrid y anochecere I was in Madrid at dawn and shall 
en Sevilla be in Seville at nightfall 

419. Besides these verbs referring to the phenomena of nature 
there are a number of other verbs which are often used impersonally : 

acaecer, \ t naDDen _ convenir, to suit, be fitting, agree 

acontecer, J ^ importar, to matter, be important 

bastar, to suffice parecer, to seem, appear 

constar, to be clear, evident suceder, to happen, etc. 

Sucede siempre asi It always happens thus 

No importa It doesn't matter 

Por lo que veo consta que no ha It is evident by what I see that he 
llegado has not arrived 

Note. — For other impersonal uses, cf. §§ 217-218. 

420. Ser and estar, followed by nouns or adjectives, are frequently 
used impersonally. 

Es verdad It is true 

Es evidente It is evident 

Era demasiado tarde It was too late 

Esta muy nublado It is very cloudy 

E stab a muy oscuro It was very dark 

Note. — Ser followed by de and an active infinitive is sometimes used 
impersonally, and the active infinitive has the force of a passive. 

Es de creer It is to be believed 

Es de querer It is to be desired 



240 



APENDICE 



§§ 421-424 



421. The infinitives and participles of impersonal verbs, and of 
verbs used impersonally, impart an impersonal force to the verbs 
upon which they depend. 



Va a nevar 
Principio a amenecer 
Quiere Hover 
Sigue tronando 
No va a convenir 
Falto de bastar 



It is going to snow 
It began to dawn 
It wants to rain 
It keeps on thundering 
It isn't going to suit 
It failed to suffice 



LISTA DE REFERENCIA 

(Reference List) 

422. Verbs like pensar. Cf. § 343. 

The following verbs and their compounds are the most common 
verbs that are conjugated like pensar: 



acertar, to conjecture aright 
acrecentar, to increase 
adestrar, to train, break (horses) 
alentar, to breathe, encourage 
apretar, to squeeze 
atravesar, to cross 
calentar, to warm 
cerrar, to close, shut 
comenzar, to commence 
concertar, to agree, harmonize 
conf esar, to confess 
despertar, to awaken 
desterrar, to exile 
empezar, to begin 
encomendar, to commend 
enmendar, to correct, repair 
enterrar, to bury 
fregar, to rub, scour 
gobernar, to govern 



helar, to freeze 
manifestar, to manifest, show 
merendar, to lunch 
negar, to deny 
nevar, to snow 
plegar, to fold 
quebrar, to break 
recomendar, to recommend 
regar, to water 
remendar, to repair, patch 
reventar, to burst 
segar, to reap, mow 
sembrar, to sow 

sentar, to seat, fit, become, suit 
serrar, to saw 
sosegar, to appease, calm 
temblar, to tremble 
tentar, to touch, try (contentar, de- 
tentar and intentar are regular) 



423. Verbs like perder. Cf. § 344. 

The following verbs and their compounds are the most common 
verbs that are conjugated like perder: 

ascender, to ascend, mount encender, to kindle, light 

atender, to mind, heed entender, to hear, understand 

cerner, to sift extender, to extend, stretch forth 

defender, to defend, protect tender, to stretch out, extend 

descender, to descend verter, to spill, shed 

424. Verbs like contar. Cf. § 345. 

The following verbs and their compounds are the most common 
verbs that are conjugated like contar: 
acordarse, to remember almorzar, to breakfast 

acostarse, to lie down, go to bed apostar, to wager, bet 



§§ 425-427 



LISTA PARA REEERENCIA 



241 



avergonzar, to shame 
colar, to strain, filter 
colgar, to hang, hang up 
concordar, to accord, agree 
consolar, to console, comfort 
costar, to cost 
encontrar, to find, meet 
forzar, to force, constrain 
holgar, to rest 
mostrar, to show 
probar, to prove, try 



recordar, to remind, remember 

rodar, to roll 

rogar, to ask 

soltar, to untie, loosen, utter 

sonar, to sound 

sonar, to dream 

trocar, to exchange, barter 

tronar, to thunder 

volar, to fly 

volcar, to upset, capsize 



425. Verbs like mover. Cf . § 346. 

The following verbs and their compounds are the most common 
verbs that are conjugated like mover: 

ab solver, to absolve morder, to bite 

disolver, to dissolve, separate resolver, to resolve, determine 

doler, to ache, feel pain solver, to solve, loosen 

llover, to rain torcer, to twist 

moler, to grind volver, to turn, return 

426. Verbs like sentir. Cf . § 354. 

The following verbs and their compounds are the most common 
verbs that are conjugated like sentir : 



advertir, to warn, notify 
arrepentirse, to repent 
convertir, to convert 
deferir, to defer, pay deference to 

another's opinion 
dif erir, to defer, delay 
digerir, to digest 
divertir, to divert, amuse 
herir, to wound 
hervir, to boil 
inf erir, to infer, deduce 
invertir, to invert 



mentir, to He, tell a falsehood 

pervertir, to pervert 

preferir, to prefer 

proferir, to proffer, pronounce, 
utter 

referir, to report, relate, tell 

requerir, to require, notify, inves- 
tigate 

sugerir, to suggest 

transferir, to transfer, move, trans- 
port 



427. Verbs like pedir. Cf. § 357. 

The following verbs and their compounds are the most common 
verbs that are conjugated like pedir: 



ceiiir, to gird, bind, surround 
colegir, to infer 
corregir, to correct 
derretir, to melt, dissolve 
elegir, to elect, select, choose 
embestir, to assail, attack 
gemir, to groan 
henchir, to fill, purl up 
medir, to measure 



regir, to rule 

rendir, to render, subdue, vanquish 

reiiir, to scold, reproach 

repetir, to repeat 

seguir, to follow, continue 

servir, to serve 

teiiir, to dye 

vestir, to dress, clothe 



242 APENDICE §§ 428-431 

428. Derivatives of decir are conjugated like decir, except that 
they have -dice instead of -di in the second person singular of the 
imperative. Cf. § 247. 

contradecir, to contradict Imperative Sing, contradice 
desdecir, to gainsay " desdice 

predecir, to predict " " predice 

bendecir, to bless " " bendice 

mal decir, to curse " " maldice 

429. Bendecir and maldecir are also regular in the future and 
conditional, bendecire, etc., maldecire, etc., bendeciria, etc., malde- 
ciria, etc. Moreover, they have regular past participles, bendecido, 
maldecido; the forms bendicho and maldicho are now obsolete; and 
the forms bendito and maldito are used only as adjectives. 

430. There are ten verbs of the third conjugation which are com- 
monly used only in the forms where the stem is followed by i. These are : 

abolir, to abolish despavorir, to become frightened 

aguerrir, to accustom to war embair, to impose upon 

arrecirse, to become numb empedernir, to harden 

aterirse, to become numb garantir, to guarantee 

desmarrirse, to grow sad (or weak) manir, to grow tender (of meats) 

These verbs usually lack the present indicative singular. and third 
person plural, all the forms of the present subjunctive, and the singu- 
lar of the imperative. All other forms are regular. 

431. EXPRESIONES UTILES PARA LA CLASE 

(Useful Class-room Expressions) 



1. Pasar lista 






To call the roll 


2. Servidor(a) 






Present (in answer to roll call). 


3. Seiior 






Sir, Mr. 


4. Seiiora 






Madam, Mrs. 


5. Seiiorita 






Miss 


6. Buenos dias 






Good morning 


7. Buenas tardes 






Good afternoon 


8. Adios 






Good-by 


9. Hasta la vista 






Good-by, au revoir 


10. Hasta maiiana 






Until to-morrow 


11. Hasta luego 






So long 


12. Que V. (usted) lo 


pase bien 


Good-by, Good luck to you 


13. iQue leccion tenemos 


para hoy? 


What lesson do we have for to-day? 


14. Tenemos la leccion doce (etc.) 


We have the twelfth lesson 


15. iEn que pagina principiamos? 


On what page do we begin? 


16. Principiamos en la 


pagina 75 


We begin on page 75 


17. Escriba V. 






Write 


18. Lea V. 






Read 


19. Traduzca V. 






Translate 


20. Conjugue V. 






Conjugate 


21. Hagame el favor 


de 


abrir (ce- 


Please open (shut) your books 


rrar) sus libros 









POESIAS PARA APRENDER DE MEMORIA 



243 



22. Hagame el favor de principiar 

la lectura 

23. Hagame el favor de escribir en 

la pizarra 

24. Hagame el favor de contestarme 

en espanol 

25. iComo se escribe la palabra jota ? 

26. La palabra jota se escribe j-o-t-a 

27. iComo se dice? 

28. Pronuncie V. con cuidado 

29. V. pronuncia bien el espanol 

30. Hagame el favor de leer en voz 

alta 

31. Tenemos para hoy la leccion de 

gramatica 

32. iMe entiende V.? 

33. No, seiior, no le entiendo 

34. No se 

35. iMe hace el favor de explicar? 

36. Hagan VV. (ustedes) atencion 

37. Gracias 

38. No hay de que 

39. iSabe V, la leccion? 

40. Quisiera que estudiase mas la 

leccion 

41. V. debe tener mas cuidado 

42. Hableme V. en espanol 

43. iQne fecha tenemos? 

44. iQue hora es? 

45. Con permiso de V. 

46. Dispenseme V. 

47. No tengo lapiz 

48. He perdido el lugar 

49. Hable V. mas alto 

50. V. no hace nada 

51. Sientese V. alii 

52. iDonde esta — ? 

53. iQue le parece a V.? 

54. iLo cree V.? 

55. Vamos a ver 

56. Para la proxima vez 

57. Es el mejor modo 

58. £No es verdad? 



Please begin the reading 

Please write on the blackboard 

Please answer me in Spanish 

How do you spell the word jota? 

The word jota is spelled j-o-t-a 

How do you say? 

Pronounce carefully 

You pronounce Spanish well 

Please read aloud 

We have the grammar lesson for to- 
day 

Do you understand me? 

No, sir, I do not understand you 

I do not know 

Will you please explain? 

Pay attention (all) 

Thanks, I thank you 

You are welcome, don't mention it 

Do you know the lesson? 

I should like you to study the lesson 
more 

You must be more careful 

Speak Spanish to me 

What is the date? 

What time is it? 

By your leave 

Pardon me 

I have no pencil 

I have lost the place 

Speak louder 

You are doing nothing 

Sit down there 

Where is — ? 

What do you think of it? 

Do you think so? 

Let us see 

For the next time 

It is the best way 

Is it not so? 



POESIAS PARA APRENDER DE MEMORIA 

(Poems to be Learned by Heart) 

<jQue es poesia? dices mientras clavas 
En mi pupila tu pupila azul; 
<:Que es poesia? <jY tu me lo preguntas? 
Poesia . . . eres tu. 

Gustavo Adolfo Becqtjer (1837-1870) : — 



Rimas. 



244 APENDICE 

Por una mirada, un mundo; 
Por una sonrisa, un cielo; 2 

Por un beso . . . jyo no se 
Que te diera por un beso! — Becquer: — Id. 4 

Los suspiros son aire, y van al aire. 
Las lagrimas son agua, y van al mar. 2 

Dime, mujer: cuando el amor se olvida, 
^Sabes tu. a donde va? — Becquer: — Id. 4 

Hojas del arbol caidas 
Juguetes del viento son: 2 

jLas ilusiones perdidas 

|Ay! son hojas desprendidas 4 

Del arbol del corazon! 

Jose de Espronceda (1809-1842): — 
El Estudiante de Salamanca (Extract). 

iQue descansada vida 
La del que huye el mundanal riiido, 2 

Y sigue la escondida 

Senda, por donde han ido 4 

Los pocos sabios que en el mundo han sido! 

Fray Luis (Ponce) de Leon (1527-1591) : — 

Oda (Extract). 

(jQue es la vida? — Un frenesi. 
<iQue es la vida? — Una ilusion, 2 

Una sombra, una fiction, 

Y el mayor bien es pequeno; 4 
Que toda la vida es suefio, 

Y los suefios suefio son. 6 
Pedro Calderon de la Barca (1600-1681): — 

La Vida es Suefio (Extract). 

Cuentan de un sabio, que un dia 
Tan pobre y misero estaba, 2 

Que solo se sustentaba 

De unas yerbas que cogia. 4 

^Habra otro (entre si decia) 
Mas pobre y triste que yo? 6 

Y cuando el rostro volvio, 

Hallo la respuesta, viendo 8 

Que iba otro sabio cogiendo 

Las hojas que el arrojo. — 10 

Calderon: — Id. (Extract). 



POESIAS PARA APRENDER DE MEMORIA 245 

Se cortes sobremanera, 
Se liberal y esparcido; 2 

Que el sombrero y el dinero 
Son los que hacen los amigos. 4 

Calderon: — El Alcalde de Zalamea (Extract). 

MADRIGAL 

Ojos claros, serenos, 
Si de un dulce mirar sois alabados, 2 

<iPor que, si me mirais, mirais airados? 
Si cuanto mas piadosos, 4 

Mas bellos pareceis a aquel que os mira, 
<iPor que a mi solo me mirais con ira? 6 

Ojos claros, serenos, 
Ya que asi me mirais, jmiradme al menos! 8 

Gutierre de Cetina (1520?-l560?). 

Nada te turbe; 
Nada te espante; 2 

Todo se pasa; 

Dios no se muda, 4 

La paciencia todo lo alcanza. 
Quien a Dios tiene, 6 

Nada le falta. 
Solo Dios basta. 8 

Santa Teresa de Jesus (1515-1582): — 
Letrilla que llevaba por registro en su breviario. 

UN SONETO 

Un soneto me manda hacer Violante, 
Que en mi vida me he visto en tal aprieto, 2 

Catorce versos dicen que es soneto, 
Burla burlando van los tres delante. 4 

Yo pense que no hallara consonante, 

Y estoy a la mitad de otro cuarteto, 6 
Mas si me vep en el primer terceto 

No hay cosa en los cuartetos que me espante. 8 

Por el primer terceto voy entrando, 

Y aun parece que entre con pie derecho, 10 
Pues fin con este verso le voy dando. 

Ya estoy en el segundo, y aun sospecho, 12 

Que estoy los trece versos acabando: 
Contad si son catorce, y esta hecho. 14 

Lope Felex de Vega Carpio (1562-1635). 



246 APENDICE 



DOLORAS 
Ni amor canto, ni hermosura, 
Porque esta es un vano alifio, 2 

Y ademas 
Aquel una sombra obscura. 4 

— (i No es mas que sombra el carifio? 

— Nada mas. 6 
Esas flores con que ufana 

Tu frente se diviniza, 8 

Ya veras 
Cual son ceniza mafiana. 10 

— <iNada mas son que ceniza? 

— Nada mas. 12 
Y en tu contento no escaso; 

(i Que diras que es un contento, 14 

Que diras? 

— <iNada mas que viento acaso? 16 

— jNada mas, niria, que viento, 

Nada mas! 18 

En la edad de las pasiones, 
A vueltas de mil enojos, 20 

Hallaras 
Aire, sombras e ilusiones: 22 

[Nada mas, luz de mis ojos, 

Nada mas! 24 

Ramon de Campoamor (1819-1901): — 
Vanidad de la Hermosura. 

Volveran las obscuras golondrinas 
En tu balcon sus nidos a colgar, 2 

Y, otra vez, con el ala a sus cristales 

Jugando llamaran. 4 

Pero aquellas que el vuelo refrenaban 
Tu hermosura y mi dicha a contemplar, 6 

Aquellas que aprendieron nuestros nombres . . . 

Esas . . . jno volveran! 8 

Volveran las tupidas madreselvas 
De tu jardin las tapias a escalar, 10 

Y otra vez a la tarde, aun mas hermosas, 

Sus flores se abriran; 12 

Pero aquellas, cuajadas de rocio, 
Cuyas gotas mirabamos temblar 14 

Y caer, cqmo lagrimas del dia . . . 

Esas ... jno volveran! 16 

Volveran del amor en tus oidos 
Las palabras ardientes a sonar; 18 



POESIAS PARA APRENDER DE MEMORIA 247 

Tu corazon de su profundo sueno 

Tal vez despertara; 20 

Pero mudo y absorto y de rodillas, 

Como se adora a Dios ante su altar, 22 

Como yo te he querido . . . desenganate, 

jAsi no te querran! — Becquer: — Rimas. 



FABULA 

Los Dos Conejos 
Por entre unas matas 
Seguido de perros, 2 

(No dire corria) 
Volaba un conejo. 4 

De su madriguera 
Salio un companero, 6 

Yledijo: — Tente 
Amigo, <jque es esto? 8 

— (iQue ha de ser? responde; 

Sin aliento llego ... 10 

Dos picaros galgos 

Me vienen siguiendo. 12 

— Si (replica el otro), 

Por alii los veo, 14 

Pero no son galgos. 

— Pues, (ique son? — Podencos. 16 

— (iQue? ^Podencos dices? 

Si, como mi abuelo. 18 

Galgos, y muy galgos: 

Bien visto los tengo. 20 

— Son podencos: vaya, 

Que no entiendes de eso. 22 

— Son galgos, te digo. 

— Digo que podencos. 24 

En esta disputa 
Llegando los perros, 26 

Pillan descuidados 
A mis dos conejos. 28 



248 APENDICE 

Los que por cuestiones 
De poco momento 30 

Dejan lo que importa, 

Llevense este ejemplo. 32 

Tomas de Iriarte (1750-1791). 

PARA LECTURA A PRIMERA VISTA (Sight Reading) 
LAS GAFAS 

Como se acercaba el dia de San Isidro, multitud de gente rustica 
habia acudido a Madrid desde las pequefias poblaciones y aldeas 2 
de ambas Castillas, y aun de provincias lejanas. 

Llenos de curiosidad circulaban los forasteros por calles y 4 
plazas e invadian las tiendas y los almacenes para enterarse de 
todo, contemplarlo y admirarlo. 6 

Uno de estos rusticos entro por acaso en la tienda de un optico 
en el punto de hallarse alii una senora anciana que queria comprar 8 
unas gafas. Tenia muchas docenas extendidas sobre el mostra- 
dor; se las iba poniendo sucesivamente, miraba luego en un peri- 10 
odico, y decia: 

— Con estas no leo. 12 
Siete u ocho veces repitio la operation, hasta que al cabo, des- 

pues de ponerse otras gafas, miro en el periodico, y dijo muy con- 14 
tenta: 

— Con estas leo perfectamente. 16 
Luego las pago y se las llevo. 

Al ver el rustico lo que habia hecho la senora, quiso imitarla, 18 
y empezo a ponerse gafas y a mirar en el mismo periodico; pero 
siempre decia: 20 

— Con estas no leo. 

Asi se paso mas de media hora; el rustico ensayo tres o cuatro 22 
docenas de gafas, y como no lograba leer con ninguna, las des- 
echaba todas, repitiendo siempre: 24 

— No leo con estas. 

El tendero entonces le dijo: 26 

— <iPero usted sabe leer? 

— Pues si yo supiera leer, £para que habia de mercar las gafas? 28 

Juan Valera (1824-1905). 

A QUIEN DEBE DARSE CREDITO 

Llamaron a la puerta. El mismo tio Pedro salio a abrir y se 
encontro cara a cara con su compadre Vicentico. 2 

— Buenos dias, compadre. dQue buen viento le trae a usted 
por aqui? <[Que se le ofrece a usted? 4 

— Pues nada . . . confio en su amistad de usted . . . y espero . . . 



PARA LECTURA A PRIMERA VISTA 249 

— Desembuche us ted, compadre. 6 

— La verdad, yo he podado los olivos, tengo en mi olivar lo 
menos cinco cargas de lefia que quiero traerme a casa y vengo 8 
a que me empreste usted su burro. 

— i Cuanto lo siento, compadre! Parece que el demonio lo hace. io 
jQue maldita casualidad! Esta manana se fue mi chico a Cordoba, 
caballero en el burro. Hasta dentro de seis o siete dias no volvera. 12 
Si no fuera por esto podria usted contar con el burro como si 
fuese suyo propio. Pero, que diablos, el burro estara ya lo menos 14 
a cuatro leguas de aqui. 

El picaro del burro, que estaba en la caballeriza, se puso en ton- 16 
ces a rebuznar con grandes brios. 
El que le pedia prestado dijo con enojo: 18 

— No creia yo, tio Pedro, que usted fuese tan cicatero que 
para no hacerme este pequeno servicio, se valiese de un engano. 20 
El burro esta en casa. 

— Oiga usted, replico el tio Pedro. Quien aqui debe enojarse 22 
soy yo. 

— <:Y por que el enojo? 24 

— Por que usted me quita el credito y se lo da al burro. 

Juan Valera. 

MARI BELCHA 

Cuando te quedas sola a la puerta del negro caserio con tu her- 
manillo en brazos, <ien que piensas, Mari Belcha, al mirar los 2 
montes lejanos y el cielo palido? 

Te llaman Mari Belcha, 1 Maria la Negra, porque naciste el dia 4 
de los Reyes, no por otra cosa; te llaman Mari Belcha, y eres 
blanca como los corderillos cuando salen del lavadero, y rubia como 6 
las mieses doradas del estio . . . 

Cuando voy por delante de tu casa en mi caballo, te escondes 8 
al verme, te ocultas de mi . . . jAh! Pero yo tambien te miro ocul- 
tandome entre los arboles; <iy sabes por que? . . . Si te lo dijera, te 10 
reirias . . . Yo, el medicuzarra, que podria ser tu abuelo; si, es ver- 
dad. Si te lo dijera, te reirias. 12 

jMe pareces tan hermosa! Dicen que tu cara esta morena por 
el sol, . . . pero en cambio tus ojos tienen la serenidad de las 14 
auroras tranquilas del otono y tus labios el color de las amapolas 
de los amarillos trigales. 16 

Luego eres buena y carifiosa. Hace unos dias, el martes que 
hubo feria, <ite acuerdas? tus padres habian bajado al pueblo y 18 
tu pasabas por la heredad con tu hermanillo en brazos. 

El chico tenia mal humor, tu querias distraerle y le ensefiabas 20 
las vacas, la Gorriya 2 y la Beltza 1 que pastaban la hierba, reso- 

1 From the Basque belz, meaning ' black.' 

2 From the Basque gorri, meaning ' red/ 



250 APENDICE 

plando con alegria, corriendo pesadamente de un lado a otro, 22 
mientras azotaban las piernas eon sus largas colas . . . pero luego 
se acordo de que tenia mal humor, y empezo a llorar. 24 

Y yo tambien empece a llorar no se por que. Verdad es que 
los viejos tenemos dentro del pecho corazon de nino. 26 

Y para acallar a tu hermano recurriste al perrillo alborotador; 

a las gallinas que picoteaban en el suelo ... a los estupidos cerdos 28 
que corrian de un lado a otro. 

Cuando el nino callaba, te quedabas pensativa. Tus ojos mira- 30 
ban los montes azulados de la lejania, pero sin verlos; miraban las 
nubes blancas que cruzaban el cielo palido, las hojas secas que 32 
cubrian el monte, las ramas descarnadas de los arboles, y sin em- 
bargo, no veian nada. 34 

Veian algo; pero era en el interior del alma, en esas regiones 
misteriosas, donde brotan los amores y los sueiios. ... 36 

Hoy, al pasar te he visto aun mas preocupada. 

Sentada sobre un tronco de arbol, en actitud de abandono, mas- 38 
cabas nerviosa una hoja de menta. 

Dime, Mari Belcha, <[en que piensas al mirar los montes lejanos 40 
y el cielo palido? 

Pio Baroja (1872—). 



VOCABULARIO ESPAffoL-INGLES 

(Spanish-English Vocabulary) 



a, prep., to, at, in, into, on, from, 
of. 

aba jo, adv., below, down-stairs, 
down. 

abandonar, to abandon, leave 
(behind). 

abandono, m., abandon, abandon- 
ment. 

abanico, m., fan. 

abierto, -a {adj. pp. of abrir), 
open, opened. 

abigarrado, -a {adj. pp. of abi- 
garrar), motley. 

abogado, m., lawyer. 

abolir, to abolish. 

abrazar, to embrace. 

abrazo, m., embrace. 

abreviatura, /., abbreviation. 

abril, m., April. 

abrir, to open. 

abrumar, to overwhelm, weigh 
down. 

absoluto, -a, absolute; en — , adv., 
absolutely, supreme. 

ab solver, to absolve. 

absorber, to absorb. 

absorto, -a {adj. pp. of absorber), 
absorbed, spellbound. 

abstenerse (de), to abstain (from). 

abuela, /., grandmother. 

abuelo, m., grandfather; como mi 
— {or abuela), like fun, your 
grandmother {a familiar sarcas- 
tic expression, indicating doubt 
or denial of some statement). 

abundante, adj., abundant. 

jabur! int. {coll.), farewell! good- 
by! 

aburrirse, to grow tired, be bored. 

aca, adv., here. 



acabar, to end, finish; — de . . ., 
to have just . . . 

academico, -a, academic. 

acaecer, to happen. 

acallar, to quiet, assuage. 

acampar, to camp. 

acariciar, to caress, cherish. 

acaso, adv., by chance, perchance, 
perhaps. 

acceso, m., access. 

action, /., action, deed. 

aceite, m., oil, olive-oil. 

aceituna, /., olive, fruit of the 
olive-tree. 

acento, m., accent. 

acentuar, to accent. 

acepillar, to brush. 

aceptacion, /., acceptation. 

aceptar, to accept. 

acequia, /., canal, trench. 

acera, /., sidewalk. 

acerca de, prep., about, regard- 
ing. 

acercar, to approach, put close to; 
— se (de or a), to approach, draw 
near. 

acero, m., steel. 

acertado, -a, well-established. 

acertar, to conjecture right, hap- 
pen, succeed. 

acometer, to undertake, attack. 

acomodar, to accommodate; — se, 
to conform. 

acompaiiamiento, m., accompani- 
ment. 

acompanar, to accompany. 

acontecer, to happen. 

acordarse (de), to remember. 

acortar, to shorten, cut off. 

acostar, to put to bed; — se, to lie 
down, go to bed. 

acostumbrar, to accustom. 

actitud, /., attitude. 



251 



252 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



acto, m., act, ceremony; en este 

— , at this moment. 
actor, m., actor. 
actual, adj., present, actual; subst., 

m., present (or current) month. 
actualidad, /., present (time or 

state of things). 
acudir, to come, come together, 

gather, run up to, hasten (to 

help). 
acueducto, m., aqueduct. 
acusacion, /., accusation, charge. 
acusar, to accuse. 
acusativo, m., accusative, direct 

object, 
adelantar, to advance, be fast (of 

timepieces). 
adelante, adv., forward, on; \ — ! 

int., go on! onward! forward!; 

de alii en — , adv., thenceforth. 
ademan, m., bearing, demeanor, 

attitude, manner. 
ademas, adv., moreover, besides; 

— de, prep., besides, in addition 

to. 
adentro, adv., inside, within. 
adestrar, to train, break (horses), 
jadios! int., good-by! 
adivino, m., fortune-teller. 
adjetivo, -a, adjective, adjectival; 

subst., m., adjective. 
administrador, m., manager. 
admirable, adj., admirable. 
admirar, to admire, marvel, won- 
der. 
admitir, to admit, permit, accept. 
adobe, m., adobe, sun-dried brick. 
Adolf o, m., Adolphus. 
adonde, adv., whither. 
adoration, /., adoration. 
adorar, to adore, worship. 
adornar, to adorn, decorate, 
adquirir, to acquire. 
aduana, /., customs, custom- 
house. 
aducir, to adduce. 
adverbial, adj., adverbial. 
adverbio, m., adverb. 
adversario, m., adversary, 
advertir, to warn, notify, notice, 

observe. 
advocation, /., appellation (given 



to church, etc., dedicated to the 
Virgin). 

afan, m., anxiety, trouble, diffi- 
culty. 

af ectar, to affect. 

afectisimo, -a, most affectionate. 

afecto, -a, affectionate. 

afectuoso, -a, affectionate. 

afeitar(se), to shave. 

aficion, /., affection, fondness. 

aficionado, m., amateur, admirer. 

afilado, -a (adj. pp. of afilar), 
sharp, sharpened. 

afinador, m., piano tuner. 

afirmar, to affirm. 

aflojarse, to become loosened. 

afrenta, /., affront, insult, in- 
dignity. 

afuera, adv., out of the house, 
outside, without; por — , adv., 
without, on the outside; — s, /. 
pi., suburbs. 

agarrar, to grasp, seize. 

agitar, to agitate, palpitate, move. 

agonia, /., agony, death struggle 

agonizar, to agonize. 

agostar, to parch. 

agosto, m., August. 

agradable, adj., agreeable, pleas- 
ant, pleasing. 

agradecer, to thank, be grateful 
for. 

agradecimiento, m., thanks, grati- 
tude. 

agravar, to aggravate. 

agua, /., water. 

aguardar, to await. 

agudeza, /., wit, witticism. 

agudo, -a, sharp-pointed, sharp. 

aguerrir, to accustom to war. 

aguileno, -a, aquiline. 

aguja, /., needle. 

jagur! int. (coll.), farewell! good-by! 

;ah! int., ah! 

ahi, adv., there. 

ahogar, to smother, choke, suffo- 
cate, drown. 

ahora, adv., now; — que, conj., 
now that. 

ahorcar, to hang (on the gallows). 

airado, -a (adj. pp. of airar), an- 
gered, angry, wrathful. 



VOCABULAE.IO ESPANOL-INGLES 



253 



aire, m., air; castillos en el — , 

air-castles. 

airoso, -a, airy, graceful. 

ajedrez, m., chess, game of chess. 

ajeno, -a, another's, of another, 
other people's, of others, others', 
foreign, strange, contrary. 

ajo, m., garlic. 

ajustar, to adjust, fit, regulate; 
— se, to settle matters. 

ala, /., wing. 

alabar, to praise. 

alamo, m., poplar- tree. 

alargar, to lengthen, extend. 

alarido, m., shout, outcry, wail. 

Albaicin, (El), m., The Albaicin 
{a quarter in Granada, inhabited 
by gipsies). 

albafHl, m., mason, bricklayer. 

Alboraya, Alboraya (a town of 
some 4000 inhabitants, in the 
province of Valencia, eastern 
Spain) . 

alborear, to dawn. 

alborotador, -a, adj., frolicsome, 
playful, noisy. 

alborotar, to disturb. 

alborozo, m., excitement, gaiety. 

Alcala, la Calle de, Alcala Street 
{one of the principal streets of 
Madrid). 

Alcala de Henares, Alcala of 
Henares {a city of some 12,000 
inhabitants, situated in the prov- 
ince of Madrid, Spain. For- 
merly the seat of a famous uni- 
versity, founded in 15 13 by the 
Cardinal Francisco Jimenez de 
Cisneros and in 1836 transferred 
to Madrid). 

alcalde, m., mayor. 

alcanzar, to reach, attain, over- 
take. 

alcoba, /., bedroom. 

aldabonazo, m., knock. 

aldea, /., village. 

aldeano, m., villager. 

alegar, to allege, cite. 

alegrar, to enliven; — se, to be 
pleased, be glad, rejoice. 

alegre, adj., gay, cheerful, ani- 
mated. 



alegria, /., joy, merriment. 

alejarse, to withdraw, go away. 

alentar, to breathe, encourage. 

alerta, adv.-, estar — , to be alert, 
vigilant. 

alerto, -a, alert. 

aleteo, m., flapping of wings. 

alfabeto, m., alphabet. 

alfombra, /., carpet. 

Alfonso, m., Alphonso. 

algo, pron., something, anything; 
adv., somewhat, rather. 

alguacil, m., alguazil, mounted 
police officer. 

alguien, pron., some one, some- 
body, any one, anybody. 

algun {see alguno). 

alguno, -a, adj. and pron. some, 
any; — que otro, some or other, 
an occasional. 

alhaja, /., jewel, gem. 

Alhambra, (La),/., The Alhambra. 

Alicante, Alicante {the capital of 
the province of Alicante in south- 
eastern Spain). 

alienado, m., insane (person). 

aliento, m., breath. 

alimento, m., food. 

alino, m., adornment, ornament. 

alivio, m., relief. 

alma, /., soul, heart. 

almacen, m., shop, store. 

almendra, /., almond. 

almorzar, to breakfast. 

almuerzo, m., breakfast, lunch. 

alojamiento, m., lodging. 

alojar, to lodge, quarter. 

alpargata, /., sandal {with soles of 
hemp and tops of canvas). 

alquilar, to rent, hire. 

alquiler, m., rent. 

alrededor, adv., around; a su — , 
around him (her, etc.). 

alrededores, m., pi., environs. 

altaneria, /., haughtiness. 

altar, m., altar. 

alterado, -a {adj. pp. of alterar), 
changed, moved. 

alternativamente, adv., alternately. 

altivo, -a, haughty, proud, lofty. 

alto, -a, high, lofty, long; lo — , 
above, height, top; — relieve, 



254 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



high relief; adv., aloud, loudly; 
J — ! int., halt! 

altura, /., height. 

alucinacion, /., hallucination. 

alumbrar, to light, illuminate. 

alumno, m., student, pupil. 

alusion, /., allusion. 

jalza! int. {expressing encourage- 
ment), go on! keep it up! lively! 

alzar, to raise; — se, to rise, raise 
one's self. 

alia, adv., there. 

alii, adv., there, yonder; de — en 
adelante, adv., thenceforth; por 
— , adv., over yonder, yonder. 

amabilidad, /., kindness. 

amable, adj., kind. 

Amadis de Gaula, Amadis of 
Gaul {the oldest of the heroes of 
chivalry, and the name of the 
first romance of chivalry in the 
Spanish peninsula). 

amanecer, m., daybreak, dawn; 
— , to dawn, be {or arrive) at 
dawn. 

amapola, /., poppy. 

amar, to love. 

amargo, -a, bitter. 

amargura, /., bitterness. 

amarillento, -a, yellowish, golden. 

amarillo, -a, yellow. 

a mas no poder, to the utmost. 

ambition, /., ambition. 

ambicionar, to covet, pursue with 
ambition, desire. 

ambos, -as, adj. and pron., both. 

amedrentar, to intimidate, dis- 
courage. 

jAmen! int., Amen! 

amenazador, -a, threatening. 

amenazar, to threaten. 

ameno, -a, pleasant, delightful. 

America,/., America. 

americana, /., sack-coat. 

americano, -a, American. 

amiga, /., friend. 

amigo, m., friend; — bromista, 
mischievous fellow. 

amistad, /., friendship. 

amo, m., master. 

amor, m., love; — propio, self-love, 
conceit. 



amoroso, -a, loving. 

amortiguado, -a {adj. pp. of 
amortiguar), dull, dulled. 

amparar, to protect, shelter. 

amparo, m., protection, shelter. 

ancho, -a, broad, wide. 

anciano, -a, old, ancient. 

janda! int. {expressing encourage- 
ment), go on! keep it up! lively! 
of course! come! please! {ex- 
pressing incredulity) pshaw! 

Andalucia, /., Andalusia. 

andaluza, /., Andalusian woman. 

andante, adj. {with caballero), 
errant. 

andantesco, -a {see caballeria). 

andar, to go, go through, travel, 
walk; — escaso (-a), to be 
sparing; vamos andando, let 
us walk along. 

anden, m., platform. 

andrajo, m., rag. 

anemico, -a, anemic. 

angosto, -a, narrow. 

angustia, /., anguish, distress. 

angustioso, -a, distressing, full of 
anguish. 

anhelante, adv., breathless. 

anhelo, m., desire, eagerness. 

anillo, m., ring. 

animation, /., animation. 

animado, -a, animated. 

animal, m., animal. 

animar, to enliven, animate, en- 
courage. 

anoche, adv., last night. 

anochecer, to grow dark, be {or 
arrive) at night; subst., m., night- 
fall; al — , at nightfall. 

ansia, /., anxiety, eagerness. 

ansiedad, /., anxiety, eagerness. 

ansioso, -a, anxious. 

antaiio, adv., long ago; de — , (of) 
yore, (in) former times. 

ante, prep., before, in the presence 
of, above. 

anteanoche, adv., night before last. 

anteayer, adv., day before yester- 
day. 

antecedentes, m. pi., previous 
conduct. 

anterior, anterior, former, before. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



255 



antes, adv., first, before; — de, 
prep., before; — (de) que, conj., 
before; — de ayer, adv., day 
before yesterday. 

antiguamente, adv., formerly. 

antiguedad, /., antiquity. 

antiguo, -a, ancient, former, old. 

antojarse, to long for, desire 
earnestly, choose, occur {to 
some one). 

Antonia, /., Antonia. 

Antonio, m., Anthony. 

anunciar, to announce. 

anadir, to add. 

anejo, -a, old. 

ano, m., year; — bisiesto, leap- 
year; — comun, common year; 
— escolar, school year; Ano 
Nuevo, New Year. 

apacible, adj., placid, quiet, pleas- 
ant. 

apagar, to extinguish, drown. 

aparecer(se), to appear. 

aparejo, m., harness. 

aparentar, to feign. 

aparente, adj., apparent, evident. 

apariencia, /., appearance. 

apartar, to separate. 

apearse, to dismount. 

apellido, m., family name. 

apenas, adv., scarcely, no sooner, 
as soon as; — . . . cuando, conj., 
scarcely . . . when. 

aperador, m., farmer. 

apertura, /., opening. 

apestar, to smell. 

apetito, m., appetite. 

aplacer, to please. 

aplauso, m., applause. 

apocope,/., apocopation. 

apoderarse (de), to take possession 
(of). 

apogeo, m., apogee, highest de- 
gree of greatness. 

apostar, to wager, bet. 

apostolico, -a, apostolic. 

apoyar, to support, lean, put. 

apoyo, m., support; punto de — , 
place of support. 

apreciable, adj., esteemed, valu- 
able. 

apreciar, to appreciate. 



aprecio, m., regard, esteem. 

aprehensor, m., captor. 

aprender, to learn. 

apresuradamente, adv., hurriedly. 

apresurar, to hasten, quicken, 
hurry. 

apretar, to squeeze, clasp, lay 
hold, drive. 

apriesa, adv., quickly, in haste. 

aprieto, m., difficulty, strait (s). 

aprisa, adv., quickly, in haste. 

aprobacion, /., approbation, ap- 
proval. 

aprovechar, to profit (by a thing), 
make the best of, benefit. 

aptitud, /., aptitude, skill, ability. 

apuntar, to aim. 

apuro, m., need, want, emergency. 

aquel, aquella, adj., that. 

aquel, aquella, aquello, pron., that. 

aqui, adv., here; he — , here is, 
this is. 

arbol, m., tree. 

arcano, m., arcanum, secret. 

arco, m., circle, arch, bow. 

arder, to burn, blaze. 

ardiente, adj., ardent, burning. 

arena, /., sand. 

arenoso, -a, sandy. 

Argel, Algiers. 

argiiir, to argue. 

arido, -a, arid, dry. 

arma, /., arm, weapon; vela de 
— s, vigil (at arms). 

armada, /., armada, fleet. 

Armando, m., Armand. 

armar, to arm; — caballero, to 
dub knight. 

armario, m., wardrobe, clothes- 
press. 

armero, m., armorer, gun-maker. 

armonioso, -a, harmonious. 

arnes, m., harness. 

aroma, m., fragrance, aroma. 

arraigado, -a, deep-rooted. 

arrancar, to snatch, draw, tear 
out, pull off; — a correr, to 
start to run. 

arrastrar, to drag. 

Jarre! int. (to animate), get up! 

arrear, to start up, drive. 

arrebol, m., reddish hue (or tint). 



256 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



arrebujar, to wrap, muffle. 

arrecirse, to become numb. 

arremeter, to assail, attack. 

arreos, m. pi., trappings. 

arrepentirse, to repent. 

arriba, adv., above, up, up-stairs; 
i — ! int., up! get up! 

arrimarse (a), to lean (against). 

arrogante, adj., spirited, confident. 

arrojar, to throw (away), put out, 
cast (out), expel. 

arroyo, m., stream, brook, gutter. 

arroyuelo, m., creek. 

arroz, m., rice. 

arrugar, to wrinkle. 

arte, m., art. 

articulo, m., article. 

artilleria, /., artillery; tercero de 
— , third regiment of artillery. 

artillero, m., artilleryman, gunner. 

arzobispo, m., archbishop. 

asar, to roast; poco asado, -a, 
rare, not well done. 

ascender, to ascend, mount. 

ascension,/., ascension. 

asegurar, to assure. 

asentar, to seat, plant, place. 

aseo, m., cleanliness, neatness, 
toilet. 

asesinar, to assassinate. 

asesino, m., assassin, murderer; 
jal — ! int., murder! 

asfixiar, to smother, suffocate. 

asi, adv., thus, so; — que, conj., 
as soon as; — ... como, conj., 
both . . . and; — como ... — 
(tambien), conj., just as . . . 
so (too). 

asiento, m., seat, place. 

asir, to seize, grasp. 

asistir, to assist; — a, to be present 
at, attend. 

asno, m., ass, donkey. 

asomarse, to appear, peep, pre- 
sent {or show) one's self. 

asombrado, -a {adj. pp. of asom- 
brar), astounded, astonished. 

asombro, m., amazement, aston- 
ishment, fear. 

asombroso, -a, astonishing, sur- 
prising. 

aspa, /., wing (of a wind-mill). 



aspecto, m., aspect, sight, view. 

aspero, -a, rough, rugged. 

Astorga, Astorga {a city of some 
6000 inhabitants, situated in the 
province of Leon, Spain). 

astronomia, /., astronomy. 

asuncion, /., assumption. 

asunto, m., subject, topic. 

atacar, to attack. 

ataner, to appertain. 

ataque, m., attack; — de nervios, 
nervous attack. 

atar, to tie. 

atencion, /., attention. 

atender, to mind, heed, attend 
(to). 

atentado, m., offense. 

atentamente, adv., attentively. 

atento, -a, attentive, kind. 

aterirse, to become numb. 

aterrar, to terrify, frighten. 

atletico, -a, athletic. 

atmosfera, /., atmosphere. 

atonito, -a, amazed. 

atractivo, -a, attractive. 

atraer, to attract, invite. 

atras, adv., backwards, behind; 
hacia — , adv., backwards. 

atrasar, to delay, be slow {of 
timepieces). 

atravesar, to cross, pierce. 

atreverse, to venture, dare. 

atrevido, -a, bold, daring. 

atribular, to vex, afflict. 

aturdir, to stun, beguile. 

aula,/., class-room, hall. 

aumentativo, m., augmentative. 

aun (aun), adv., yet, as yet, still, 
even, nevertheless; — cuando, 
conj., even though; ni — , adv., 
not even. 

aunque, conj., although, though. 

Aurelio, m., Aurelius. 

aurora, /., dawn. 

ausencia, /., absence. 

austeridad, /., austerity, trial, 
ascetic practice. 

automovil, m., automobile. 

autopsia, /., autopsy. 

autor, m., author, writer. 

autoridad, /., authority, authori- 
ties. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



257 



auxiliar, adj., auxiliary. 

auxilio, m., aid; en su — , to help 
her (him, etc.). 

avanzar, to advance. 

avenida, /., avenue. 

aventajado, -a (adj. pp. of aven- 
tajar), proficient. 

aventajar, to surpass, outdo. 

aventura, /., adventure. 

avergonzar, to shame, abash. 

averiguacion, /., inquiry, investi- 
gation. 

averiguar, to verify, find out, as- 
certain. 

avisar, to inform, give notice. 

jay! int., alas! oh! 

ayer, adv., yesterday; antes de — , 
adv., day before yesterday. 

ayuda, /., aid. 

ayudar, to aid, help. 

ayuno, m., fasting. 

Ayuntamiento, m., municipal gov- 
ernment (or building). 

azotar, to lash, whip, strike. 

azote, m., lashing, lash. 

Azpeitia, /., Azpeitia (a town of 
some 6000 inhabitants, situated 
in the province of Guipuzcoa, 
northern Spain). 

azucar, m., sugar. 

azul, adj., blue. 

azulado, -a (adj. pp. of azular), 
azure, bluish. 

B 

;bah! int., pshaw! 

bahia, /., bay. 

bailadora, /., dancer. 

bailar, to dance. 

baile, m., dance, ball. 

bajada, /., descent. 

bajar, to go down, descend, lower. 

bajo, -a, low; piso — , ground 

floor; planta baja, ground floor; 

adv., low, softly; prep., under, 

below. 
balbucear, to stammer. 
balbucir, to stammer. 
balcon, m., balcony. 
banco, m., bench, seat, bank. 
banda, /., band, flock. 



banderillero, m., banderillero (he 
who sticks banderillas, or small 
decorated darts, into the top of 
the bull's shoulders). 

banderola, /., bannerol, streamer. 

bandido, m., bandit. 

bando, m., edict, proclamation. 

bandolero, m., brigand, bandit. 

baiio, m., bath. 

barba, /., chin, beard. 

barbaridad,/., foolish act. 

barbero, m., barber. 

Barcelona, Barcelona (a city of 
some 500,000 inhabitants, situ- 
ated in the northeastern part of 
Spain on the Mediterranean, 
capital of the old principality of 
Catalonia) . 

barco, m., boat. 

barquillo, m., thin rolled wafer, 
wafer cone. 

barraca, /., cabin, hut. 

barranco, m., ravine, gorge. 

barrer, to sweep. 

barrio, m., ward, quarter; — s 
bajos, slums. 

base, /., base. 

bastante, adj., enough, sufficient; 
adv., enough, sufficiently, rather, 
quite. 

bastar, to suffice, be enough. 

baston, m., stick, cane. 

batalla, /., battle. 

batista, /., batiste, fine cambric. 

Batiste, m., Baptist. 

baul, m., trunk. 

beato, -a, devout. 

beber, to drink. 

bedel, m., beadle (an officer in 
universities, whose business it is 
to see that order is observed in 
the halls). 

Beltza, (la), 'Blackie' (name of a 
cow). 

belleza, /., beauty. 

Bellido Dolfos, m., see Dolfos. 

bello, -a, beautiful. 

bendecir, to bless. 

bendicion, /., benediction, bless- 
ing. 

bendito, -a (adj. pp. of bendecir), 
blessed. 



258 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



beneficio, m., benefit, favor; en 

— , for the benefit. 
Benito, m., Benedict. 
Bernhardt, Sara, Sarah Bernhardt 

{a celebrated French actress). 
besar, to kiss. 
beso, m., kiss. 

bestia, /., beast, animal, dunce. 
biblioteca, /., library. 
bien, adv., well, else; mas — , adv., 

rather; — que, conj., although; 

no — ... cuando, conj., scarcely 

.... when; subst., m., blessing, 

property, 
bienestar, m., well-being, comfort. 
bienhechor, m., benefactor. 
biftec, m., beefsteak. 
Bilbao, Bilbao {a city of about 

94,000 inhabitants, capital of 

the province of Vizcaya, northern 

Spain). 
billete, m., bank note, ticket; — 

de primera, etc., first-class 

ticket, etc.; — de ida y vuelta, 

round- trip ticket; — de anden, 

platform ticket. 
billon, m., billion. 
birrete, m., cap. 
bisiesto, -a, bissextile; aiio — , 

leap-year. 
Bivar, Bivar {the castle near Bur- 
gos where the Cid was born). 
bianco, -a, white. 
blandir, to brandish. 
blando, -a, soft, mild, gentle. 
blasonado, -a, {adj. pp. of bla- 

sonar), emblazoned. 
blusa, /., blouse. 
boca, /., mouth. 
bochorno, m., oppressive heat, 

sultriness. 
bodega,/., wine-cellar. 
boina, /., cap. 
bolsillo, m., pocket; reloj de — , 

watch. 
bondad, /., kindness, goodness; 

tener la — de, to be so kind 

as. 
bondadoso, -a, kind. 
bonito, -a, pretty. 
bordar, to embroider. 
borde, m., edge. 



borla, /., tassel. 

borracho, -a, intoxicated. 

borrar, to erase. 

Borras, Enrique, Henry Borras {a 
celebrated contemporary Spanish 
actor). 

borrico, m., ass, little mule. 

bosque, m., wood, grove, forest. 

botella,/., bottle. 

Brasil, m., Brazil. 

jbravo, -a! int., fine! excellent! 
bravo! 

brazo, m., arm; en — s, in (one's) 
arms. 

breiial, m., thicket of brambles. 

breve, adj., brief, short; en — , 
adv., shortly, in a little while. 

breviario, m., breviary. 

Briareo, Briareus {in Greek myth- 
ology, a monster with a hundred 
arms). 

bribon, m., rascal. 

brillante, adj., brilliant, bright, 
shining. 

brillar, to shine. 

brincar, to jump, bound. 

brindar, to offer, pledge. 

brio, m., spirit, vim, strength, 
vigor, force. 

brioso, -a, spirited, lively. 

brisa, /., breeze. 

bromista; amigo — , mischievous 
fellow, joker. 

bronce, m., bronze. 

brotar, to germinate, bud, spring 
{or gush) forth, well up. 

bruja, /., witch. 

bruiiir, to polish. 

bruscamente, adv., abruptly, 
roughly. 

brutal, adj., brutal. 

buen {see bueno); a — seguro, 
adv., certainly, indubitably. 

Buen Retiro, Buen Retiro, lit., 
'pleasant retreat' {a park in 
Madrid) . 

buenaventura, /., fortune. 

bueno, -a, good, well; \ — ! int., all 
right!; Noche Buena, /., Christ- 
mas Eve; jbuenasnoches! good 
evening! good night!; jbuenas 
tardes! good afternoon!; jbue- 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



259 



nos dias! good morning! good 

day! 
bullicio, m., bustle, noise, con- 
fusion. 
bullicioso, -a, noisy, lively. 
bullir, to boil. 
buque, m., boat, skiff, ship. 
Burgos, Burgos (a city of some 

31,500 inhabitants, capital of 

the province of Burgos, Spain). 
burla, /., jest, mockery; — bur- 

lando, adv., in an easy way, 

without effort. 
burlarse (de), to make fun (of), 

laugh (at). 
burro, m., donkey, ass; — mohino, 

mule. 
busca, /., search. 
buscar, to seek, get, look for, go 

for. 
butaca, /., armchair. 



jca! int. {expressing indignant de- 
nial), why no! of course not! 

caballerete, m., spruce young 
gentleman, dandy. 

caballeria, /., chivalry, horse, 
riding beast; — andantesca, 
knight-errantry. 

caballeriza, /., stable. 

caballero, m., gentleman, knight, 
man, sir; armar — , to dub 
knight; — en, mounted on. 

Caballero de Gracia, Caballero de 
Gracia {a cross street in Madrid). 

caballo, m., horse. 

cabellera,/., hair, head of hair. 

cabello, m., hair, hair of the head 
(used also in the plural). 

caber, to fit, be contained; no cabe 
duda, there can be no doubt. 

cabeza, /., head; dolor de — , 
headache. 

cabo, m., end, corporal; al — , adv., 
finally, at last; al fin y al — , 
adv., at last. 

cada, adj., each, every; — cual, 
pron., each one, every one; — 
uno (-a), pron., each one, every 
one. 



cadaver, m., corpse, body. 

cadena, /., chain, series, succes- 
sion. 

cadera, /., hip. 

caer, to fall; — en mal caso, to 
fall into disrepute. 

cafe, m., cafe, coffee. 

caido, -a (adj. pp. of caer), fallen, 
drooping, hanging, dangling. 

Cairo, m., Cairo. 

caja, /., box, case (of watch or 
clock)', — de musica, music- 
box. 

cal, /., lime. 

calculo, m., calculation, computa- 
tion; hacer — s, to reckon. 

Calderon de la Barca, Calderon de 
la Barca ([1600-1681] a cele- 
brated Spanish dramatist and 
poet). 

caldo, m., broth, clear soup, 
bouillon. 

calentar, to warm. 

calentura(s), /., fever. 

calidad, /., quality, rank. 

caliente, adj., warm, hot. 

calificar, to modify, qualify. 

calma, /., calm, calmness. 

calmar, to calm. 

calor, m., heat, warmth; hacer — , 
to be hot or warm (of weather) ; 
tener — , to be warm (of beings). 

calorifero, m., heater, foot- warmer. 

caluroso, -a, warm, hot. 

calzado, m., shoes, foot-gear. 

jcalla! or | calle! int., be silent! 
shut up! nonsense! 

callar, to become quiet, become 
silent. 

calle, /., street, way; — de Alcala, 
Alcala Street (one of the princi- 
pal streets of Madrid) ; — Mayor, 
Main Street (one of the princi- 
pal streets of Madrid). 

calle juela, /., alley, lane, small 
street. 

cama, /., bed. 

camarada, m., comrade, chum. 

camarero, m., chamberlain, page, 
valet. 

cambalache, m., bartering, deal- 
ing in second-hand goods. 



260 



VOCABULABIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



cambiar, to change; — en, to 
change to. 

cambio, m., change; en — , adv., 
on the other hand. 

caminante, m., traveler, wayfarer. 

caminar, to walk, advance, go 
along. 

caminero, -a, pertaining to the 
road; peon — , road mender. 

camino, m., road, way; — de, 
prep., in the direction of; 
media hora de — , half an 
hour's journey. 

camisa, /., shirt. 

camiseria,/., haberdashery. 

campamento, m., camp. 

campana, /., bell. 

campana, /., campaign; criado 
de — , army servant. 

campeador, m., warrior (a sur- 
name applied particularly to the 
Cid. See Cid). 

campo, m., country, field. 

Canada, m., Canada. 

canalla, /., mob, rabble; m., 
scoundrel. 

jcanastos! int., good heavens! 
goodness! the deuce! by Jove! 
etc. 

cancion, /., song, ballad. 

canonizar, to canonize. 

Cantabrico, (El), m., The Canta- 
brian Sea {that part of the At- 
lantic Ocean that washes the 
north coast of Spain). 

cantar, to sing, sing of. 

cantaro, m., pitcher, jug. 

cantaruelo, m. (dim. of cantaro). 

cante; dar el — , to inform against. 

canto, m., song, singing. 

cantor, m., singer. 

cana, /., reed, cane. 

canon, m., cannon, barrel (of a 
gun). 

capa, /., cape. 

capellan, m., chaplain, priest. 

capilla, /., chapel. 

capital,/., capital, chief city. 

capitan, m., captain; — general, 
captain general (officer in com- 
mand of a district of Spain) . 

capitania, /., captaincy; — gen- 



eral, captaincy general, head- 
quarters of captain-general. 

cara, /., face, head of a coin. 

carabina, /., carbine, gun. 

\ caracoles! int., good heavens! 
goodness! . the deuce! by Jove! 
etc. 

caracter, m., character. 

jcarai! int., good heavens! good- 
ness! the deuce! by Jove! etc. 

icaramba! int., gee! good heavens! 
goodness! the deuce! by Jove! 
etc. 

caravana, /., caravan, company 
(or group) of travelers. 

carcajada, /., burst of laughter, 
laughter; soltar la — , to burst 
out laughing. 

carcel, /., prison, jail. 

cardenal, m., cardinal. 

cardinal, adj., cardinal. 

carecer, to lack. 

carga, /., load. 

cargado, -a (adj. pp. of cargar), 
loaded, full; — de espaldas, 
round-shouldered. 

cargo, m., burden; hacerse — , 
to take possession of, realize, 
consider. 

caricia, /., caress, petting. 

caridad, /., charity. 

carirlo, m., affection, love. 

carifioso, -a, affectionate, kind. 

caritativo, -a, charitable, kind. 

Carlos, m., Charles. 

Carlos I, Charles I (the same as 
the emperor Carlos V). 

Carlos V, Charles V ([1500-1558]. 
Emperor of the Holy Roman 
Empire. He became king of 
Spain as Charles I in 15 16, was 
elected Emperor in 15 19, and 
was crowned at Aix-la-Chapelle 
in 1520. He abdicated in 1556, 
and subsequently lived in the mon- 
astery of Yuste in Spain). 

Carmen,/., Carmen. 

carmesi, adj., crimson. 

Carnaval, m., Carnival. 

carne, /. (used also in the plural), 
meat, flesh; metida en — s, 
plump. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



261 



carpintero, m., carpenter. 

carrera,/., course, career, running, 
race. 

carretera, /., highway, road. 

carruaje, m., carriage. 

carta,/., letter, card. 

cartilla, /., primer. 

casa, /., house, home; — de hues- 
pedes, boarding-house; — de 
socorro, emergency hospital; — 
solar, manor, manor-house; pa- 
gar la — , to pay the rent; en 
— de, in care of; a — , adv., 
home. 

casado, -a (adj. pp. of casar), 
married. 

casar (se) (con), to marry. 

caserio, m., village, collection of 
houses, small farmhouse, hut. 

caseta, /., hut, cabin. 

casi, adv., almost, nearly. 

casino, m., casino, club, club- 
house. 

Casino, Casino (a very fashion- 
able club at San Sebastian). 

caso, m., case; caer en mal — , to 
fall into disrepute; hacer — , 
to pay attention; en — de que, 
conj., in case that. 

jcaspita! int., good heavens! good- 
ness! the deuce! by Jove! etc. 

castanuelas, /. pi., castanets. 

Castelar, Emilio, Emilio Castelar 
([1832-1899]. A Spanish orator 
and writer. He was one of the 
presidents of the short-lived Span- 
ish Republic). 

Castellana, (La),/., The Castellana 
(name of a street in Madrid). 

castellano, -a, Castilian, Span- 
ish. 

Castilla, /., Castile (a former king- 
dom of Spain in the northern and 
central part of the peninsula) . 

Castillo, m., castle; — s en el aire, 
air-castles. 

Castro, Guillen de, Guillen de 
Castro. (Born at Valencia, 1569. 
Died at Madrid, 1631. A Span- 
ish dramatist. He wrote "Las 
Mocedades del Cid.") 

casualidad, /., chance, accident. 



casualmente, adv., casually, by 

chance. 
casucha,/., miserable hut, cottage. 
Catalina, /., Catherine. 
Cataluna, /., Catalonia. 
catecismo, m., catechism. 
catedral, /., cathedral. 
catedratico, m., university (or 

college) professor. 
catolico, -a, Catholic. 
catorce, adj., fourteen, fourteenth. 
causa,/., cause; a — de, prep., on 

account of. 
causar, to cause, produce. 
cautiverio, m., captivity. 
cautivo, m., captive. 
cavilar, to think, ponder. 
cazar, to hunt. 

cazuela, /., earthen dish, crock. 
Cecilia,/., Cicily, Cecilia. 
cedula, /., slip (of paper). 
cegar, to blind. 
celebrar, to celebrate, praise, be 

glad; — se, to be celebrated, 

take place, be held. 
celebre, adj., famous, celebrated. 
Celestina, Celestina (a Spanish 

prose drama in twenty-one acts, 

or parts). 
celo, m., zeal; pi., jealousy; tener 

— s, to be jealous. 
cementerio, m., cemetery. 
cena, /., supper. 
cenar, to sup, dine. 
ceniciento, -a, ash-colored. 
ceniza, /., ash, ashes; Miercoles 

de Ceniza, Ash Wednesday. 
censurable, adj., censurable. 
centena, /., hundred, group of a 

hundred. 
centenar, m., hundred, group of a 

hundred. 
centesimo, -a, hundredth. 
centime, m., centime. 
centinela, m. or /., sentinel. 
centrico, -a, central. 
centro, m., center. 
centuplo, -a, a hundredfold. 
ceiiir, to gird, bind, surround, 

keep close. 
cerlo, m., frown, severity, 
cepillar, to brush. 



262 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



cepillo, m. 9 brush, eraser; — de 
encerado, eraser. 

cerca, adv., near; de — , adv., 
closely, intimately; — (de or a), 
prep., near, close to, about. 

cercano, -a, neighboring, near-by. 

cerdo, m., pig. 

cerebral; conmocion — , concus- 
sion of the brain. 

ceremonia, /., ceremony. 

cerilla, /., match, wax taper. 

cerner, to sift. 

cero, m., zero, cipher {an arith- 
metical symbol). 

cerrar, to close, shut. 

cerro, m., hill. 

cerrojo, m., bolt. 

certeza, /., certainty, certitude. 

certificar, to certify, register. 

Cervantes Saavedra, Miguel de, 
Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra. 
{Born at Alcald de Henares, 
1547. Died at Madrid, April 23, 
1616. A celebrated poet and nov- 
elist, author of "Don Quijote") 

cerveza, /., beer. 

cerviz, /., cervix, nape of the neck. 

cesante {see dejar). 

cesar, to cease, stop. 

Cesar, m., Caesar. 

cese, m., dismissal. 

cesta, /., basket, racket {fastened 
to the hand for playing pelota). 

cicatero, -a, niggardly, stingy. 

Cid, (El), The Cid {Ruy or Rodrigo 
Diaz de Bivar, called also "El 
Catnpeador," the most celebrated 
Spanish hero, born at the Castle 
of Bivar, near Burgos, Spain, 
about 1040, died at Valencia, 
Spain, July, 1099). 

ciego, -a, blind. 

cielo, m., sky, heaven; j — s! int., 
heavens! 

cien {see ciento). 

ciencia, /., science. 

ciento, adj., one hundred, hun- 
dredth. 

cierto, -a, certain, true; por — , 
adv., certainly. 

cigarrera, /., cigarette {or cigar) 
maker. 



cigarrillo, m., cigarette. 
cigarro (puro), m., cigar. 
cima,/., top; leer por — , to glance 

over; por — de, prep., above, 

over. 
cinco, adj., five, fifth. 
cincuenta, adj., fifty, fiftieth. 
cingara, /., gipsy (woman). 
cingaro, m., gipsy. 
cinta, /., ribbon. 
circulation, /., circulation. 
circular, to circle, travel round, 
circulo, m., circle, group, club, 
circundar, to surround. 
circunstancia, /., circumstance, 

condition, 
cita, /., appointment. 
ciudad, /., city, 
clamar, to call, cry out. 
clamor, m., clamor, outcry, shriek, 
claramente, adv., clearly. 
claridad, /., light. 
clarificar, to clarify, purify, refine, 
clarin, m., bugle, clarion. 
claro, -a, clear, limpid, bright; 

adv., clearly, of course. 
clase,/., class, class-room, 
clasico, -a, classic, regular. 
claustro, m., cloister. 
clausula, /., clause. 
clavar, to nail, fix. 
cobrar, to get, receive (money). 
cobre, m., copper. 
cocer, to cook; bien cocido, -a, 

well done. 
cocido, m., boiled dish. 
cocina, /., kitchen, cooking. 
coche, m., coach, carriage, car. 
cochero, m., driver, coachman, 

cabman. 
codicioso, -a, (de), greedy (for), 

covetous (of). 
codigo, m., code (of laws). 
codo, m., elbow. 
coger, to catch, hold, seize, take, 

gather. 
cogidos de la mano, holding hands, 
cojo, -a, lame. 
cola, /., tail. 

colaboracion, /., collaboration, 
colaborador, m., fellow worker. 
colar, to strain, filter. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



263 



colectivo, -a, collective. 

colegio, m., school, college, semi- 
nary. 

colegir, to infer. 

colera, /., anger. 

colgar, to hang, hang up. 

colmillo, m., fang. 

colmo, m., height, summit, limit. 

colocar, to put in place, arrange. 

Colon, m., Columbus. 

color, m., color. 

columna, /., column, post. 

comandante, m., commander, 
major. 

combatiente, m., combatant. 

combatir, to fight, war, combat, 
resist, oppose. 

combination, /., combination. 

comedia, /., comedy, play. 

comedor, m., dining-room. 

comenzar, to commence, begin. 

comer, to eat, dine. 

comida, /., meal, dinner. 

comienzo, m., beginning, start. 

comision, /., commission, errand. 

como, conj., as, like, in proportion 
as, as it were; asi . . . — , conj., 
both . . . and; asi — ... asi 
(tambien), conj., just as . . . so 
(too); — que, conj., as if; — 
quiera que, conj., however. 

£c6mo? adv., how? (used to inquire 
regarding way, means, or man- 
ner). 

comodidad, /., comfort, ease, con- 
venience. 

comodo, -a, comfortable, con- 
venient. 

compadre, m., friend (used as a 
casual term of address). 

compafiero, m., companion, com- 
rade. 

compania, /., company; Compania 
de Jesus, Company of Jesus, or 
Jesuit order. 

comparar, to compare. 

comparativo, m., comparative, 

compartimiento, m., compartment. 

compartir, to share. 

compas, m., measure, time (of 
music); a — a, prep., in time to, 
in measure with. 



compasion, /., compassion, pity. 

complacer, to humor. 

complemento, -a, objective; subst., 
m., object. 

completo, -a, complete, entire; 
por — , completely. 

complicidad, /., complicity. 

componer, to compose. 

comportamiento, m., behavior. 

composition, /., composition. 

compostura, /., composure. 

compra, /., purchase. 

comprar, to buy. 

comprender, to understand, com- 
prehend. 

compuesto, -a (adj. pp. of com- 
poner), composed, compound. 

comun, adj., common; ano — , 
common year. 

comunicacion, /., communication. 

comunicar, to communicate, ex- 
press. 

comunicativo, -a, communicative. 

con, prep., with; — motivo que, 
conj., so that; — que, conj., so, 
so then, therefore. 

concebir, to conceive. 

concepcion, /., conception; Inma- 
culada Concepcion, Immaculate 
Conception. 

concerniente, adj., concerning. 

concernir, to concern. 

concertar, to agree, harmonize. 

concluir, to conclude, finish, end. 

concordancia, /., agreement. 

concordar, to agree. 

concurrido, -a (adj. pp. of con- 
currir), frequented. 

Concha, Concha (the name of the 
bay at San Sebastian. Its beach 
is excellently adapted for bathing) . 

conde, m., count. 

condenar, to condemn. 

condesa, /., countess. 

condition, /., condition; a — que, 
conj., on condition that. 

condicional, adj., conditional. 

condiscipulo, m., fellow student. 

conducente, adj., conducive, tend- 
ing. ^ 

conducir, to conduct, lead. 

conducta, /., conduct, behavior. 



264 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



conejo, m., rabbit. 

conferencia, /., lecture. 

confesar, to confess. 

confiar, to hope, trust in. 

confirmar, to confirm. 

confitura, /., preserves. 

conforme, adv., in the same way as, 
in proportion. 

confortador, adj., comforting. 

confundir, to confuse. 

confuso, -a (adj. pp. of confundir), 
confused. 

conjugation, /., conjugation. 

conjugar, to conjugate. 

conjuncion, /., conjunction. 

conjunto, m. y whole, ensemble, 
aggregate. 

conmemoracion, /., commemora- 
tion. 

conmemorar, to commemorate. 

conmigo, pers. pron., with me. 

conmocion; — cerebral, concus- 
sion of the brain. 

conocer, to know, be acquainted 
with. 

conocimiento, m., knowledge, ac- 
quaintance, consciousness. 

consecuencia, /., consequence. 

conseguir, to accomplish, get, 
bring about, attain, obtain, 
succeed. 

conservation, /., (self) preserva- 
tion. 

conservador, adj., conservative. 

conservar, to preserve, keep. 

consideration,/., consideration. 

considerar, to consider, think of. 

consigo, pers. pron., with one's 
self, himself, herself, itself, 
themselves, yourself or your- 
selves. 

consiguiente, adj., consequent; 
por — , adv., consequently. 

consistir (en), to consist (of or in). 

Consolation, /., Consolation. 

consolar, to console, comfort. 

consonante, m., rhyme, rhyme- 
word;/., consonant. 

constar (de), to consist (of), be 
composed (of), be clear (or evi- 
dent). 

consternation, /., consternation. 



constituir, to constitute, compose. 

construction, /., construction, 
(gram.) position. 

construir, to build, construct. 

contar, to count, relate, tell, expect. 

contemplar, to contemplate, view, 
behold, look at. 

contener, to contain, restrain. 

contento, m., satisfaction, happi- 
ness, contentment; adj., con- 
tent, glad, satisfied. 

contestation, /., reply, answer. 

contestar, to answer, reply. 

contigo, pers. pron., with thee. 

contiguo, -a, adjacent. 

continental, adj., continental. 

continuation,/., continuation. 

continuar, to continue, go on. 

continuo, -a, continual, continu- 
ous, constant. 

contra, prep., against. 

contraction,/., contraction. 

contradecir, to contradict. 

contradictorio, -a, contradictory. 

contraer, to contract. 

contrapeso, m., counterweight. 

contrario, -a, contrary, opposite; 
al — , adv., on the other hand, 
on the contrary. 

contraste, m., contrast. 

contribuir, to contribute. 

convaleciente, adj., convalescent. 

convencer, to convince. 

convenir, to suit, be fitting, agree. 

convento, m., monastery, convent. 

conversation, /., conversation. 

convertir, to convert. 

convulsivo, -a, convulsive. 

convulso, -a, convulsed. 

cooperar, to cooperate. 

copa, /., mug, glass; sombrero de 
— , silk hat. 

copiar, to copy. 

copiosamente, adv., copiously, 
abundantly. 

copla, /., couplet. 

corazon, m., heart; de — , from 
(my) heart. 

corbata, /., cravat, necktie, tie. 

jcorcholis! int., good heavens! 
goodness! the deuce! by Jove! 
etc. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



265 



corderillo, m., lamb. 

cordialmente, adv., cordially. 

Cordoba, /., Cordova (a city of 
about 65,000 inhabitants, capital 
of the province of Cordova, south- 
em Spain). 

Corneille, Pierre, Pierre Corneille. 
(Corneille was born at Rouen in 
1606, and died at Paris in 1684. 
He was a celebrated French dra- 
matist. His tragedy " Le Cid" 
was produced in 1636.) 

coro, m., chorus, choir. 

corona,/., wreath, crown. 

corpino, m. t bodice. 

corpulento, -a, corpulent. 

Corpus Christi, m., Corpus Christi. 

correa, /., leather strap. 

correction, /., correction, correct- 
ness. 

correcto, -a, correct, right. 

corregir, to correct. 

correo, m., mail. 

correr, to run, flow; — mundo, to 
travel. 

correspondiente, adj., suitable, 
proper. 

corretear, to rove, ramble, gad. 

corrida, /., bull-fight; — de toros, 
bull-fight. 

corrido {adj. pp. of correr), run, 
abashed, ashamed; de — , adv., 
rapidly, one after another. 

corriente, adj., current, common, 
fluent; de los — s, of this month. 

corroer, to corrode. 

corromper, to corrupt. 

cortante, adj., cutting, sharp. 

cortar, to cut, intersect. 

corte, /., court, capital. 

cortes, adj., courteous, polite. 

cortesia, /., courtesy; de — , adv., 
out of courtesy. 

cortesmente, adv., courteously, 
politely. 

corteza, /., bark, outward ap- 
pearance. 

cortijo, m., farmhouse, manse. 

cortina, /., curtain. 

corto, -a, short. 

cosa, /., thing. 

cosecha, /., harvest, reaping. 



coser, to sew. 

costa, /., cost, expense. 

Costa Rica,/., Costa Rica. 

costar, to cost. 

costumbre, /., custom. 

crecer, to increase, grow. 

credito, m., credit, belief, cre- 
dence; dar — , to believe. 

credulo, -a, credulous. 

creer, to believe, think; ya lo creo, 
you bet, yes indeed. 

criada, /., maid, servant. 

criado, m., servant; — de cam- 
pana, army servant. 

criatura, /., creature, child. 

crimen, m., crime. 

criminal, m., criminal. 

cristal, m., crystal, glass, window- 
pane. 

cristalino, -a, crystalline, trans- 
parent. 

cristiano, -a, Christian. 

Cristina, /., Christine. 

Cristobal, m., Christopher. 

criterio, m., criterion, judgment. 

cronica,/., chronicle. 

Cronica del Cid, Chronicle of the 
Cid. ( The date of this composi- 
tion is unknown. It was printed 
in 15 1 2.) 

cronometro, m., timepiece. 

cruel, adj., cruel. 

cruz,/., cross, tail (of a coin); en — , 
like a cross, in the form of a cross. 

cruzar, to traverse, cross, pass 
by, fly over; — se con, to cross, 
meet. 

cuadragesimo, -a, fortieth. 

cuadrilla, /., procession (of bull- 
fighters) . 

cuadringentesimo, -a, four hun- 
dredth. 

cuadro, m., picture. 

cuadruplicado, -a (adj. pp. of 
cuadruplicar), quadruple, four- 
fold. 

cuadruplo, -a, quadruple, fourfold. 

cuajar, to ornament richly, load, 
cover. 

cual, rel. pron. and adj., which, 
who, whom; el (la, lo, los, las) 
— (es), rel. pron., which, who, 



266 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



whom; cada — , pron., each one, 
every one; adv., like. 

£cual? inter, pron. and adj., which 
(one)? what (one)? 

cualidad, /., quality. 

cualquiera, cualesquiera, adj. and 
pron., any (whatever), any (you 
please). 

cuando, conj., when, whenever; 
aun — , conj., even though; de 
— en — , adv., from time to 
time; de vez en — , adv., from 
time to time; no bien . . . — , 
conj., scarcely . . . when. 

^cuando? adv., when? 

cuanto, -a, as much; pi., as many; 
rel. pron., all that, as much as, 
as many as; todo — , all that; 
unos (-as) — s (-as), adj. and 
pron., a few, some; — mas, adv., 
(all) the more; — mas que, conj., 
the more since; en — , conj., 
when, as far as. 

^cuanto, -a? inter, pron. and adj., 
how much?; pi., how many? 

cuarenta, adj., forty, fortieth. 

cuarentena, /., forty, group of 
forty, twoscore. 

Cuaresma, /., Lent. 

cuarta, /., about eight inches {one 
fourth of the Spanish vara or 
yard)', media — , about four 
inches. 

cuartel, m., barracks. 

cuarteto, m., quatrain, quartet. 

cuarto, -a, fourth; subst., m., 
quarter, room, penny {an old 
Spanish copper coin, now rare, 
worth three centimos. The term 
is still used for 'pennies'). 

cuatro, adj., four, fourth. 

Cuba,/., Cuba. 

cubierto, -a {adj. pp. of cubrir), 
covered. 

cubrir, to cover. 

cuchara, /., spoon. 

cuchichear, to whisper. 

cuchillo, m., knife. 

cuello, m., collar, neck. 

cuenta, /., bill, account; dar — 
de si, to write; darse — de, to 
realize. 



cuento, m., story, tale. 

cuerda, /., cord, string, rope; dar 

— , to wind up. 
cuerpo, m., body, corps; — de 

Telegrafos, Telegraph Bureau. 
cuesta, /., hill, 
cuestion, /., question. 
cueva, /., cave. 
cuidado, m., care, attention; \- — ! 

int., be careful! look out! 
cuidado so, -a, careful. 
cuidar (de), to take care (of), look 

after, mind. 
culpa, /., blame, fault, offense; 

tener — , to be to blame, 
cultivar, to cultivate. 
cultura, /., culture, cultivation. 
cumpleanos, m., birthday. 
cumplido, -a {adj. pp. of cumplir), 

complete, plentiful. 
cumplimiento, m., attention, po- 
liteness, fulfilment. 
cumplir, to fulfil, complete, serve 

one's time. 
cunada, /., sister-in-law. 
cupula, /., cupola, dome, 
cura, m., priest. 
curar(se), to care, 
curiosidad, /., curiosity. 
curioso, -a, curious. 
curso, m., course; — escolar, 

course of studies. 
curtir, to tan, harden, 
curva, /., curve, bend, 
cutis, m., skin, 
cuyo, -a, rel. adj., whose, of 

which. 
£cuyo, -a? inter, adj., whose? 

Ch 

chalan, m., jockey, horse dealer. 

chaleco, m., vest, waistcoat. 

chaqueta, /., coat. 

charlar, to chat, converse. 

chasquear, to click, clack, snap, 
crack. 

chico, -a, little, small; subst. m. 
or /., little boy {or girl). 

chimenea, /., chimney, chimney- 
place, fireplace. 

China,/., China. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



267 



chiquillo, m., little boy, little 
fellow. 

jcho! int., whoa! stand still! 

chocolate, m., chocolate. 

choza, /., hut, hovel. 

chulo, chulo {a bull-fighter's as- 
sistant). 

chupar, to suck, puff. 



dado que, conj'., in case that, sup- 
posing that. 

dama, /., lady, lady-love; — s, 
checkers, game of checkers. 

dano, m., damage, harm; con — , 
to (one's) hurt. 

dar, to give, strike, recite; — (a), 
to open (upon); — cuenta de 
si, to write; — se cuenta de, to 
realize; — cuerda, to wind up; 
— fin, to end, conclude; — 
vuelta a, to go around; — 
media vuelta, to go half way 
round; — un paseo, to walk, 
take a walk; — un susto, to 
frighten, startle. 

Darro, (El), m., The Darro (a 
stream in southern Spain, flow- 
ing past Granada. Its gorge 
separates The Albaicin from the 
Alhambra Hill) . 

dativo, m., dative, indirect object. 

de, prep., of, from, by, about, 
with, on, at. 

debajo, adv., beneath; por — , adv., 
below; — de, prep., under. 

deber, to owe, ought; subst., m., 
duty, obligation, debt. 

debidamente, adv., duly. 

debido, -a {adj. pp. of deber), 
owing, due. 

debil, adj., weak, feeble. 

debilidad, /., weakness, debility. 

decano, m., dean, director. 

decena, /., group of ten numbers, 
ten. 

decidido, -a {adj. pp. of decidir), 
decided, professed, devoted. 

decidir, to decide. 

decimo, -a, tenth; — cuarto (-a), 
fourteenth; — nono (-a), nine- 



teenth; — octavo (-a), eight- 
eenth; — quinto (-a), fifteenth; 

— septimo (-a), seventeenth; — 
sexto (-a), sixteenth; — tercio 
(-a), thirteenth. 

decir, to tell, say; querer — , to 
mean. 

declamar, to declaim, recite. 

declarar, to declare. 

decuplo, -a, tenfold. 

dedicar, to devote, dedicate, in- 
scribe. 

dedo, m., finger, toe. 

deducir, to deduce. 

defectivo, -a, defective. 

defender, to defend. 

defensa, /., defence. 

defensor, m., defender. 

deferir, to defer, pay deference to 
another's opinion. 

deformar, to deform. 

deforme, adj., shapeless, deformed. 

degenerar, to degenerate. 

dejar, to leave, let, allow; — de, 
to cease, stop, fail; — cesante, 
to dismiss; — paso, to give 
entrance {or way). 

delantal, m., apron. 

delante, adv., ahead, in front, 
forward, before; — (de), prep., 
before, in front of; por — (de), 
prep., in front of. 

delantero, -a, fore. 

delicioso, -a, delightful, delicious. 

delinquir, to transgress, be de- 
linquent. 

delito, m., crime. 

demas (el, la, lo, los, las), adj. and 
pron., (the) rest, other part, re- 
mainder, others. 

demasiado, -a, adj. and pron., too 
much, too many; adv., too, too 
much. 

demente, m., demented (person). 

demonio, m., demon, devil. 

demostrar, to demonstrate, prove. 

demostrativo, -a, demonstrative. 

dentadura, /., teeth, set of teeth. 

dentro, adv., within, inside; por 
— , adv., within, on the inside; 

— (de), prep., within. 
depender (de), to depend (upon). 



268 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



dependiente, adj., dependent; 
subst., clerk. 

derecho, -a, right (as opposed to 
'left'); adv., straight; con pie 
— , adv., fortunately, with good 
omen; subst., m., law. 

derramar, to shed. 

derretir, to melt, dissolve. 

desacordemente, adv., discord- 
antly. 

desafio, m., challenge. 

desaforado, -a, huge, uncom- 
monly large. 

desaparecer, to disappear. 

desarrugar, to smooth out, re- 
move the wrinkles. 

desasosiego, m., uneasiness. 

desastre, m., disaster. 

desatinado, -a, mad, foolish. 

desayuno, m., breakfast. 

desazonado, -a, ill at ease. 

descalzo, -a, barefooted, bare. 

descansado, -a (adj. pp. of des- 
cansar), restful, rested. 

descansar, to rest. 

descanso, m., rest, repose. 

descargar, to discharge, give, 
plant, bring down. 

descarnado, -a, bare, leafless. 

descender, to descend. 

descolgar, to unhook, take down, 
slip down. 

desconfiar, to distrust. 

desconocer, not to know (of), be 
ignorant (of). 

desconocido, -a (adj. pp. of 
desconocer), unknown. 

desconsolar, to afflict. 

describir, to describe. 

description,/., description. 

descubierto, -a (adj. pp. of 
descubrir), uncovered; al — , 
disclosed. 

descubrir, to discover. 

descuidado, -a (adj. pp. of des- 
cuidar), unprepared, unaware, 
napping. 

descuidar, to neglect. 

desde, prep., from, since, after, as 
soon as; — luego, adv., there- 
upon, at once; — que, conj., 
since. 



desdecir, to gainsay. 

desdicha, /., misfortune, unhap- 
piness. 

desdoblar, to unfold. 

desear, to desire, wish, like. 

desechar, to exclude, lay aside. 

desembuchar, to unbosom. 

desempefiar, to perform. 

desencajado, -a, out of joint. 

desenganarse, to be undeceived. 

deseo, m., desire, wish. 

desesperado, -a (adj. pp. of des- 
esperar), desperate. 

desfallecido, -a (adj. pp. of des- 
fallecer), fainting. 

desgarrar, to tear, rend. 

desgracia, /., misfortune, adver- 
sity. 

desgraciado, -a, unfortunate. 

deshacerse, to break up; — de, 
to remove, rid one's self of. 

deshelar, to thaw. 

deshojarse, to drop (their) leaves. 

deshonor, m., dishonor. 

desierto, -a, deserted; subst. m., 
desert. 

desigual, adj., uneven, unequal. 

desigualdad, /., inequality. 

deslizarse, to glide along. 

desmarrirse, to grow sad. 

desmayo, m., fainting fit, swoon. 

desnudarse, to undress. 

desnudo, -a, naked, bare. 

desocupado, -a (adj. pp. of des- 
ocupar), unoccupied, free. 

desolation,/., desolation. 

desorden, m., disorder. 

desosar, to bone. 

desovar, to spawn. 

despacio, adv., slow, slowly. 

despachar, to dismiss, despatch, 
send off, finish. 

despacho, m., office. 

desparpajo, m., easiness, ease (of 
speech). 

despavorir, to become frightened. 

despedazar, to dismantle. 

despedida, /., farewell, leave-tak- 
ing. 

despedir, to give forth, cast, dis- 
miss; — se, to take leave. 

despegar, not to be in keeping with. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



269 



despejo, m., clearing {of the arena), 
removal {of obstacles). 

despertar, to awaken. 

desplacer, to displease. 

desplegar, to unfold, open. 

despojar (de), to take off. 

despojo, m., plunder, spoils. 

desprecio, m., contempt, scorn. 

desprender, to tear away, loosen. 

despues, adv., then, afterwards, 
since; — de, prep., after, since; 
— (de) que, conj., after. 

destacar, to detach, bring out; — 
se, to stand out, come forth, rise. 

desterrar, to exile. 

destination, /., destination. 

destinar, to destine. 

destino, m., destination. 

desvan, m., garret. 

detalle, m., detail. 

detener, to stop, arrest, keep, 
detain; — se, to stop. 

determination, /., determination. 

determinado, -a {adj. pp. of de- 
terminar), definite, determined. 

determinar, to determine. 

detras, adv., behind, after; — 
(de), prep., behind, after. 

deuda, /., debt. 

Deva, Deva {a bathing resort with 
a small harbor on the Bay of 
Biscay, to the west of San Se- 
bastian and north of Azpeitia). 

devotion, /., devotion. 

devolver, to give back, return. 

devorar, to devour. 

dia, m., day; de — , adv., in the 
daytime; el Dia de Difuntos, 
All Souls' Day; el Dia de los 
Reyes, Epiphany (Jan. 6); el 
Dia de Todos los Santos, All 
Saints' Day; plato del — , 
special dish; jbuenos — s! good 
morning! good day! 

diablo, m., devil, demon; J que 
— ! what the deuce! 

diamante, m., diamond. 

jdiantre! int., the deuce! 

diario, -a, daily, per day; de — , 
adv., daily. 

dicha, /., happiness, felicity, for- 
tune, good luck. 



dicho, -a {adj. pp. of decir), said, 
aforesaid. 

dichoso, -a, happy, fortunate. 

diciembre, m., December. 

dictar, to dictate. 

dicterio, m., insult. 

Diego, m., James. 

diente, m., tooth. 

diez, adj., ten, tenth; — y nueve, 
adj., nineteen, nineteenth; — 
y ocho, adj., eighteen, eight- 
eenth; — y seis, adj., sixteen, 
sixteenth; — y siete, adj., seven- 
teen, seventeenth. 

diferencia, /., difference. 

diferente, adj., different. 

diferir, to defer, delay. 

dificil, adj., difficult, hard. 

dificultad, /., difficulty. 

difundir, to diffuse, extend. 

difunto, -a, dead, defunct, late; 
Dia de Difuntos, All Souls' Day. 

jdiga! int., say! 

digerir, to digest. 

dignamente, adv., worthily. 

dignarse, to deign, condescend, 
be so kind as. 

digno, -a, worthy. 

diluviar, to rain hard, pour. 

diminutivo, m., diminutive. 

dinero, m., money. 

Dios, m., God; \ — ! int., heavens! 
goodness! gracious!; \ — mio! 
int., dear me!; jpor — ! int., for 
Heaven's sake!; jvalgame — ! 
or ; — me valga! int., bless me! 
bless my soul! God help me! 

diploma, m., diploma. 

diplomatico, m., diplomat, diplo- 
matist. 

diptongo, m., diphthong. 

direction, /., direction, manage- 
ment. 

directamente, adv., directly. 

directo, -a, direct. 

director, m., director, manager. 

dirigir, to direct, lead, aim; — se 
(a), to be directed (to), to 
direct one's self (to), turn, go, 
address. 

disciplinado, -a, disciplined. 

discipulo, m. } student, disciple. 



270 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



discreto, -a, discreet, prudent, 
eloquent. 

discurrir, to discourse. 

discurso, m., speech, address, 
space of time. 

discutir, to discuss. 

disfrazar, to disguise. 

disfrutar, to enjoy, possess. 

disimular, to conceal, hide. 

disolver, to dissolve, separate. 

dispensar, to excuse. 

displacer, to displease. 

disponer, to dispose. 

dispuesto, -a (adj. pp. of dis- 
poner), ready. 

disputa, /., dispute. 

distancia, /., distance. 

distante, adj., distant. 

distinguido, -a (adj. pp. of dis- 
tinguir), distinguished. 

distinguir, to distinguish, descry, 
favor. 

distinto, -a, distinct, separate. 

distraer, to distract, amuse. 

diversion, /., amusement, diver- 
sion. 

diverso, -a, diverse, different, 
various. 

divertido, -a (adj. pp. of divertir), 
amusing, entertaining, enter- 
tained, amused. 

divertir, to divert, amuse, enter- 
tain; — se, to have a good 
time. 

dividir, to divide. 

divinamente, adv., divinely. 

divinizar, to deify, glorify. 

divino, -a, divine. 

divisar, to perceive, discern. 

division,/., division, part. 

divulgar, to divulge. 

doblar, to bend, give way, double, 
turn. 

doble, adj., double, twofold. 

doce, adj., twelve, twelfth. 

docena,/., dozen, group of twelve. 

doctor, m., doctor. 

doctrina, /., doctrine. 

doler, to ache, (feel) pain. 

Dolfos, Bellido, m., Bellido Dolfos 
(the knight who treacherously slew 
King Sancho of Castile, in 1072). 



dolor, m., pain, grief; — de ca- 
beza, headache. 

dolora, /., dolora (a kind of brief 
poetic composition invented by 
Campoamor). 

doloroso, -a, painful. 

dominar, to conquer, overcome, 
master. 

domingo, m., Sunday. 

domino, m., domino, game of 
dominoes. 

don, m., Don (a term of address 
applied to a gentleman, used 
only before Christian names). 

donaire, m., grace, elegance, witty 
saying. 

donde, adv., where. 

^donde? adv., where? 

Don Quijote, Don Quixote (a 
Spanish romance by Cervantes. 
Printed at Madrid in two parts, 
the first in 1605, the second in 
161 5. Don Quixote is the hero 
of the romance). 

dona, /., Dona, lady (a term of 
address applied to a lady, used 
only before Christian names). 

dorar, to gild, yellow. 

dormido, -a (adj. pp. of dormir), 
asleep, sleeping. 

dormir, to sleep; — la siesta, to 
take the afternoon nap; gorro 
de — , nightcap; — se, to fall 
asleep. 

dos, adj., two, second. 

drama, m., drama, play. 

dramatico, -a, dramatical, dra- 
matic. 

ducentesimo, -a, two hundredth. 

duda, /., doubt. 

dudar, to doubt; a no — lo, with- 
out doubt, certainly. 

dudoso, -a, doubtful, dubious, 
hazardous. 

duefia, /., mistress, owner. 

dueiio, m., owner, master. 

dulce, adj., sweet, gentle, pleasant; 
subst., m., sweetmeat, candy. 

Dulcinea, /., Dulcinea (the lady 
loved by Don Quixote). 

dulzura, /., sweetness, gentleness, 

duodecimo, -a, twelfth, 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



271 



duplicado, -a, double, twofold, 

duplicate. 
durante, prep., during. 
durar, to last. 
duro, m., dollar {a Spanish silver 

five-peseta piece). 



e, conj., and {used before i or hi 
[not hie]). 

jea! int. {expressing encouragement 
or impatience), come! 

ebrio, -a, intoxicated, inebriated. 

eco, m., echo; el — del Comercio, 
the Echo of Commerce {a daily 
paper of Madrid). 

economico, -a, economical. 

Ecuador, m., Ecuador. 

echar, to cast, throw, put out, 
dance; — al mundo, to create, 
bring forth into the world; — 
flores, to pay compliments, 
make remarks; — de menos, 
to miss; — se a, to begin; 
echado que hubo pie a tierra, 
when he had dismounted. 

Echegaray, Jose, Joseph Echega- 
ray ([1832- ]a Spanish ma- 
thematician, engineer, statesman, 
and dramatist, the foremost repre- 
sentative of the modern Spanish 
drama). 

edad, /., age; Edad Media, /., 
Middle Ages. 

edecan, m., aide-de-camp, adjutant. 

edificio, m., building, edifice. 

education, /., education. 

efectivamente, adv., actually, in 
fact. 

efecto, m., effect; en — , in fact. 

ejecutar, to execute. 

ejemplo, m., example. 

ejercicio, m., exercise. 

ejercito, m., army. 

el, def. art., m., the. 

el, pers. pron., m., he, it, him. 

elastico, -a, elastic, flexible. 

el (la or lo) cual, los {or las) cuales, 
ret. pron., who, which. 

el (la, lo, los, las) que, ret. pron., 
who, whom, which. 



electricista, adj., electrical {as a 
title, e.g. 'electrical engineer '). 

elegante, adj., elegant. 

elegir, to choose, select, elect. 

elevar, to elevate, erect. 

Elias, m., Elias. 

ella, pers. pron.,f., she, it, her. 

elias, pers. pron.,f. pi., they, them. 

ellos, pers. pron., m. pi., they, 
them. 

embair, to impose upon. 

embarcarse, to embark, go on 
board. 

embargar, to overcome {by emo- 
tion). 

embargo {see sin embargo). 

embelesar, to charm, fascinate. 

embestir, to assail, attack. 

Emilia, /., Emily. 

Emilio, m., ^Emilius. 

eminencia, /., eminence. 

eminente, adj., eminent. 

emisario, m., emissary. 

emotion,/., emotion, excitement. 

empapar, to soak. 

empedernir, to harden. 

empenado, -a {adj. pp. of em- 
pefiar), pawned, insistent, ob- 
stinate. 

empefiar, to pawn; — se, to insist 
upon, take into one's head. 

empefio, m., engagement, obliga- 
tion. 

emperador, m., emperor. 

empezar, to begin, commence. 

emplear, to employ, use, make 
use of. 

empleo, m., employment, posi- 
tion. 

emprender, to undertake, begin. 

empresa, /., undertaking. 

emprestar, to lend, loan. 

empujon, m., push, shove. 

en, prep., in, into, on, upon, at, 
like, of; — brazos, in (one's) 
arms; — cambio, on the other 
hand; — cruz, like a cross, in the 
form of a cross; — cuanto, conj., 
when, as far as. 

enamorado, -a, in love. 

enamorar, to excite {or inspire) 
love. 



272 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



enarbolar, to raise, lift. 

encaje, m., lace. 

encaminarse, to proceed, go. 

encantador, adj., charming, en- 
chanting. 

encanto, m., charm. 

encargar, to charge with, commit, 
give; — se (de), to take charge 
(of), undertake (to). 

encargo, m., charge, order; de — , 
adv., on purpose, to order. 

encarnado, -a {adj. pp. of encar- 
nar), red. 

encender, to kindle, fire. 

encerado, m., blackboard (a sheet 
of blackened cloth or boards)', 
cepillo de — , eraser. 

encerrar, to lock up, confine, 
shut up. 

encierro, m., prison, place of 
confinement. 

encima de, prep., over, on, above. 

encina, /., oak-tree. 

encomendar, to commend, com- 
mit. 

encontrar, to meet, find; — se, to 
be. 

endemoniado, -a, devilish, fiend- 
ish. 

enemiga,/., enemy. 

enemigo, m., enemy; — , -a, adj., 
hostile, inimical. 

energia, /., energy. 

energicamente, adv., energetically. 

energico, -a, energetic. 

enero, m., January. 

enfermedad, /., illness, sickness. 

enfermero, m., nurse. 

enfermo, -a, ill, sick. 

enflaquecer, to weaken, make 
thin. 

engalanar, to adorn, deck. 

engano, m., falsehood, deceit. 

enjalbegar, to whitewash. 

enjugar, to dry, wipe. 

enlace, m., marriage, wedding, 
union. 

enmaraiiar, to entangle. 

enmendar, to correct, repair. 

ennegrecido, -a {adj. pp. of en- 
negrecer), blackened. 

enojarse, to get angry. 



enojo, m., vexation. 

enorme, adj., enormous. 

Enrique, m., Henry. 

enriquecer, to grow rich. 

ensalada, /., salad. 

ensartar, to string, thread, link. 

ensayar, to try, try on. 

enseiiar, to teach, show. 

en tanto que, conj., while, in case 

that. 
entender, to understand, hear, 
enterar, to inform, acquaint. 
entero, -a, entire, whole, all. 
enterrar, to bury, 
entonces, adv., then; en aquel — , 

adv., at that time. 
entrada, /., entrance. 
entrambos, -as, adj. and pron., 

both. 
entranas, /. pi., entrails, heart; 

de sus — , darling. 
entrar, to enter, go in. 
entre, prep., between, among; 

por — , prep., through, among; 

— si, to himself, herself, etc.; 

— tanto, adv., meanwhile; — 
tanto que, conj., while. 

entreabrir, to half open, part. 
entregar, to hand over, deliver. 
entresuelo, m., entresol. 
entretener, to amuse, entertain. 
entretenimiento, m., amusement, 

entertainment. 
entrever, to have a glimpse of. 
entristecer, to make sad. 
entusiasmado, -a, enthusiastic. 
entusiasmo, m., enthusiasm. 
envejecer, to age. 
enviar, to send, 
envidioso, -a, envious. 
enviudar, to become a widower 

{or widow). 
envolver, to wrap, surround. 
enzarzar, to involve. 
Epifania,/., Epiphany {Jan. 6). 
epistolar, adj., epistolary. 
epoca, /., epoch, 
epopeya, /., epic. 
equivaler, to equal. 
equivocarse, to be mistaken, 
erguir, to erect, lift up; — se, to 

rise, straighten up. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



273 



erizar, to bristle. 

errar, to err, wander. 

esbirro, m., policeman, constable. 

escalar, to scale. 

escalera, /., staircase. 

escampar, to clear up, stop rain- 
ing. 

escandaloso, -a, scandalous. 

escapar, to escape. 

escape, m., flight; a todo — , with 
utmost haste. 

escarchar, to freeze, frost. 

escaso, -a, small, scant, rare, re- 
stricted; andar — , to be spar- 
ing. 

escena, /., scene. 

escoger, to choose, select. 

escolar, adj., scholastic, school; 
ano — , school year; curso — , 
course of studies. 

esconder, to hide, conceal. 

escopeta, /., musket, gun; — de 
dos canones, double-barreled 
gun. 

escribir, to write. 

escrito, m., writing, work. 

escritor, m., writer, author. 

escuchar, to listen. 

escudero,*w., squire, page. 

escudo, m., shield, coat of arms. 

escuela, /., school. 

ese, esa, dem. adj., that. 

ese, esa, eso, dem. pron., that. 

esencia, /., essence; ser de — , to 
be absolutely necessary. 

esencial, adj., essential, necessary. 

esfera, /., face (of watch or clock). 

esforzarse, to exert one's self, 
strive. 

esfuerzo, m., effort. 

esmaltar, to enamel, adorn, em- 
bellish. 

esmero, m., care. 

espacio, m., space. 

espada, /., sword. 

espada, m., matador (he who slays 
the bull by a sword-thrust down- 
ward between the shoulders). 

espalda, /., back; de — s, adv., 
backwards; ir de — s, to go (or 
ride) backwards; de — s, back- 
wards, on one's back. 



espantar, to frighten, terrify. 

espanto, m., terror, fright. 

espantoso, -a, frightful, terrible. 

Espana, /., Spain. 

espanol, -a, Spanish. 

esparavan, m., bone-spavin. 

esparcido, -a (adj. pp. 0/esparcir), 
scattered, merry, festive, gay. 

esparcir, to scatter. 

especie,/., species. 

espectaculo, m., spectacle, sight, 
play. 

espectador, m., spectator. 

espejo, m., mirror. 

espera, /., expectation; en — , 
hoping. 

esperanza, /., hope. 

esperar, to wait, wait for, hope, 
expect. 

espesarse, to thicken. 

espesor, m., thickness, depth. 

espirar, to expire, die. 

esplendente, adj., resplendent, 
glittering. 

esplendor, m., splendor. 

esposa, /., wife. 

esposo, m., husband. 

espuela, /., spur; dar de — s, to 
put the spurs to, spur. 

esquela, /., billet, note, announce- 
ment. 

esqueleto, m., skeleton, frame- 
work. 

esquilador, m., sheep-shearer. 

esquina, /., corner. 

establecer, to establish. 

estacion, /., season, station. 

estado, m., state, condition. 

Estados Unidos, m. pi., United 
States (abbreviation EE.UU.). 

estallido, m., outburst. 

estancia, /., stay. 

estar, to be, stand. 

estatua, /., statue. 

estatura,/., stature. 

este, m., east. 

este, esta, dem. adj., this, this one. 

este, esta, esto, dem. pron., this, 
this one. 

Estella, Estella (a town in the 
province of Navarre, northern 
Spain, situated on the Ega, 28 



274 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



miles southwest of Pamplona. 
In 1 833-1 839 it was the strong- 
hold of the Carlists). 

esteril, adj., sterile, desert. 

estilo, m., style, sort; por el — , 
of the same sort (or style). 

estimable, adj., estimable. 

estimar, to esteem. 

estio, m.j summer. 

estomago, m., stomach. 

estrechar, to clasp, grasp. 

estrecho, -a, narrow. 

estrella, /., star. 

estremecerse, to shake, tremble. 

estremecimiento, m., tremor, ex- 
citement. 

estrenar, to bring out, stage. 

estrepito, m., racket. 

estrepitoso, -a, noisy, loud. 

estruendo, m., noise, clamor. 

estnijar, to squeeze, press. 

estudiante, m. and f., student. 

estudiar, to study. 

estudio, m., study. 

estupefacto, -a, stupefied. 

estupido, -a, stupid. 

etcetera, /. (abbreviations etc., 
&a.), et cetera, and so forth. 

eterno, -a, eternal. 

Eugenio, m., Eugene. 

Europa, /., Europe. 

europeo, -a, European. 

evadir, to evade. 

Evangelios, m. pi., Gospels. 

evitar, to avoid. 

exactamente, adv., exactly. 

exaltar, to exalt, elevate. 

examen, m., examination. 

examinar, to examine. 

excedente; — por reforma, laid 
off (from work). 

excelencia, /., excellency. 

excelente, adj., excellent. 

excelentisimo, -a, most excellent, 
honorable. 

exception,/., exception. 

excepto, prep., except; — que, 
conj., except that. 

excesivo, -a, excessive. 

exceso, m., excess. 

excitar, to excite, arouse. 

exclamation,/., exclamation. 



exclamar, to exclaim. 
excmo. (abbreviation for excelen- 
tisimo), (his) excellency. 
excomulgar, to excommunicate. 
excursion, /., excursion, 
excusa, /., excuse, regret, 
excusar, to excuse; excuso, it is 

needless. 
exhalar, to exhale, 
exhausto, -a, exhausted, drained 

dry. 
existencia, /., existence. 
existir, to exist. 
exito, m., success, outcome. 
expansion,/., expansion, outburst. 
experimentar, to experience. 
expirar, to expire, die, die out. 
explicar, to explain, describe. 
expresion, /., expression. 
expresivo, -a, expressive. 
exquisito, -a, exquisite, delicious. 
extender, to extend, stretch forth, 

display. 
extension, /., extent, 
extenso, -a (adj. pp. of extender), 

extended. 
exterior, adj., outer, exterior. 
exterminar, to exterminate. 
extraer, to extract. 
extranjero, m., foreigner, stranger; 

adj., foreign. 
extranar, to surprise, wonder at. 
extrano, -a, strange, foreign. 
extraordinario, -a, extraordinary. 
extravagante, adj., wild, peculiar. 
extraviado, -a (adj. pp. of ex- 

traviar), astray, wild. 
extremidad, /., extremity. 
extremo, m., extreme. 



F 

fabrica,/., manufactory, structure, 
edifice. 

fabrication, /., fabrication, manu- 
facture, manufacturing. 

fabricar, to manufacture. 

tabula, /., fable. 

facil, adj., easy. 

facilitar, to provide (or supply) 
with. 

facturar, to check (of baggage). 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



275 



facultad, /., faculty. 

fachada, /., facade. 

faena, /., task, duty. 

faja, /., band, belt, border. 

falda, /., skirt, lap. 

falta, /., lack, fault. 

faltar, to fail, lack. 

fallecer, to die. 

fama, /., fame, reputation. 

familia, /., family; hijo de — , son 
of noble parents. 

famoso, -a, famous. 

fantastico, -a, fantastic. 

farol, m., street-lamp. 

fastidio, m., weariness, ennui. 

fatal, adj., fatal. 

fatigoso, -a, wearisome, painful. 

fauces, /. pi., jaws, gullet. 

favor, m., favor; haga el — de, 
please be so kind as to. 

favorable, adj., favorable. 

favorecer, to favor. 

Favorita, (La), ' The Favorite' {title 
of an opera by Donizetti, 1840). 

favorito, -a, favorite. 

fe,/., faith, religion, word. 

febrero, m., February. 

fecha, /., date. 

fechoria, /., misdeed, crime. 

felicidad, /., happiness, joy. 

felicitation, /., congratulation. 

Felipe, m., Philip. 

Felipe III, Philip III ([1578-1621]. 
King of Spain, son of Philip 
II and Anne of Austria. He 
reigned from 1598 to 1621). 

Felipe IV, Philip IV ([1 605-1 665]. 
King of Spain, son of Philip 
III. He reigned from 162 1 to 
1665). 

feliz, adj., happy. 

femenil, adj., feminine. 

femenino, -a, feminine. 

feo, -a, ugly, hideous; mas — que 
Picio, uglier than sin {a prover- 
bial expression). 

feria, /., fair. 

Fernan, m., Ferdinand. 

Fernando, m., Ferdinand. 

ferrocarril, m., railroad, railway. 

fiar, to trust. 

fiction,/., fiction, invention, fable. 



fideos, m. pi., vermicelli. 

fiebre,/., fever. 

fiel, m., faithful, believer. 

fiera, /., beast, wild beast. 

fiesta, /., festival, fete, entertain- 
ment, holiday. 

figura, /., figure. 

figurarse, to imagine. 

fijar, to fix, notice, observe. 

fijo, -a (adj. pp. of fijar), fixed. 

fila, /., row. 

filiation,/., (personal) description. 

fin, m., end, object; dar — , to end, 
conclude; al — , adv., at last; al 
— y al cabo, adv., at last; a — es 
de, prep., about the end of; en 
— , adv., in short, at last; a — 
de, prep., for the sake of; a — 
de que, conj., in order that. 

final, adj., final, last. 

finura, /., fineness, courtesy. 

jfirme! int., steady! 

fiscal, m., attorney-general, prose- 
cuting (or district) attorney. 

fisica, /., physics. 

fisonomia, /., face. 

flaco, -a, thin, lean. 

flor, /., flower. 

florete, m., fencing foil. 

fonda, /., inn, hotel, restaurant. 

fondo, m., bottom, depth(s); a — , 
adv., thoroughly; en el — , at 
heart. 

fonetico, -a, phonetic. 

forastero, m., foreigner, stranger. 

forma, /., form, model; Sagrada 
Forma, (la), the Host. 

formation, /., formation; ja la — ! 
fall in! 

formalmente, adv., clearly, posi- 
tively. 

formar, to form; — parte, to 
form part. 

formidable, adj., formidable. 

fortuna, /., fortune. 

forzar, to force, constrain. 

forzoso, -a, necessary, obligatory. 

fosforo, m., match. 

frac, m., dress-coat. 

fraction,/., fraction. 

fragante, adj., fragrant. 

fragmento, m., fragment. 



276 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



frances, m., French, Frenchman. 

Francia, /., France. 

Francisco, m., Francis. 

frase, /., phrase, sentence. 

Frasquita, /., Fannie. 

Fray, m. {contr. of fraile, used as 
an appellation), Brother. 

frecuencia, frequence, frequency; 
con — , adv., often. 

fregar, to rub, scour. 

freir, to fry. 

frenesi, m., frenzy, madness. 

frenetico, -a, frantic, frenzied. 

frente, /., forehead, brow; m. or 
/., front; — a, prep., opposite, 
in front of; en — de, prep., 
opposite, in front of. 

fresco, -a, cool; hacer — , to be 
cool {of the weather). 

frescura, /., freshness, coolness, 
self-possession. 

friamente, adv., coldly. 

frio, -a, cold; subst. m., cold; 
hacer — , to be cold {of the 
weather)', tener — , to be cold 
{of beings). 

frito, -a {adj. pp. of freir), fried. 

frondosidad, /., foliage. 

frondoso, -a, leafy, luxuriant. 

frontispicio, m., front, frontis- 
piece. 

fronton, m., wall {of a pelota 
court), pelota court. 

frotar, to rub. 

fruta, /., fruit. 

fuego, m., fire; \ — ! int., fire! 

fuente,/., fountain. 

Fuenterrabia, Fontarabia {a small 
town of some 4400 inhabitants in 
the province of Guipuzcoa, north- 
ern Spain). 

fuera, adv., outside, without; — 
de, prep., out of, outside, with- 
out, away from. 

fuerte, adj., strong, severe, hard; 
adv., strongly, loudly. 

fuerza, /., force {used also in the 
plural)', a viva — , by main 
force; a — de, by dint of. 

fugarse, to escape. 

fulano, -a, pron., such a one, so 
and so. 



fumador, m., smoker. 

fumar, to smoke. 

funcion,/., function, performance. 

fundacion, /., foundation. 

fundador, m., founder. 

fundar, to found. 

funeral, m., funeral. 

furia, /., fury. 

furioso, -a, furious. 

futuro, -a, future; en lo — , in 

(the) future; subst. m., future, 

the future tense. 



gaban, m., overcoat. 

gabinete, m., cabinet, private 
room, study. 

gacetilla, /., (local) news column. 

gacho, -a, hanging, bent down- 
wards. 

gafas, /. pi., spectacles. 

galeria, /., gallery. 

galerna, /., storm, stormy north- 
west wind {that blows on hot 
summer days upon the northern 
coast of Spain). 

galgo, m., greyhound. 

Galicia, /., Galicia {an ancient 
province in northwestern Spain). 

galope, m., gallop, haste, speed. 

gallardo, -a, gallant, graceful, 
handsome. 

Gallego, m., Galician. 

gallina, /., hen, chicken. 

gallo, m., cock, rooster; Misa del 
Gallo, Mass of the Cock, mid- 
night mass on Christmas Eve; 
riiia de — s, cock-fight. 

gana, /., appetite, desire, inclina- 
tion {more commonly used in the 
plural)-, de buena — , adv., 
willingly, gladly; de mala — , 
adv., unwillingly reluctantly; 
tener — s, to be desirous, in- 
clined. 

ganancia,/., reward, gain, earning. 

ganar, to earn, win, gain. 

garantir, to guarantee. 

garbanzo, m., garbanzo {a kind of 
pea or pulse much esteemed in 
Spain). 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



277 



garganta, /., throat. 

garrapata, /., rabble. 

gato, m., cat. 

gazpacho, m., gazpacho, cold soup 
(of water, oil, vinegar, vegetables, 
etc.). 

gemido, m., groan, moan. 

gemir, to groan. 

general, adj., general; subst. m., 
general. 

Generalife, (El), The Generalife 
(the celebrated summer residence 
of the Moorish princes at Gra- 
nada). 

generalmente, adv., generally, 
usally. 

genero, m., gender, class, kind, 
branch. 

generoso, -a, generous. 

gente, /., people; — de tierra, 
landsmen. 

gentio, m., crowd, multitude. 

geografia, /., geography. 

Gerardo, m., Gerard. 

gerundio, m., present participle, 
gerund. 

gesticular, to gesticulate. 

gestion, /., effort, step. 

gesto, m., gesture, face. 

gigante, m., giant. 

gimnasia, /., gymnastics. 

gitana,/., gipsy. 

gitano, m., gipsy. 

gloria, /., glory, fame. 

gloriarse, to praise (or glorify) 
one's self. 

glorificar, to glorify, praise. 

gobernar, to govern. 

golondrina, /., swallow. 

golpe, m., blow. 

golpear, to beat, strike. 

gordo, -a, fat, big, great. 

gorra,/., cap. 

Gorriya, (la), /., 'Reddle' (name 
of a cow). 

gorro, m., cap; — de dormir, night- 
cap. 

gota,/., drop. 

gozar (de), to enjoy. 

gozo, m., joy, pleasure, enjoyment. 

gracia,/., grace, pleasing manners, 
cleverness, witticism. 



gracias, /., pi. thanks. 

gracioso, -a, funny, witty. 

graduar(se), to graduate. 

gramatica, /., grammar. 

gran (see grande). 

Granada, Granada (a city of about 
77,000 inhabitants , capital of the 
province of Granada, southern 
Spain). 

granadino, -a, of Granada. 

grande, adj., large, great. 

grandioso, -a, magnificent, splen- 
did. 

granizar, to hail. 

grato, -a, pleasing, pleasant. 

grave, adj., heavy, grave, solemn. 

griego, m., Greek. 

gris, adj., gray. 

gritar, to shout, call, cry out. 

grito, m., cry, shout. 

grosero, -a, coarse, indelicate, 
gross. 

grotesco, -a, grotesque. 

grunido, m., growl. 

grupa, /., croup, crupper (of a 
horse). 

grupo, m., group. 

Guadalquivir, (El), The Guadal- 
quivir (a river in southern Spain). 

Guadarrama, /., Guadarrama (a 
mountain chain in central Spain). 

guante, m., glove. 

guapo,-a, handsome, good-looking. 

guardar, to preserve, keep (in), 
remain (in); — se (de), to keep 
from, take care not to. 

guardia, m., guard, patrolman; 
— del Ayuntamiento, municipal 
policeman. 

guardian, m., guardian, keeper. 

guarecerse, to take refuge. 

guarida, /., hiding-place. 

guasa, /., jest; poca — , this is 
no jest. 

guerra, /., war. 

Guerrero, Maria, Maria Guerrero 
(a celebrated Spanish actress). 

guiar, to guide. 

guisa; a — de, like. 

guitarra, /., guitar. 

gustar (a), to please, like, be fond 
of. 



278 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



Gustavo, m., Gustavus. 
gusto, m., taste, sense of taste, 
pleasure, enjoyment. 



J ha! int. (expressing delight, satis- 
faction), ha! eh! 

ha (see haber). 

ha (see haber). 

Habana, Havana. 

haber, to have; — lodo, to be 
muddy; — luna, to be moon- 
light; — neblina, to be foggy; 
— polvo, to be dusty; — sol, 
to be sunny; — viento, to be 
windy; — menester, to need; 
ha, inipers. pres. ind. of haber, 
ago; hay, irr. impers. pres. ind. 
of haber, there is, there are; 
he aqui, behold. 

habil, adj., clever, expert, skil- 
ful. 

habitation, /., room. 

habitar, to live, inhabit, dwell. 

hablar, to talk, speak; subst. m., 
speech. 

hace (see hacer). 

hacer, to do, make, cause; — buen 
tiempo, to be good weather; — 
calor, to be warm (of the 
weather) ; — fresco, to be cool (of 
the weather) ; — frio, to be cold 
(of the weather); — mal tiem- 
po, to be bad weather; — sol, to 
be sunny; — (un) tiempo agra- 
dable, to be pleasant; — viento, 
to be windy; — buenas migas, 
to agree well, get on well to- 
gether; — caso, to pay atten- 
tion; — presa, to set the teeth 
in; mandar — , to order, have 
made; — se, to become, act; 
■ — se entender, to make one's 
self understood; — el favor de, 
to please, do (one) the favor to, 
be so kind as to; hace, impers. 
pres. ind. of hacer, ago. 

hacia, prep., toward, towards; — 
atras, adv., backwards. 

hacienda,/., estate. 

halagar, to natter. 



hallar, to find; — se, to find one's 
self (itself, etc.), be. 

hambre, /., hunger; tener — , to 
be hungry. 

hambriento, -a, hungry. 

harapo, m., rag. 

haraposo, -a, ragged. 

harto, adv., enough, quite, very. 

hasta, prep., until, up to, even; — 
luego, until by and by, so long 
(fam.), I'll see you later; — 
manana, until to-morrow; — 
la noche, until to-night; — la 
tarde, until this afternoon; — 
la vista, until we meet again, 
au revoir; — que, conj., until. 

Havre, (El), Le Havre (seaport in 
northern France). 

hay (see haber). 

hazana, /., deed, exploit, feat. 

jhe! int. (expressing surprise), eh!; 
— aqui, here is, this is. 

hecho, -a (adj. pp. of hacer), fully 
matured, developed, grown into, 
like; subst. m., feat, exploit, 
deed. 

helar, to freeze. 

henchir, to fill, puff up. 

heredad, /., farm. 

herencia, /., inheritance. 

herida, /., wound. 

herido, m., wounded (person). 

herir, to wound, strike. 

hermana, /., sister, sister of char- 
ity, nun. 

hermandad, /., brotherhood, fra- 
ternity. 

hermano, m., brother. 

hermoso, -a, beautiful, handsome. 

hermosura, /., beauty. 

heroe, m., hero. 

heroico, -a, heroic. 

herramienta, /., tool. 

herrero, m., smith, iron- worker. 

hervir, to boil. 

hidalgo, m., gentleman, nobleman. 

hierba, /., grass. 

hierro, m., iron. 

hija, /., daughter. 

hijo, m., son, offspring; — de 
familia, son of noble parents. 

hilacha, /., thread (raveled out of 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



279 



cloth)) con — s, in threads, 
# ragged. 

hilo, m., thread, stream. 

hispano-americano, -a, Spanish- 
American. 

historia,/., history, story. 

historico, -a, historical. 

hocico, m., muzzle, snout. 

hoja, /., leaf. 

jhola! (written also iola!), int. {ex- 
pressing recognition) , hello! ho! 
ah! well! 

holganza, /., idleness, ease, tran- 
quillity. 

holgar, to rest. 

hombre, m., man, fellow; \ — ! 
int., man alive! 

hombro, m., shoulder. 

homenaje, m., homage. 

honor, m., honor. 

honra, /., honor; tener a — , to 
have the honor. 

honrado, -a, respectable, honor- 
able, honest. 

hora, /., hour, time (of day); estar 
en — , to keep time (of time- 
pieces) ; media — de camino, half 
an hour's journey. 

horario, m., hour-hand. 

horizonte, m., horizon. 

hormigueo, m., itching. 

horrible, adj., horrible, horrid. 

horror, tn., horror. 

hospital, m., hospital; Hospital 
Provincial, Provincial Insane 
Asylum. 

hospitalario, -a, hospitable. 

hotel, m. f hotel. 

hoy, adv., to-day; — dia.,adv., nowa- 
days. 

hoyo, m., hole, grave. 

huelga, /., strike (of workmen). 

huerfano, -a, orphaned, bereft; 
subst., m. or /., orphan. 

huerta, /., orchard, garden, fruit- 
garden, kitchen-garden, irriga- 
ted land. 

hueso, m., bone. 

huesped, /., guest, host; casa de 
— es, boarding-house. 

huesudo, -a, bony. 

huevo, m. y egg. 



huir, to flee, escape, shun. 
humano, -a, human, of people. 
humedad, /., dampness. 
humilde, adj., humble. 
humiliation,/., humiliation. 
humor, m., humor; de mal — , in 

bad humor. 
hundir, to sink. 
jhuy! int. (expressing pain), ouch! 

ow! 



ida, /.; billete de — y vuelta, 

round- trip ticket. 

idea, /., idea. 

idioma, m., language. 

iglesia, /., church. 

Ignacio, m., Ignatius. 

igual, adj., even, equal, similar. 

igualdad, /., equality. 

igualmente, adv., equally, likewise. 

iluminar, to light up, light. 

ilusion, /., illusion. 

ilustrisimo, -a, Lordship (an ap- 
pellation of honor given to 
bishops and other persons of a 
certain dignity). 

imagen, /., image. 

imagination, /., imagination. 

imaginarse, to wonder. 

imbecil, m., foolish person, fool. 

imitar, to imitate. 

impaciencia, /., impatience. 

imparcial, adj., impartial. 

impedir, to hinder, impede, prevent. 

imperar, to command, reign. 

imperativo, m., imperative. 

iraperfecto, -a, imperfect. 

imperioso, -a, imperious. 

impersonalmente, adv., imperson- 
ally. 

implacable, adj., implacable. 

implorar, to beg, implore. 

imponente, adj., imposing. 

imponer, to impose, acquaint; 
— se, to learn, become ac- 
quainted. 

importancia, /., importance. 

importante, adj., important. 

importar, to matter, be important. 

imposible, adj., impossible. 

impresion, /., impression. 



280 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



impreso, -a, printed; subst., m. pi., 
— s, printed matter. 

imprimir, to print. 

impropio, -a, improper. 

improviso; de — , suddenly. 

impulso, m., impulse; a — de, 
impelled by. 

inadvertidamente, adv., inadver- 
tently, unnoticed. 

incapaz, adj., incapable. 

incesante, adj., incessant. 

incitar, to incite, urge. 

inclinar, to bend, lean, incline, 
drop. 

incomodo, -a, uncomfortable, in- 
convenient. 

inconcebible, adj., inconceivable. 

incorporarse, to sit up, straighten 
up, rise. 

inculto, -a, uncultivated. 

indefinidamente, adv., indefinitely. 

independencia, /., independence. 

independiente, adj., independent. 

indeterminado, -a, indefinite. 

Indias occidentales, /., West In- 
dies. 

indication, /., description, in- 
formation. 

indicar, to designate, indicate, 
mark, inform of, tell of. 

indicativo, m., indicative. 

indiferencia, /., indifference. 

indiferente, adj., indifferent. 

indignado, -a {adj. pp. 0/indignar), 
indignant, irritated. 

indisposition, /., indisposition. 

indispuesto, -a {adj. pp. of indis- 
poner), indisposed. 

individuo, m., individual, man, 
person. 

inducir, to induce. 

industria, /., industry. 

industrial, adj., industrial. 

inescrutable, adj., inscrutable. 

infalibilidad, /., infallibility. 

infame, m., infamous (person). 

infeliz, adj., unhappy, unfortu- 
nate; subst. m., unhappy (per- 
son), poor wretch. 

inferior, adj., inferior, lower. 

inferioridad, /., inferiority. 

inferir, to infer, deduce. 



infernal, adj., infernal. 

infiel, m., infidel, heretic. 

infierno, m., hell. 

infimo, -a, worst. 

infinitivo, m., infinitive. 

inflexion, /., inflection. 

infundir, to infuse. 

ingeniero, m., engineer. 

ingenio, m., genius, intelligence. 

ingenioso, -a, ingenious. 

Inglaterra,/., England. 

ingles (inglesa), adj., English. 

ingratitud,/., ingratitude. 

ingreso, m., entrance. 

inmaculado, -a, immaculate. 

Inmaculada Conception, /., Im- 
maculate Conception. 

inmediatamente, adv., immedi- 
ately, straightway. 

inmediato, -a, immediate, next, 
nearest. 

inmejorable, adj., unsurpassable. 

inmenso, -a, immense. 

inmovil, adj., motionless. 

innumerable, adj., innumerable. 

inocente, adj., innocent, simple. 

inoportuno, -a, inopportune, in- 
convenient. 

inquirir, to inquire. 

inscribir, to inscribe. 

insensible, adj., insensible. 

insolente, adj., insolent. 

inspeccionar, to inspect, examine. 

inspiration, /., inspiration. 

inspirar, to inspire. 

instante, m., instant, moment. 

instinto, m., instinct. 

instituir, to institute. 

instruction, /., instruction, educa- 
tion. 

instruir, to instruct, educate. 

intelectual, adj., intellectual, in- 
telligent. 

intention, /., intention. 

intensivo, -a, intensive. 

intenso, -a, intense, violent. 

interes, m., interest. 

interesante, adj., interesting. 

interesar, to interest. 

interior, adj., interior, inner, un- 
der; ropa — , underclothing; 
subst. m., interior. 



VOCABULAE.IO ESPANOL-INGLES 



281 



interjection, /., interjection. 

interlocutor, m., spokesman. 

interminable, adj., interminable, 
endless. 

interno, -a, internal, inner. 

interrogar, to ask, question. 

interrogativo, -a, interrogative. 

interrogatorio, m., examination, 
interrogatory, questioning. 

interrumpir, to interrupt. 

intervenir, to interfere. 

intimo, -a, intimate. 

introduction,/., introduction. 

introducir, to introduce; — se, to 
introduce one's self, get in. 

inutil, adj., useless. 

inutilmente, adv., uselessly, in 
vain. 

invadir, to invade. 

invariable, adj., invariable. 

invariablemente, adv., invariably. 

inventar, to invent. 

invertir, to invert. 

invierno, m., winter. 

invisible, adj., invisible. 

invitation,/., invitation. 

invitar, to invite. 

ir, to go; — de espaldas, to go {or 
ride) backwards; vamos a ver, 
let us see; jvaya! int., well, I 
declare! really! come now! 

ira, /., ire, anger, wrath, indigna- 
tion. 

irregular, adj., irregular. 

Isabel,/., Isabel. 

Isabel de Valois, Elizabeth {or 
Isabella) of Valois ([1545-1568]. 
The third wife of Philip II of 
Spain) . 

Italia, /., Italy. 

italiano, -a, Italian. 

izquierdo, -a, left {as opposed to 
'right'). 



jabon, m., soap. 
jaco, m., nag. 

jadeante, adj., panting, breath- 
less. 
jamas, adv., ever, never. 
Japon, m., Japan. 
jaranero, -a, merry, jolly. 



jardin, m., garden. 

jefe, m., chief, leader, captain. 

Jerez, Jerez {a city of some 63,500 
inhabitants in the province of 
Cadiz, southern Spain. It is 
famous for its sherry wine) . 

jerezano, -a, of Jerez, sherry. 

Jeronimo, m., Jerome. 

Jerusalen, Jerusalem. 

Jesucristo, m., Jesus Christ. 

Jesuita, m., Jesuit. 

Jesus, m., Jesus; \ — ! int., well, 
I declare! oh heavens!; — Naza- 
reno, Jesus of Nazareth. 

|ji . . . ji! int., hee . . . hee {denot- 
ing suppressed laughter). 

Jimenez de Cisneros, Jimenez de 
Cisneros ([1437-1517]. A Span- 
ish cardinal and statesman. He 
became cardinal in 1507. He 
printed the Complutensian Poly- 
glot Bible, and founded the Uni- 
versity of Ale aid deHenares). 

jiron, m., tatter, strip, shred. 

J jo! int., whoa! stand still! 

Joaquin, m., Joachim. 

Jornada,/., trip, journey. 

Jose, m., Joseph. 

Josef a, /., Josephine. 

joven, adj., young; subst. m. or /., 
youth, young man {or woman). 

joyero, m., jeweller. 

Juan, m., John. 

jubilado, -a, retired on a pension. 

jubilo, m., joy, delight, rejoicing. 

judia, /., French bean, kidney 
bean. 

juego, m., game, play. 

jueves, m., Thursday. 

juez, m., judge. 

jugador, m., player. 

jugar, to play. 

jugo, m., juice, milk. 

juguete, m., toy, plaything. 

juicio, m., judgment, opinion. 

julio, m., July. 

junco, m., rush, cane. 

junio, m., June. 

juntamente, adv., together. 

juntar, to gather together, amass. 

junto, -a, together. 

juramento, m. } oath. 



282 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



jurar, to swear, take oath. 

justicia, /., justice. 

Justiniano, Justinian ([483-565]. 
A Roman emperor at whose com- 
mand the Justinian Code was 
compiled) . 



la, def. art., f., the; pers. pron., /., 
her, it. 

labio, m., lip, edge. 

labor, /., tillage, tilled field. 

laboratorio, m., laboratory. 

laborioso, -a, industrious, assid- 
uous. 

labrador, m., farmer, rustic. 

lado, m., side; al — , beside (them), 
along with (them); de un — a 
otro, hither and thither. 

ladrillo, m., brick. 

ladron, m., thief; jal — ! int., stop 
thief! 

lago, m., lake. 

lagrima, /., tear. 

lamentation, /., lamentation, 
wailing. 

lamentar(se), to lament. 

lampara, /., lamp. 

lancha, /., barge, boat. 

langosta, /., lobster. 

lanza, /., lance. 

lanzada, /., blow with a lance. 

lanzar, to utter, hurl, throw. 

lapiz, m., pencil.' 

largo, -a, long; a lo — de, prep., 
along, over. 

lastima, /., pity; jque — ! what 
a pity! 

lastimoso, -a, pitiable. 

latigo, m., whip. 

latir, to beat, throb. 

lavabo, m., wash-stand. 

lavadero, m., washing-place, bath. 

lavandera, /., laundress, wash- 
woman. 

lavar, to wash. 

le, pers. pron., him, it, you; to 
him, to her, to it, to you. 

lection, /., lesson. 

lector, m., reader. 

lectura, /., reading. 

leche,/.,milk. 



lechuga,/., lettuce. 

leer, to read; — por cima, to 
glance over. 

legalidad,/., legality, fidelity. 

legitimo, -a, legitimate. 

legua, /., league. 

lejania, /., distance. 

lejano, -a, distant, far away. 

lejos, adv., distant, far, far off, in 
the distance; — de, prep., far 
from; — de que, conj., so far 
from. 

lengua,/., language, tongue. 

lenguaje, m., language, speech. 

lentamente, adv., slowly. 

lentitud, /., slowness. 

lento, -a, slow; adv., slowly. 

lefia, /., wood, fire-wood. 

leon, m., lion. 

Leon, m., Leon {a former kingdom 
of Spain, bounded by Asturias 
on the north, Old Castile on the 
east, Estremadura on the south, 
and Portugal and Galicia on the 
west). 

Lepanto, Lepanto (the Battle of 
Lepanto was a naval victory 
gained Oct. 7, 1571, by the 
Italian and Spanish fleets under 
Don Juan of Austria over the 
Turkish fleet). 

letargo, m., lethargy. 

letra, /., letter, character. 

letrilla, /., rondelet. 

levantar, to raise, lift; — se, to 
rise, arise, get up; — tiendas, 
to break up camp, go home. 

leve, adj., light, faint. 

levita, /., frock-coat. 

leyenda, /., legend, reading. 

liberal, adj., liberal, generous. 

libertad, /., liberty. 

librar, to free, liberate. 

libre, adj., free, clear. 

libro, m., book. 

licenciado, m., licentiate. 

Licurgo, m., Lycurgus. 

lienzo, m., linen. 

ligadura, /., rope, bond. 

ligar, to bind, tie. 

ligeramente, adv., lightly, slightly. 

ligero, -a, light. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



283 



limitar, to limit, restrict. 

limite, m., limit. 

limon, m., lemon. 

limosna, /., alms. 

limpiar, to clean. 

limpio, -a, clean, clear, limpid. 

linde, m. or /., boundary, limit. 

Undo, -a, pretty, nice. 

linea, /., line. 

lista, /., menu, bill of fare, list; en 

— , general delivery; — nominal, 

roll call. 
listo, -a, ready, 
literalmente, adv., literally. 
literario, -a, literary. 
literatura, /., literature. 
lo, def. art., n., the; pers. pron.,m. 7 

it. 
local, adj., local. 
loco, -a, mad, crazy; subst. m. or 

/., mad (person). 
locution, /., phrase, locution. 
lodo, m., mud; haber — , to be 

muddy. 
lograr, to attain, obtain, succeed. 
loma, /., hill, hillock, slope. 
lomo, m., back. 
Lope, m., Lope. 
Lope de Vega ([1562-1635]. A 

celebrated Spanish dramatist and 

poet) . 
Lorenzo, m., Laurence. 
loro, m., parrot. 
Lucas, m., Luke. 
lucidamente, adv., splendidly, 

brilliantly. 
lucido, -a, bright, brilliant, splen- 
did, 
lucir, to shine. 
lucha, /., struggle. 
luego, adv.', then, soon, next; 

desde — , adv., thereupon, at 

once; hasta — , until by and by, 

so long {Jam.), I'll see you later; 

— que, conj., as soon as. 
lugar, m., place, village; tener — , 

to take place. 
lugarejo, m. {dim. of lugar), small 

place, hamlet. 
Luis, m., Louis. 
lujo, m., luxury, extravagance. 
luminoso, -a, luminous. 



luna, f., moon; haber — , to be 

moonlight. 
lunes, m., Monday. 
luz, /., light. 

LI 

llama,/., flame. 

llamamiento, m., call. 

llamar, to call, name, knock, rap 

(at a door or window). 
Uanto, m., weeping, tears. 
llanura, /., plain, field.. 
llegada, /., arrival. 
llegar, to arrive, come, reach; — 

a ser, to become. 
llenar, to fill. 
lleno, -a, full, covered. 
Uevar, to wear, take, carry; — se, 

to take away. 
Uorar, to weep. 
Hover, to rain. 
lloviznar, to drizzle. 
Uuvia, /., rain. 



M 



macareno; de 



gau'dily, in a 



flashy manner. 

madera, /., wood (used in con- 
struction, in distinction to lena, 
'fire- wood'). 

madre,/., mother. 

madreselva, /., honeysuckle. 

Madrid, Madrid (a city of over 
597,000 inhabitants, the capital 
of Spain. It is situated near the 
geographical center of the penin- 
sula). 

madriguera,/., burrow. 

madrilerlo, -a, of (or belonging to) 
Madrid. 

madrugada, /., early morning. 

madrugar, to rise early. 

maestra, /., teacher. 

mae stria, /., skill. 

maestro, m., teacher, master. 

magnifico, -a, magnificent. 

mago (see Reyes Magos). 

mal, adj. (see malo); adv., ill, 
badly, wrong; a — , adv., ill. 

Malaga, Malaga (a city of ^ about 
136,000 inhabitants, capital of 



284 



VOCABTJLAltfO ESPANOL-INGLES 



the province of Malaga, and an 
important Mediterranean sea- 
port) . 

malagueno, m., man from Malaga. 

maldecir, to curse. 

maldito, -a (adj. pp. of maldecir), 
cursed; subst. m,, accursed (per- 
son). 

malestar, m., discomfort. 

maleta, /., valise, suit-case. 

malhechor, m., malefactor, crim- 
inal. 

malicioso, -a, mischievous. 

malo, -a, bad, evil, ill, poor. 

malparado, -a (adj. pp. of mal- 
parar), discomfited, damaged, 
hurt. 

maltratamiento, m., ill treatment. 

maltrecho, -a, ill treated, misused, 
hurt. 

mama, /., mama. 

manantial, m., spring. 

manco, -a, one-handed, maimed. 

Mancha, (La),/., La Mancha (the 
most sparsely populated province 
of Spain, lying south of Madrid, 
and celebrated as the scene of the 
birth and early exploits of Don 
Quixote). 

mandar, to order, command, send; 
— hacer, to order, have made. 

manecilla, /., hand (of a watch or 
clock). 

manecita, /., little hand. 

manera, /., way, manner; de nin- 
guna — , adv., by no means, not 
at all; de — que, conj., so that, 
so as. 

mania,/., whim, mania, habit. 

maniatar, to tie the hands (of any- 
one). 

manicomio, m., insane asylum. 

manifestar, to manifest, show, 
express. 

maniobra, /., maneuver, trick. 

manir, to grow tender (of meats). 

mano, /., hand; cogidos de la — , 
holding hands. 

Manolita, /. (dim. of Manuela), 
Emma. 

mansedumbre,/., meekness, mild- 
ness. 



manta, /., blanket. 

manteca, /., lard, butter. 

mantel, m., table-cloth. 

mantener, to maintain. 

mantequilla, /., butter. 

mantilla,/., mantilla, saddle-cloth. 

manto, m., mantle, cloak. 

Manuel, m., Emanuel. 

manzana, /., apple. 

mafia,/., skill, cleverness. 

manana, adv., to-morrow; hasta 
— , until to-morrow; pasado — , 
adv., day after to-morrow; subst. 
/./morning, morrow. 

mapa, m., map. 

maquina, /., machine, works (of 
a watch or clock). 

maquinalmente, adz;., mechanically. 

mar, m. orf., sea, (any) large quan- 
tity. 

maravilloso, -a, marvelous. 

marcar, to mark, indicate. 

marcha, /., march, procession, 
course, way; jen — ! go! march! 

marchar, to go, walk, move on; 
— se, to go, go away. 

Mari Belcha, /. (Basque), Black 
Mary. 

Maria, /., Mary; — Santisima, 
Holy Mary. 

Maria de la Luz, /., Mary of the 
Light (the name of Gloria's 
cousin in V aides' s novel "La 
Her mana San Sulpicio"). 

marido, m., husband. 

marinero, -a, sea-faring; subst. 
m., sailor. 

marmol, m., marble. 

martes, m., Tuesday. 

martilleo, m., hammering. 

martillo, m., hammer. 

martir, m., martyr. 

marzo, m., March. 

mas, conj., but. 

mas, adv., more; — bien, adv., 
rather; a — no poder, to the ut- 
most; cuanto — , adv., (all) 
the more; cuanto — que, conj., 
the more since; valer — , to be 
better, worth more. 

mascar, to chew. 

masculino, -a, masculine. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



285 



mastin, m., mastiff. 

mata, /., shrub, thicket. 

matador, m., matador. 

matar, to kill, slay. 

material, m., material. 

matrimonio, m., marriage; parte 
de — , wedding announcement 
{or invitation). 

mayo, m., May. 

mayor, adj. {comp. of grande), 
greater, greatest, older, oldest, 
elder, eldest, chief; la — parte 
(de), the greater part (of), most 
{before nouns) ; musico — , leader 
• {or director) of a band of mu- 
sic. 

mayuscula, /., capital letter. 

me, pers. pron., me, to me. 

mecer, to rock, sway, swing. 

media, /., stocking. 

media noche, /., midnight. 

medicina, /., medicine. 

medico, m., doctor. 

medicuzarra, m., old doctor. 

medida, /., measure; a — que, 
conj., according as, as far as. 

medio, m., middle, means; en — 
de, prep., in the midst of; por — 
de, prep., through, by means of; 
— {-a), adj., half; media hora de 
camino, half an hour's journey; 
dar media vuelta, to go half- 
way round. 

mediodia, m., noon, noonday. 

medir, to measure. 

meditar, to meditate. 

medroso, -a, fearful. 

mejilla, /., cheek. 

mejor, adj. {comp. of bueno), 
better; — dicho, rather; adv. 
{comp. of bien), better. 

melancolia,/., melancholy, gloom. 

melancolico, -a, melancholy. 

meloso, -a, honied, sweet, gentle. 

memorable, adj., memorable. 

memoria, /., memory; de — , by 
heart. 

mention, /., mention. 

mencionar, to mention. 

mendigo, m., beggar. 

menester, m., necessity, need, 
want; haber — , to need. 



mengano, -a, indef. pron., such a 
one, so and so. 

menor, adj. {comp. of pequeno), 
less, younger, least, youngest; 
venta (al) por — , retail. 

menos, adv. {comp. of poco), less, 
least; prep., except; al — , adv., 
at least; a lo — , adv., at least; 
por lo — , adv., at least; a — 
que, conj., unless; no poder — 
de, not to be able to help. 

menta, /., mint. 

mente,/., mind. 

mentir, to lie, tell a falsehood. 

menudo, -a, small, little, slender; 
a — , adv., often. 

mercar, to buy. 

merced, /., gift, grace, thanks, 
honor, lordship. 

merecer, to deserve, be deserving. 

merendar, to lunch. 

merito, m., worth, merit. 

mero, -a, mere. 

mes, m., month. 

mesa,/., table, desk. 

meter, to put (in), place. 

metido; — en carnes, plump. 

metodo, m., method. 

mezquita, /., mosque. 

mi, poss. adj., my. 

mi, pers. pron., me. 

miedo, m., fear; tener — , to be 
afraid; de — que, conj., for 
fear that. 

miembro, m., member. 

mientras {que), conj., while, whilst. 

miercoles, m., Wednesday; Mier- 
coles de Ceniza, Ash Wednes- 
day. 

mies, /., grain, wheat. 

miga, /., crumb; hacer buenas 
— s, to agree well, get on well 
together. 

Miguel, m., Michael. 

miguelete, m., mountain soldier. 

mil, adj., one thousand, one- 
thousandth. 

milagroso, -a, miraculous. 

milesimo, -a, thousandth. 

militar, adj., military; subst. m., 
soldier. 

miliar, m., thousand, group of a 



286 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



thousand {generally used in the 
plural) . 

millon, m., a million. 

millonesimo, -a, millionth. 

mineral, m., mineral. 

ministerio, m., ministry. 

minuscula, /., small letter. 

minutas, /. pi., minutes, records. 

minutero, m., minute-hand. 

minuto, m., minute. 

mio, -a, pass. adj. and pron., my, 
mine {the def. art. usually pre- 
cedes in the pronominal form). 

mirada, /., glance. 

mirar, to look (at), see; subst. m., 
glance. 

misa, /., mass; Misa del Gallo {lit. 
'Mass of the Cock'), midnight 
mass on Christmas Eve; — de 
requiem, requiem mass {said or 
sung for the repose of a departed 
soul) . 

miserable, adj., miserable. 

miseria, /., poverty, misery. 

misericordia, /., mercy, pity. 

misero, -a, miserable, wretched. 

mismo, -a, same, self, even, very. 

misterio, m., mystery. 

misterioso, -a, mysterious. 

mitad, /., half; a la — de, prep., 
half-way through. 

jmiz miz! int., kitty, kitty! come, 
kitty! 

mocedad, /., youthful exploit; 
youth, juvenility. 

Mocedades del Cid, Las. The 
youthful exploits of the Cid {the 
title of the chief play of Guillen de 
Castro which appeared in i6i8\ 

moda, /., style, fashion; ser de 
— , to be in style {or fashion). 

moderno, -a, modern. 

modestamente, adv., modestly. 

modesto, -a, modest. 

modico, -a, moderate {in price). 

modismo, m., idiom. 

modo, m., way, manner, mode, 
mood; de todos — s, adv., any- 
way; de — que, conj., so that. 

mohino; burro — , mule. 

moler, to grind, 

molienda, /., grinding, milling. 



molinero, m., miller. 

molinete, m., little mill; hacer — 
con, to brandish, wield. 

molino, m., mill. 

molliznar, to drizzle. 

molliznear, to drizzle. 

momento, m., moment. 

momia, /., mummy. 

monarca, m., monarch, sovereign. 

Mondonedo, Mondonedo {a town 
of some 10,000 inhabitants, in 
the province of Lugo, north- 
western Spain). 

moneda, /., money, coin. 

monopolio, m., monopoly. 

monotono, -a, monotonous. 

monserga, /., gabble, confusion. 

monstruo, m., monster. 

montana, /., mountain. 

montar, to mount, ride. 

monte, m., monte {a game of 
cards), mountain, mount. 

monterilla, /., cap. 

monumento, m., monument. 

moreno, -a, dark, swarthy, bru- 
nette. 

morir, to die; — se, to die. 

morisco, -a, Moorish. 

moro, -a, Moorish; subst. m. or /., 
Moor. 

mortal, adj., mortal. 

mortuorio, -a, mortuary, of a 
death. 

moruno, -a, Moorish. 

mostrador, m., counter. 

mostrar, to show. 

motivo, m., motive, reason, pur- 
pose; con — de, prep., in honor 
of, in celebration of. 

mover, to move, inspire; — se, to 
move (about or along). 

movimiento, m., movement, mo- 
tion, stir, life. 

moza, /., young lady, girl servant. 

mozo, m., youth, waiter, servant. 

muchacha, /., girl. 

muchacho, m., boy. 

muchedumbre,/., crowd. 

mucho, -a, adj. and pron., much, 
a great deal; pi., many; adv., 
much, very; lo — que siento, 
how sorry I am; lo siento — , I 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



287 



am very sorry; — rato, adv., a 

long while. 
mudar, to change; — se, to change, 

be changed, move. 
mudo, -a, dumb, mute, silent, 
mueblaje, m., furniture. 
mueca, /., face, grimace, 
muerte, /., death. 
muerto, -a (adj. pp. of morir), 

died, killed, slain; subst. m. or 

/., (the) dead, 
mujer, /., woman, wife, 
mula, /., mule. 
multicolor, adj., many hued, many 

colored. 
multiplo, -a, multiple. 
multitud, /., multitude, crowd, 
mullido, -a, soft. 
mundanal, adj., mundane, worldly, 

of the world. 
mundo, m., world; to do el — , 

everybody; echar al — , to 

create, bring forth into the 

world; ver — , to travel. 
muneca, /., wrist. 
muralla, /., wall, rampart. 
murciano, -a, Murcian, native of 

Murcia. 
Murillo, Bartolome Esteban, 

Bartholomew Stephen Murillo 

([1618-1682]. A celebrated Span- 
ish painter). 
murmullo, m., whisper, murmur, 

ripple. 
murmurar, to murmur. 
muro, m., wall, 
musculoso, -a, muscular. 
museo, m., museum. 
musica, /., music, band; caja de 

— , music-box. 
musical, adj., musical. 
musico, m., musician; — mayor, 

leader (or director) of a band of 

music. 
mutuo, -a, mutual. 
muy, adv., very, decidedly. 

N 

nacer, to be born, spring (forth). 
nacimiento, m., birth. 
nation, /., nation. 



national, adj., national. 

nada, pron., nothing ; adv. , not at all. 

nadie, pron., nobody. 

naipe, m., playing-card. 

Napoles, Naples. 

naranja, /., orange. 

naranjo, m., orange-tree. 

nariz,/., nose. 

narration, /., narration, relation. 

narrar, to narrate, relate. 

natalicio, m., nativity, birth, 

birthday. 
natividad, /., nativity, birth. 
natural, adj., natural; subst. m. 

and f., native, inhabitant. 
naturaleza, /., nature. 
naturalidad, /., naturalness, ease. 
naturalmente, adv., naturally. 
navarro, -a, native of Navarre, 

Navarrese. 
Navidad, /., Christmas. 
Nazareno; Jesus — , Jesus of 

Nazareth. 
neblina, /., fog, mist; haber — , 

to be misty. 
necesario, -a, necessary. 
necesidad, /., necessity, need, 
necesitar, to need, require. 
necio, -a, foolish, stupid. 
negation,/., negation, 
negar, to deny, 
negativo, -a, negative. 
negocio, m., occupation, affair, 

business. 
negro, -a, black. 
Neron, Nero (a Roman emperor 

[54-68], famous for his crimes). 
nervios; ataque de — , nervous 

attack. 
nervioso, -a, nervous. 
neutro, -a, neuter. 
nevar, to snow, 
ni, conj., neither, nor, not even, 

even; no . . . — , not even; 

no ( — ) . . . — , neither . . . nor; 

— aun, adv., not even. 
nido, m., nest. 
nieta, /., granddaughter. 
nieve, /., snow, 
ningun (see ninguno). 
ninguno, -a, adj. and pron., no 

one, nobody, none, no. 



288 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



niiia, /., child, girl. 

ninez, /., childhood. 

nino, m., child, boy; — de pecho, 
nursing child, infant. 

no, adv., no, not; — bien . . . 
cuando, conj., scarcely . . . when; 
— obstante que, conj., notwith- 
standing that; — sea que, conj., 

lest > ~ { lolamente } ' • ■ sino ' 

conj., not only . . . but; — ... 
ni, not even; — . . . ni . . . ni, 
neither . . . nor. 

noble, adj., noble, of noble birth. 

notion, /., notion, idea. 

nocturno, -a, nocturnal, nightly, 
evening. 

noche, /., night; de — , adv., at 
night; hasta la — , until to- 
night; por la — , adv., at night; 
Noche Buena, Christmas Eve; 
jbuenas — s! good evening or 
good night! 

nomada, adj., nomadic, wandering. 

nombrar, to name, appoint. 

nombre, m., name, noun. 

nominal; lista — , roll-call. 

nonagenario, -a, nonagenarian 
(90 years old). 

nonagesimo, -a, ninetieth. 

noningentesimo, -a, nine hun- 
dredth. 

nono, -a, ninth. 

norte, m., north, pole-star, guide, 
rule. 

nos, pers. pron., we, us, to us. 

nosotros, pers. pron., we, us. 

notabilidad, /., notability, emi- 
nent person, authority. 

notable, adj., notable, remarkable. 

notar, to notice. 

noticia, /., notice, tidings, news. 

notificar, to notify, inform. 

novecientos, -as, adj., nine hun- 
dred, nine hundredth. 

novela, /., novel. 

novelista, m., novelist. 

noveno, -a, ninth. 

noventa, adj., ninety, ninetieth. 

noviembre, m., November. 

nube,/., cloud. 

nublado, -a, cloudy. 



nuca, /., nape (of the neck). 

nudo, m., knot, lump. 

nuestro, -a, adj., and pron., our 

{the def. art. usually precedes in 

the pronominal forms). 
nueva, /., news. 
Nueva York, New York. 
nueve, adj., nine, ninth. 
nuevo, -a, new; de — , adv., again; 

Alio Nuevo, New Year. 
numeral, adj., numeral; subst. m., 

numeral, 
numero, m., number; — que- 

brado, fraction, 
numeroso, -a, numerous, large, 
nunca, adv., never, ever. 



o, conj. {becomes u before initial o 
or ho), or; — ... — , conj., 
either ... or. 

obedecer (a), to obey. 

obispo, m., bishop. 

objeto, m., object. 

oblicuo, -a, oblique, slanting, side. 

obligation,/., obligation, duty. 

obligado, -a, necessary, compul- 
sory. 

obligar, to oblige, compel, make. 

obra,/., work; — maestra, master- 
piece. 

obrar, to work, be in the hands of; 
— en el poder (de uno), to be 
in (one's) hands, reach (one). 

obrero, m., workman. 

obscuridad,/., darkness, obscurity. 

obscuro, -a, dark, obscure; ser {or 
estar) — , to be dark. 

obsequio, m., gift; en — de, prep., 
for the sake of. 

observation,/., observation. 

observar, to observe. 

obstaculo, m., obstacle. 

obstante; no — , adv., notwith- 
standing; no — que, conj., not- 
withstanding that. 

obtener, to obtain, win. 

ocasion, /., occasion, opportunity. 

occidente, m., Occident, west. 

ocioso, -a, idle, unoccupied. 

octavo, -a, eighth. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



289 



octingentesimo, -a, eight hun- 
dredth. 

octogenario, -a, octogenarian (80 
years old). 

octogesimo, -a, eightieth. 

octubre, m., October. 

octuplo, -a, octuple, eightfold. 

ocultar, to hide, conceal. 

oculto, -a, hidden. 

ocupacion, /., occupation, occu- 
pancy. 

ocupado, -a (adj. pp. of ocupar), 
occupied, busy. 

ocupar, to occupy, hold. 

ocurrir, to occur, take place. 

ochenta, adj., eighty, eightieth. 

ochentena, /., eighty, a group of 
eighty, fourscore. 

ocho, adj., eight, eighth. 

oda, /., ode. 

odiar, to hate. 

odio, m., hate, hatred. 

oeste, m., west. 

oficial, adj., official, public, of the 
government; subst. m., officer. 

oficio, m., office, profession, occu- 
pation. 

ofrecer, to offer; <:que sele ofrece 
a usted? what do you wish? 

joh! int., oh! 

oido, m., hearing, ear, inner ear. 

joiga! or joye! (imper. of oir used 
as int.), listen! say! hello! 

oir, to hear. 

jojala! int. (expressing strong de- 
sire), would that! God grant! 

ojeroso, -a, heavy eyed, having 
dark rings round the eyes. 

ojo, m., eye. 

ola, /., wave. 

jola! (see jhola!). 

jole! int. (expressing enthusiasm, 
approval), bravo! 

oler, to smell. 

olfato, m., smell, sense of smell. 

olivar, m., olive-grove. 

olivo, m., olive-tree. 

oloroso, -a, fragrant. 

olvidar, to forget. 

omitir, to omit. 

once, adj., eleven, eleventh. 

opera, /., opera. 



operation, /., operation. 

oponer, to oppose. 

oportuno, -a, seasonable, oppor- 
tune, proper. 

opreso, -a (adj. pp. of oprimir), 
oppressed. 

oprimir, to oppress. 

optico, m., optician. 

opuesto, -a, opposite, opposed. 

oration,/., sentence. 

oral, adj., oral. 

orbita, /., orbit, cavity. 

orden, /., order, command; m., or- 
ganization. 

ordenanza, m., orderly. 

ordinal, adj., ordinal. 

ordinario, -a, ordinary. 

oreja, /., ear, outer ear. 

orejudo, -a, large-eared. 

organillo, m., hand-organ, little 
organ. 

organista, m., organist. 

organizar, to organize. 

organo, m., organ. 

orgulloso, -a, proud. 

original, adj., original. 

orilla, /., edge, shore, bank. 

oro, m., gold. 

ortodoxo, -a, orthodox. 

ortografia, /., orthography. 

ortografico, -a, orthographic. 

os, pers. pron., you, to you. 

osar, to dare. 

oscuro (see obscuro). 

otono, m., autumn, fall. 

otro, -a, adj. and pron., other, an- 
other; alguno que — , adj. and 
pron., some or other, an occa- 
sional; otra vez, adv., again. 

oveja, /., sheep, ewe. 

Oviedo, Oviedo (a city of about 
53,000 inhabitants, capital of the 
province of Oviedo, in northwest- 
ern Spain). 

1 ox! shoo! (to frighten fowls), 

joye! (see oiga). 



Pablo, w.,Paul. 

pacer, to graze. 

paciencia, /., patience. 

pacifico, -a, peaceful, mild, gentle. 



290 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



padecer, to suffer; subst., m., suf- 
fering. 

Padilla, Dona Maria de, Lady Mary 
of Padilla ([d. 1361], favorite of 
Peter the Cruel of Castile) . 

padre, m., father. 

pagar, to pay, pay for, repay; — 
la casa, to pay the rent. 

pagina,/., page. 

pago, m., pay, reward. 

pais, m., country. 

paisano, m., peasant. 

paja, /., straw. 

pajaro, m., bird. 

paje, m., page. 

palabra, /., word. 

palacio, m., palace. 

paladar, m., palate. 

palco, m., box, loge. 

palido, -a, pale, pallid. 

palillos, m. pi., castanets. 

paliza, /., beating, cudgeling. 

palma, /., palm. 

paloma, /., dove, pigeon (also as 
term of endearment). 

Pamplona, Pampeluna (a city of 
about 30,000 inhabitants, capital 
of the province of Navarre). 

pan, m., bread. 

panecillo, m., roll. 

pantalon, m., trousers (commonly 
used in the plural). 

panzudo, -a, big-bellied, chubby, 
corpulent, round. 

panuelo, m., handkerchief, ker- 
chief. 

Papa, m., pope. 

papa, m., papa. 

papel, m., paper, role; hacer un 
— , to play a role. 

Paquito, m. (dim. of Paco, a collo- 
quial form of Francisco) , Frank. 

par, m., pair, couple; de — en — , 
adv. , wide (open) (of a door). 

para, prep., for, to, in order to, about 
to; — que, conj., in order that. 

paradero, m., stopping-place, 
whereabouts. 

paraguas, m., umbrella. 

paraiso, m., paradise. 

paraje, m., place. 

paralizar, to paralyze. 



Paraninfo, m., Paranymph, Com- 
mencement Hall. 

parar(se), to stop, stay. 

pardo, -a, brown. 

parecer, to appear, seem, look like; 
— se a, to resemble, look like. 

parecido, -a (adj. pp. of parecer), 
like, similar. 

pared, /., wall; reloj de — , (wall) 
clock. 

pareja, /., couple, pair. 

pariente, m. or /., relative, kins- 
man. 

Paris, Paris. 

parque, m., park. 

parroco, m., parish priest. 

parroquial, adj., parish, parochial; 
subst. /., parochial church. 

parte, /., part, division; por todas 
— s, everywhere; la mayor — , 
the greater part, most (before 
nouns); formar — , to form part; 
tomar — , to take part; subst. 
m., despatch, announcement, 
invitation; — de matrimonio, 
wedding announcement (or in- 
vitation) ; dar — , to give notice, 
inform, report. 

participar, to participate, share, 
inform of. 

participio, m., participle; — pa- 
sivo, past participle. 

particular, adj., personal, private, 
special. 

particularidad, /., peculiarity. 

partido, m., side (of persons who 
play a game). * 

partir, to depart, leave, divide, 
rend, break. 

pasado, -a (adj. pp. of pasar), 
past, last; — rnanana, adv., day 
after to-morrow. 

pasajero, m., passer, passer-by, 
passenger. 

pasar, to pass, spend, walk, hap- 
pen, take place; — se, to pass by 
(or away), happen, take place. 

pasatiempo, m., pastime. 

Pascua, /., Easter. 

Pascual, m., Paschal. 

Pascualet, m., little Paschal. 

pasear, to walk, stroll. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



291 



paseo, m., walk, avenue; dar un 
— , to take a walk, walk. 

pasion, /., passion, feeling. 

pasivo, -a, passive, past (of partici- 
ples) ; participio — , past participle. 

pasmarse, to marvel, be stunned. 

paso, m., pace, step, way; dejar 
— , to give entrance (or way). 

pastar, to graze. 

pastel, m., cake. 

pastor, m. shepherd. 

pata,/. , foot (and leg of beasts) , paw. 

patata, /., potato. 

paterno, -a, paternal. 

patillas, /. pi., whiskers. 

patio, m., inner court, courtyard. 

patria, /., fatherland, native land, 
home country, country. 

patriotico, -a, patriotic. 

patron, m., landlord, host. 

patrona, /., landlady. 

pausa, /., pause, stop. 

pausadamente, adv., slowly, de- 
liberately. 

paz, /., peace. 

peculiar, adj., peculiar. 

pecho, m., breast; nino de — , 
nursing child, infant. 

pedazo, m., piece. 

pedestal, m., pedestal, foundation. 

pedir, to ask, beg, crave; — pres- 
tado, to borrow. 

Pedro, m., Peter. 

Pedro de Castilla, Don, Don Pedro 
of Castile ([1334-1369], king of 
Castile, called the Cruel). 

pegar, to stick, paste, beat, strike; 
— se, to stick, cling. 

peinar, to comb, groom. 

peine, m., comb. 

pelado, -a, bare, treeless, bald. 

pelea, /., fight, battle, strife. 

peligroso, -a, perilous, dangerous, 
hazardous. 

pelo, m., hair (of head, or in gen- 
eral); en — , without a saddle, 
bare-backed. 

pelota, /., pelota (Basque game), 
handball, ball. 

pendiente, adj., hanging, steep. 

penetrar, to penetrate, enter. 

penitencia,/. /penitence, repentance. 



pensamiento, m., thought. 
pensar (en), to think (of), intend. 
pensativo, -a, pensive, buried in 

thought. 
penultimo, -a, penultimate, next 

to the last. 
peon, m., day-laborer; — cami- 

nero, road mender. 
peor, adj. (comp. c/malo), worse; 

adv. (comp. 0/mal), worse. 
pepino, m., cucumber. 
Pepita, /. (dim. of Josefa, 'Jose- 
phine'), Josie. 
pequeno, -a, small, little. 
percibir, to perceive. 
perder, to lose. 
perdon, m., pardon. 
perdonar, to pardon. 
peregrination,/., pilgrimage. 
perengano, -a, indef. pron., such a 

one, so and so. 
perenne, adj., perpetual. 
perezosamente, adv., lazily, slowly. 
perezoso, -a, lazy. 
perfection, /., perfection; a la — , 

adv., perfectly, to perfection. 
perfeccionar, to perfect. 
perfecto, -a, perfect. 
periodico, m., paper, newspaper. 
perjurio, m., perjury. 
permanecer, to remain. 
permiso, m., permission. 
permitir, to permit, allow. 
pero, conj., but. 
perro, m., dog; — chico, m. (jam.) 

cent (copper coin worth five centi- 

mos); — gordo (or grande), m. 

(fam.) penny (copper coin worth 

ten centimos). 
persecution,/., persecution, 
perseguir, to pursue, persecute. 
persona,/., person. 
personaje, m., personage, person. 
personal, adj., personal, private. 
personalmente, adv., personally, 

in person. 
persuasivo, -a, persuasive. 
Peru, (El), m., Peru, 
pervertir, to pervert. 
pesadamente, adv., heavily. 
pesado, -a, heavy. 
pesame, m., condolence, sympathy. 



292 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



pesar, m., sorrow, grief; a — de, 
prep. 3 in spite of; a — de que, 
conj., in spite of. 

pescado, m., fish (that has been 
caught in distinction to pez, 'fish 
[in the water]'). 

pescuezo, m., neck. 

peseta, /., peseta (Spanish silver 
coin worth about twenty cents). 

peso, m., dollar (five- peseta piece), 

piadoso, -a, merciful, clement, 
pious. 

piano, m., piano. 

picador, m., picador (he who, on 
horseback, baits the bull with a 
long staff armed with a pointed 
iron tip). 

picar, to prick, pierce, goad, pique. 

picardia, /., trickery, cunning. 

picaresco, -a, roguish, knavish. 

picaro, -a, rascally, roguish, kna- 
vish; subst. m. or /., rascal, 
rogue, knave. 

Picio (see feo). 

picotear, to peck. 

pie, m., foot; a — , adv., on foot; de 
— , adv., standing; en — , adv., 
on foot, standing; con — de- 
recho, adv., fortunately, with 
good omen; volver — s atras, to 
retrace one's steps. 

piedad, /., pity, compassion. 

piedra, /., stone. 

pierna,/., leg. 

pieza, /., piece, fragment, snatch. 

pilar, m., pillar, column. 

pillar, to take, catch. 

pilluelo, m., little rascal, urchin, 
thief. 

pimienta, /., pepper. 

pintar, to paint, depict. 

pintor, m., painter. 

pintoresco, -a, picturesque. 

pintura, /., painting. 

pipa,/., pipe. 

pirata, m., pirate. 

Pirineos, m. pi., Pyrenees. 

piso, m., story, floor, pavement; 
— bajo, ground floor. 

pizarra, /., blackboard (of slate). 

placer, to please ; subst. m., pleasure; 
a — , adv., to (suit) one's pleasure. 



planchar, to iron. 

planicie, /., plain. 

planta, /., plant, floor; — baja, 
ground floor. 

plantar, to plant; — se, to reach 
quickly, stand. 

plata, /., silver. 

plato, m., plate, dish; — del dia, 
special dish. 

plaza, /., bull-ring, arena, square, 
place, position. 

plazo, m., time limit, period. 

plazoleta, /., little square, place, 
spot. 

plegar, to fold. 

plomo, m., lead; a — , adv., per- 
pendicularly. 

pluma, /., pen, feather. 

plural, m., plural. 

poblacion,/., city, town, population. 

pobre, adj., poor; subst., poor man; 
a lo — , as though poor, after 
the fashion of the poor. 

poco, adj. and pron., little, few; 
adv., little, slightly; —a — , adv., 
little by little. 

podar, to prune, trim. 

podenco, m., harrier. 

poder, to be able, can, accomplish; 
a mas no — , to the utmost; 
no — menos de, not to be able 
to help; subst. m., power; obrar 
en el — (de uno), to be in 
(one's) hands, reach (one); ser 
en el — (de uno), to receive 
(speaking of letters) . 

poderoso, -a, powerful. 

podrir, to rot, decay. 

poema, m., poem. 

PoemadelCid, Poem of the Cid. (A 
Spanish poem written about 1 200.) 

poesia, /., poem, poetry (used also 
in the plural). 

poeta, m., poet. 

poetico, -a, poetic. 

policia, /., police. 

politica, /., politics. 

polvo, m., dust; haber — , to be 
dusty. 

polvoroso, -a, dusty. 

pollino, m., young ass. 

polio, m., chicken. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



293 



pompon, m., pompon. 

poner, to place, put, don, set, 
lay; — se, to be placed, put, 
set, become. 

popular, adj., popular. 

poquito, -a (dim. of poco), very 
small, little, few. 

por, prep., by, for, in, from, 
through, along, throughout, re- 
garding, as, per, to, disposed to, 
yet to be, for the sake of, in 
behalf of; — afuera, adv., with- 
out, on the outside; — alii, adv., 
over yonder, yonder; — cima 
de, prep., above, over; — con- 
siguiente, adv., consequently; — 
delante (de), prep., in front of; 
— dentro, adv., within, on the 
inside; — entre, prep., through, 
among; — el estilo, of the same 
sort (or style) ; — lo menos, at 
least; — miedo que, conj., for 
fear that; — que, conj., in order 
that; l — que? adv. and conj., 
why? — ... que, conj., how- 
ever. 

portion, /., portion, part. 

pormenor, m., detail. 

poro, m., pore. 

porque, conj., because, for. 

«jpor que? (see por). 

portador, m., bearer. 

portal, m., gateway, entrance. 

portalon, m., large gateway, en- 
trance. 

portar, to carry, bear, comport. 

porte, m., postage, bearing, car- 
riage. 

portezuela, /., carriage door. 

Portugal, m., Portugal. 

porvenir; lo — , the future. 

posada, /., inn, hotel. 

poseer, to possess, own. 

posesion, /., possession. 

posesivo, -a, possessive. 

posible, adj., possible. 

position,/., position. 

postre, m., dessert. 

postrer (see postrero). 

postrero, -a, last. 

potro, m., colt, young horse. 

practica, /., practice. 



pradera, /., prairie, meadow. 

Prado, Prado (a walk in Madrid). 

preceder, to precede. 

preceptor, m., tutor. 

precio, m., price. 

precioso, -a, precious. 

precipitadamente, adv., hastily. 

precisamente, adv., precisely, ex- 
actly. 

precision,/., precision, exactitude. 

preciso, -a, necessary, urgent. 

precursor, m., precursor, forerun- 
ner, herald. 

predecir, to predict. 

predicador, m., preacher; padre — , 
preacher. 

preferencia, /., preference, choice. 

preferir, to prefer. 

pregunta, /., question, inquiry. 

preguntar, to ask (a question), in- 
quire; — se, to wonder. 

prelado, m., prelate, ecclesiastic. 

prematuramente, adv., prema- 
turely. 

premio, m., prize. 

prenda, /., pledge, pawn, token; 
en — , as security, in pawn; 
— s de vestir, articles of dress, 
garments, clothes. 

prendar, to please, attract. 

prender, to seize, catch, take, 
arrest. 

preocupar, to preoccupy, concern, 

preparar, to prepare. 

preposition,/., preposition. 

presa, /., seizure, hold, fang, mill- 
dam, weir, prey; hacer — , to 
set the teeth in. 

presbitero, m., priest. 

presencia, /., presence. 

presenciar, to be present at, be- 
hold, witness. 

presentation, /., presentation, in- 
troduction. 

presentar, to present, introduce. 

presente, adj., present; subst. m., 
present. 

preservar, to preserve, keep. 

presidencial, adj., presidential, of 
the presiding officer. 

presidente, m., president, presi- 
ding officer. 



294 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



presidio, m., prison, jail. 

presidir, to preside. 

preso, -a (adj. pp. of prender), 
seized, arrested. 

prestado, -a, lent, borrowed; pe- 
dir — , to borrow. 

prestar, to lend. 

prestigioso, -a, distinguished, emi- 
nent. 

presurosamente, adv., hastily, 
rapidly. 

pretension, /., pretension, claim. 

preterito imperfecto, m., imperfect. 

preterito perfecto, m., preterit. 

prevention, /., prejudice, police 
station. 

prever, to foresee. 

prima, /. (see primo). 

primavera, /., spring. 

primer (see primero). 

primero, -a, first; subst. m., first floor 
(but never really the first floor in 
Spanish houses. Sometimes the 
2d story and sometimes higher). 

primo, -a, first; subst. m. or /., 
cousin. 

primordial, adj., first, original. 

princesa, /., princess. 

principal, a J;., principal; subst. m., 
principal floor (in Spanish houses 
always the 2d floor above the street). 

principalmente, adv., principally. 

principe, m., prince. 

principiar, to begin, commence. 

principio, m., beginning, start; 
a — s de, prep., about the be- 
ginning of; al — , adv., at first. 

prisa, /., hurry, haste, speed. 

privation,/., privation, sacrifice. 

probable, adj., probable. 

probablemente, adv., probably. 

probar, to prove, try. 

proceder, to proceed. 

procer, m., nobleman. 

procesion, /., procession. 

proceso, m., trial. 

procurar, to try, seek, attempt. 

producir, to produce. 

proeza, /., prowess, bravery. 
profano, -a, profane, secular. 
proferir, to proffer, pronounce, 
utter. 



profesion, /., profession. 

profesor, m., professor, teacher. 

profesora, /., professor, teacher. 

profundamente, adv., profoundly. 

profundo, -a, profound, deep. 

programa, m., program. 

prolongar, to prolong. 

promesa, /., promise. 

prometer, to promise. 

pronombre, m., pronoun. 

pronosticar, to prognosticate, fore- 
tell, predict. 

pronto, adv., soon; de — '■, adv., all 
of a sudden, immediately. 

pronunciation,/., pronunciation. 

pronunciar, to pronounce. 

propagar, to spread, propagate. 

propiedad, /., property. 

propietario, -a, proprietary. 

propina, /., tip (money given in 
return for favors) . 

propio, -a, proper, suitable, own, 
self. 

proponer, to propose. 

proposito, m., purpose, design, in- 
tention; a — , adv., apropos; a 
— para, prep., fit for, likely to. 

prosa, /., prose, discourse. 

proscribir, to proscribe. 

proseguir, to pursue. 

prosperidad, /., prosperity. 

protector, m., protector. 

proteger, to protect. 

proveer, to provide. 

providencia, /., providence. 

provincia, /., province. 

provocar, to provoke, arouse, excite. 

proximidad,/., proximity, nearness. 

proximo, -a, next, nearest. 

proyectarse, to be cast (or thrown). 

prueba, /., proof. 

psicologico, -a, psychological. 

publication, /., publication. 

publicar, to publish. 

publico, -a, public; subst. m., 
public. 

pudrir, to putrefy, rot, decay. 

pueblo, m., town, people. 

puente, m., bridge. 

pueril, adj., boyish, childish, 
puerile. 

puerta, /., door, gate, gateway. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



295 



Puerta del Sol, Gate of the Sun (the 
main public square in Madrid). 

puerto, m., port, harbor. 

Puerto Rico, Porto Rico. 

pues, conj., since, for, then, there- 
fore, but; I — ! int., well! 

puesto, -a (adj. pp. of poner), 
placed, put, arranged; subst. 
m., position, place, stand, cab- 
stand; — que, conj., since. 

Ipuflint. (expressing aversion), ugh! 

pugnar, to fight, struggle. 

pulcro, -a, beautiful, neat, graceful. 

pulmones, m. pi., lungs. 

punta,/., point, tip; sobre la — de 
los pies, on the tips of the toes. 

punto, m., point, period (in punc- 
tuation)', — de apoyo, place of 
support; a — de, prep., at (or 
on) the point of; en — , adv., 
exactly, precisely, sharp. 

puntuacion, /., punctuation. 

puntualmente, adv., punctually. 

puflal, m., dagger. 

punetazo, m., blow with the fist. 

puno, m., cuff, fist. 

pupila, /., pupil, eye. 

pupilo, m., border. 

puro, -a, pure; (of coffee), black, 
without milk; subst. m., cigar 
(as distinguished from cigarette). 



que, rel. pron. and adj., who, that, 
which, whom; el (la, lo, los, 
las) — , rel. pron., who, which, 
whom; conj. (for porque), for, 
that, so that, in order that, 
whether, than, but; antes (de) 
— , conj., before; a — (for apues- 
to a que), I bet; asi — , conj., 
as soon as; bien — , conj., al- 
though; como — , conj., as if; 
desde — , conj., since; alguno 
— otro, adj. and pron., some or 
other, an occasional. 

£que? inter, pron. and adj., what? 
which? i — tal? how? (used in- 
stead of £c6mo? to inquire after 
the quality or condition of a per- 
son or thing). 



quebrado, -a (adj. pp. 0/quebrar), 
broken; numero — , fraction. 

quebrar, to break. 

quedar(se), to remain, stay, stop; 
— se con, to keep; — en lo 
dicho, to agree. 

quehacer, m., duty, chore. 

queja, /., complaint. 

quejarse (de), to complain. 

quejido, m., complaint, moan. 

quemar, to burn. 

querer, to wish, want, desire, like, 
love; — decir, to mean. 

querido, -a (adj. pp. of querer), 
loved, dear, beloved. 

queso, m., cheese. 

jquia! int. (expressing indignant 
denial), why no! of course not! 

quien, rel. pron., who, whom. 

^quien? inter, pron., who? whom? 

quienquiera, pron., whoever, who- 
soever. 

quieto, -a, quiet, still. 

Quijote, m., Quixote, Quijote. 

quimera, /., chimera, wild fancy. 

quince, adj., fifteen, fifteenth. 

quincena, /., fifteen, group of 
fifteen. 

quincuagesimo, -a, fiftieth. 

quingentesimo, -a, five hundredth. 

quinientos, -as, adj., five hun- 
dred, five hundredth. 

quinque, m., lamp. 

quintana, /., esplanade. 

quinto, -a, fifth. 

quintuplicado, -a (adj. pp. ofquin- 
tuplicar), quintuple, fivefold. 

quintuplo, -a, quintuple, fivefold. 

quitar, remove, take away, quit; 
jquita! or jquitese V.! int., quit! 
get out! 

Quito, Quito (a city of about 
80,000 inhabitants, the capital of 
Ecuador, South America). 

quiza(s), adv., perhaps. 



rabia, /., rage. 
rabo, m., tail. 
radical, adj., radical. 
raer, to erase. 



296 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



Rafael, m., Raphael. 

raiz, /., root. 

rama, /., branch. 

ramo, m., bouquet, bunch, limb. 

Ramon, m., Raymond. 

rapidamente, adv., rapidly. 

rapido, m., fast express- train. 

raro, -a, rare, strange; rara vez, 
adv. , rarely, seldom. 

raso, m., satin. 

rastro, m., trace. 

rastrojo, m., stubble. 

rato, m., while, space of time; 
mucho — , a long while. 

rayar, to erase, streak, line, border 
on, begin, appear. 

rayo, m., ray, beam. 

razon, /., reason, right, intelli- 
gence; tener — , to be right; 
no tener — , to be wrong. 

real, adj., royal; subst. m., real (sil- 
ver coin worth about five cents). 

realce, m., luster, splendor. 

realmente, adv., really. 

rebosar, to overflow, run over, 
teem. 

rebuznar, to bray. 

recaer, to fall back, turn. 

recibir, to receive. 

recien (see recientemente). 

recientemente (sometimes recien), 
adv., recently. 

reclamar, to claim. 

recobrar, to recover. 

recoger, to pick up. 

recoleccion, /., harvest, gathering, 
recollection. 

recomendar, to recommend. 

reconocer, to thank, be grateful for. 

reconocido, -a (adj. pp. of recono- 
cer), grateful, thankful. 

reconvention, /., accusation, re- 
proach. 

recordar, to remember, remind of. 

recorrer, to run over, traverse, 
review. 

recostar, to lean (or place) against. 

recto, -a, straight, direct. 

rector, m., rector, president. 

recuerdo, m., remembrance, re- 
gard. 

recurrir, to recur, have recourse to. 



redoble, m., double beat. 

redondo, -a, round; — al suelo, 
flat on the ground. 

reducir, to reduce, confine, limit. 

reexpedir, to forward; a — , please 
forward. 

refaction, /., repast. 

referenda, /., reference; por — s, 
by hearsay. 

refer ente (a), prep., referring (to). 

referido, -a (adj. pp. of referir), 
above mentioned. 

referir, to refer, relate, tell. 

reflexion, /., reflexion. 

reflexivo, -a, reflexive. 

reforma, /., reform, removal from 
office. 

refran, m., proverb, saying, adage. 

refrenar, to check. 

refrescar, to refresh. 

refresco, m., refreshment, cold 
drink. 

regalado, -a, spoiled, pampered. 

regalar, to present, favor; — se, to 
regale one's self, live sumptu- 
ously. 

regalo, m., gift, present. 

regar, to water. 

regatear, to bargain, haggle. 

regimen, m., object. 

regimiento, m., regiment. 

region, /., region. 

regir, to rule, govern. 

registrar, to examine. 

registro, m., register, record, book- 
mark. 

regla, /., rule. 

regocijo, m., rejoicing. 

regordete, adj., chubby. 

regresar, to return. 

regreso, m., return. 

regular, adj., regular, fairly good; 
adv., fairly well. 

regularizar, to regulate. 

reina, /., queen. 

reinar, to reign. 

reino, m., reign. 

retr(se) (de), to laugh (at). 

relation, /., relation, narration; 
con — a, prep., in comparison 
with. 

relampaguear, to lighten. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



297 



relatar, to relate. 

relativamente, adv.,, relatively. 

relativo, -a, relative. 

relato, m., relation, narration, 
story, account. 

relieve, m., relief; alto — , high- 
relief; bajo — , bas-relief. 

religioso, -a, religious, devout. 

reliquia, /., relic. 

reloj, m., clock, watch; — de 
agua, water-clock; — de bolsi- 
llo, watch; — de pared, (wall-) 
clock; — de sol, sun-dial. 

relucir, to shine. 

remediar, to help, remedy. 

remedio, m., remedy; no hay — , 
there is no help. 

remendar, to repair, mend, patch. 

remiso, -a, remiss, slow. 

remitir, to send, forward, trans- 
mit. 

remojado, -a (adj. pp. of remo- 
jar), soaked. 

remolon, adj., indolent, back- 
wards. 

remozar, to rejuvenate, impart 
youth (to). 

rencoroso, -a, rancorous. 

rendir, to render, subdue, van- 
quish, wear out. 

renovar, to renew. 

renir, to scold, reproach. 

repartir, to distribute. 

repente; de — , adv., suddenly. 

repertorio, m., repertory. 

repetici6n, /., repetition. 

repetir, to repeat. 

replicar, to reply, respond, answer. 

reponer, to replace, recover, reply. 

representation, /., representation, 
performance. 

representar, to represent, present, 
play, perform. 

reproducer, to reproduce. 

republica, /., republic. 

repuesto, -a (adj. pp. of reponer), 
recovered. 

repugnancia, /., loathing, reluc- 
tance. 

repugnante, adj., repugnant. 

requerir, to require, notify, inves- 
tigate. 



requiem (see misa). 

requisitoria, /., request, requisi- 

tory. 
rescate, m., ransom, 
resentimiento, m., resentment. 
residir, to reside, exist, lie. 
resistencia, /., resistance. 
resistir, to resist, oppose. 
resolution,/., resolution. 
resolver(se), to resolve. 
resoplar, to sniff, blow, breathe, 
respectivo, -a, respective. 
respetable, adj., respectable. 
respetar, to respect. 
respetuoso, -a, respectful. 
respiration,/., respiration, breath- 
ing, breath. 
respirar, to breathe. 
responder, to respond, reply, 

answer. 
respuesta, /., response, reply, 
restablecerse, to get well, be cured, 
restante, adj., remaining; subst., 

remainder. 
restar, to remain, be left. 
resueltamente, adj., resolutely, 
resuelto, -a (adj. pp. of resolver), 

resolved, resolute, 
resulta, /., result, consequence, 
resultado, m., result. 
resurrection, /., resurrection. 
retablo, m., altar-piece. 
retardar, to delay, 
retemblido, m., start. 
retirarse, to withdraw, retire. 
retorcer, to twist; — se, to writhe, 

twise about, twist and turn. 
retribuir, to remunerate, pay. 
retroceder, to step back, fall back, 

yield, retreat. 
reunion,/., gathering. 
reunir, to join, bring together; 

— se, to gather (together). 
rever, to see again. 
reverendo, -a, reverend, 
revista, /., review, magazine. 
revolcarse, to roll, wallow, writhe. 
revolotear, to flutter, flit. 
rey, m., king, monarch; Reyes 

(Magos), Magi, Wise Men; el 

Dia de los — , Epiphany (Jan. 6). 
rezar, to pray. 



298 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



riachuelo, m., stream, brook. 

rico, -a, rich. 

ridiculo, m., ridicule. 

rigido, -a, rigid. 

rima, /., rhyme; pi., rhymes, 

poetry. 
rincon, m., corner. 
rina, /., fight, quarrel; — de ga- 

llos, cock-fight. 
rio, m., river, 
risa, /., laugh, laughter. 
robar, to rob. 
Roberto, m., Robert. 
Rocinante, m., Rocinante (Don 

Quixote's horse). 
rocio, m., dew. 
rodar, to roll, whirl, wander. 
rodear (a), to surround, encircle. 
rodilla, /., knee; de — s, on one's 

knees, kneeling. 
roer, to gnaw. 
rogar, to ask (a favor), request, 

beseech. 
rojo, -a, red. 
rollar, to roll, wrap. 
Roma, Rome. 
romano, -a, Roman, 
romanza, /., romance, ballad, 

song. 
romeria, /., pilgrimage. 
romper, to break, break out (or 

forth), tear. 
ropa, /., dress, clothing, clothes; 

— exterior, outer clothing; — 

interior, underclothing. 
rosa, /., rose, 
rostro, m., face. 
roto, -a (adj. pp. of romper), 

broken, worn out. 
rubio, -a, fair, golden, blonde. 
rudo, -a, sturdy, unpolished. 
ruego, m., prayer, entreaty. 
ruido, m., noise, empty sound (or 

show), clamor. 
ruina, /., ruin. 
ruinoso, -a, ruinous. 
rumbo, m., course, way. 
rumor, m., sound, noise. 
rural, adj., rural. 
rustico, -a, rustic; subst. m., rustic, 

countryman. 
Ruy, m., Roderic. 



sabado, m., Saturday. 

sabana, /., sheet. 

saber, to know, know how, learn. 

sabio, -a, wise, learned; subst. m., 
sage, wise man. 

sacar, to draw out, bring forth, 
extract, produce. 

Sacramento, m., sacrament. 

sacrificar, to sacrifice. 

sagrado, -a, holy, sacred; Sagrada 
Forma, (la),/., the Host. 

sal, /., salt. 

sala, /., hall, large room; — de 
espera, waiting room; — de 
recibo, reception room; Sala, 
court. 

salado, -a, witty, clever. 

Salamanca, Salamanca (a city of 
some 25,000 inhabitants, situated 
on the Tormes, capital of the 
province of Salamanca, Spain). 

salero, m., gracefulness (lit. 'salt- 
cellar'). 

salir, to go out, come out, leave. 

salon, m., drawing-room, recep- 
tion-room. 

salpicar, to sprinkle. 

salsa, /.', sauce, gravy, dressing. 

salto, m., leap. 

salud,/., health. 

saludable, adj., wholesome. 

saludar, to greet, bow, give (one's) 
regards to, salute. 

saludo, m., greeting, bow, saluta- 
tion. 

salvaje, adj., savage, wild. 

salvo, prep., except, save. 

San (see santo). 

Sancho, m., Sancho; — Panza, m. 9 
Sancho Panza (Don Quixote's 
squire). 

San Fernando, la Puerta de, the 
Gate of St. Ferdinand (ancien- 
gate of Seville, to the north of the 
city) . 

San Francisco el Grande, St. 
Francis the Grand (a handsome 
church in the southwestern part 
of Madrid). 

sangre, /., blood. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



299 



sanguinario, -a, bloody, sanguin- 
ary, bloodthirsty. 

San Ildefonso, m., St. Alphonsus. 

San Isidro, m., Saint Isidore (the 
patron saint of Madrid). 

San Jeronimo, m., St. Jerome. 

San Joaquin, m., St. Joachim. 

San Sebastian, San Sebastian (a 
city of about g 2,000 inhabitants, a 
seaport on the Bay of Biscay, and 
capital of the Basque province 
of Guipuzcoa. It is the summer 
resort of the Spanish court). 

San Sulpicio, m., St. Sulpice. 

Santa Cruz,/., Santa Cruz (a tower 
in Madrid). 

Santander, Santander (a city of 
some 64,000 inhabitants, situated 
on a harbor of the Bay of Biscay, 
capital of the province of San- 
tander). 

Santiago, m., Santiago. 

Santiago (de Compostela), San- 
tiago [de Compostela] (a city of 
some 24,000 inhabitants, in the 
province of Corunna, northwest- 
ern Spain). 

santiguarse, to cross one's self. 

santo, -a, saintly, holy; Jueves 
Santo, m., Maundy Thursday; 
Semana Santa, /., Holy Week; 
Tierra Santa, /., Holy Land; 
subst. m. or f., saint; Dia de To- 
dos los Santos, All Saints' Day. 

santuario, m., sanctuary, shrine. 

San Vicente, la Puerta de, the Gate 
of St. Vincent (formerly situated 
on the paseo of that name; re- 
moved to the Park of Madrid) . 

sargento, m., sergeant. 

sastre, m., tailor. 

sastreria, /. tailor's shop. 

satira, /., satire. 

satisfactorio, -a, satisfactory. 

sazon, /., season, time; a la — , at 
that time. 

se, pers. pron., himself, herself, 
itself, yourself; to himself, her- 
self, itself, yourself. 

sea . . . sea, conj., whether ... or; 

— que, conj., if, whether; no 

— que, conj., lest. 



Sebastian, m., Sebastian. 

secar, to dry. 

section,/., section. 

seco, -a, dry. 

secretario, m., secretary. 

secreto, m., secret. 

sed, /., thirst; tener — , to be 
thirsty. 

seda, /., silk. 

sederia, /., silk fabric, silks. 

sediento, -a, thirsty. 

segador, reaper, harvester. 

segar, to reap, mow. 

seguida; en — , adv., at once, 
immediately. 

seguidilla, /., seguidilla (a merry 
Spanish dance tune). 

seguir, to follow, continue, go on, 
take. 

segun, prep., according to, as; — 
(que), conj., according as. 

segundo, -a, second; subst., m. 9 
second lieutenant. 

seguramente, adv., surely, cer- 
tainly. 

seguro, -a, sure, certain, faithful; 
a buen — , adv., certainly, in- 
dubitably. 

seis, adj., six, sixth. 

sellar, to stamp. 

semana, /., week; Semana Santa, 
Holy Week. 

sembrado, m., planted field. 

sembrar, to sow. 

semejante, adj., similar, like, such 
(a). 

seminario, m., seminary, school. 

sencillo, -a, simple. 

senda, /., path. 

sendos, -as, one for each, each 
one, as many. 

sensibilidad, /., sensibility, feel- 
ing. 

sentar, to seat, become, suit; — se, 
to sit down. 

sentencia, /., sentence, decree. 

sentido, m., sense, meaning. 

sentimiento, m., sentiment, regret. 

sentir, to feel, be sorry for; lo 
siento mucho, I am very sorry; 
lo mucho que siento, how sorry 
I am. 



300 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



sena, /., sign, signal; pi., address, 
description, signs. 

serial, m., sign, signal. 

senalar, to point out, indicate. 

seiior, m., gentleman, lord, master; 
(as term of address) sir, Mr. 

seiiora, /., lady, wife; (as term of 
address) madam, Mrs. 

senorita, /., young (unmarried) 
lady; (as term of address) miss. 

senorito, m., young man, young 
gentleman; (as term of address) 
master, sir. 

separar, to separate. 

septiembre, m., September. 

septimo, -a, seventh. 

septingentesimo, -a, seven hun- 
dredth. 

septuagenario, -a, septuagenarian 
(70 years old). 

septuagesimo, -a, seventieth. 

sequedad,/., dryness, indifference. 

ser, to be, exist; a no — por, prep., 
had it not been for; a no — que, 
conj., unless. 

serenarse, to grow calm. 

serenidad, /., serenity. 

sereno, -a, serene, calm, placid; 
sub st. m., night-watchman. 

serie,/., series. 

serio, -a, serious. 

sermon, m., sermon. 

serrar, to saw. 

servicio, m., service, duty; de — , 
on duty. 

servidor, m., servant. 

servilleta, /., napkin. 

servir, to serve; — se, to please (or 
be pleased) to . . .; to kindly 
. . .; — se de, to make use of. 

sesenta, adj., sixty, sixtieth. 

seso, m., brain; la tapa de los — s, 
skull. 

sesto, -a (see sexto). 

setecientos, -as, adj., seven hun- 
dred, seven hundredth. 

setenta, adj., seventy, seventieth. 

setimo, -a (see septimo). 

Sevilla, Seville (a city of about 
155,000 inhabitants, the capital 
of Andalusia and of the province 
of Seville, southern Spain). 



sexagesimo, -a, sixtieth. 

sexcentesimo, -a, six hundredth. 

sexto, -a, sixth. 

si, pers. pron., himself, herself, it- 
self, yourself, themselves, your- 
selves; adv., yes. 

si, conj., if, whether. 

siega, /., reaping, mowing. 

siempre, adv., always, ever, still, 
continually; — que, conj., when- 
ever, provided that. 

sierra, /., saw, mountain, moun- 
tain range. 

siesta, /., siesta, afternoon nap; 
dormir la — , to take the after- 
noon nap. 

siete, adj., seven, seventh. 

sifon, m., underground conduit, 
siphon. 

siglo, m., century. 

signification,/., meaning. 

significar, to mean, denote, desig- 
nate. 

siguiente, adj., following, next. 

silaba, /., syllable. 

silabeo, m., syllabication. 

silbar, to whistle. 

silbido, m., whistle, whistling. 

silencio, m., silence. 

silencioso, -a, silent. 

silla, /., chair, seat. 

simpatico, -a, likeable, attractive. 

simple, adj., single, simple. 

sin, prep., without; — embargo, 
adv., however, nevertheless; — 
embargo de que, conj., not- 
withstanding that; — que, conj., 
without. 

sinceramente, adv., sincerely. 

sincero, -a, sincere. 

singular, m., singular. 

sino, conj., but, but rather, until; 
f solo 1 

no \ solamente /•••—. con 3; 
not only . . . but. 

siquier(a), adv. (usually used with 
neg.), even. 

sistema, m., system. 

sitio, m., place, seat, siege. 

situation,/., situation. 

smoking, m., dinner-coat, tuxedo. 

jso! int., whoa! stand still! 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



301 



sobre, m., envelope. 

sobre, prep., over, upon, above; — 
todo, adv. , above all, espe- 
cially. 

sobrehumano, -a, superhuman. 

sobremanera, adv., beyond meas- 
ure, excessively. 

sobrenombre, m., surname, nick- 
name. 

sobrentender, to understand. 

sobreponerse (a), to overcome, 
get the better (of). 

sobretodo, m., overcoat. 

sobrina, /., niece. 

sobrino, m., nephew. 

sociedad, /., society. 

socio, m., member, partner. 

socorro, m., aid, help; casa de — , 
emergency hospital; \ — ! int., 
help! 

soga, /., rope. 

sol, m., sun; haber — , to be sunny; 
hacer — , to be sunny. 

solamente, adv., only; no — ... si- 
no, conj.j not only . . . but. 

soldado, m., soldier. 

soledad, /., solitude. 

solemne, adj., solemn. 

solemnidad, /., solemnity, im- 
pressiveness. 

soler, to be wont, accustomed. 

solitario, -a, solitary, lonely. 

solo, -a, alone, only, single, soli- 
tary. 

solo, adv., only; no — ... sino, 
conj., not only . . . but. 

soltar, to free, untie, loosen, ut- 
ter; — la carcajada, to burst 
out laughing. 

solver, to solve, loosen. 

sollozar, to sob. 

sollozo, m., sob. 

sombra, /., shadow. 

sombrero, m., hat; — de copa, 
silk hat. 

son, m., sound. 

sonar, to ring, sound, be heard. 

soneto, m., sonnet. 

sonido, m., sound. 

sonreir, to smile. 

sonrisa, /., smile. 

sonrosar, to color rose, blush. 



sonsonete, m., drone, rattle. 
sonar (con), to dream (of). 
sopa, /., soup. 
soportal, m., portico; arco de — , 

arcade. 
soportar, to bear, endure. 
sordo, -a, deaf. 
sordomudo, -a, deaf and dumb; 

subst. m. or /., deaf-mute. 
sorprender, to surprise. 
sorpresa, /., surprise. 
sosegar, to appease, calm; — se, 

to compose one's self. 
sosiego, m., repose, calm. 
sospechar, to suspect. 
sosten, m., support. 
sostener, to support, maintain, 

carry, 
su, poss. adj., his, her, its, your; 

pi., their, your, 
subida, /., ascent. 
subir, to ascend, mount, amount 

to, bring up. 
subjuntivo, m., subjunctive. 
suceder, to succeed, happen, 

follow. 
sucesion, /., sequence. 
sucesivamente, adv., successively, 

one after the other. 
suceso, m., event, incident. 
sucio, -a, dirty, soiled. 
sudor, m., sweat, perspiration. 
sudoroso, -a, sweaty. 
suelo, m., floor, ground, soil. 
sueno, m., dream, sleep; tener — , 

to be sleepy. 
suerte, /., fate, sort, way, skilful 

maneuvre (of a bull-fighter). 
sufrido, -a, patient. 
siifrimiento, m., suffering. 
sufrir, to suffer, undergo, endure. 
sugerir, to suggest. 
sujetar, to hold fast, subject, sub- 
due, fasten, keep to. 
sujeto, m., subject, person. 
Sulpicio, m., Sulpice. 
suma, /., sum, amount, 
sumamente, adv., exceedingly, 
sumaria, /., investigation, trial, 
sumo, -a, highest, utmost. 
superior, adj., superior, upper. 
superioridad, /., superiority. 



302 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



superlativo, m., superlative. 

suplica, /., entreaty. 

suplicante, adj., supplicating. 

suplicar, to beg, beseech. 

suponer, to suppose. 

supongase que, conj., supposing 
that. 

suponiendo que, conj., supposing 
that. 

supremacia, /., supremacy. 

supremo, -a, supreme, final. 

suprirnir, to suppress. 

supuesto, m., supposition. 

supuesto que, conj., supposing that. 

sur, m., south. 

suscribir, to subscribe. 

suscrito, -a {adj. pp. of suscribir), 
subscribed, subscribing. 

suspender, to suspend. 

suspirar, to sigh. 

suspiro, m., sigh. 

sustancial, adj., substantial. 

sustantivo, -a, substantive; subst., 
m., noun, substantive. 

sustentar, to support, sustain, 
nourish. 

susto, m., fright, scare; dar un — , 
to frighten, startle. 

suyo, -a, poss. adj. and pron., his, 
her (hers), your (yours), their 
(theirs) (the def. art. usually pre- 
cedes in the pronominal form). 



tabaco, m., tobacco. 

taberno, m., tavern. 

tacto, m., touch, sense of touch. 

tafetan, m., taffeta, thin silk. 

tal, adj. and pron., such, such a; 
£que — ? how? (used instead of 
£como? to inquire after the qual- 
ity or condition of a person or 
thing), how goes it? (fam.); — 
vez, adv., perhaps; — que, conj., 
such that; con — (de) que, conj., 
provided that. 

talento, m., talent, ability. 

talon, m., heel. 

tallo, m., stem. 

tamarlo, -a, as (or so) great, as 
(or so) large. 



tambien, adv., also, too. 

tampoco, adv., not either, neither. 

tan, adv., as, so; — ... que, conj., 
so . . . that. 

tanto, -a, as much, so much; pi., 
as (or so) many; un — , some- 
what; — y — , so many a; — 
. . . que, conj., so much . . . 
that; en — que, conj., while, 
in case that; entre — , adv., 
meanwhile; entre — que, conj., 
while. 

tapa, /., top, cover; — de los sesos, 
skull. 

tapar, to protect, cover, obstruct. 

tapia,/., wall, adobe wall. 

tapujo, m., ambuscade. 

tardar, to delay, take long, con- 
sume (of time). 

tarde, /., afternoon; jbuenas — s! 
good afternoon! hasta la — , 
until this afternoon; adv., late; 
— que temprano, sooner or 
later. 

tarea, /., task. 

tartamudear, to stammer, mutter. 

taza, /., cup. 

te, pers. pron., thee, to thee. 

teatral, adj., theatrical. 

teatro, m., theater. 

tecla, m., key (of a piano or other 
musical instrument). 

teclado, m., keyboard. 

techo, m., ceiling. 

tema, m., composition, theme. 

temblar, to tremble. 

tembloroso, -a, tremulous, trem- 
bling. 

temer, to fear. 

temperatura, /., temperature. 

temporada, /., period of time, 
while. 

temprano, adv., early; tarde que 
— , sooner or later. 

tenaz, adj., tenacious. 

tender, to stretch out, extend, 
tend. 

tendero, m., storekeeper. . 

tenebroso, -a, gloomy, dark. 

tenedor, m., fork. 

tener, to have, hold, possess, 
keep, be the matter with; — 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



303 



a honra, to have the honor; 

— la bondad de, to be so kind 
as to; — calor, to be warm (of 
animate beings); — celos, to be 
jealous; — frio, to be cold (of 
animate beings); — ganas, to be 
desirous, inclined; — hambre, 
to be hungry; — lugar, to take 
place; — miedo, to be afraid; 

— razon, to be right; no — 
razon, to be wrong; — sed, to 
be thirsty; — sueno, to be 
sleepy; — vergiienza, to be 
ashamed; — se, to hold, stop. 

tenor, m., tenor. 

tentar, to touch, try, tempt. 

tenue, adj., faint. 

tenir, to dye. 

tercer (see tercero). 

tercero, -a, third. 

terceto, m., tercet. 

terciar, to sling (sidewise) over 
one's shoulder. 

tercio, -a, third. 

terciopelo, m., velvet. 

Teresa, /., Theresa. 

terminacion, /., ending, end, ter- 
mination. 

terminado, -a (adj. pp. of termi- 
nar), ending, ended. 

terminar, to end, finish. 

termino, m., term, form. 

ternera, /., veal. 

terrible, adj., terrible. 

terror, m., terror. 

tertulia, /., party, soiree; hacer la 
— , to spend the evening with. 

tertulio, m., guest (at a tertulia). 

tesoro, m., treasure. 

testamento, m., will, testament. 

ti, pers. pron., thee, to thee. 

tia, /., aunt. 

tiempo, m., time, tense, weather, 
period; a un — , adv., at the 
same time; al poco — , adv., in 
a little while; hacer buen — , to 
be good weather; hacer mal — , 
to be bad weather; hacer (un) 

— agradable, to be pleasant. 
tienda, /., shop, store, camp; 

levantar — s, to break up camp, 
go home. 



tierno, -a, tender. 

tierra, /., earth, land. 

tigre, m., tiger. 

timido, -a, timid. 

tinieblas, /. pi., darkness, night. 

tio, m., uncle, old man. 

tiple, /., soprano. 

tirar, to throw, throw away; — 
por, to draw, pull. 

tiro, m., shot. 

tiron, m., pull. 

titular, to entitle. 

titulo, m., title. 

tiza, /., chalk. 

toalla, /., towel. 

tocar, to play, ring, touch, fall to 
the lot of. 

todavia, adv., still, yet. 

todo, -a, adj. and pron., all, 
whole, each, every; pi. with def. 
art., all, every; — (-a) cuanto 
(-a), all that; de — s modos, 
adv., anyway; sobre — , adv., 
especially, above all; por — as 
partes, adv., everywhere; — el 
mundo, everybody. 

toitico, -a, for toditico (diminu- 
tive of todito, which is itself a 
diminutive of todo), every bit 
of, the whole. 

tole ; tomar el — , to hasten off. 

tolerancia, /., tolerance. 

jtoma! int., well, well! there! really! 

tomar, to take; — parte, to take 
part. 

Tomas, m., Thomas. 

tomate, m., tomato. 

tono, m., tone. 

tonteria, /., folly, foolish action. 

torcer, to twist. 

torero, m., bull-fighter. 

tornar, to turn, return; — a, to 
again . . . 

torno, m., turn; en — suyo, about 
him (her, etc.); en — de, prep., 
about. 

toro, m., bull; corrida de — s, bull- 
fight; los — s, the bull-fight. 

torpe, adj., dull, stupid. 

torre,/., tower. 

tortilla, /., omelet. 

tosco, -a, rough. 



304 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



trabajar, to work. 

trabajo, m., work. 

trabajosamente, adv., painfully, 
laboriously. 

trabuco, m., blunderbuss, gun. 

traduction, /., translation. 

traducir, to translate. 

traer, to bring, carry. 

traficar, to trade. 

tragedia, /., tragedy. 

tragico, -a, tragical. 

trago, m., drink, swallow. 

traidoramente, adv., treacherously. 

traje, m., costume, suit of clothes, 
gown. 

tramar, to plot, weave, arrange. 

trance, m., difficulty, peril, risk. 

tranquilidad, /., tranquillity, calm- 
ness. 

tranquilizar, to calm, appease. 

tranquilo, -a, calm, tranquil. 

transcurrir, to pass by, elapse. 

transeunte, m., passer-by. 

transferir, to transfer, transport, 
move. 

transformation, /., transforma- 
tion, change. 

transformar, to transform, change. 

transportar, to transport, convey, 
carry. 

trapo ; a todo — , with all his might. 

tras, prep., after. 

trasegar, to decant, rack, draw off 
(wine from the lees). 

trasladar, to move, remove. 

trastear, to worry, excite {the bull 
with a red flag or sword). 

tratamiento, m., address. 

tratar, to treat, try, discuss. 

traves, m., inclination, bias; a — 
de, prep., across, through; de — , 
adv., sideways. 

trazar, to trace, mark, lay out. 

trece, adj., thirteen, thirteenth. 

treinta, adj., thirty, thirtieth. 

treintena, /., thirty, group of 
thirty. 

tremulo, -a, trembling. 

tren, m., train. 

tres, adj., three, third. 

tresillo, m., omber {card game 
played by three). 



treta, /., trick, wile. 

tricentesimo, -a, three hundredth. 

trigal, m., wheat-field. 

trigesimo, -a, thirtieth. 

trigo, m., wheat. 

triple, adj., triple, threefold. 

triplicado, -a {adj. pp. o/triplicar), 
triple, threefold. 

triplicar, to triple. 

triptongo, m., triphthong. 

triste, adj., sad. 

tristeza, /., sadness, melancholy. 

triunfo, m., triumph, victory. 

trocar, to change, exchange. 

tronar, to thunder. 

tronco, m., trunk {of body or tree). 

trono, m., throne. 

tropa, /., troops. 

tropezar (con), to stumble 
(against), meet, find. 

trozo, m., selection, extract, piece. 

tu, pass, adj., thy, your. 

tu, pers. pron., thou, you. 

tubo, m., tube, can, tin box. 

tumba, /., tomb. 

tunante, m., rascal, rogue. 

tupido, -a {adj. pp. of tupir), 
packed, dense, thick. 

turbar, to disturb. 

Turco, m., Turk. 

turron, m., nougat. 

jtus tus! int. {to dogs), here, here! 
come here! 

tuyo, -a, poss. adj. and pron., thy, 
thine {the def. art. usually pre- 
cedes in the pronominal form). 

U 

juf! int. {expressing weariness) , 

oh! ah! 
ufano, -a, proud, happy. 
ultimo, -a, last, final; por — , adv., 

finally. 
un, adj. {see uno). 
undecimo, -a, eleventh. 
unico, -a, adj. and pron., only, sole, 

single, unique. 
unidad, /., unit, unity. 
union, /., union; en — de, prep., 

together with. 
universidad, /., university. 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



305 



universitario, -a, university. 

uno, -a, indef. art., a, an; — (-a), 
adj. and pron., one, sole, only, 
uniform, some; (in mathematics, 
the radical or root of a number) 
one; cada — , pron., each one, 
every one; — s (-as) cuantos 
(-as), adj. and pron., a few, 
some; — a otro, one another, 
each other. 

usar, to use. 

uso, m., use, employment. 

usted (V., Vd., U., Ud.), pers. 
pron., you. 

util, adj., useful. 



vaca, /., cow. 

vacaciones, /. pi., vacation. 

vacilacion, /., hesitation. 

vacio, -a, empty. 

vadear, to ford, wade. 

vagabundo, -a, vagabond. 

vago, -a, vague, confused. 

vajilla, /., table-service. 

Valencia, Valencia (a city of about 
233,000 inhabitants, capital of 
the province of Valencia, eastern 
Spain) . 

valer, to be worth; — mas, to be 
better, worth more; — se, to 
avail one's self (of); |Dios me 
valga! (or jvalgame Dios!), God 
help me! bless me! bless my soul! 

valeroso, -a, brave, bold. 

valor, m., value. 

valle, m., valley. 

ivamos! int. (expressing impa- 
tience or encouragement) , come, 
come! (expressing surprise) well!; 
— a ver, let us see. 

vanidad. /., vanity. 

vano, -a, vain; en — , adv., in vain. 

vapor, m., steamer, steamship. 

vaporoso, -a, vaporous. 

vara,/., yard, rod. 

variable, adj., variable. 

vario, -a, adj. and pron., various, 
several, a good many. 

varonil, adj., manly, virile, mas- 
culine, vigorous. 



vasallo, m., vassal. 

vascongado, -a, Basque. 

vaso, m., glass. 

vaticinio, m., prophecy, predic- 
tion. 

jvaya! int., well, I declare! really! 
come now! 

vecino, m., neighbor. 

vecina, /., neighbor. 

veinte, adj., twenty, twentieth. 

veintena, /., twenty, group of 
twenty, score. 

vejez, /., old age. 

vela,/, (de armas), vigil (at arms). 

velar sus armas, to watch one's 
arms, keep a vigil. 

Velazquez, Diego Rodriguez de 
Silva, Diego Rodriguez de Ve- 
lazquez ([1599-1660]. A celebra- 
ted Spanish painter). 

velo, m., veil. 

velozmente, adv., rapidly, swiftly. 

vencedor, m., conqueror. 

veneer, to conquer, overcome, 
outdo, surpass. 

vendedor, m., seller, vender; — de 
billetes, ticket agent. 

vender, to sell. 

vendimia, /., vintage. 

venerable, adj., venerable. 

venir, to come. 

venta, /., sale, roadside inn; — (al) 
por menor, retail. 

ventana, /., window. 

ventanilla, /., ticket window. 

ventear, to blow (of the wind). 

ventiscar, to snow and blow. 

ventura,/., luck, fortune. 

ver, to see; — mundo, to travel. 

veranear, to spend (or pass) the 
summer. 

verano, m., summer. 

veras,/. pi., sincerity, truth; de — , 
truly, really. 

verbo, m., verb. 

verdad, /., truth; I — ? or <mo es 
— ? isn't it true?; es — , it is 
true. 

verdadero, -a, true, real, regular. 

verde, adj., green. 

vergiienza, /., shame; tener — , 
to be ashamed. 



306 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



verja,/., railing, grating, iron fence. 

versado, -a, versed, experienced. 

verso, m., verse. 

verter, to shed, pour, spill. 

vertiginoso, -a, dizzying, giddy. 

vestido, m., clothing, suit of 
clothes, clothes, dress. 

vestir, to clothe, dress, don, put 
on; prendas de — , articles of 
dress, garments, clothes. 

vez, /., time (recurrence); a la — , 
adv. j at once, at the same rime; 
de — en cuando, adv., from 
time to time; otra — , adv., 
again; rara — , adv., rarely, sel- 
dom; tal — , adv., perhaps; algu- 
nas veces, adv., sometimes; en 
— de, prep., instead of; en — de 
que, conj., instead of. 

via, /., way, route, line, mode. 

viajar, to travel; subst. m., travel- 
ing. 

viaje, m., trip, journey, voyage; 
ir de — , to travel. 

viajero, m., traveler. 

vianda, /., viand, food. 

vibora, /., viper, snake. 

vibrante, adj., vibrating, resonant. 

vibrar, to vibrate, sound, be heard. 

vicario, m., vicar. 

Vicente, m., Vincent. 

Vicentico (dim. of Vicente), m. 9 
little Vincent. 

victima, /., victim. 

Victor, m., Victor. 

vida,/., life. 

viejo, -a, old. 

viento, m., wind; haber — , to be 
windy; hacer — , to be windy. 

vientre, m., belly. 

viernes, m., Friday. 

vigesimo, -a, twentieth. 

vigoroso, -a, vigorous, strong. 

villano, m., serf, villain. 

vinagre, m., vinegar. 

vino, m., wine. 

vina, /., vineyard. 

Violante,/., Violanta. 

violeta, /., violet. 

violin, m., violin. 

virgen, /., virgin; \ — santisima! 
int., for Heaven's sake! bless mel 



viruela, /., pock, smallpox; picado 

(-a) de — s, pock-marked, 
vision,/., vision, sight, 
visita, /., visit. 
visitar, to visit. 

visiteo, m., visiting, making visits, 
vista,/., view, sight, sense of sight; 

a la — , within sight; hasta la — , 

until we meet again, au revoir. 
vistoso, -a, brilliant, showy. 
vital, adj., vital, of life, 
viuda, /., widow. 
viudo, m., widower. 
vivamente, adv., quickly. 
viveza, /., liveliness, gaiety. 
vivificar, to vivify, refresh, 
vivir, to live. 
vivo, -a, alive, lively. 
vocation,/., vocation. 
vocal, /., vowel. 
vociferar, to vociferate, shout. 
volandas; en — , in the air, as if 

flying. 
volar, to fly, soar. 
volcar, to upset, capsize, 
voluntad, /., will. 
volver, to turn, return, come back 

(or again); — a, to again . . .; 

— pies atras, to retrace one's 

steps. 
vos, pers. pron., you, ye. 
vosotros, pers. pron., you, ye. 
voto, m., vow, desire, wish. 
voz, /., voice, word; dar voces, to 

cry, call out. 
vuelo, m., flight. 
vuelta, /., turn, return; a — s de, 

prep., in addition to, besides; 

billete de ida y — , round-trip 

ticket; dar — a, to go around; 

dar media — , to go half-way 

round; ir de — , to return. 
vuestro, -a, adj. and pron., your 

(the def. art. usually precedes in 

the pronominal form). 
vulgarmente, adv., commonly, 
vulgo, m., public, general public. 



Ximena, /., Ximena (the wife of 
The Cid). 



VOCABULARIO ESPANOL-INGLES 



307 



y, conj. {becomes e before initial i 
or hi [not hie]), and. 

ya, adv., now, already; — ... — , 
conj., whether ... or, some- 
times . . . sometimes; — que, 
conj., since. 

yacer, to lie. 

yegua, /., mare, horse. 

yema, /., yolk {of an egg). 

yerba, /., herb, grass. 

yerno, m., son-in-law. 

yo, pers. pron., I. 



zaga, /., rear part (of anything); 
a la — de, prep., behind. 



zahurda, /., hovel. 

zalameria, /., flattery. 

Zamora, /., Zamora (a town of 
some 16,500 inhabitants, situated 
on the Duero, capital of the 
province of Zamora, Spain). 

zapato, m., shoe. 

;zape! int., scat! 

Zaragoza, Saragossa {a city of 
some 111,000 inhabitants, situ- 
ated on the Ebro, capital of the 
province of Saragossa, northern 
Spain) . 

zarzuela, /., zarzuela, musical 
comedy. 

zorra, /., fox. 

zutano, -a, indef. pron., such a one, 
so and so. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 

(English-Spanish Vocabulary) 



a, indef. art., uno (un), -a. 

abandon, abandono, m.\ to — , 
abandonar. 

abandonment, abandono, m. 

abbreviation, abreviatura, /. 

able: be — , poder. 

about, prep., acerca (de), cerca 
(de), de, por, sobre; — the be- 
ginning, a principios; — the 
end, a fines; — to, prep., para. 

above, adv., arriba; prep., ante, en- 
cima de, por cima de, sobre; — 
all, sobre todo; — mentioned, 
referido, -a. 

absolute, absoluto, -a. 

absolve, absolver. 

absorb, absorber. 

absorbed, absorto, -a. 

academic, academico, -a. 

accent, acento, m. ; to — , acentuar. 

accented, acentuado, -a. 

access, acceso, m. 

accompaniment, acompaflamiento, 
m. 

accompany, acompafiar. 

accomplish, cumplir, poder. 

according; — as, conj., a medida 
que, segun (que); — to, prep., 
conforme a, segun. 

account, cuenta, /., relato, m.; on 
— of, a causa de. 

accusation, acusacion, /. 

accusative, acusativo, m. 

accuse, acusar. 

accustom, acostumbrar. 

accustomed; be — , soler. 

ache, doler. 

acquaintance, conocimiento, m. 

acquire, adquirir. 

across, prep., a traves de. 

act, acto, m. 

action, action,/. 



actor, actor, m. 

actually, adv., efectivamente. 

adage, refran, m. 

addition; in — to, prep., ademas 

de. 
address, discurso, m., senas, /. pi., 

tratamiento, m.; to — , dirigirse 

(a). 
adjectival, adjetivo, -a. 
adjective, adjetivo, -a; subst., adje- 
tivo, m. 
adjust, ajustar. 
admire, admirar. 
admirer, aficionado, m. 
admit, admitir. 
adoration, adoraci6n, /. 
adore, adorar. 
adorn, adornar, engalanar. 
advance, adelantar, avanzar. 
adventure, aventura, /. 
adverb, adverbio, m. 
adverbial, adj., adverbial. 
advise, aconsejar. 
affair, negocio, m. 
affection, aficion, /. 
affectionate, afecto, -a, afectuoso, 

-a, carinoso, -a; most — , afec- 

tisimo, -a. 
aforesaid, dicho, -a. 
afraid; be — , tener miedo. 
after, prep., desde, despues de, 

detras (de), tras; conj., despues 

(de) que. 
afternoon, tarde,/.; — nap, siesta, 

/.; take the — nap, dormir la 

siesta; good — ! jbuenas tardes!; 

until this — ! jhasta la tarde! 
afterward(s), adv., despues. 
again, adv., de nuevo, otra vez; 

to . . . — (with verb), volver a 

. . .; see — , rever. 
against, prep., contra, 
age, edad, /.; Middle Ages, Edad 

Media. 



308 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



309 



agent; ticket — , vendedor (m.) 
de billetes. 

aggregate, conjunto, m. 

ago, adv., atras, ha, hace; of long 
— , de antafio. 

agree, concertar, concordar, con- 
venir. 

agreeable, adj., agradable. 

agreement, concordancia, /. 

ah! int., jhola! (written also jola!); 
{expressing weariness) juf! 

ahead, adv., delante. 

aid, ayudar. 

aim, dirigir. 

air, aire, m. 

alas! int., jay! 

Albaicin, (The), El Albaicin, m. 

Alcala Street, Calle de Alcala, /. 

alert, alerto, -a; adv., alerta. 

Algiers, Argel. 

alguazil, alguacil, m. 

Alhambra, (The), La Alhambra,/. 

alive; man — , int., jhombre! 

all, adj., entero, -a, todo, -a, todos 
(-as) los (-as); pron., todo, -a; 
todos, -as; — of a sudden, adv., 
de pronto; — right! int., jbueno!; 
All Souls' Day, Dia de Difuntos; 
— that, rel. pron., cuanto, todo 
cuanto; above — , adv., sobre to- 
do; not at — , adv., nada. 

allow, dejar, permitir. 

allusion, alusion, /. 

almost, adv., casi. 

alms, limosna, /. 

alone, solo, -a. 

along, prep., por. 

aloud, adv., alto. 

alphabet, alfabeto, m. 

Alphonso, Alfonso, m. 

already, adv., ya. 

also, adv., tambien. 

altar, altar, m.\ piece, retablo, 

m. 

alternately, adv., alternativa- 
mente. 

although, conj., aunque, bien que. 

always, adv., siempre. 

amateur, aficionado, m. 

amen! int., jamen! 

America, America, /. 

American, americano, -a. 



among, prep., entre. 

amuse, distraer, divertir, entre- 
tener. 

amusement, diversion, /., entre- 
tenimiento, m. 

amusing, divertido, -a. 

an, indef. art., uno (un), -a. 

ancient, antiguo, -a. 

and, conj., y (becomes e before ini- 
tial i or hi, but not hie); — so 
forth, etcetera, /. 

Andalusia, Andalucia, /. 

Andulusian woman, Andaluza, /. 

anger, ira,/. 

animal, animal, ni. 

animate, animar. 

animated, adj., alegre. 

animation, animation, /. 

announce, anunciar. 

another, adj. and pron., otro, -a; 
— 's, ajeno, -a; of — , ajeno, -a; 
one after — , de corrido. 

answer, contestation, /.; to — , 
contestar, responder. 

anterior, anterior, -a. 

antiquity, antigiiedad, /. 

anxiety, ansiedad, /., ansia, /. 

anxious, adj., anhelante, ansioso, 
-a. 

any, adj. and pron., alguno (algun) 
-a; — (whatever), adj. and 
pron., cualquiera, pi., cuales- 
quiera; — (you please), adj. 
and pron., cualquiera, pi., cuales- 
quiera; — one, pron., alguien. 

anybody, pron., alguien. 

anything, pron., algo. 

anyway, adv., de todos modos. 

apocopation, apocope, /. 

apogee, apogeo, m. 

appear, aparecer(se), asomar(se), 
parecer. 

appellation, advocation, /. 

appertain, atafier. 

appetite, gana, /. (more commonly 
used in plural), apetito, m. 

applause, aplauso, m. 

apple, manzana, /. 

approach, acercar(se) de (or a). 

approbation, aprobacion, /. 

approval, aprobacion, /. 

April, abril, m. 



310 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



apron, delantal, m. 

apropos, adv., a proposito. 

aqueduct, acueducto, m. 

are ; there — , hay. 

arena, plaza, /. 

argue, argiiir. 

arise, levantarse. 

arm, arma,/., brazo, m.; in (one's) 
— s, en brazos. 

armada, armada, /. 

army, ejercito, m. 

aroma, aroma, m. 

arrange, colocar, poner. 

arranged, puesto, -a. 

arrest, detener, prender. 

arrival, llegada, /. 

arrive, llegar; — at dawn, amane- 
cer; — at night, anochecer. 

article, articulo, m.\ — s of dress, 
prendas de vestir, /. pi. 

as, adv. t tan; prep., por, segtin; 
conj., asi que, como, mientras 
(que); — far — , conj., a medida 
que, en cuanto; — (or so) great, 
tamafio, -a; — it were, como; 
— many, sendos, -as; — many 
— , tantos (-as) . . . cuantos 
(-as); — much — , tan to (-a) 
. . . cuanto (-a); — soon — , 
prep., desde; — soon — , conj., 
apenas, asi como, asi que, desde 
que, luego que; — well — , conj., 
asi que; — yet, adv., aun; so — , 
conj., de modo que. 

ascend, ascender, subir. 

ascension, ascension, /. 

ascent, subida, /. 

ascertain, averiguar. 

ash, ceniza, /.; Ash Wednesday, 
Miercoles de Ceniza. 

ashamed; be — , tener verglienza. 

ashes, ceniza (s),/. 

ask, (as a question) preguntar, (as 
a favor) pedir, rogar. 

ass, borrico, m., burro, m. 

assail, arremeter, embestir. 

assist, asistir. 

assuage, acallar. 

assumption, asunci6n, /. 

assure, asegurar. 

astronomy, astronomia, /. 

at, prep., a, en; — first, al princi- 



pio; — last, al fin y al cabo, en 
fin; — least, a lo menos, por lo 
menos; — once, a la vez, en 
seguida; — that time, a la 
sazon, en aquel entonces; — 
the same time, a la vez. 

athletic, atletico, -a. 

attack, acometer, arremeter, ata- 
car, embestir. 

attain, alcanzar, lograr. 

attend, asistir a, atender. 

attention, atencion, /. 

attentively, adv., atentamente. 

attitude, actitud, /. 

attract, atraer. 

attractive, atractivo, -a, simpa- 
tico, -a. 

augmentative, aumentativo, m. 

August, agosto, m. 

aunt, tia, /. 

au revoir, hasta la vista. 

author, autor, m., escritor, m. 

authority, notabilidad, /. 

automobile, automovil, m. 

autumn, otofio, m. 

auxiliary, adj., auxiliar. 

avenue, avenida, /. 

avoid, evitar. 

awaken, despertar. 

away from, prep., fuera de; go — , 
marcharse de. 



B 

back, espalda, /. 

backward, remolon, adj.; — (s), 
adv., atras, hacia atras; go (or 
ride) — , ir de espaldas. 

bad, malo (mal), -a. 

badly, adv., mal. 

balcony, balcon, m. 

ball, baile, m.; (hand) — , pelota, /. 

ballad, cancion, /. 

band, musica, /., faja, /. 

banderilla, banderilla, /. (small 
decorated dart). 

banderillero, (he who sticks ban- 
derillas into the top of the bull's 
shoulders) banderillero, m. 

bank, orilla, /., banco, m.; — 
note, billete, m. 

barber, barbero, m., peluquero, m. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



311 



Barcelona, Barcelona. 

bare, pelado, -a. 

bargain, regatear. 

base, base, /. 

basket, cesta, /. 

Basque, vascongado, -a. 

bath, bano, m., lavadero, m. 

battle, batalla, /., pelea, /. 

bay, bahia, /. 

be, ser, estar, hallarse; — able, po- 
oler; — accustomed, soler; — 
afraid, tener miedo; — ashamed, 
tener vergiienza; — bad weath- 
er, hacer mal tiempo; — better, 
valer mas; — born, nacer; — 
careful! int., jcuidado!; — cast, 
proyectarse; — clear, constar; 

— cold, (of weather) hacer frio, 
(of beings) tener frio, (of objects) 
ser (or estar) frio; — composed 
(of), constar; — contained, 
caber; — cool, hacer fresco; — 
cured, restablecerse; — dark, 
ser (or estar) obscuro; — de- 
linquent, delinquir; — desirous, 
tener ganas; — directed, diri- 
girse; — dusty, haber polvo; — 
enough, bastar; — evident, 
constar; — fast, (of timepieces) 
adelantar; — fitting, convenir; 

— foggy, haber neblina; — fond 
of, gustar a; — good weather, 
hacer buen tiempo; — grate- 
ful for, agradecer; — hot, (of 
weather) hacer calor, (of be- 
ings) tener calor, (of objects) ser 
(or estar) caliente; — hungry, 
tener hambre; — ignorant of, 
desconocer; — important, im- 
portar; — in fashion, ser de 
moda; — in style, ser de moda; 

— inclined, tener ganas; — 
jealous, tener celos; — misty, 
haber neblina; — moonlight, 
haber lima; — muddy, haber 
lodo; — necessary, ser de 
esencia, ser preciso; — placed, 
ponerse; — pleasant, hacer 
(un) tiempo agradable; — 
pleased, alegrarse; — present 
at, asistir a, presenciar; — put, 
ponerse; — right, tener razon; 



— set, ponerse; — silent! int., 
jcalla! jcalle!; — sleepy, tener 
sueno; — slow, (of timepieces) 
atrasar; — so kind as to, tener 
la bondad de; — sorry for, sen- 
tir; — sparing, andar escasp; — 
sunny, haber sol, hacer sol; — 
thirsty, tener sed; — thrown, 
proyectarse; — warm, (of weath- 
er) hacer calor, (of beings) tener 
calor, (of objects) ser (or estar) 
caliente; — windy, haber viento, 
hacer viento; — wont, soler; — 
worth, valer; — worthy of, me- 
recer; — wrong, no tener razon. 

beadle, bedel, m. 

beam, rayo, m. 

bean, judia, /. 

bear, llevar, portar. 

beard, barba, /. 

beast, bestia, /. 

beat; double — , redoble, m. 

beautiful, bello, -a, hermoso, -a, 
pulcro, -a. 

beauty, hermosura, /. 

because, conj., porque, pues. 

become, hacerse, hallarse, llegar 
a ser, ponerse, sentar; — quiet, 
callar; — silent, callar. 

bed, cama, /.; put to — , acostar; 
go to — , acostarse. 

bedroom, alcoba, /. 

beefsteak, biftec, m. 

beer, cerveza, /. 

before, anterior, -a; adv., antes, 
delante; prep., ante, antes de, 
delante (de); conj., antes (de) 
que. 

beg, pedir, suplicar. 

beggar, mendigo, m. 

begin, comenzar, empezar, em- 
prender, principiar. 

beginning, comienzo, m., prin- 
cipio, m.\ about the — , a prin- 
cipios. 

behalf; in — of, por. 

behind, adv., detras; prep., a la 
zaga de, detras (de). 

believe, creer. 

bell, campana, /. 

beloved, querido, -a. 

below, prep., bajo. 



312 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



belt, faja, /. 

bench, banco, m. 

bend, curva, /.; to — , inclinar. 

benefit, aprovechar. 

beseech, rogar, suplicar. 

besides, adv., ademas; prep., ade- 
mas de. 

best, el (la) mejor. 

better, adj., mejor (cotnp. of 
bueno); adv., mejor (comp. of 
bien); be — , valer mas. 

between, prep., entre. 

big, gordo, -a. 

bill, cuenta, /. ; — of fare, lista, /. 

billion, billon, m. 

bind, cenir. 

bird, pajaro, m. 

birth, nacimiento, m., natividad, 
/.; of noble — , adj., noble. 

black, negro, -a, (of coffee) puro,-a. 

blackboard, encerado, m., pizarra, 

/• 
blame, culpa, /.; be to — , tener 

culpa. 
bless, bendecir; — me! int., jDios 

me valga! jvalgame Dios! !vir- 

gen santisima!; — my soul! int., 

jDios me valga! jvalgame Dios! 
blessed, bendito, -a. 
blind, ciego, -a. 
blonde, rubio, -a. 
blood, sangre, /. 
blow, golpe, m.\ to — , resoplar, 

(of the wind) ventear, ventiscar. 
blue, adj., azul. 
boarding-house, casa de huespe- 

des, /. 
boat, buque, m., lancha, /. 
body, cadaver, m., cuerpo, m. 
boil, bullir, hervir. 
boiled dish, cocido, m. 
bold, atrevido, -a, valeroso, -a. 
bone, hueso, m.\ to — , desosar. 
book, libro, m. 
border, faja, /., orilla, /.; — on, 

rayar. 
bored; be — , aburrirse. 
born; be — , nacer. 
both, adj. and pron., ambos, -as, 

entrambos, -as, uno (-a) y otro 

(-a), los (-as) dos; — ... and, 

conj., asi . . . como. 



bother, molestar. 

bottle, botella, /. 

bottom, fondo, m. 

bouillon, caldo, m. 

bouquet, ramo, m. 

bow, inclinar, saludar. 

box, caja, /., palco, m.; tin — , 

tubo, m. 
boy, muchacho, m., nifio, m.; little 

— , chiquillo, m. 
branch, rama, /., genero, m. 
brave, valeroso, -a. 
bravery, proeza, /. 
bravo! int., \ bravo! jole! 
bread, pan, m. 
break, quebrar, romper, (of horses) 

adestrar. 
breakfast, almuerzo, m., desayuno, 

m.; to — , almorzar. 
breast, pecho, m. 
breath, respiracion, /. 
breathless, adj., anhelante. 
brick, ladrillo, m. 
bridge, puente, m. 
brief, adj., breve. 
brilliant, vistoso, -a. 
bring, traer; — forth, echar al 

mundo, sacar; — into the world, 

echar al mundo; — out, estre- 

nar; — together, reunir; — up, 

educar. 
broken, roto, -a. 
bronze, bronce, m. 
brook, arroyo, m., riachuelo, m. 
broth, caldo, m. 
brother, hermano, m.\ Brother, 

Fray, m. 
brotherhood, hermandad, /. 
brow, f rente, /. 
brown, pardo, -a. 
brunette, moreno, -a. 
brush, cepillo, m.\ to — , acepillar. 
bud, brotar. 
bugle, clarin, m. 
build, construir. 
building, edificio, m. 
bull, toro, m.; fight, corrida de 

toros, /., los toros, m. pi.', 

fighter, torero, m.; ring, 

plaza, /. 
bunch, ramo, m. 
Burgos, Burgos. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



313 



burn, arder. 

burst; — of laughter, carcajada,/.; 
— out laughing, soltar la carca- 
jada. 

bury, enterrar. 

business, negocio, m. 

bustle, bullicio, m. 

but, conj., pero, mas, sino; — ra- 
ther, conj., sino; not only ... — , 
conj., no solo (or solamente) . . . 
sino. 

butter, manteca,/., mantequilla,/. 

buy, comprar. 

by, prep., de, por; — Jove! int. 
jcanastos! jcaracoles! jcarai! 
jcaramba! jcaspita! jcorcholis! 

by and by; until — , hasta luego. 



cabin, barraca, /. 

cafe, cafe, m. 

cake, pastel, m. 

calculation, calculo, m. 

call, clamar, gritar, llamar. 

calm, tranquilo, -a; subst. calma, 
/.; to — , sosegar, tranquilizar. 

calmness, calma, /. 

camp, acampar. 

campaign, campafia, /. 

can, tubo, m.; v., poder. 

canal, acequia, /. 

candy, dulce, m. 

cane, cafia, /. 

cap, birrete, m., monterilla, /. 

cape, capa, /. 

capital, corte, /.; — letter, mayus- 
cula, /. 

captain, jefe, m. 

captivate, cap tar. 

captive, cautivo, m. 

captivity, cautiverio, m. 

car, coche, m. 

card, carta,/., naipe, m., tarjeta,/. 

cardinal, cardenal, m.\ adj., car- 
dinal. 

care, cuidado, m.; to — , curar (se); 
take — (of) (for), cuidar (de); 
take — not to, guardarse (de). 

career, carrera, /. 

careful, cuidadoso, -a; be — ! int., 
j cuidado! 



caress, caricia, /. 
Carnival, Carnaval, m. 
carpenter, carpintero, m. 
carry, llevar, portar, traer. 
case, caso, m., (of watch or clock) 

caja, /.; in — that, conj., dado 

que, en caso de que, en tanto 

que. 
casino, casino, m. 
cast, arrojar, despedir, echar; be 

— , proyectarse. 
castanets, castafiuelas, /. pi., pa- 

lillos, m. pi. 
Castile, Castilla, /. 
Castilian, castellano, -a. 
castle, castillo, m. 
cat, gato, m. 
Catalonia, Catalufia, /. 
catch, coger, prender. 
catechism, catecismo, m. 
cathedral, catedral, /. 
Catholic, catolico, -a. 
cause, causa, /.; to — , causar, 

hacer. 
cave, cueva, /. 
cease, cesar, dejar de. 
ceiling, techo, m. 
celebrate, celebrar. 
celebrated, adj., celebre. 
cemetery, cementerio, m. 
cent, perro chico, m. 
center, centro, m. 
centime, centimo, m. 
century, siglo, m. 
ceremony, acto, m., ceremonia, /. 
certain, cierto, -a, seguro, -a. 
certainly, adv., ciertamente, segu- 

ramente, a buen seguro. 
certainty, certeza, /. 
certitude, certeza,/. 
chair, silla, /. 
chalk, tiza, /. 
challenge, desafio, m. 
chamberlain, camarero, m. 
chance; by — , adv., acaso. 
change, cambio, m.\ to — , cam- 

biar, trocar; — to, cambiar(se) 

en. 
chapel, capilla, /. 
character, caracter, m., letra, /. 
charge, acusacion, /., encargo, m. 
charity ; sister of — , hermana, /. 



314 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



charm, encanto, m.; to — , embele- 



sar. 



charming, adj., encantador. 

chasm, abismo, m. 

chat, charlar. 

check {baggage) , facturar. 

checkers, damas, /. pi. 

cheek, mejilla, /. 

cheerful, adj., alegre. 

cheese, queso, m. 

chess, ajedrez, m. 

chew, mascar. 

chicken, gallina, /., polio, m. 

chief, jefe, m. 

child, chico, m., chica,/., nino, m., 
nina, /. 

childish, adj., pueril. 

chimney, chimenea, /.; place, 

chimenea, /. 

chin, barba, /. 

China, China, /. 

chivalry, caballeria, /. 

chocolate, chocolate, m. 

choice, preferencia, /. 

choir, coro, m. 

choose, antojarse, elegir, escoger. 

chore, quehacer, m. 

chorus, coro, m. 

Christ; Jesus — , Jesucristo, m. 

Christian, cristiano, -a. 

Christmas, Navidad, /.; — Eve, 
Noche Buena,/.; midnight mass 
on — Eve, Misa del Gallo. 

chronicle, cronica, /. 

chulo, (bull-fighter'' s assistant) 
chulo, m. 

church, iglesia, /. 

Cid, (The), El Cid, m. 

cigar, cigarro (puro), m., (as dis- 
tinguished from cigarette) puro, 
m.', — maker, cigarrera, /. 

cigarette, cigarrillo, m.\ — maker, 
cigarrera, /. 

cipher, cero, m. 

circle,. arco, m., circulo, m. 

circulation, circulation, /. 

city, ciudad,/., poblacion, /. 

clack, chasquear. 

clamor, clamor, m., estruendo, m. 

clarion, clarin, m. 

class, clase, /.; room, aula, /., 

clase, /., sala de clase, /. 



classic, clasico, -a. 

classical, clasico, -a. 

clause, clausula,/. 

clean, limpiar. 

cleanliness, aseo, m. 

clear, claro, -a; — soup, caldo, m.\ 

— up, (of weather) escampar; 

be — , constar. 
clearing, despejo, m. 
clearly, adv., claramente, claro. 
clerk, dependiente, m. 
clever, adj., habil, salado, -a. 
cleverness, gracia, /., mafia, /. 
click, chasquear. 
cloak, manto, m. 
clock, reloj, m.\ wall — , reloj de 

pared, m. 
cloister, claustro, m. 
close, cerrar; — to, prep., cerca 

(de), junto a. 
clothe, vestir. 
clothes, prendas de vestir, /. pi., 

ropa, /., vestido, m.; suit of — , 

traje, m., vestido, m.\ press, 

armario, m. 
clothing, ropa,/., vestidos, m. pi. 
cloud, nube, /. 
cloudy, nublado, -a. 
club, casino, m. 
coach, coche, m. 
coachman, cochero, m. 
coarse, grosero, -a. 
coat, chaqueta, /.; dinner , 

smoking, m.\ dress , frac, m.\ 

frock , levita, /.; sack , 

americana, /.; — of arms, es- 

cudo, m. 
Cock; Mass of the — , Misa del 

Gallo. 
code, codigo, m. 
coffee, cafe, m. 
coin, moneda, /. 
cold, frio, m.; be — , (of weather) 

hacer frio, (of beings) tener frio, 

(of objects) ser (or estar) frio. 
collar, cuello, m. 
collective, colectivo, -a. 
college, colegio, m.; — professor, 

catedratico, m. 
color, color, m. 
Columbus, Colon, m. 
column, columna, /. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



315 



comb, peine, m.; to — , peinar. 

combat, combatir. 

combination, combination, /. 

come, venir, acudir, llegar; — ! 
int., jea!; — , — ! int. {expressing 
impatience), jvamos!; — here! 
{to dogs) int., jtus tus!; — , kitty! 
int., jmiz miz!; — forth, desta- 
carse; — out, salir; — together, 
acudir. 

comedy, comedia, /.; musical — , 
zarzuela, /. 

comfort, comodidad,/.; to — , con- 
solar. 

comfortable, comodo, -a. 

command, orden, /.; to — , im- 
perar, mandar. 

commemoration, conmemoracion, 

/• 
commence, comenzar, empezar, 

principiar. 
Commencement Hall, Paraninfo, 

m. 
commend, encomendar. 
commit, encomendar. 
common, adj., comun, corriente. 
communicative, comunicativo, -a. 
companion, companero, m. 
company, compafiia, /. 
comparative, comparativo, -a; 

subst., comparativo, m. 
compare, comparar. 
comparison; in — with, prep., con 

relation a. 
compartment, compartimiento, m., 

departamento, m. 
compel, obligar. 
complain, quejarse (de). 
complaint, queja, /. 
complete, completo, -a. 
completely, adv., por completo. 
compliment; pay — s to, echar 

flores. 
comport, portar(se). 
compose, componer. 
composed, compuesto, -a; be — 

(of), constar (de). 
composition, composition, /., te- 
nia, m. 
compound, compuesto, -a. 
comprehend, comprender. 
compulsory, obligado, -a. 



computation, calculo, m. 

comrade, companero, m. 

conceal, esconder, ocultar. 

conception, conception, /.; Im- 
maculate Conception, Inmacu- 
lada Concepcion, /. 

concern, concernir. 

concerning, adj., concerniente; 
prep.,&czxQa, (de). 

conclude, concluir, dar fin. 

condition, condition, /., estado, 
m.\ on — that, conj., a condi- 
cion que. 

conditional, adj., condicional; 
subst., condicional, m. 

conduct, conducir. 

conduit, sifon, m. 

confess, confesar. 

confine, encerrar. 

confirm, confirmar. 

confuse, confundir. 

confusion, buliicio, m., monserga,/. 

conjugate, conjugar. 

conjugation, conjugation, /. 

conjunction, conjuncion, /. 

conquer, veneer. 

conqueror, vencedor, m. 

consciousness, conocimiento, m. 

consequence, resulta, /. 

consequently, adv., por consi- 
guiente. 

consider, considerar. 

consist, constar; — (of or in), con- 
sistir (en), constar (de). 

consolation, consolacion, /. 

console, consolar. 

consonant, consonante, /. 

conspiracy, conspiracion, /. 

constant, continuo, -a. 

constrain, forzar. 

construct, construir. 

construction, construccion, /. 

contained; be — , caber. 

content, contento, -a. 

continental, adj., continental. 

continual, continuo, -a. 

continuation, continuacion, /. 

continue, continuar, prolongar, 
seguir. 

continuous, continuo, -a. 

contraction, contraccion, /. 

contradict, contradecir. 



316 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



contrary, contrario, -a; on the — , 

al contrario. 
contribute, contribuir. 
convenience, comodidad, /. 
convenient, comodo, -a. 
convent, convento, m. 
conversation, conversaci6n, /. 
converse, charlar. 
convert, convertir. 
convince, con veneer. 
convulsed, convulso, -a. 
cook, cocer. 
cooking, cocina, /. 
cool, fresco, -a; be — , (of the 

weather) hacer fresco, 
copper, cobre, m. 
coquetry, coqueteria, /. 
cordially, adv., cordialmente. 
Cordova, Cordoba. 
corner, esquina, /., rincon, m. 
corpse, cadaver, m. 
Corpus Christi, Corpus Christi, m. 
correct, correcto, -a; to — , corre- 

gir, enmendar. 
correction, correccion, /. 
correctness, correccion, /. 
corrode, corroer. 
corrupt, corromper. 
cost, costar. 
costume, traje, m. 
cottage, casucha,/. 
counsel, aconsejar. 
count, conde, m.; to — , contar. 
countess, condesa, /. 
country, campo, m., pais, m., pa- 

tria, /.; home — , patria, / 
couple, par, m., pareja, /. 
couplet, copla, /. 
course, carrera, /., curso, m.\ of 

— not! int., jca! jquia! 
court, corte, /. ; inner — , patio, m. 
courtesy, finura, /. 
courtyard, patio, m. 
cousin, primo, m., prima,/, 
cover, cubrir, cuajar. 
covered, cubierto, -a, lleno, -a. 
cow, vaca, /. 
crack, chasquear. 
cravat, corbata, /. 
crave, pedir. 
creek, riachuelo, m. 
crimson, adj., carmesf. 



cross, cruz, /.; in the form of a — , 
en cruz; like a — , en cruz; to — , 
atravesar, cruzar, cruzarse con; 
— one's self, santiguarse. 

crowd, gentio, m., muchedum- 
bre, /. 

crown, corona, /. 

cry, grito, m.\ to — , llorar; — out, 
clamar, dar voces, gritar. 

cudgeling, paliza, /. 

cuff, pufio, m. 

cultivate, cultivar. 

cultivation, cultura, /. 

culture, cultura,/. 

cup, taza, /. 

cupola, cupula, /. 

curious, curioso, -a. 

current, adj., corriente. 

curse, maldecir. 

curve, curva, /. 

custom, costumbre, /. 

cut, cortar. 

cutting, adj., cortante. 



daily, diario, -a; adv., de diario. 

dampness, humedad, /. 

dance, baile, m.; to — , bailar. 

dancer, bailadora, /. 

dangerous, peligroso, -a. 

dare, atreverse, osar. 

daring, atrevido, -a. 

dark, moreno, -a, obscuro, -a; be 
— , ser (or estar) obscuro; grow 
— , anochecer. 

darkness, obscuridad, /. 

Darro, (The), El Darro. 

date, fecha, /. 

dative, dativo, m. 

daughter, hija, /. 

dawn, aurora, /.; to — , alborear, 
amanecer; arrive at — , amanecer. 

day, dia, m.; — after to-morrow, 
adv., pasado manana; — before 
yesterday, adv., anteayer, antes 
de ayer; All Saints' Day, Dia de 
Todos los Santos; All Souls' 
Day, Dia de Difuntos; good — ! 

int., jbuenos dias!; in the 

time, de dia. 

dead, difunto, -a, muerto, -a. 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



317 



deaf, sordo, -a; — and dumb, sor- 

domudo, -a; mute, sordo- 

mudo, m., sordomuda, /. 

deal ; a great (or good) — , adj. and 
pron., mucho, -a. 

dean, decano, m. 

dear querido, -a; — me! int., 
jDios mio! 

death, muerte, /. 

debt, deber, m., deuda,/. 

decay, podrir. 

deceive, engafiar. 

December, diciembre, m. 

decide, decidir. 

declaim, declamar. 

declare, declarar; well I — ! int., 
jjesus! jvaya! 

decorate, adornar, engalanar. 

dedicate, dedicar. 

deduce, deducir, inferir. 

deed, action, /., hazana, /., hecho, 
m. 

deep-rooted, arraigado, -a. 

defective, defectivo, -a. 

defend, defender. 

defender, defensor, m. 

defense, defensa, /. 

defer, deferir, diferir. 

definite, determinado, -a. 

deformed, adj., deforme. 

defunct, difunto, -a. 

deign, dignarse. 

delay, atrasar, diferir. 

deliberately, adv., pausadamente. 

delicious, delicioso, -a. 

delightful, ameno,-a, delicioso, -a. 

delinquent; be — , delinquir. 

deliver, pronunciar. 

demand, pedir. 

demonstrate, demostrar. 

demonstrative, demostrativo, -a. 

denote, significar. 

deny, negar. 

dependent, adj., dependiente. 

depict, pintar. 

depth, abismo, m., fondo, m. 

descend, bajar, descender. 

descent, bajada, /. 

describe, describir, explicar. 

description, descripci6n, /., seiias, 

/. pi. 

deserted, desierto, -a. 



deserve, merecer. 
design, proposito, m. 
designate, indicar, significar. 
desire, anhelo, m., gana, /. (more 

commonly used in plural)) to 

— , desear, querer; — earnestly, 
* antojarse. 

desirous; be — , tener ganas. 
desk, mesa, /. 
desolation, desolation, /. 
dessert, postre, m., postres, m. pi. 
destination, destination, /., des- 

tino, m. 
detail, detalle, m. 
detain, detener. 

determination, determination, /. 
determine, deter minar. 
deuce; the — ! int., jcanastos! 

jcaracoles! jcarai! jcaramba! 

jcaspita! jcorcholis! jdemonio! 

jdiantre! 
devil; the — ! int., jdemonio! 
devote, dedicar. 
devotion, devotion, /. 
devout, beato, -a, religioso, -a. 
dictate, dictar. 
die, expirar, morir. 
died, muerto, -a. 
difference, diferencia, /. 
different, adj., diferente, di verso, 

-a. 
difficult, adj., dificil. 
difficulty, dificultad, /., trance, m. 
digest, digerir. 
diminutive, diminutivo, m. 
dine, comer. 

dining-room, comedor, m. 
dinner, comida, /.; coat, smok- 
ing, m. 
dint; by — of, a fuerza de. 
diphthong, diptongo, m. 
diploma, diploma, m. 
direct, directo, -a; to — , dirigir; 

— one's self, dirigirse. 
directed; be — , dirigirse. 
direction, direction, /.; in the — 

of, prep., camino de. 
directly, adv., directamente. 
director, decano, m. 
dirty, sucio, -a. 
disappear, desaparecer. 
disaster, desastre, m. 



318 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



disciple, discipulo, m. 

discomfort, malestar, m. 

discover, descubrir. 

discreet, discreto, -a. 

discuss, discutir, tratar. 

dish, plato, m.; boiled — , cocido, 

m.; special — , plato del dia. 
dishonor, deshonor, m. 
disorder, desorden, m. 
display, exponer, extender, 
displease, desplacer. 
disposed to, prep., por. 
dissolve, derretir, disolver. 
distance, lejania, /. 
distant, lejano, -a; adv., lejos. 
distinct, distinto, -a. 
distinguish, distinguir. 
distinguished, distinguido, -a. 
distract, distraer. 
distribute, repartir. 
disturb, alborotar, moles tar. 
diverse, diverso, -a. 
diversion, diversi6n, /. 
divert, divertir. 
divide, dividir, partir. 
divided, dividido, -a. 
divinely, adv., divinamente. 
division, division,/., parte,/. 
do, hacer; — (one) the favor (to), 

hacer el favor (de). 
doctor, doctor, m., medico, m.\ 

old — , medicuzarra, m. 
dog, perro, m. 
dollar, duro, m., peso, in. 
dome, cupula, /. 
domino, domino, m. 
Don, Don, m. 
don, poner, vestir. 
donkey, burro, m. 
door, puerta, /. 

double, adj., doble, duplicado, -a. 
doubt, duda, /. 
doubtful, dudoso, -a. 
dove, paloma, /. 
down; go — , bajar. 
dozen, docena, /. 
drag, arrastrar. 
drama, drama, m. 
dramatical, dramatico, -a. 
draw, sacar; — out, sacar; — near, 

acercar(se) de {or a); — off {wine 

from the lees), trasegar. 



drawing-room, salon, m. 

dreadful, adj., horrible. 

dream, suefio, m.\ — (of), sonar 
(con). 

dress, ropa, /., vestido, m.; ar- 
ticles of — , prendas de vestir, 

/. pi.; coat, frac, m.\ to — , 

vestir. 

dressing, salsa, /. 

drink; cold — , refresco, m. 

drizzle, lloviznar, molliznar, mo- 
lliznear. 

drone, sonsonete, m. 

drop leaves, deshojarse. 

dry, seco, -a; to — , secar. 

dubious, dudoso, -a. 

dumb, mudo, -a; deaf and — , 
sordomudo, -a. 

dunce, bestia, m. 

during, prep., durante. 

dust, polvo, m. 

dusty, polvoroso, -a; be — , haber 
polvo. 

duty, deber, m., faena, /., que- 
hacer, m., servicio, m. 

dwell, habitar. 

dye, tefiir. 

E 

each, adj., cada, todo, -a; pron., 
todo, -a; — one, pron., cada 
cual, cada uno, -a, sendos, -as; 
one for — , sendos, -as. 

eagerness, anhelo, m., ansia, /., 
ansiedad, /. 

ear, m. {inner ear, hearing) oido, 
{outer ear) oreja, /. 

eared; large — , orejudo, -a. 

early, adv., temprano. 

earth, tierra, /. 

ease, comodidad, /., holganza, /. 

east, este, m. 

Easter, Pascua (florida),/. 

easy, adj., facil. 

eat, comer. 

edifice, edificio, m., fabrica, /. 

educate, educar, instruir. 

education, educaci6n, /., instruc- 
cion, /. 

educe, educir. 

effect, efecto, m. 

effort, esfuerzo, m. 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



319 



egg, huevo, m. 

eh! int., jha! jhe! 

eight, adj., ocho; — hundredth, 

adj., ochocientos, -as, octingen- 

tesimo, -a. 
eighteen, adj., diez y ocho. 
eighteenth, adj., diez y ocho, de- 

cimo (-a) octavo (-a). 
eightfold, octuplo, -a. 
eighth, adj., ocho, octavo, -a. 
eightieth, adj., ochenta, octogesi- 

mo, -a. 
eighty, adj., ochenta; (group of) — , 

ochentena, /. 
either ... or, conj., o . . . o; not — 

adv., tampoco. 
elbow, codo, m. 
elder, adj., mayor. 
eldest, adj., mayor. 
elect, elegir. 
elegance, donaire, m. 
elegant, adj., elegante. 
elevate, elevar. 
eleven, adj., once. 
eleventh, adj., once, undecimo, 

-a. 
else, adv., bien. 
embark, embarcarse. 
embrace, abrazo, m.; to — , 

abrazar. 
embroider, bordar. 
eminence, eminencia, /. 
eminent, adj., eminente; — per- 
son, notabilidad, /. 
emperor, emperador, m. 
employ, emplear. 
employment, empleo, m., uso, m. 
encounter, encontrar. 
end, cabo, m., fin, m., termina- 
cion, /.; about the — , a fines; 
to — , acabar, concluir, ter- 
minar. 
ended (or ending), terminado, -a. 
ending, termination, /. 
endless, adj., interminable. 
endure, sufrir. 

enemy, enemigo, m., enemiga, /. 
energetically, adv., energicamente. 
engagement, empefio, m. 
engineer, ingeniero, m. 
England, Ingla terra, /. 
English, ingles, -a. 



enjoy, gozar. 

enjoyment, gozo, m., gusto, m. 

enliven, alegrar, animar. 

ennui, fastidio, m. 

enormous, adj., enorme, gigan- 

tesco, -a. 
enough, adj., bastante; adv., bas- 

tante, harto; be — , bastar. 
ensemble, conj unto, m. 
enter, entrar (en), penetrar. 
entertain, divertir. 
entertaining, divertido, -a. 
entertainment, entretenimiento, 

m., fiesta,/. 
enthusiastic, entusiasmado, -a. 
entire, completo, -a, entero, -a. 
entrance, entrada, /., ingreso, m.\ 

give — , dejar paso. 
environs, alrededores, m. pi. 
Epiphany, Dia de los Reyes, m., 

Epifania, /. 
epoch, epoca, /. 
equal, equivaler. 
equality, igualdad, /. 
equally, adv., igualmente. 
erase, borrar, raer, rayar. 
eraser, cepillo (de encerado), m. 
erect, elevar, erguir. 
err, errar. 
escape, escapar. 
especially, adv., sobre todo. 
essential, adj., esencial. 
establish, establecer. 
estate, hacienda, /. 
esteem, aprecio, m. 
estimate, estimar. 
et cetera, etcetera, /. 
Eugene, Eugenio, m. 
Europe, Europa, /. 
European, europeo, -a. 
Eve; Christmas — , Noche Buena, 

/. ; midnight mass on Christmas 

— , Misa del Gallo. 
even, adj. and pron., mismo, -a; 

adv., aun; prep., hasta; — though, 

conj., aun cuando; (not) — , conj., 

ni, ni aun, no . . . ni. 
evening, nocturno, -a ; subst. , noche, 

/.; good — ! int., jbuenas noches! 
ever, adv., siempre, jamas, nunca. 
every, adj., cada, todo, -a, todos 

(-as) los (-as); — body, pron. 



320 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



todo el mundo; — one, pron., 
cada cual, cada uno, -a; — thing, 
todo; from — where, de todas 
partes. 

evil, malo (mal), -a. 

exactitude, precision, /. 

exactly, adv., en punto, exacta- 
mente. 

examination, examen, m., interro- 
gator^, m. 

examine, examinar, inspeccionar, 
interrogar. 

example, ejemplo, m. 

exceedingly, adv., sumamente. 

excellent, adj., excelente; int., 
\ bravo! 

except, prep., excepto, menos, salvo; 
— that, conj., excepto que. 

exception, excepcion, /. 

excessive, excesivo, -a. 

excessively, adv., sobremanera. 

exchange, trocar. 

excite, provocar, trastear. 

excitement, alborozo, m., estre- 
mecimiento, m. 

exclaim, exclamar, gritar. 

exclamation, exclamation, /. 

excursion ; excursion, /. 

excuse, dispensar. 

exercise, ejercicio, m.\ to — , ejer- 
citar. 

exert (one's self), esforzarse. 

exile, desterrar. 

exist, existir, residir, ser. 

expect, esperar. 

expel, arrojar. 

experienced, versado, -a. 

expert, adj., habil. 

expire, espirar, morir. 

explain, explicar. 

exploit, hazana,/., hecho, m. 

express; fast — -train, rapido, m. 

expressive, expresivo, -a. 

extend, alargar, extender, tender. 

extent, extension, /. 

exterior, adj., exterior. 

extinguish, apagar. 

extract, trozo, m.; to — , sacar. 

extraordinary, extraordinario, -a. 

extravagance, lujo, m. 

extremity, extremidad, /. 

eye, ojo, m. 



F 

fabrication, fabrication, /. 

facade, fachada, /. 

face, cara, /., (of watch or clock) 

esfera, /. 
factory, fabrica, /. 
faculty, facultad, /. 
fail, dejar de, faltar. 
fair, rubio, -a; subst., feria, /. 
fairly well, adv., regular. 
faith, f e, /. 

fall, otofio, m.; to — , caer. 
falsehood; tell a — , mentir. 
fame, gloria, /. 
family, familia, /. 
famous, adj., celebre, famoso, -a. 
Fannie, Frasquita, /. 
far, adv., lejos; — away, lejano, -a; 

— off, adv., lejos; — from, prep., 
lejos de; so — from, conj.. lejos 
de que. 

farewell, despedida, /. 

farm, heredad, /. 

farmer, aperador, m., labrador, m, 

farmhouse, cortijo, m. 

farther (on), adv., mas alia. 

fascinate, embelesar. 

fashion, moda, /. ; be in — , ser de 
moda. 

fast; be — , (of timepieces) ade- 
lantar; — express-train, rapi- 
do, m. 

fasten, sujetar. 

fat, gordo, -a. 

fate, suerte, /. 

father, padre, m. 

fatherland, patria, /. 

fault, culpa,/., falta,/. 

favor, favor, m.; to — , distinguir, 
favorecer, regalar; do (one) the 

— (to), hacer el favor (de). 
favorite, favorito, -a. 

fear, miedo, m.\ for — that, conj., 
de miedo que, por miedo que; 
to — , temer. 

feat, hazana, /., hecho, m. 

feather, pluma, /. 

February, febrero, m. 

feel, sentir. 

feeling, pasi6n, /., sensaci6n, /. 

fellow, hombre, m.; little — , chi- 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



321 



quillo, m.; — student, condisci- 

pulo, m., condiscipula, /. 
feminine, adj., femenil, femenino,-a. 
Ferdinand, Fernando, m. 
festival, fiesta, /. 
fete, fiesta, /. 
few, adj. and pron., pocos, -as; a 

— , adj. and pron., unos (-as) 

cuantos (-as). 
field, campo, m., llanura, /.; tilled 

— , labor,/., sembrado, m. 
fifteen, adj., quince; (group of) — , 

quincena, /. 
fifteenth, adj., quince, decimo (-a) 

quinto (-a). 
fifth, adj., cinco, quinto, -a. 
fiftieth, adj., cincuenta, quincua- 

gesimo, -a. 
fifty, adj., cincuenta. 
fight, pelea,/., rina,/.; to — , com- 

batir. 
figure, figura, /. 
fill, henchir, llenar. 
final, adj., final, ultimo, -a. 
finally, adv., por ultimo. 
find, encontrar; — one's self, ha- 

llarse; — out, averiguar. 
fine! int., jbravo! 
fineness, finura, /. 
finger, dedo, m. 
finish, acabar, terminar. 
fire, fuego, m.; — ! int., jfuego!; to 

— , encender. 
fireplace, chimenea, /. 
first, primero (primer), -a, primo, 

-a; adv., antes; at — , adv., al 

principio. 
fish, pescado, m.\ to — , pescar. 
fist, puno, m. 
fit, ajustar, caber, sentar; — for, 

prep., a proposito para, 
fitting; be — , convenir. 
five, adj., cinco, — hundred, adj., 

quinientos, -as; — hundredth, 

adj., quinientos, -as, quingen- 

tesimo, -a. 
fivefold, quintuplicado, -a, quin- 

tuplo, -a. 
fix, clavar, fijar. 
fixed, fijo, -a. 
flatter, halagar. 
flee, huir. 



fleet, armada,/. 

flesh, carne, /. 

floor, piso, m., suelo, m.\ ground 
— , piso bajo, m., planta baja, /. 

flow, correr. 

flower, flor, /. 

fluent, adj., corriente. 

fly, volar. 

fog, neblina, /. 

foggy; be — , haber neblina. 

fold, plegar. 

foliage, frondosidad, /. 

follow, seguir, suceder. 

following, adj., siguiente. 

fond; be — of, gustar a. 

fondness, aficion, /. 

foot, pie, m.; on — , a pie. 

for, prep., para, por; conj., que, 
porque, pues, puesto que; — 
the sake of, prep., a fin de, por; 

— fear that, conj., de miedo que, 
por miedo que; — Heaven's 
sake! int., jpor Dios! jVirgen 
santfsima! 

force, brio, m., fuerza, /.; to — , 

forzar. 
ford, vadear. 
forehead, frente, /. 
foreign, ajeno, -a. 
foreigner, extranjero, m., foras- 

tero, m. 
foresee, prever. 
forest, bosque, m, 
forget, olvidar. 
fork, tenedor, m. 
form, forma, /.; in the — of a 

cross, en cruz; to — , formar; — 

part, formar parte. 
formation, formacion, /. 
former, anterior, -a, antiguo, -a; 

— times, antano, m. 
formerly, adv., antiguamente. 
forth; and so — , etcetera, /.; 

bring — , echar al mundo; 

come — , destacarse; give — , 

despedir; spring — , brotar; 

stretch — , extender. 
fortieth, adj., cuarenta, cuadrage- 

simo, -a. 
fortunate, dichoso, -a. 
fortune, ventura, /.; — teller, 

adivino, m. 



322 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



forty, adj., cuarenta; (group of) — , 

cuarentena, /. 
forward, adv., adelante, delante; 

— ! int., j adelante! 
found, fundar. 
foundation, fundacion,/., pedestal, 

m. 
founder, fundador, m. 
fountain, fuente, /. 
four, adj., cuatro; — hundredth, 

adj., cuatrocientos, -as, cua- 

dringentesimo, -a; — score, 

ochentena, /. 
fourfold, cuadruplicado, -a, cua- 

druplo, -a. 
fourteen, adj., catorce. 
fourteenth, adj., catorce, decimo 

(-a) cuarto (-a). 
fourth, adj., cuatro, cuarto, -a. 
fraction, fraccion, /., numero que- 

brado, m. 
fragment, fragmento, m. 
fragrance, aroma, m. 
fragrant, adj., fragante, oloroso, 

-a. 
framework, esqueleto, m. 
France, Francia, /. 
fraternity, fraternidad,/., herman- 

dad, /. 
free, librar, soltar. 
freeze, escarchar, helar. 
French, adj., f ranees. 
Frenchman, frances, m. 
frequency, frecuencia, /. 
Friday, viernes, m. 
fried, frito, -a. 
friend, amigo, m., amiga, /. 
frighten, espantar. 
frock-coat, levita, /. 
frolicsome, alborotador, -a. 
from, prep., de, desde, a, por; — 

everywhere, de todas partes; — 

time to time, de vez en cuando, 

de cuando en cuando; far — , 

prep., lejos de. 
front, f rente, m. or j., frontispicio, 

m.\ in — , adv., delante; in — of, 

prep., delante de, en f rente de, 

frente a, por delante de. 
frost, escarchar. 
fruit, fruta,/.; garden, huerta, 



fry, freir. 

full, cargado, -a, lleno, -a. 
fun; make — (of), burlarse (de). 
function, funcion, /. 
furious, furioso, -a. 
furniture, mueblaje, m. 
fury, furia, /. 

future, futuro, -a; subst., futuro, m.\ 
— tense, futuro, m. 



gain, ganar. 

gainsay, desdecir. 

Galician, gallego, m. 

gallery, galeria, /. 

gallop, galope, m. 

game, juego, m.; — of checkers, 

damas, /. pi.; — of chess, aje- 

drez, m.\ — of dominoes, do- 
mino, m. 
garbanzo, (a kind of pea) garbanzo, 

m. 
garden, jardin, m.; fruit- (or 

kitchen-) — , huerta, /. 
garments, prendas de vestir, /. pi. 
gate, puerta, /. 

gather, acudir, coger, reunirse. 
gay, adj., alegre. 
gazpacho, (a kind of cold soup) gaz- 

pacho, m. 
gee! int., jcaramba! 
gem, alhaja, /. 
gender, genero, m. 
general, adj., general; subst., general, 

m. 
generally, adv., generalmente. 
genius, ingenio, m. 
gentle, adj., dulce, blando, -a, me- 

loso, -a. 
gentleman, caballero, m., hidalgo, 

m., senor, m.\ young — , seno- 

rito, m. 
gentleness, dulzura, /. 
geography, geografia, /. 
germinate, brotar. 
gesture, gesto, m. 
get, buscar; — out! int., jquita! 

jquitese V.!; — up, levantarse; 

— up! int., jarre!; — well, res- 

tablecerse. 
giant, gigante, m. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



323 



gift, merced, /., regalo, m. 

gild, dorar. 

gipsy, gitano, m., gitana, /. 

gird, cenir. 

girl, muchacha, /., niiia, /. 

give, dar; — entrance, dejar 
paso; — forth, despedir; — 
notice, avisar; — way, dejar 
paso. 

glad, contento, -a; be — , ale- 
grarse. 

glance, mirada,/.; to — , mirar; — 
over, leer por cima. 

glass, vaso, m. 

glorify, glorificar. 

glory, gloria, /. 

glove, guante, m, 

gnaw, roer. 

go, andar, ir, encaminarse, mar- 
charse; — away, alejarse, mar- 
char se; — backwards, ir de 
espaldas; — down, bajar; — 
for, buscar; — half-way round, 
dar media vuelta; — on, conti- 
nuar; — on! int., jadelante! 
jalza! janda!; — out, salir; — > 
through, andar (por) ; — to bed, 
acostarse; how — es it? <ique 
tal? 

God, Dios, m.\ — grant! int., oja- 
la; — help me! int., jvalgame 
Dios! jDios me valga! 

gold, oro, m. 

golden, amarillento, -a. 

good, bueno (buen), -a; — after- 
noon! jbuenas tardes!; by! 

jadi6s!; — day! jbuenos diasl; 

— evening! jbuenas noches!; — 
heavens! int., jcanastos! j cara- 
coles! jcarai! jcaramba! jcas- 
pita! jcorcholis!; — looking, 
guapo, -a; a — many, adj. and 
pron., muchos, -as, varios, -as; 

— morning! jbuenos dias!; — 
night! jbuenas noches! 

goodness! int., jcanastos! j cara- 
coles! jcarai! jcaramba! jcas- 
pita! jcorcholis! jDios! 

govern, gobernar, regir. 

gown, traje, m. 

grace, donaire, m. } gracia,/., mer- 
ced, /. 



graceful, airoso, -a, pulcro, -a. 

gracefulness, salero, m. 

gracious! int., jDios! 

gradually, adv., poco a poco. 

grain, mies, /. 

grammar, gramatica, /. 

Granada, Granada. 

grandfather, abuelo, m. 

grandmother, abuela, /. 

grant; God — ! int., jojala! 

grasp, asir. 

grass, hierba, /. 

grateful ; be — for, agradecer. 

grave, adj., grave. 

gravy, salsa,/. 

graze, pacer. 

great, adj., grande (gran), gordo, 
-a; a — deal, adj. and pron., 
mucho, -a; as (or so) — , ta- 
mano, -a. 

greater, mayor (comp. of grande); 

— part, la mayor parte. 
Greek, griego, -a. 

green, adj., verde. 

greet, saludar. 

greeting, saludo, m. 

grief, dolor, m. 

grind, moler. 

grinding, molienda, /. 

groan, gemir. 

groom, peinar. 

gross, grosero, -a. 

ground, suelo, m. 

group, grupo, m., circulo, m.; — 
of a hundred, centena, /., cente- 
nar, m.\ — of a thousand, miliar, 
m. (generally used in the plu- 
ral) ; — of eighty, ochentena, /. ; 

— of fifteen, quincena, /. ; — of 
forty, cuarentena, /.; — of ten, 
decena, /.; — of thirty, trein- 
tena,/.; — of twelve, docena,/.; 

— of twenty, veintena, /. 
grove, bosque, m. 

grow, crecer; — dark, anochecer. 

Guadalquivir, (The), El Guadal- 
quivir, m. 

guard, guardia, /. 

guide, guia, m. or /., norte, m.; 
to — , guiar. 

guitar, guitarra, /. 

gutter, arroyo, m. 



324 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



ha! int. f jha! 

haberdashery, camiseria /. 

haggle, regatear. 

hail, granizar. 

hair, cabello, m. {also used in the 
plural), pelo, m. {of head, or in 
general). 

half, medio, -a; subst., mitad,/.; — 
an hour's journey, media hora 
de camino; — open, entreabrir; 

go way round, dar media 

vuelta. 

hall, aula, /., sala, /.; reception — , 
sala (/.) de recibo; Commence- 
ment Hall, Paraninfo, m. 

halt! int., jalto! 

hammer, martillo, m. 

hammering, martilleo, m. 

hand, mano, /., {of watch or clock) 
manecilla, /.; — ball, pelota, /., 

organ, organillo, m.\ holding 

— s, cogidos de la mano; on the 
other — , al contrario, en cambio. 

handed; one — , manco, -a. 

handkerchief, pafiuelo, m. 

handsome, guapo, -a, hermoso, 
-a. 

hang, colgar; — up, colgar. 

hanging, adj., pendiente. 

happen, acaecer, acontecer, pasar, 
suceder, acertar. 

happiness, dicha, /., felicidad, /. 

happy, dichoso, -a. 

hard, adj., dificil, fuerte; rain — , 
diluviar. 

hardly, adv., apenas. 

harvest, cosecha, /., recoleccion, /. 

haste; in — , adv., apriesa, aprisa. 

hasten (to help), acudir. 

hat, sombrero, m. 

hate, odio, m.\ to — , odiar. 

hatred, odio, m. 

haughty, altivo, -a. 

have, tener; — a glimpse of, en- 
trever; — made, mandar hacer; 
— recourse to, recurrir. 

he, pers. pron., el, m. 

head, cabeza,/., {of a coin) cara,/. 

headache, dolor de cabeza, m. 

health, salud, /. 
hear, entender, oir. 



hearing, oido, m. 

heart, corazon, m., alma, /. 

heat, calor, m. 

heaven, cielo, m.; for Heaven's 

sake! int., jpor Dios! jVirgen 

santisima! 
heavens! int., jcielos! jDios!; good 

— ! int., jcanastos! j caracoles! 

jcarai! jcaramba! jcaspita! jcor- 

cholis!; oh — ! int., j Jesus! 
heavily, adv., pesadamente. 
heavy, adj., pesado, -a, grave. 
heed, atender. 
heel, talon, m. 
height, altura, /., colmo, m. 
hello! int., jhola! {written also 

jola!) joiga! joye! 
help, ayudar; — ! int., jsocorro!; 

God — me! int., jDios me val- 

ga! jvalgame Dios! 
hen, gallina, /. 
henceforth, adv., de aqui {or de 

alii) en adelante. 
her, pers. pron., ella, la, /.; to — , 

pers. pron., le, /.; poss. adj., su. 
here, adv., aca, aqui; — , — ! {to 

dogs), int., jtus tus!; come — ! 

{to dogs), int., jtus tus! 
hero, heme, m. 
herself, pers. pron., se, si,/.; with 

— , pers. pron., consigo, /. 
hidden, oculto, -a. 
hide, esconder, ocultar. 
high, alto, -a. 
hill, cerro, m., cuesta, /. 
hillock, loma, /. 
him, pers. pron., el, le, m.\ to — , 

pers. pron., le, m. 
himself, pers. pron., se, si, m.\ 

with — , pers. pron., consigo, m. 
hinder, impedir. 
hip, cadera, /. 
his, poss. adj., su. 
historical, historico, -a. 
history, historia, /. 
hit, dar en. 
hither and thither, de un lado a 

otro. 
ho! int., jhola! {written also jola!). 
hold, tener, coger; -ing hands, co- 
gidos de la mano. 
holiday, fiesta,/. 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



325 



holy, sagrado, -a, santo (san), -a; 
Holy Land, Tierra Santa, /. 

homage, homenaje, m. 

home, casa, /.; adv., a casa; — 
country, patria, /. 

honor, honor, m., merced, /. 

hope, esperanza, /. ; to — > esperar. 

horizon, horizonte, m. 

horrible, adj., horrible. 

horrid, adj., horrible. 

horror, horror, m. 

horse, caballo, m., caballeria, /. 

hospitable, hospitalario, -a. 

host, patron, m. 

hostile, enemigo, -a. 

hot; be — , (of weather) hacer ca- 
lor; (of beings) tener calor; (of 
objects) ser (or estar) caliente. 

hotel, f onda, /. , hotel, m. , posada, /. 

hour, hora,/. ; half an — 's journey, 

media hora de camino; hand, 

horario, m. 

house, casa,/.; manor — , casa so- 
lar; out of the — , adv., afuera. 

how, adv., (used to inquire regard- 
ing way, means, or manner) ^co- 
mo?; (used instead of ^como? to 
inquire after the quality or con- 
dition of a person or thing) <ique 
tal?; — goes it? <ique tal?; — 
much, pi., — many, inter, pron. 
and adj., <icuanto, -a? ^cuantos, 
-as?; — sorry I am, lo mucho 
que siento. 

however, adv., sin embargo; conj., 
como quiera que; por . . . que. 

huge, desaforado, -a. 

human, humano, -a. 

humor, humor, m.; to — , com- 
placer. 

hundred, adj., ciento (cien), -a; 
(group of a) — , centena, /., cen- 
tenar, m.\ — fold, centuplo, -a; 
five — , adj., quinientos, -as; 
nine — , adj., novecientos, -as; 
seven — , adj., setecientos, -as. 

hundredth, adj., ciento, centesimo, 
-a; eight — , adj., ochocientos, 
-as, octingentesimo, -a; five — , 
adj., quinientos, -as, quingente- 
simo, -a; four — , adj., cuatro- 
cientos, -as, cuadringentesimo, 



-a; nine — , adj., novecientos, 
-as, noningentesimo, -a, seven 
— , adj., setecientos, -as, sep- 
tingentesimo, -a; six — , adj., 
seiscientos, -as, sexcentesimo, 
-a; three — , adj., trescientos, 
-as, tricentesimo, -a; two — , 
adj., doscientos, -as, ducente- 
simo, -a. 

hunger, hambre, /. 

hungry, hambriento, -a; be — , 
tener hambre. 

hunt, cazar. 

hurl, lanzar. 

hurry, prisa, /.; be in a — , tener 
prisa. 

hurt, maltrecho, -a. 

husband, esposo, m., marido, m. 

hut, barraca,/., caserio, m., choza, 
/.; miserable — , casucha, /. 



I, pers. pron., yo. 

idea, idea,/., noci6n, /. 

idiom, modismo, m. 

idleness, holganza, /. 

if, conj., si, sea que. 

ignorant ; be — of, desconocer. 

ill, enfermo, -a, malo (mal), -a; 
adv., mal, a mal, — treated, mal- 
trecho, -a; — treatment, mal- 
tratamiento, m. 

illusion, ilusion, /. 

image, imagen, /. 

imagination, imagination, /. 

imagine, figurarse. 

imitate, imitar. 

Immaculate Conception, Inmacu- 
lada Conception, /. 

immediately, adv., de pronto, en 
seguida, inmediatamente. 

immense, inmenso, -a. 

impatience, impaciencia, /. 

impede, impedir. 

imperative, imperativo, m. 

imperfect, imperfecta, -a; subsL, 
(preterito) imperfecto, m. 

imperious, imperioso, -a. 

impersonally, adv., impersonal- 
mente. 

importance, importancia, /. 



326 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



important, adj., importante. 

impose upon, imponer, embair. 

imposed, impuesto, -a. 

imposing, adj., imponente. 

impossible, adj., imposible. 

impression, impresion, /. 

improper, impropio, -a. 

in, prep., &, en, por; — behalf of, 
prep., por; — case that, conj., 
dado que, en tanto que; — com- 
parison with, prep., con relation 
a; — front, adv., delante; — 
front of, prep., delante (de), en 
frente de, frente a, por delante 
de; — haste, adv., apriesa, apri- 
sa; — love, enatnorado, -a; — 
measure, adv., a compas; — or- 
der to, prep., para; — order 
that, conj., a fin que, para que, 
por que, que; — proportion as, 
conj., como; — short, en fin; — 
spite of, prep., a pesar de; — 
spite of, conj., sl pesar de que; — 
the direction of, prep., camino 
de; — time, adv., (of music) a 
compas. 

inclination, gana, /. (more com- 
monly used in plural) , traves, m. 

incline, inclinar. 

inclined; be — , tener ganas. 

inconvenient, incomodo, -a, in- 
oportuno, -a. 

increase, acrecentar, crecer. 

indefinite, indeterminado, -a. 

indefinitely, adv., indefinidamente. 

indelicate, grosero, -a. 

independence, independencia, /. 

independent, adj., independiente. 

indicate, indicar, marcar, senalar. 

indicative, indicativo, m. 

Indies; West — , las Indias occi- 
dentals,/, pi. 

indifferent, adj., indiferente. 

indignant, indignado, -a. 

indignity, afrenta, /. 

indisposed, indispuesto, -a. 

indisposition, indisposici6n, /. 

indolent, adj., remolon. 

induce, inducir. 

industrial, adj., industrial. 

industry, industria, /. 

inequality, desigualdad, /. 



infer, colegir, inferir. 

inferior, adj., inferior. 

inferiority, inf erioridad, /. 

infinitive, infinitivo, m. 

inflection, inflexion. /. 

inform, avisar; — of, indicar. 

inhabit, habitar. 

inhabitant, natural, m. and f. 

inimical, enemigo, -a. 

inn, fonda, /., posada, /. 

inner, adj., interior; — court, pa- 
tio, m. 

inopportune, inoportuno, -a. 

inquire, inquirir. 

inquiry, pregunta, /. 

inscribe, dedicar, inscribir. 

inside, adv., adentro, dentro; on 
the — , por dentro. 

insolent, adj., insolente. 

inspiration, inspiration, /. 

inspire, inspirar. 

instant, instante, m, 

instead of, prep., en vez de; conj., 
en vez de que. 

instinct, instinto, m. 

institute, instituir. 

instruct, instruir. 

instruction, instrucci6n, /. 

intend, pensar, tener la intenci6n. 

intention, intenci6n, /., proposito, 
m. 

interest, interes, m.\ to — , inte- 
resar. 

interesting, adj., interesante. 

interior, adj., interior; subst., in- 
terior, m. 

interjection, interjection, /. 

interminable, adj., interminable. 

interrogative, interrogativo, -a. 

interrupt, interrumpir. 

intersect, cortar. 

intimate, intimo, -a. 

into, prep., en. 

introduce, introducir, presentar. 

introduction, introduction,/., pre- 
sentation, /. 

invariable, adj., invariable. 

invent, inventar. 

invert, invertir. 

invitation, invitation, /. 

invite, atraer, invitar. 

involve, enzarzar. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



327 



iron, hierro, m., to — (linen), 

planchar. 
ironworker, herrero, m. 
irregular, adj., irregular. 
is; there — , hay; — it not true? 

<Jverdad? <mo es verdad? 
Isabel, Isabel, /. 
it, pers. pron., el, m., ella, /., ello, 

n., lo, m. or n., le, m., la, /.; to 

— , pers. pron., le, m. or f. 
Italian, italiano, -a. 
Italy, Italia, /. 
itching, hormigueo, m. 
its, poss. adj., su. 
itself, pers. pron., se, si. 



James, Diego, m., Jaime, m. 

January, enero, m. 

jealous; be — , tener celos. 

jealousy, celos, m. pi. 

jest, burla, /. 

Jesus, Jesus, m.\ — Christ, Jesu- 

cristo, m. 
jewel, alhaja, /. 
jeweler, joyero, m. 
John, Juan, m. 
join, juntar, reunir. 
Joseph, Jose, m. 
journey, viaje, m., Jornada, /.; 

half an hour's — , media hora 

de camino. 
Jove; by — ! int., jcanastos! jcara- 

coles! jcarai! jcaramba! jcas- 

pita! jcorcholis! 
joy, alegria, /., gozo, ni. 
judge, juez, m. 
Julia, Julia, /. 
July, julio, m. 
June, junio, m. 
just, justo, -a; — so, adv., justo; 

— as ... so (too), conj., asi 
como ... asi (tambien) ; to have 

— . . ., acabar de . . . 
justice, justicia, /. 



keep, conservar, detener, guardar, 
quedar(se) con; — it up! int., 
jalza! janda!; — in, guardar; — 
from, guardar se de. 



kerchief, pafiuelo, m. 

kidney bean, judia, /. 

kill, ma tar. 

killed, muerto, -a. 

kind, genero, m.; adj., amable, 

bondadoso, -a, carinoso, -a; 

be so — as, tener la bondad 

de. 
kindle, encender. 
kindness, amabilidad, /. 
king, rey, m. 
kinsman, pariente, m, 
kiss, besar. 
kitchen, cocina, /.; garden, 

huerta, /. 
kitty; come, — ! int., jmiz miz!; — , 

— ! int., jmiz miz! 
knavish, picaresco, -a. 
knee, rodilla, /. 
knife, cuchillo, m. 
knight, caballero, m.\ dub — , ar- 

mar caballero; errantry, ca- 

balleria andantesca. 
knock, llamar. 

know, conocer, saber; — how, sa- 
ber; not — , desconocer. 
knowledge, conocimiento, m. 
known, conocido. -a. 



laboratory, laboratorio, m. 

lace, encaje, m. 

lack, f alta, /. ; to — , f altar. 

lady, sefiora,/., dama, /., dona, /.; 

young (unmarried) — , senorita, 

/.; love, dama,/. 

lake, lago, m. 

lamb, corderillo, m. 

lame, cojo, -a. 

lamp, lampara, /., quinque, m. 

lance, lanza, /.; blow with a — , 

lanzada, /. 
land, tierra, /. ; Holy Land, Tierra 

Santa, /. ; native — , patria, /. 
landlord, patron, m. 
lane, callejuela, /. 
language, idioma, m., lengua, /. 
lap, falda, /. 
large, adj., grande (gran), nume- 

roso, -a; — eared, orejudo, -a; 

— nosed, adj., narigon; — 



328 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



room, sala, /.; as (or so) — 9 

tamafio, -a. 
last, adj. , final, postrero (postrer), 

-a, ultimo, -a, pasado, -a; — 

night, adv., anoche; at — , al 

fin y al cabo, en fin; next to the 

— , penultimo, -a; to — , durar. 
late, difunto, -a; adv., tarde. 
later; I'll see you — , hasta luego. 
laugh, risa, /.; to — (at), burlarse 

(de), reir(se) (de). 
laughing; burst out — , soltar la 

carcajada. 
laughter, carcajada, /., risa, /.; 

burst of — , carcajada, /. 
laundress, lavandera, /. 
lawyer, abogado, m. 
lay, poner. 
lazy, perezoso, -a. 
lead, dirigir. 
leader, jefe, m. 
leaf, hoja, /. 
leafy, frondoso, -a. 
league, legua, /. 
lean, inclinar. 
leap year, alio bisiesto, m. 
learn, aprender, saber. 
least, adj., el (or la) menor; adv., 

menos; at — , al menos, a lo 

menos, por lo menos. 
leave, dejar, quitar, salir; take — , 

despedirse; taking, despe- 

dida, /. 
lecture, conferencia, /. 
left, izquierdo, -a. 
leg, pierna, /. 
legend, leyenda, /. 
lemon, limon, m. 
lend, prestar. 
lengthen, alargar. 
Lent, Cuaresma, /. 
Lepanto, Lepanto. 
less, adj., menor; adv., menos; the 

— ... the — , cuanto menos 

. . . (tanto) menos. 
lesson, leccion, /. 
lest, conj., no sea que. 
let, dejar, permitir; — us see, 

vamos a ver. 
letter, carta,/., letra,/.; capital — , 

mayuscula, /. ; small — , minus- 

cula, /. 



liberate, librar. 

liberty, libertad, /. 

library, biblioteca, /. 

lie, mentir, residir, yacer; — down, 
acostarse. 

life, vida, /.; of — , adj., vital. 

lift (up), alzar, erguir, levantar. 

light, luz, /.; adj., ligero, -a; to — , 
iluminar, encender. 

lighten, relampaguear. 

like, adj., semejante, parecido, -a; 
conj., como; — a cross, en cruz; 
to — , desear, gustar, querer. 

likeable, simpatico, -a. 

likely to, prep.,^ a proposito para. 

likewise, adv., igualmente. 

limb, ramo, m, 

lime, cal, /. 

limit, colmo, m.\ to — , limitar. 

line, linea, /. 

link, ensartar. 

lion, leon, m. 

lip, labio, w. 

list, lista, /. 

listen, escuchar; — lint., joiga! joye! 

literary, literario, -a. 

literature, literatura, /. 

little, adj., chico, -a, menudo, -a, 
pequeno, -a, poco, -a, poquito, 
-a; pron., pocos, -as; adv., poco; 
— boy, chiquillo, m.; — by — , 
poco a poco; — fellow, chi- 
quillo, ni.; — square, plazoleta, 
/.; very — , poquito, -a. 

live, vivir. 

liveliness, viveza, /. 

lively, brioso, -a, bullicioso -a, 
vivo, -a; — ! int., jalza! janda! 

load, cargar, cuajar. 

loaded, cargado, -a. 

lobster, langosta, /. 

local, adj., local. 

lock; — up, encerrar. 

locution, locution, /. 

lodge, alojar. 

lodging, alojamiento, m, 

lofty, altivo, -a, alto, -a. 

loge, palco, m. 

long, largo, -a; — ago, antaiio, m.\ 
(a) — while, mucho rato; so — ! 
(jam.) jhasta luego!; — for, an- 
tojarse. 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



329 



look, mirar; — after, cuidar (de); 

— at, mirar; — for, buscar; — 

like, parecer, parecerse a; — 

out! int., jcuidado! 
loosen, soltar, solver., 
lord, sefior, m. 
lordship, (appellation of honor given 

to bishops and other persons of a 

certain dignity) ilustrisimo, -a. 
lose, perder. 
loud, alto, -a, estrepitoso, -a; adv., 

alto, fuerte. 
loudly, adv., alto, fuerte. 
Louis, Luis, m. 
love, amor, m.; in — , enamorado, 

-a; to — , amar, querer; inspire 

— , enamorar. 
loving, amoroso, -a. 
low, adj., bajo; adv., bajo. 
lower, adj., inferior; to — , bajar. 
luck, ventura, /. 
Luke, Lucas, m. 
lunch, almuerzo, m.\ to — , meren- 

dar. 
lungs, pulmones, m. pi. 
luxuriant, frondoso, -a. 
luxury, lujo, m. 

M 

machine, maquina, /. 

mad, loco, -a. 

madam, (as term of address) seno- 
ra,/. 

made ; have — , mandar hacer. 

Madrid, Madrid. 

Magi, Reyes (Magos), m. pi. 

magnificent, magnifico, -a. 

maimed, manco, -a. 

maintain, mantener, sostener. 

make, hacer; — fun (of), burlarse 
(de); — one's self understood, 
hacerse entender; — use of, 
emplear. 

maker; cigar (or cigarette) — , ci- 
garrera, /.; — of wafers, barqui- 
Uero, m. 

Malaga, Malaga; man from — , 
malaguefio, m. 

man, hombre, m., caballero, m., 
sefior, m.\ — alive! int., \ hom- 
bre!; — from Malaga, mala- 



guefio, m.\ old — , viejo, m., tfo, 
m.\ young — , joven, m., senorito, 
m. 

management, direction, /. 

manager, administrador, m. 

manifest, manifestar. 

manly, adj., varonil. 

manner, manera, /., modo, m.\ 
pleasing — , gracia, /. 

mantilla, mantilla, /. 

mantle, man to, m. 

manufactory, fabrica, /. 

manufacture, fabricacion, /.; to — , 
fabricar. 

manufacturing, fabricacion,/. 

many, adj. and pron., muchos, -as; 
a good (or great) — , adj. and 
pron., varios, -as, muchos, -as; 
as — , adj. and pron., sendos, 
-as; as — as, adj. and pron., 
cuantos, -as, tantos (-as) . . . 
cuantos (-as) ; how — ? inter, adj. 
and pron., ^cuantos, -as?; so — , 
adj. and pron., tantos, -as; too 
— , adj. and pron., demasiados, 
-as; colored, adj., multi- 
color; hued, adj., multi- 
color. 

map, mapa, m. 

marble, marmol, m. 

march, marcha, /. 

March, marzo, m. 

mark, indicar, marcar, trazar. 

marry, casar. 

martyr, martir, m. 

marvel, admirar. 

marvelous, maravilloso, -a. 

Mary, Maria,/. 

masculine, adj., varonil, mascu- 
lino, -a. 

mason, albafiil, m. 

mass, amasijo, m., mole, /., misa, 
/.; Mass of the Cock, Misa del 
Gallo; midnight — on Christ- 
mas Eve, Misa del Gallo. 

master, amo, m., dueno, m., 
maestro, m., sefior, m.; (term 
of address applied to a young 
gentleman) senorito, m. 

masterpiece, obra maestra, /. 

matador, (he who slays the bull by 
a sword-thrust downward between 



330 



VOCABULARIO INGliiS-ESPANOL 



the shoulders) espada, m., mata- 
dor, m. 

match, fosforo, m. 

material, material, m. 

matter, importar. 

Maundy Thursday, Jueves Santo, 
m. 

May, mayo, m. 

me, pers. pron., me, mi; to — , 
pers. pron. y me; with — , pers. 
pron., conmigo; dear — ! int., 
jDios mio! 

meal, comida, /. 

mean, querer decir, significar. 

meaning, sentido, m., significa- 
tion, /. 

means, medio, m.\ by — of, por 
medio de, prep. 

meanwhile, adv., entre tanto. 

measure, compas, m., medida, /.; 
beyond — , adv., sobremanera; 
to — , medir. 

meat, carne, /. 

meekness, mansedumbre, /. 

meet, encontrar, cruzarse con; 
until we — again, hasta la vista. 

melancholy, melancolia, /., tris- 
teza, /. 

melt, derretir. 

member, miembro, m., socio, m. 

memorable, adj., memorable. 

memory, memoria, /. 

Men, (Wise), Reyes (Magos), m. 

pi. 

mention, mention, /.; to — , men- 

cionar, nombrar. 
menu, lista, /. 
mercy, misericordia, /. 
mere, mero, -a. 
merit, merito, m. 
merriment, alegria./. 
method, metodo, m. 
Michael, Miguel, m. 
middle, medio, m. 
midnight, media noche,/.; — mass 

on Christmas Eve, Misa del 

Gallo. 
mild, blando, -a. 
milk, leche, /. 

mill, molino, m.\ dam, presa, /. 

miller, molinero, m. 
million, (a), adj., mill6n. 



millionth, adj., millon, millonesi- 

mo, -a. 
mind, mente, /.; to — , atender. 
mineral, mineral, m. 

minute, minuto, m.; hand, mi- 

nutero, m. 
miraculous, milagroso, -a. 
mirror, espejo, m. 
mischievous, malicioso, -a. 
misery, miseria, /. 
miss, sefiorita, /.; to — , echar de 

menos. 
mist, neblina, /. 
mistaken; be — , equivocarse. 
mister, seiior, m. 
mistress, duena, /. 
misty; be — , haber neblina. 
misused, maltrecho, -a. 
moan, quejarse. 
mode, modo, m. 
model, forma, /. 
moderate, modico, -a. 
modern, moderno, -a. 
modestly, adv., modestamente. 
modify, calificar. 
molest, molestar. 
moment, instante, m.\ at this — , 

en este acto. 
Monday, lunes, m. 
money, dinero, m., moneda, /. 
monopoly, monopolio, m. 
monotonous, monotono, -a. 
monster, monstruo, m. 
monte, (a game of cards) monte, 

m. 
month, mes, m. 
monument, monumento, m. 
mood, modo, m. 
moon, luna,/. 

moonlight; be — , haber luna. 
Moor, moro, m. 
Moorish, morisco, -a, moro, -a, 

moruno, -a. 
more, adv., mas; the — ... the — , 

cuanto mas, . . . (tanto) mas, 

mientras mas . . . mas; the — 

since, conj., cuanto mas que. 
moreover, adv., ademas. 
morning, mafiana,/.; good — ! int. 

jbuenos dias! 
morrow, manana, /. 
mosque, mezquita, /. 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



331 



most, adv., mas; (before nouns) la 
mayor parte de. 

mother, madre, /. 

motionless, adj., inmovil. 

motive, motivo, m. 

motley, abigarrado, -a. 

mount, subir, ascender, montar. 

mountain, montana, /., monte, m. 

mounted police officer, alguacil, m. 

mouth, boca, /. 

move, mover, agitar, trasladar. 

movement, movimiento, m. 

Mrs. senora, /. 

much, adj. and pron., mucho, -a; 
adv., mucho; too — , adv., dema- 
siado; as — as, adj. and pron., 
tanto (-a) . . . cuanto (-a) ; how 
— ? inter, adj. and pron., i cuan- 
to, -a?; so — , adj. and pron., 
tanto, -a; so — that, conj., 
tanto (-a) . . . que; too — , adj. 
and pron., demasiado, -a. 

mud, lodo, m. 

muddy ; be — , haber lodo. 

mule, mula, /. 

multiple, mtiltiplo, -a, multiplica- 
tivo, -a. 

multitude, gentio, m. 

murder! int., jal asesino! 

murderer, asesino, m. 

murmur, murmullo, m, 

museum, museo, m. 

music, mtisica, /. 

musical, adj., musical; — comedy, 
zarzuela, /. 

musician, nmsico, m. 

mute, mudo, -a. 

my, poss. adj., mi. 

mysterious, misterioso, -a. 

mystery, misterio, m. 



N 



nag, jaco, m. 

nail, clavar. 

name, nombre, m.; to — , llamar, 

nombrar. 
nap; afternoon — , siesta; take the 

afternoon — , dormir la siesta. 
nape (of the neck), nuca, /. 
napkin, servilleta, /. 
Naples, Napoles. 



narrate, narrar. 

narration, relation,/., narraci6n, /. 

narrow, angosto, -a, estrecho, -a. 

nation, nation, /. 

national, adj., nacional. 

native, natural, m. andf.; — land, 

patria, /. ; — of Murcia, murcia- 

no, -a; — of Navarre, navarro, 

-a. 
nativity, natividad, /. 
natural, adj., natural. 
naturally, adv., naturalmente. 
near, adv., cerca; prep., cerca (de), 

junto .a; by, cercano, -a; 

draw — , acercar(se) de (or a). 
nearest, inmediato, -a, proximo, 

-a. 
nearly, adv., casi. 
nearness, proximidad, /. 
neat, pulcro, -a. 
neatness, aseo, m. 
necessary, adj., esencial, necesa- 

rio, -a, obligado, -a, preciso, 

-a; be — , ser preciso, ser de 

esencia. 
neck, cuello, m. 
necktie, corbata, /. 
need, haber menester, necesitar. 
needle, aguja, /. 
negation, negation, /. 
negative, negativo, -a. 
neighbor, vecino, m., vecina, /. 
neighboring, cercano, -a. 
neither, adv., tampoco; conj., ni; 

— ... nor, no (ni) . . . ni. 
nest, nido, m. 
neuter, neutro, -a. 
never, adv., nunca, jamas. 
nevertheless, adv., aun (atin), sin 

embargo. 
new, nuevo, -a; New Year, Ano 

Nuevo, m. 
New York, Nueva York. 
news, noticia, /. 
newspaper, periodico, m. 
next, proximo, -a, siguiente, inme- 
diato, -a; adv., luego; — to the 

last, penultimo, -a. 
nice, lindo, -a. 
nickname, sobrenombre, m. 
night, noche, /.; last — , adv., 

anoche, — before last, adv, 7 



332 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



anteanoche; arrive at — , ano- 

checer. 
nightly, nocturno, -a. 
nine, adj., nueve; — hundred, adj., 

novecientos, -as; — hundredth, 

adj., novecientos, -as, noningen- 

tesimo, -a. 
nineteenth, adj., diez y nueve, d€- 

cimo (-a) nono (-a). 
ninetieth, adj., noventa, nonage- 

simo, -a. 
ninety, adj., noventa. 
ninth, adj., nueve, nono, -a, no- 

veno, -a. 
no, adv., no; adj. and pron., nin- 

guno (ningun), -a; — one, ad. 

and pron., ninguno (ningun), -a; 

— sooner, apenas; why — ! int., 
jca! jquia! 

noble, adj., noble; of — birth, adj., 
noble. 

nobleman, hidalgo, m. 

nobody, pron., nadie, ninguno, -a. 

nocturnal, nocturno, -a. 

noise, bullicio, m., estruendo, m., 
ruido, m. 

noisy, alborotador, -a, bullicioso, 
-a, estrepitoso, -a. 

nomadic, adj., nomada. 

none, adj. and pron., ninguno (nin- 
gun), -a. 

nonsense! int., jcalla! jcalle! 

noon, mediodia, m. 

noonday, mediodia, m. 

nor, conj., ni; neither ... — , no 
(ni) . . . ni. 

north, norte, m. 

nose, nariz, /. 

not, adv., no; — at all, adv., nada; 

— either, adv., tampoco; — 
even, conj., ni, ni aun, no . . . 
ni; — only . . . but, conj., no s61o 
{or solamente) . . . sino; — know, 
desconocer. 

notability, notabilidad, /. 
notable, adj., notable. 
nothing, pron. and adv., nada. 
notice, noticia, /.; to — , fijar; give 

— , avisar. 
notify, advertir, requerir. 
notion, nocion, /. 
notwithstanding that, conj., no 



obstante que, sin embargo de 

que. 
noun, nombre, m., sustantivo, m. 
novel, novela, /. 
novelist, novelista, m. 
November, noviembre, m. 
now, adv., ahora, ya; — ... — , 

conj., ora . . . ora; — that, conj., 

ahora que. 
nowadays, adv., hoy dia. 
numb; become — , arrecirse, ate- 

rirse. 
number, numero, m. 
numeral, adj., numeral; subst., 

numeral, m. 
numerous, numeroso, -a. 



object, complemento, m., objeto, 
m., regimen, m.; direct — , acu- 
sativo, m.\ indirect — , dativo, 
m. 

objective, complemento, -a. 

obligation, empefio, m. 

obligatory, forzoso, -a. 

oblige, obligar. 

obscure, obscuro, -a. 

obscurity, obscuridad, /. 

observation, observation, /. 

observe, fijar, observar. 

obstacle, obstaculo, m. 

obtain, lograr, obtener. 

occasion, ocasion, /. 

Occident, Occidente, m. 

occupancy, ocupacion, /. 

occupation, ocupacion, /., nego- 
cio, m., 

occupy, ocupar. 

occur, ocurrir. 

October, octubre, m. 

octuple, octuplo, -a. 

of, prep., de, a; — course not! int., 
jca! jquia! 

off; far — , adv., lejos. 

offense, atentado, m., culpa,/. 

offer, ofrecer. 

office, despacho, m. 

officer; mounted police — , algua- 
cil, m.\ presiding — , presidente, 
m.\ of the presiding — , adj., 
presidencial. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



333 



offspring, hijo, m. 

often, adv., a menudo, con fre- 
cuencia, muchas veces. 

oh! int., jah! jay! joh!, (expressing 
weariness) juf!; — heavens! int., 
jjesus! 

oil, aceite, m. 

old, antiguo, -a, viejo, -a; — doc- 
tor, medicuzarra, m.\ — man, 
viejo, m., tio, m. 

older, adj., mayor. 

olive, aceituna,/. ; grove, olivar, 

m.; tree, olivo, m. 

omelet, tortilla,/. 

omit, omitir. 

on, prep., en, encima de, sobre; — 
account of, prep., a causa de; — 
condition, conj., a condition que 
— foot, adv., a pie; — purpose, 
adv., de encargo; — the con- 
trary, adv., al contrario; — the 
inside, adv., por dentro; — the 
other hand, adv., al contrario, 
en cambio. 

once; at — , adv., a la vez, en se- 
guida. 

one, adj. and pron., uno (un), -a, 
(in math, the radical or root of a 
number) uno (un), -a, se; — after 
another, adv., de corrido; — an- 
other, adj. and pron., uno (-a) a 
otro (-a); — for each, sendos, 

-as; handed, manco, -a; 

each — , pron., cada cual, sen- 
dos, -as; every — , pron., cada 
cual; no — , adj. and pron., nin- 
guno (ningun), -a, (pron.) nadie; 
such a — , pron., fulano, -a, 
mengano, -a, perengano, -a, 
zutano, -a; this — , adj., este, 
esta, (pron.) este, esta; what — , 
int. adj., and pron., ^cual?; 
with — 's self, pers. pron., 
consigo. 

only, adj. and pron., solo, -a, 
unico, -a, uno (un), -a; adv., 
solo; not — ... but, conj., 
no s61o (or solamente) . . . sino. 

onward! int., jadelante! 

open, abierto, -a; to — , abrir, des- 
plegar; half — , entreabrir. 

opening, apertura, /. 



opera, 6pera, /. 

operation, operation, /. 

opportune, oportuno, -a. 

opportunity, ocasion, /. 

oppose, combatir, oponer. 

opposed, opuesto, -a. 

opposite, contrario, -a, opuesto, 
-a; prep., en f rente de, f rente a. 

oppress, oprimir. 

or, conj., o (becomes u before initial 
o or ho); either . . . — , conj., o 
. . . o; whether . . . — , conj., sea 
. . . sea, ya . . . ya. 

oral, adj., oral. 

orange, naranja, /. 

orbit, orbita, /. 

orchard, huerta, /. 

order, encargo, m., orden, m. or 
/.; in — to, prep., para; in — 
that, conj., a fin que, para que, 
por que, que; to — , adv., de en- 
cargo; to — , v. mandar, mandar 
hacer. 

ordinal, adj., ordinal. 

ordinary, ordinario, -a. 

organ, organo, m.; hand , or- 

ganillo, m. 

organization, orden, /. 

organize, organizar. 

original, adj., original. 

orthographic, ortografico, -a. 

orthography, ortografia, /. 

other, adj. and pron., otro, -a; — 
part, adj. and pron., el (la, lo) 
demas; — people's, ajeno, -a; 
each — , adj. and pron., uno (-a) 
a otro (-a) ; on the — hand, adv., 
al contrario; — s, adj. and pron., 
los (las) demas; — s', ajeno, -a. 

ouch! int., jhuy! 

ought, deber. 

our, nuestro, -a. 

out; stand — , destacarse; — of, 
prep., fuera de; — of the house, 
adv., afuera. 

outburst, estallido, m., expansion,/. 

outcome, exito, m. 

outcry, alarido, m., clamor, m. 

outdo, aventajar, veneer. 

outdoors, adv., afuera. 

outer, adj., exterior; — ear, oreja, 



334 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



outside, adv., afuera, fuera, por 
afuera; prep., fuera de; on the 
— , adv., por afuera. 

over, adv., por cima; prep., encima 
de, por cima de, sobre. 

overcoat, gaban, rn., sobretodo, m. 

overflow, rebosar. 

overtake, alcanzar. 

overwhelm, abrumar. 

Oviedo, Oviedo. 

ow! int., jhuy! 

owe, deber. 

own, propio, -a; to — , poseer. 

owner, dueno, m., duefia, /. 



pace, paso, m. 

page, camarero, rn., escudero, m. f 
paje, rn., pagina, /. 

pain, dolor, rn. 

paint, pintar. 

painter, pintor, m. 

painting, pintura, /. 

pair, par, m., pareja, /. 

palace, palacio, m. 

palate, paladar, m. 

pale, palido, -a. 

palpitate, agitar. 

pampered, regalado, -a. 

paper, papel, rn., periodico, m, 

paradise, paraiso, m. 

paralyze, paralizar. 

Paranymph, Paraninfo, m. 

Paris, Paris. 

park, parque, m. 

parrot, loro, rn. 

part, division, /., parte, /.; greater 
— , la mayor parte; other — , el 
(la, lo) demas; rear — (of any- 
thing), zaga, /.; to — , entrea- 
brir; form — , formar parte. 

participle, participio, m.\ past — , 
participio pasivo, m.\ present 
— , gerundio, rn., participio pre- 
sente, m. 

partner, socio, m. 

party, tertulia, /. 

pass, pasar. 

passenger, pasajero, m. 

passer; by, transeunte, m. 

passion, pasion,/. 



passive, pasivo, -a. 

past, pasado, -a, pasivo, -a; — 
participle, participio pasivo, m. 

pastime, pasatiempo, rn. 

patch, remendar. 

path, senda, /. 

Paul, Pablo, rn. 

pause, pausa, /. 

pavement, pi so, m. 

pawn, prenda, /. 

pay (or pay for), pagar; — compli- 
ments to, echar flores; — def- 
erence (to another's opinion), 
deferir. 

peace, paz, /. 

peaceful, pacinco, -a. 

peck, picotear. 

peculiar, adj., particular, peculiar. 

peculiarity, particularidad, /. 

pedestal, pedestal, m. 

peep, asomar(se). 

pelota (Basque game), pelota, /.; 
— court, fronton, m. 

pen, pluma, /. 

pencil, lapiz, m. 

penetrate, penetrar. 

penny, perro grande, m. 

penultimate, penultimo, -a. 

people, gente,/., pueblo, m.; of — , 
humano, -a; other — 's, ajeno, 
-a. 

per, prep., por. 

perchance, adv., acaso. 

perfect, perfecto, -a; to — , perfec- 
cionar. 

perfection, perfeccion, /. 

perform, representar. 

performance, funcion, /. 

perhaps, adv., acaso, quiza(s), tal 
vez. 

period, tiempo, m. 

permit, permitir. 

persecution, persecuci6n, /. 

person, persona, /.; eminent — , 
notabilidad, /.; in — , personal- 
mente. 

personal, adj., particular, personal. 

personally, adv., personalmente. 

persuasive, persuasivo, -a. 

Peru, El Peru, rn. 

peseta, (Spanish silver coin worth 
about twenty cents) peseta, /. 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



335 



Peter, Pedro, m. 

petting, caricia, /. 

Philip, Felipe, m. 

phonetic, fonetico, -a. 

phrase, frase, /., locucion, /. 

physics, fisica, /. 

piano, piano, m.; — tuner, afina- 
dor, m. 

picador, {he who on horseback baits 
the bull with a long staff armed 
with a pointed iron tip) pica- 
dor, m. 

pick up, recoger. 

picture, cuadro, tn. 

picturesque, pintoresco, -a. 

piece, pedazo, m., pieza, /., trozo, tn. 

pierce, atravesar, picar. 

pig, cerdo, tn. 

pigeon, paloma, /. 

pious, piadoso, -a. 

pipe, pipa, /. 

pirate, pirata, tn. 

pitiable, lastimoso, -a. 

pity, lastima, /.; what a — ! int., 
jque lastima! 

Pius, Pio, m. 

place, sitio, m., lugar, m., paraje, 
m., puesto, m., asiento, m., — 
of support, punto de apoyo, m.; 
to — , asentar, meter, poner; take 
— , ocurrir, pasar, tener lugar. 

placed, puesto, -a; be — , ponerse. 

placid, adj., apacible. 

plain, llanura, /. 

plant, planta, /.; to — , asentar, 
plantar. 

plate, plato, m. 

platform, anden, m.; — ticket, 
billete {m.) de anden. 

play, juego, m., comedia, /., drama, 
tn., espectaculo, m.; to — , jugar, 
representar, tocar. 

player, jugador, tn. 

playful, alborotador, -a. 

playing-card, naipe, tn. 

pleasant, adj., agradable, ameno, 
-a, dulce, grato, -a; be — {of the 
weather), hacer (un) tiempo 
agradable. 

please, aplacer, gustar a, placer, 
prendar, hacer el favor (de). 

pleased; be — , alegrarse. 



pleasing, adj., agradable; — man- 
ner (s), gracia, /. 

pleasure, gozo, tn., gusto, tn., pla- 
cer, tn.; to (suit) one's — , adv., 
a placer. 

plunder, despojo, tn. 

plural, plural, tn. 

pocket, bolsillo, tn. 

poem, poesia, /., poema, tn. 

poet, poeta, tn. 

poetry, poesia, /. 

point, punto, tn.; — out, indicar, 
senalar. 

police ; mounted — officer, algua- 
cil, tn. 

polish, bruiiir. 

politics, politica, /. 

poor, pobre, malo (mal), -a. 

pope, papa, tn. 

poplar-tree, alamo, tn. 

poppy, amapola, /. 

popular, adj., popular. 

population, poblacion, /. 

pore, poro, tn. 

port, puerto, tn. 

portico, soportal, tn. 

Porto Rico, Puerto Rico, tn. 

Portugal, Portugal, tn. 

position, posicion, /., puesto, tn., 
{gram.) construccion, /., empleo, 
m. 

possess, poseer, tener. 

possession, posesion, /. 

possessive, posesivo, -a. 

possible, adj., posible. 

potato, patata, /. 

pour, verter, diluviar. 

poverty, miseria, /. 

power, fuerza, /. 

practice, practica, /. 

praise, celebrar. 

precede, preceder. 

precious, precioso, -a. 

precisely, adv., en punto, precisa- 
mente. 

precision, precision, /. 

predict, predecir. 

prefer, preferir. 

preference, preferencia, /. 

preoccupy, preocupar. 

prepare, preparar. 

preposition, preposici6n, /. 



336 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



presence; in the — of, prep., ante. 

present, presente, m., regalo, m., 
(time or state of things) actuali- 
dad, /.; adj., actual; to — , pre- 
sentar, regalar; — one's self, 
asomar(se), presentarse; be — 
at, asistir a, presenciar; — parti- 
ciple, gerundio, m., participio 
presente, m. 

preserve, conservar, guardar. 

preside, presidir. 

president, presidente, m., rector, 
m. 

presidential, adj., presidencial. 

presiding officer, presidente, m.\ 
of the , adj., presidencial. 

preterit, preterito (perfecto), m. 

pretty, bonito, -a, lindo, -a. 

prevent, impedir. 

prey, presa,/. 

price, precio, m. 

prick, pi car. 

priest, cura, m., capellan, m. 

primer, cartilla, /. 

prince, principe, m. 

princess, princesa, /. 

principal, adj., principal. 

principally, adv., principalmente. 

principle, principio, m. 

print, imprimir. 

printed, impreso, -a. 

private, adj., particular. 

prize, premio, m. 

probably, adv., probablemente. 

proceed, encaminarse. 

procession, marcha, /., procesion, 
/., (of bull-fighters) cuadrilla, /.] 

produce, causar, producir, sacar. 

profane, profano, -a. 

profession, profesion, /. 

professional, de profesion. 

professor, profesor, m., profesora, 
/., catedratico, m.; college — , 
catedratico, m.\ university — , 
catedratico, m. 

proffer, proferir. 

profit (by a thing), aprovechar. 

program, programa, m. 

prolong, prolongar. 

promise, promesa, /.; to — , pro- 
meter. 

pronoun, pronombre, m. 



pronounce, pronunciar, proferir. 
pronunciation, pronunciacion, /. 
propagate, propagar. 
proper, adj., propio, -a, corres- 
pondence . 
proportion; in — as, conj., como. 
proscribe, proscribir. 
protect, amparar, guardar. 
protection, amparo, m. 
proud, altivo, -a, orgulloso, -a. 
prove, demostrar, probar. 
proverb, refran, m. 
provide, pro veer. 
provided that, conj., con tal (de) 

que, siempre que. 
province, provincia, /. 
provoke, provocar. 
prowess, proeza, /. 
proximity, proximidad, /. 
prudent, discreto, -a. 
pshaw! int., jbah! 
psychological, psicologico, -a. 
public, publico, -a; subst., publico, 

m., vulgo, m. 
publish, publicar. 
puff, chupar; — up, henchir. 
punctuation, puntuacion, /. 
pupil, alumno, m. 
purchase, compra, /.; to — , com- 

prar. 
pure, puro, -a. 
purify, clarificar. 
purpose, motivo, m., prop6sito, 

m.; on — , de encargo. 
push, empujon, m. 
put, puesto, -a; to — , poner; be — , 

ponerse; — away, guardar; — in, 

meter; — on, vestir. 
putrefy, podrir, pudrir. 



quadruple, cuadruplicado, -a, cua- 

druplo, -a. 
qualify, calificar. 
quality, calidad, /., cualidad, /. 
quarrel, riria, /. 
quarter, barrio, m., cuarto, m.\ 

— s, cuarto, m., to — , alojar. 
queen, reina, /. 
question, pregunta, /. 
quickly, adv., apriesa, aprisa. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



337 



quiet, adj. , apacible, callado, -a, 
quieto, -a; to — , acallar; be- 
come — , callar. 

quintuple, quintuplicado, -a, quin- 
tuplo, -a. 

quit! int., jquita! jquitese V.! 

quite, adv., bastante, harto. 

Quixote, Quijote, m. 



ragged, haraposo, -a. 
railroad, ferrocarril, m. 
railway, ferrocarril, m. 
rain {impersonal), Hover; — hard, 

diluviar. 
raining; stop — , escampar. 
raise, alzar, levantar. 
ramble, corretear. 
rampart, muralla, /. 
rank, calidad, /. 
ransom, rescate, m. 
rapidly, adv., de corrido. 
rare, escaso, -a, raro, -a, {of meat) 

poco asado, -a. 
rarely, adv., rara vez, raramente. 
rascal, picaro, m. 
rather, adv., algo, bastante, mas 

bien; but — , conj., sino. 
rattle, sonsonete, m. 
ray, rayo, m. 
reach, alcanzar, llegar. 
read, leer. 
reader, lector, m. 
reading, lectura, /., leyenda, /. 
ready, listo, -a. 
real, verdadero, -a; subst., {an old 

Spanish silver coin worth about 

five cents) real, m. 
really! int., jtoma! jvaya! 
reaping, cosecha, /. 
reason, motivo, m., raz6n, /. 
receive, recibir. 
recently, adv., recientemente (re- 

cien). 
reception-room, salon, m. 
recite, declamar, {of lessons) dar. 
reckon, hacer calculos. 
recollection, recoleccion, /. 
recommend, recomendar. 
rector, rector, m. 
recur, recurrir. 



red, Colorado, -a, encarnado, -a, 

rojo, -a. 
reduce, reducir. 
reed, cafla, /. 
refer, referir. 
refine, clarificar. 
reflexive, reflexivo, -a. 
refresh, refrescar, vivificar. 
refreshment, refresco, m. 
regard, aprecio, m.\ in — to, 

acerca de. 
regarding, prep., acerca de, por. 
region, region, /. 
regular, regular, verdadero, -a, 

clasico, -a. 
regulate, ajustar, regularizar. 
reign, reino, m.; to — , reinar. 
rejoice, alegrarse. 
rejoicing, regocijo, m. 
relate, contar, narrar, referir. 
relation, narracion, /., relation, /., 

pariente, m. 
relative, relativo, -a. 
relic, reliquia, /. 
relief, alivio, m. 
religion, fe, /. 
religious, religioso, -a. 
reluctantly, adv., de mala gana. 
remain, permanecer, quedar(se); 

— in, guardar. 
remainder, el (la, lo) demas {or 

restante) 
remarkable, adj., notable, 
remember, acordarse (de), recor- 

dar. 
remembrance, recuerdo, m. 
remind of, recordar. 
remiss, remiso, -a. 
removal, despejo, m. 
remove, qui tar, trasladar. 
render, rendir. 
repair, enmendar, remendar. 
repeat, repetir. 
repeated, repetido, -a. 
repent, arrepentirse. 
repentance, penitencia, /. 
repertory, repertorio, m. 
repetition, repetition, /. 
replace, reponer. 
reply, contestation, /. ; to — , con- 

testar, replicar, reponer, res- 
ponder. 



338 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



represent, representar. 

representation, representation, /. 

reproach, refiir. 

request, rogar. 

require, necesitar, requerir. 

resemble, parecerse a. 

reside, residir. 

resist, combatir, resistir. 

resolutely, adv., resueltamente. 

resolve, resolver. 

resonant, adj., vibrante. 

respect, respetar. 

respective, respectivo, -a. 

respond, responder. 

rest; the — , el (la, lo) demas; to 

— , descansar, holgar. 
restaurant, fonda, /. 
restful, descansado, -a. 
restrict, limitar. 
result, resulta, /., resultado, m. 
resurrection, resurrection, /. 
retail, venta (/.) (al) por menor. 
retain, guardar. 
return, regreso, m., vuelta, /.; to 

— , regresar, volver. 
ribbon, cinta, /. 
rice, arroz, m. 

rich, rico, -a; grow — , enriquecer. 
ride, montar; — backwards, ir de 

espaldas. 
ridicule, ridiculo, m. 
riding beast, caballeria, /. 
right, {as opposed to left) derecho, 

-a; subst., razon, /.; all — ! int., 

jbuenol; be — , tener razon. 
ring, sonar, tocar. 
ripple, murmullo, m. 
rise, levantarse, erguirse, destacarse; 

— : early, madrugar. 
risk, trance, m. 
river, rio, m. 
road, camino, m. 
roast, asar. 

Rocinante, Rocinante, m. 
rock, mecer. 

Roderic, Rodrigo, m., Ruy, m. 
roguish, picaresco, -a. 
role, papel, m.\ play a — , hacer un 

papel. 
roll, rodar. 
Roman, romano, -a. 
Rome, Roma. 



room, cuarto, m., habitation, /., 

sala, /.; class , aula, /., sala 

de clase; drawing , salon, m.\ 

large — , sala, /.; waiting , 

sala (/.) de espera. 

root, raiz, /. 

rot, podrir. 

rough, aspero, -a. 

round, redondo, -a; go half-way 
— , dar media vuelta; — shoul- 
dered, cargado de espaldas. 

rove, corretear. 

row, fila,/. 

royal, adj., real. 

rub, fregar, frotar. 

rugged, aspero, -a. 

ruin, ruina, /. 

ruinous, ruinoso, -a. 

rule, regla, /., norte, m.\ to — , 
regir. 

run, correr; — over, rebosar; — 
up to, acudir. 

rural, adj., rural. 

rustic, labrador, m. 



sack-coat, americana, /. 

sacred, sagrado, -a. 

sad, adj., triste. 

sadness, tristeza, /. 

said, dicho, -a. 

sailor, marinero, m. 

saint, santo (san), -a, m. or f. 

sake ; for the — of, a fin de, por. 

salad, ensalada, /. 

Salamanca, Salamanca. 

sale, venta, /. 

salt, sal,/. 

salutation, saludo, m. 

salute, saludar. 

same, mismo, -a, propio, -a; at 

the — time, a la vez. 
Sancho, Sancho, tn. 
sand, arena, /. 
sandy, arenoso, -a. 
satin, raso, m. 
satire, satira, /. 
satisfactory, satisfactorio, -a. 
satisfied, contento, -a. 
Saturday, sabado, m. 
sauce, salsa,/. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



339 



save, prep., salvo. 

saw, sierra, /. 

say, decir; — ! int., jdiga! joiga! 

joye! 
saying, refran, m. 
scarcely, adv., apenas; — . . . 

when, conj.y apenas . . . cuando, 

no bien . . . cuando. 
scat! int., jzape! 
scatter, esparcir. 
scene, escena, /. 
school, escuela, /., colegio, m. } 

seminario, m.\ adj., escolar; — 

year, afLo escolar, m. 
science, ciencia, /. 
scold, renir. 
score, veintena, /.; four — , ochen- 

tena, /.; two — , cuarentena, /. 
scour, fregar. 
sea, mar, m. or f. 
search, busca, /. 
season, estacion, /., sazon, /. 
seasonable, oportuno, -a. 
seat, asiento, m., banco, m., silla, 

/., sitio, m.\ to — , sentar, asen- 

tar. 
seated, sentado, -a. 
Sebastian, Sebastian, m. 
second, adj., dos, segundo, -a; 

subst., segundo, m. 
section, section, /. 
secular, profano, -a. 
see, ver; — again, rever; I'll — 

you later, hasta luego; let us — , 

vamos a ver. 
seek, buscar, procurar. 
seem, parecer. 
seguidilla, (a merry Spanish dance 

tune) seguidilla, /. 
seize, asir, prender. 
seldom, adv., rara vez, raramente. 
select, elegir, escoger. 
selection, trozo, m. 
self, adj. and pron., mismo, -a, 

propio, -a. 
sell, vender. 
seller, vendedor, m. 
seminary, colegio, m. t seminario, 

m. 
send, enviar, mandar. 
sense, sentido, m.\ — of sight, 

vista,/.; — of smell, olfato, m.\ 



— of taste, gusto, m.\ — of 

touch, tacto, m. 
sentence, frase, /., oration,/. 
separate, distinto, -a, separado, 

-a; to — , disolver, separar. 
September, septiembre, m. 
sequence, sucesion, /. 
serenity, serenidad, /. 
series, serie, /. 
serious, serio, -a. 
servant, criado, m., mozo, m.; 

army — , criado de campafia. 
serve, servir; — one's time, cum- 

plir. 
service, servicio, m. 
set, poner; be — , ponerse; — of 

teeth, dentadura, /. 
seven, adj., siete; —hundred, adj., 

setecientos, -as; — hundredth, 

adj., setecientos, -as, septingen- 

tesimo, -a. 
seventeen, adj., diez y siete. 
seventeenth, adj., diez y siete, de- 

cimo (-a) septimo (-a). 
seventh, adj., siete, septimo, -a 

(setimo, -a). 
seventieth, adj., setenta, septua- 

gesimo, -a. 
seventy, adj., setenta. 
several, adj. and pron., varios, -as. 
severe, adj., fuerte. 
severity, cefio, m., severidad, /. 
Seville, Sevilla. 
sew, coser. 
shadow, sombra, /. 
shake, estremecerse. 
shame, vergiienza, /.; to — , aver- 

gonzar. 
shapeless, adj., deforme. 
sharp, adj., cortante, agudo, -a; 

adv., en pun to. 
shave, afeitar. 
she, pers. pron., ella, /. 
shed, derramar, verter. 
sheep, oveja, /. 

shelter, amparo, m. ; to — , amparar. 
shepherd, pastor, m. 
shield, escudo, m. 
shine, brillar, lucir, relucir. 
ship, buque, m. 
shirt, camisa, /. 
shoe, zapato, m. 



340 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



shop, almacen, m., tienda, /. 

shore, orilla, /. 

short, adj., breve, cor to, -a; in 
— , adv., en fin. 

shoulder, espalda, /., hombro, m. 

shout, grito, m., alarido, m.; to — , 
gritar, vociferar. 

shove, empujon, m. 

show, ensefiar, mostrar, manifes- 
tar; — one's self, asomar(se). 

showy, vistoso, -a. 

shut, cerrar; — up! int., jcalla! 
jcalle! 

sick, enfermo, -a. 

side, lado, m., partido, m. 

sidewalk, acera,/. 

siege, sitio, m. 

siesta, siesta,/. 

sift, cerner. 

sigh, suspiro, m.; to — , suspirar. 

sight, aspecto, m., espectaculo, 
m., vista,/.; sense of — , vista, 
/.; within — , a la vista. 

sign, sena, /., serial, m. 

signal, sena,/., serial, m. 

silence, silencio, m. 

silent, mudo, -a; be — ! int., jca- 
lla! jcalle! jsilencio!; become 
— , callar(se). 

silk, seda, /. 

silver, plata, /. 

similar, adj., semejante. 

simple, adj., simple, sencillo, -a, 
inocente. 

since, adv., despues; prep., desde, 
despues de; conj., desde que, 
pues, puesto que, ya que; the 
more — , cuanto mas que. 

sing, cantar. 

singer, cantor, m. 

singing, canto, m. 

single, adj., simple, solo, -a, 
unico, -a. 

singular, singular, m. 

sink, hundir. 

siphon, sifon, m. 

sir, sefior, m., caballero, m., sefio- 
rito, m. 

sister, hermana, /. ; — of charity, 
hermana, /. 

sit; — down, sentarse; — up, in- 
corporate. 



site, sitio, m. 

six, adj., seis; — hundredth, adj., 
seiscientos, -as, sexcentesimo, 
-a. 

sixteen, adj., diez y sies. 

sixteenth, adj., diez y seis, decimo 
(-a) sexto (-a). 

sixth, adj., seis, sexto, -a (sesto, 
-a). 

sixtieth, adj., sesenta, sexagesimo, 
-a. 

sixty, adj., sesenta. 

skeleton, esqueleto, m. 

skilful, adj., habil. 

skill, mafia,/. 

skirt, falda, /. 

sky, cielo, m. 

slain, muerto, -a. 

slay, matar. 

sleep, suefio, m.; to — , dormir; 
go to — , dormirse. 

sleepy; be — , tener suefio. 

slender, menudo, -a. 

slightly, adv., (un) poco. 

slope, loma, /. 

slow, lento, -a, remiso, -a; adv., 
despacio; be — , (of timepieces) 
atrasar. 

slowly, adv., despacio, lentamente, 
lento, pausadamente. 

small, pequefio, -a, chico, -a, es- 
caso, -a, menudo, -a; — street, 
callejuela, /.; very — , pequeni- 
to, -a. 

smell, olfato, m.; sense of — , ol- 
fato, m.; to — , oler. 

smile, sonreir. 

smith, herrero, m. 

smoke, fumar. 

smoker, fumador, m. 

snap, chasquear. 

sniff, resoplar. 

snow, nevar, ventiscar. 

so, adv., asi, tan; conj., con que; 
— as, conj., de manera que, de 
modo que; — far from, conj., 
lejos de que; — long! int., (fani.) 
jhasta luego!; — many, tantos, 
-as; — much, tan to, -a; — 
much . . . that, conj., tanto (-a) 
. . . que; — that, conj., con mo- 
tivo que, de manera que, de 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



341 



modoque,que; — . . . that, conj., 

tan . . . que; — then, conj., con 

que; just — , adv., jus to; — 

and — , pron., fulano, -a, men- 

gano, -a, perengano, -a, zutano, 

-a. 
soap, jabon, m. 
soar, volar, 
society, sociedad, /. 
soft, blando, -a. 
softly, adv., bajo. 
soil, suelo, m. 
soiled, sucio, -a. 
soiree, tertulia, /. 
soldier, soldado, m. 
sole, tinico, -a, uno (un), -a. 
solemn, adj., grave, solemne. 
solitary, solo, -a. 
solitude, soledad, /. 
solve, solver. 
some, adj. and pron., alguno (al- 

gun), -a, uno (un), -a, unos 

(-as) cuantos (-as); — one, 

pron., alguien. 
somebody, pron., alguien. 
something, pron., algo. 
sometimes, algunas veces; — ... 

— , conj., ora . . . ora, ya . . . ya. 
somewhat, adv., algo. 
son, hijo, m. 

song, cancion, /., canto, m. 
sonnet, soneto, m. 
soon, adv., luego, pronto; as — 

as, apenas, asi que, luego que, 

desde. 
sooner; no — , apenas. 
sorry; be — for, sentir; I am very 

— , lo siento mucho. 
sort, clase, /., estilo, m., suerte, /.; 

of the same — , por el estilo. 
soul, alma, /.; bless my — ! int., 

jDios me valga! jvalgame Dios! 
sound, ruido, m., son, m., sonido, 

m.; to — , sonar. 
soup, sopa, /.; clear — , caldo, m.; 

kind of cold — , gazpacho, m. 
south, sur, m. 
sow, sembrar. 

space of time, rato, m., discurso, m. 
Spain, Espafia, /. 
Spanish, castellano, -a, espanol 



speak, hablar. 

special, adj., particular. 

spectacle, espectaculo, m. 

speech, hablar, m., discurso, m. 

speed, prisa, /. 

spend, pasar. 

spill, verter. 

spirit, brio, m. 

spirited, adj., arrogante, brioso, 

-a. 
spite; in — of, prep., a. pesar 

de; in — of, conj., a pesar de 

que. 
splendor, esplendor, m. 
spoiled, regalado, -a. 
spoils, despojo, m. 
spoon, cuchara, /. 
spring, primavera, /. ; to — , nacer; 

— forth, brotar, nacer. 
spur, espuela, /.; to — , dar de 

espuelas. 
square, plaza, /.; little — , plazo- 

leta, /. 
squeeze, apretar. 
squire, escudero, m. 
stage, estrenar. 
staircase, escalera, /. 
stammer, balbucear, balbucir. 
stamp, sellar. 
stand, estar (de pie), ponerse; — 

out, destacarse; — still! int., 

jcho! jjo! jso! 
standing, adv., de pie. 
star, estrella. 

start, comienzo, m., retemblido, m. 
state, estado, m.\ United States, 

Estados Unidos, m. pi. 
station, estacion, /. 
statue, estatua, /. 
stature, estatura, /. 
stay, estancia,/.; to — , quedar(se). 
steady! int., \ fir me! 
steamer, vapor, m. 
steamship, vapor, m. 
steel, acero, m. 
steep, adj., pendiente. 
stem, tallo, m. 
step, paso, m. 
stick, baston, m. 
still, quieto, -a; adv., aun (atin), 

siempre, todavia; stand — ! int., 

jcho! jjo! jso! 



342 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



stocking, media, /. 

stone, piedra, /. 

stop, cesar, detener, parar, que- 

dar(se); — raining, escampar; 

— thief! int., jal ladron!; subst., 

pausa, /. 
store, almacen, m., tienda, /. 
story, cuento, m., historia, /., 

relato, m., piso, m. 
straight, recto, -a; adv., derecho. 
straighten up, erguirse, incorpo- 

rarse. 
strain, colar. 
strange, ajeno, -a, extrano, -a, 

raro, -a. 
stranger, extranjero, m., foras- 

tero, m. 
strap {of leather), correa, /. 
streak, rayar. 

stream, arroyo, m., riachuelo, m. 
streamer, banderola, /. 
street, calle, /.; lamp, farol, m.\ 

small — , callejuela, /. 
strength, brio, m., fuerza, /. 
stretch, extender; — forth, ex- 
tender; — out, tender, 
strife, pelea, /. 
strike, azotar, pegar, (of a clock) 

dar. 
string, ensartar. 
strive, esforzarse. 
stroll, pasear. 
strong, adj., fuerte. 
strongly, adv., fuerte. 
structure, fabrica, /. 
student, alumno, -a, m. and f., 

estudiante, m. and /., discipulo, 

-a, m. and f. ; fellow — , condis- 

cipulo, -a, m. and f. 
study, estudio, m.\ to — , estu- 

diar. 
stupid, estupido, -a. 
sturdy, rudo, -a. 
style, estilo, m., moda, /.; be in 

— , ser de moda; of the same 

— , por el estilo. 
subdue, rendir, sujetar. 
subject, asunto, m., sujeto, m.; 

to — , sujetar. 
subjunctive, subjuntivo, m. 
substantial, adj., sustancial. 
substantive, sustantivo, m. 



succeed, salir bien con, suceder, 

tener exito. 
success, exito, m. 
such, adj., semejante; adj. and 

pron., tal; — a, adj., tal; — a 

one, pron., fulano, -a, mengano, 

-a, perengano, -a, zutano, -a; 

— that, conj., tal que. 
suck, chupar. 

sudden; all of a — , adv., de pronto, 
suddenly, adv., de improviso, de 

pronto, de repente. 
suffer, padecer, sufrir. 
suffering, padecer, m. 
suffice, bastar. 
sufficient, adj., bastante. 
sufficiently, adv., bastante. 
sugar, azticar, m. 
suggest, sugerir. 
suit, convenir, sentar; to — one's 

pleasure, a placer; — (of clothes), 

traje, m., vestido, m.; case, 

maleta, /. 
suitable, adj., correspondiente, 

propio, -a. 
summer, estio, m., verano, m.\ 

spend the — , veranear. 
summit, colmo, m. 
sun, sol, m.; dried brick, 

adobe, m. 
Sunday, domingo, m. 
sunny; be — , haber sol, hacer sol. 
superhuman, sobrehumano, -a. 
superior, adj., superior. 
superiority, superioridad, /. 
superlative, superlativo, m. 
supper, cena, /. 

support, apoyo, m. ; place of — , pun- 
to de apoyo, m. ; to — , sostener. 
supposing that, conj., dado que, 

supongase que, suponiendo que, 

suquesto que. 
suppress, suprimir. 
supremacy, supremacia, /. 
sure, seguro, -a. 
surely, adv., seguramente. 
surname, sobrenombre, m. 
surpass, aventajar, veneer, 
surprise, sorpresa, /.; to — , sor- 

prender. 
surround, cenir, circundar, rodear. 
suspect, sospechar. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



343 



suspend, suspender. 
sustain, sostener. 
swarthy, moreno, -a. 
sway, mecer. 
swear, jurar. 
sweep, barrer. 

sweet, adj., dulce, meloso, -a. 
sweetmeat, dulce, m. 
sweetness, dulzura, /. 
swing, mecer. 
syllabication, silabeo, m, 
syllable, silaba, /. 
system, sistema, m. 



table, mesa, /.; cloth, mantel, 

m.; service, vajilla, /. 

tail, cola, /., {of a coin) cruz, /. 

tailor, sastre, m.; — 's shop, sas- 
treria, /. 

take, tomar, llevar, prender, se- 
guir; — a walk, dar un paseo; 

— away, qui tar; — care (of), 
cuidar (de); — leave, despe- 
dirse; — oath, jurar; — out, 
sacar; — place, ocurrir, pasar, 
tener lugar; — the afternoon 
nap, dormir la siesta. 

tale, cuento, m. 

talk, hablar. 

task, faena, /., tarea, /. 

tassel, borla, /. 

taste, gusto, m. 

teach, ensenar. 

teacher, maestro, m., maestra, /., 

profesor, m., profesora, /. 
tear, lagrima, /. 
teem, rebosar. 
tell, contar, decir, narrar, re- 

ferir; — a falsehood, mentir; 

— of, indicar. 
temperature, temperatura, /. 
ten, adj., diez; (group of) — , 

decena, /. 
tender, tierno, -a. 
tenfold, decuplo, -a. 
tense, tiempo, m.\ future — , fu- 

turo, m. 
tenth, adj., diez, decimo, -a. 
term, termino, m. 
termination, termination, /. 



terrible, adj., terrible, espantoso, -a. 
terrify, espantar. 
than, conj., que, de, de lo que. 
thank, agradecer; — s, gracias, /. 

pi., merced, /. 
that, dem. adj., aquel, aquella, 

ese, esa; dem. pron., aquel, aque- 
lla, aquello, ese, esa, eso; rel. 

pron., que; conj., que; so — , 

conj., con motivo que, de ma- 

nera que, de modo que, para que, 

que; all — , cuanto, -a, todo 

(-a) cuanto (-a); so much — , 

conj., tan to . . . que. 
thaw, deshelar. 
the, def. art. el, m., la, /., lo, n., 

los, m. pi., las,/, pi. 
theater, teatro, m. 
theatrical, adj., teatral. 
thee, pers. pron., te, ti; to — , te; 

with — , contigo. 
their, poss. adj., su. 
them, pers. pron., ellos, m. pi., 

ellas,/. pi.-, (les), los, m. pi., las, 

/. pi.; to — , les. 
theme, tema, m. 
themselves, pers. pron., se, si; to 

— , se; with — , consigo. 
then, adv., despues, entonces, 

luego; conj., pues; so — , conj., 

con que. 
there, adv., ahi, alia, alii; — are, 

hay; — is, hay; — ! int., jtoma! 
therefore, conj., con que, pues. 
thereupon, adv., desde luego. 
they, pers. pron., ellos, m. pi., 

ellas, /. pi. 
thief, ladron, m.; stop — ! int., jal 

ladron! 
thing, cosa, /. 
think, creer, pensar; — (of), 

pensar (en). 
third, adj., tres, tercero (tercer), 

-a, tercio, -a. 
thirst, sed, /. 
thirsty; be — , tener sed. 
thirteen, adj., trece. 
thirteenth, adj., trece, decimo 

(-a) tercio (-a). 
thirtieth, adj., treinta, trigesimo,-a. 
thirty, adj., treinta; (group of) — , 

treintena, /. 



344 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



this, dem. adj., este, esta; dem. 
pron., este, esta, esto; — one, 
dem. pron., este, esta, esto. 

thither; hither and — , de un lado 
a otro. 

thoroughly, adv., a fondo. 

thou, pers. pron., tu. 

though; even — , conj., aun 
cuando, aunque. 

thousand, a, adj., mil; (group of a) 
— , miliar, m. {generally used in 
the plural). 

thousandth, adj., mil, milesimo, -a. 

thread, ensartar. 

three, adj., tres; — hundredth, 
adj., trescientos, -as, tricente- 
simo, -a. 

threefold, adj., triple, triplicado, 
-a. 

throne, trono, m. 

through, prep., a traves de, por; 
go — , andar (por). 

throughout, prep., por. 

throw, arrojar, echar, lanzar. 

thunder, tronar. 

Thursday, jueves, m. 

thus, adv., asi. 

ticket, billete, m.; — agent, 
vendedor {m.) de billetes; first- 
class — , billete de primera; 

platform , billete {m.) de an- 

den; round-trip — , billete de 
ida y vuelta. 

tie, corbata, /.; to — , atar. 

time, tiempo, m., {of day) hora, /., 
sazon, /., {recurrence) vez, /., 
{of music) compas, m.; at that 
— , adv., a la sazon, en aquel en- 
tonces; at the same — , adv., a 
la vez; from — to — , adv., de 
vez en cuando; in — , adv., a 

compas; in the day , adv., 

de dia; serve one's — , cumplir; 
space of — , rato, m., discurso, 
m.\ former — s, antafio, m. 

timepiece, cronometro, m. 

tin box, tubo, m. 

tip, propina, /. 

tired; grow — , aburrirse. 

title, titulo, m. 

to, prep., a, para, por; — again 
. . . {with verb), volver a . . .; — 



one's pleasure, adv., a placer; 

— order, adv., de encargo. 
tobacco, tabaco, m. 
to-day, adv., hoy. 

toe, dedo (del pie), m. 

together, adv., juntamente. 

toilet, aseo, m. 

token, prenda, /. 

told, dicho, -a. 

tolerance, tolerancia, /. 

tomato, tomate, m. 

tomb, tumba, /. 

to-morrow, adv., mafiana; day af- 
ter — , adv., pasado mafiana. 

tongue, lengua, /. 

to-night; until — ! int., jhasta la 
noche! 

too, adv., demasiado; adj. and 
pron., demasiado, -a; — many, 
adj. and pron., demasiados, -as; 

— much, adj. and pron., dema- 
siado, -a; {adv.), demasiado. 

tool, herramienta, /. 

tooth, diente, m. } {molar) muela,/. 

top, cima, /. 

topic, asunto, m. 

torment, molestar. 

touch, tacto, m.\ to — , tocar, 

tentar. 
toward (s), prep., hacia. 
towel, toalla, /. 
tower, torre, /. 

town, poblacion, /., pueblo, m. 
trace, trazar. 
tragedy, tragedia, /. 
tragical, tragico, -a. 
train, tren, m.; fast express , 

rapido, m.\ to — , {of horses) 

adestrar. 
tranquil, tranquilo, -a. 
tranquillity, holganza, /. 
transfer, transferir. 
transformation, transformaci6n, /. 
transgress, delinquir. 
translate, traducir. 
translation, translaci6n, /. 
transparent, cristalino, -a. 
transport, transferir. 
trappings, arreos, m. pi, 
travel, viajar, ir de viaje, ver mundo. 
traveler, viajero, m. f caminante, m. 
traveling, viajar, m. 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



345 



traverse, cruzar. 

treacherously, adv., traidoramente. 

treat, tratar. 

tree, arbol, m. 

treeless, pelado, -a. 

tremble, estremecerse, temblar. 

tremendous, tremendo, -a. 

tremor, estremecimiento, m. 

trench, acequia, /. 

trial, austeridad, /. 

trip, viaje, m., Jornada, /. 

triphthong, triptongo, m. 

triple, adj., triple, triplicado, -a., 

trousers, pantalon, m. {commonly 

used in the plural). 
true, verdadero, -a; it is — , es 

verdad; isn't it — ? ^no es ver- 

dad? <iverdad? 
trunk, (of tree or body) tronco, m., 

baul, m. 
truth, verdad, /. 
try, probar, procurar, tentar; — 

on, ensayar. 
tube, tubo, m. 
Tuesday, martes, m. 
Turk, Turco, m. 
turn, vuelta, /.; to — , volver, 

dirigirse. 
tutor, preceptor, m. 
tuxedo, smoking, m. 
twelfth, adj., doce, duodecimo, -a 
twelve, adj., doce; (group of) — 

docena, /. 
twentieth, adj., veinte, vigesimo, -a 
twenty, adj., veinte; (group of) — 

veintena, /. 
twist, torcer. 
two, adj., dos; — hundredth, adj. 

doscientos, -as, ducentesimo 

-a; — score, cuarentena, /.; — 

fold, adj., doble, duplicado, -a. 



ugh! int., jpuf! 
ugly, feo, -a. 
uncle, tio, m. 

uncomfortable, incomodo, -a. 
under, adj., inferior, interior; 

prep., bajo, debajo de. 
underclothing, ropa interior, /. 
undergo, sufrir. 



understand, comprender, entender 

sobrentender. 
understood; make one's self — , 

hacerse entender. 
undertake, acometer, emprender. 
unfold, desplegar. 
uniform, uno (un), -a. 
unique, tinico, -a. 
unit, unidad, /. 
United States, Estados Unidos, 

m. pi. 
unity, unidad, /. 
university, universidad, /.; adj., 

universitario, -a; — professor, 

catedratico, m. 
unless, conj., a menos que, a no 

ser que. 
unmarried lady, sefiorita, /. 
unnoticed, adv., inadvertidamente. 
unpolished, rudo, -a. 
unsurpassable, adj., inmejorable. 
untie, soltar. 
until, prep., hasta; conj., hasta 

que; — by and by! int., j hasta 

luego!; — this afternoon! int., 

j hasta la tarde!; — to-night, int., 

jhasta la noche!; — we meet 

again, int., jhasta la vista! 
unwillingly, adv., de mala gana. 
up, adv., arriba; keep it — ! int., 

jalza!; — to, prep., hasta. 
upon, prep., sobre. 
upper, adj., superior. . 
upset, volcar. 
up-stairs, adv., arriba. 
urge, incitar. 
us, pers. pron., nos, nosotros; to 

— , nos. 
use, uso, m.\ to — , emplear, usar; 

make — of, emplear. 
useful, adj., util. 
usually, adv., generalmente. 
utmost ; to the — , a mas no poder. 
utter, lanzar, proferir, soltar. 



vacation, vacaciones, /. pi, 
Valencia, Valencia. 
valet, camarero, m. 
valise, maleta, /. 
valley, valle, m. 



346 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



valuable, precioso, -a. 

value, valor, m.\ to — , estimar. 

vanquish, rendir. 

variable, adj., variable. 

various, adj. and pron., di verso, 

-a, vario, -a. 
vassal, vasallo, m. 
veal, ternera, /. 
veil, velo, m. 
velvet, terciopelo, m. 
vender, vendedor, m.\ — of wafers, 

barquillero, m. 
venerable, adj., venerable, 
venture, atreverse (a). 
verb, verbo, m. 
verify, averiguar. 
verse, verso, m. 
versed, versado, -a. 
very, adv., muy, mucho, harto; 

adj., mis mo, -a; — little, pe- 

quenito, -a, poquito, -a. 
vest, chaleco, m. 
vibrating, adj., vibrante. 
vicar, vicario, m. 
view, vista,/., aspecto, m. 
vigor, brio, m. 
vigorous, adj., varonil. 
village, pueblo, m. 
villain, villano, m. 
vim, brio, m. 
vinegar, vinagre, m. 
vineyard, vina, /. 
vintage, vendimia, /. 
violet, violeta, /. 
virgin, virgen, /. 
virile, adj., varonil. 
vision, vision, /. 
visit, visita, /.; making — s, visi- 

teo, m.\ to — , visitar. 
visiting, visiteo, m. 
vital, adj., vital, 
vivify, vivificar. 
vocation, vocation, /. 
vociferate, vociferar. 
voice, voz, /. 
vowel, vocal, /. 
voyage, viaje, m. 

W 

wade, vadear. 

wafer (cone), barquillo, m.\ maker 
(or vender) of — s, barquillero, m. 



wager, apostar. 

waistcoat, chaleco, m. 

wait, esperar; — for, esperar. 

waiter, mozo, m. 

waiting-room, sala (/.) de espera. 

walk, paseo, m.; take a — , dar un 

paseo; to — , caminar, dar un 

paseo, pasar, pasear. 
wall, muralla, /., pared, /., (of a 

pelota court) fronton, m. 
wander, errar. 
wandering, adj., nomada. 
want, querer. 
war, guerra, /.; to — , aguerrir, 

combatir. 
ward, barrio, m. 
wardrobe, armario, m. 
warm, calentar; be — , (of weather) 

hacer calor, (of beings) tener 

calor, (of objects) ser (or estar) 

caliente. 
warmth, calor, m. 
warn, advertir. 
warrior, campeador, m. (a surname 

applied particularly to The Cid). 
wash, lavar. 
wash-stand, lavabo, m. 
washwoman, lavandera, /. 
watch, reloj (de bolsillo), m. 
water, agua, /.; to — , regar. 
wave, ola, /. 
way, calle,/., camino, m., manera, 

/., modo, m., paso, m.; give — , 

dejar paso; go half round, 

dar media vuelta-; by the — , a 

proposito. 
we, pers. pron., nos, nosotros. 
wear, llevar, usar, vestir. 
weariness, fastidio, m. 
weather, tiempo, m.; be bad — , 

hacer mal tiempo; be good — , 

hacer buen tiempo. 
Wednesday, miercoles, m.\ Ash 

— , Miercoles de Ceniza. 
week, semana,/.; Holy Week, Se- 

mana Santa. 
weep, llorar. 
weigh down, abrumar. 
well, bueno (buen), -a; adv., bien; 

— ! int., jhola! (written also jola!) 

jpues!; (expressing surprise) jva- 

mosl; — , I declare! int., jjesus! 



VOCABULARIO INGLES-ESPANOL 



347 



jvaya!; — , — ! int., jtoma!; get 
— , restablecerse; fairly — , adv., 
regular; — done, (of meat) bien 
cocido; — established, acerta- 
do, -a. 

were ; as it — , como. 

west, occidente, m., oeste, m. 

what, inter, adj., <icual? <[que?; 
inter, pron., <icual? <ique?; — , 
one, inter, pron., <[cual?; — a 
pity int., jque lastima! 

wheat, mies,/., trigo, m.\ field, 

trigal, m. 

when, adv., ^cuando?; conj., cuan- 
do, en cuanto; scarcely . . . — , 
conj., no bien . . . cuando. 

whenever, conj., cuando, siempre 
que. 

where, adv., donde; inter, adv., 
£donde? 

wherever, adv., donde. 

whether, conj., que, sea que, si; 
— ... or, conj., sea . . . sea, ya 
v . ya. 

which, rel. adj., que; rel. pron., 
el (la or lo) cual, los (or las) 
cuales, el (la, lo, los, las) que, 
que; inter, adj., ^cual? <[que?; 
inter, pron., <icual?; — one, inter, 
pron., (Jcual?; of — , rel. pron., 
cuyo, -a. 

while, conj., en tanto que, entre 
tanto que, mientras (que) ; subst., 
rato, m.\ a long — , mucho rato. 

whilst, conj., mientras (que). 

whip, latigo, m. 

whisper, murmullo, m.\ to — , 
cuchichear. 

whistle, silbido, m. 

whistling, silbido, m. 

white, bianco, -a. 

whitewash, enjalbegar. 

whither, adv., adonde; inter, adv. 
(Jadonde? 

who, rel. pron., el (la) cual, los 
(las) cuales, el (la, los, las) que, 
que, cjuien; inter, pron., <iquien? 

whoa! int., jcho! jjo! jso! 

whoever, pron., quienquiera. 

whole, entero, -a, todo, -a; pron., 
todo, -a; subst., conjunto, m. 

wholesome, adj., saludable. 



whom, rel. pron., el (la) cual, los 

(las) cuales, el (la, los, las) que, 

que, quien; inter, pron., <{quien? 
whose, rel. pron. and adj., cuyo, 

-a; inter, pron. and adj., icuyo, 

-a? 
whosoever, pron., quienquiera. 
why, adv. and conj., <ipor que?; — 

no! int., jca! jquia! 
wide (open) (of a door), adv., de 

par en par. 
widow, viuda, /.; become a — , 

enviudar. 
widower, viudo, m.; become a — , 

enviudar. 
wife, esposa,/., mujer,/., sefiora,/. 
win, captar, obtener. 
wind, viento, m. 
window, vent ana, /. 
windy; be — , haber viento, hacer 

viento. 
wine, vino, m. 
wing, ala, /., (of a wind-mill) 

asp a, /. 
winter, invierno, m.; of — , adj., 

invernal. 
wintry, adj., invernal. 
wipe, enjugar. 
wise, sabio, -a. 

Wise Men, Reyes (Magos), m. pi. 
wish, desear, querer. 
wit, agudeza, /. 
with, prep., con, de; — me, con- 

migo; — herself (himself, one's 

self, themselves, yourself, your- 
selves), consigo; — thee, con- 

tigo. 
within, adv., adentro, dentro, por 

dentro; prep., dentro (de); — 

sight, a la vista. 
without, adv., afuera, fuera, por 

afuera; prep., fuera de, sin; 

conj., sin que. 
witticism, agudeza, /., gracia, /. 
witty, salado, -a; — saying, do- 

naire, m. 
woman, mujer, /., sefiora, /.; 

young — , joven, /., sefiorita,/. 
wonder, admirar, imaginarse, pre- 

guntarse. 
wont; be — , soler. 
wood, (used in construction, in dis- 



348 



VOCABULARIO INGLE S-ESPANOL 



Unction to lena, /., 'fire-wood') 

madera, /., bosque, m. 
word, palabra, /., voz, /. 
work, trabajo, m., obra,/., escrito, 

m.\ — s, (of a watch or clock) 

maquina, /.; to — , trabajar. 
world, mundo, m.; bring into the 

— , echar al mundo. 
worry, trastear. 
worse, adj., peor (comp. of malo); 

adv., peor (comp. of mal). 
worship, adorar. 
worth, merito, m. ; be — , valer. 
worthy, digno, -a; be — of, mere- 

cer. 
would that! int., jojala! 
wound, herida, /. ; to — , herir. 
wrap, rollar. 
wrath, ira, /. 
wreath, corona,/. 
wrist, mufieca, /. 
write, escribir. 

writer, autor, m., escritor, m. 
writing, escrito, m. 
wrong, adv., mal; be — , no tener 

razon. 



X 



Ximena, Ximena, /. 



New Year, Afio Nuevo; school 
— , alio escolar. 

yellow, amarillo, -a; to — , dorar. 

yellowish, amarillento, -a. 

yes, adv., si. 

yesterday, adv., ayer; day before 
— , adv., anteayer, antes de ayer. 

yet, adv., aun (aun), todavia; — 
to be, prep., por. 

yolk (of an egg), yema, /. 

yore, antafio, m. 

you, pers. pron., tu, te, ti; vos, 
vosotros, os; usted, ustedes, le, 
les; to — , te, os, le, les. 

young, adj., joven; — gentleman, 
sefiorito, m.; — (unmarried) 
lady, sefiorita,/.; — man, joven, 
m., sefiorito, m.; — woman, jo- 
ven, /., (unmarried) sefiorita. 

younger, adj., menor (comp. of 
pequefio). 

your, poss. pron., su. 

yourself, pers. pron., se, si; with 
— , consigo. 

yourselves, pers. pron., se, si; with 
— , consigo. 

youth, joven, m. and f., mozo, m., 
moza, /., mocedad, /. 

youthful exploit, mocedad, /. 



x 

ye, pers. pron., vos, vosotros. 
year, afio, m.; common — , afio 
comun; leap — , afio bisiesto; 



Zamora, Zamora. 
zarzuela, zarzuela, /. 
zeal, celo, m. 
zero, cero, m* 



INDICE DE MATERIAS 

(Subject Index) 
References are to sections, unless otherwise specified. 



a, omission of accent, 20 (4 note 2) ; 
with article, 28; with direct ob- 
ject, 306 (1-5); with pronouns, 
199, 210, 211, 306 (2);— quien, 
265, 276. 

-a, to form feminine, with adjec- 
tives, 52, 53. 

-aba, 116. 

ability, see verb. 

abrir, 365. 

absolute, see superlative. 

abstract, see noun. 

aca, 289. 

accent, 18-20, 197; in adjectives, 
20 (10); in adverbs, 20 (10), 227; 
change under, 16; in demonstra- 
tive pronouns, 20 (6), 107; in 
diphthongs, 12, 19 (4); to distin- 
guish similar forms, 20 (4) ; in im- 
perative, 20 (9), 145, 341; in in- 
dicative, 20 (5), 72, 116, 121, 122, 
130, 339 (2) , 341 ; in interrogatives, 
20 (7), 269; in plural of nouns, 20 
(11); of strong vowels, 19 (4); in 
subjunctive, 145, 151, 164, 341; 
of superlative, 249, 252; see verb; 
on weak vowel, 13, 20 (8). 

accusative, see object, direct. 

-acho, 75. 

-ada, 76. 

address, forms of, 297-302. ^ 

adjective, absolute superlative, 249, 
252; see accent; used adverbially, 
70; agreement, 54, 58-60, 68-70, 
of possessive, 88, of demonstra- 
tive, 105, of variable interroga- 
tive, 276-277, of ordinals, 320; 
apocopation, 64-67; capitaliza- 
tion, 23; see clause; see compari- 
son; demonstrative, 105-107, 112; 
with estar, 97; inflection, 20 (11), 



52-54; interrogative, 269-272, 
274, 276-278; of nationality, 53 
(1) ; plural, 54; position, 61, change 
of meaning for, 62, of ordinals, 
320; possessive, 83-85, 88, 98-100, 
replaced by article, 35, 101-102, 
with terms of address, 300; predi- 
cate, 243 (1); proper, 23, 61; rela- 
tive, 257, 262, 264, 266; with ser, 
97; used substantively, 68; see 
superlative; uninflected, 53. 

-ado, p. 4 footnote 1, 43, 364. 

adverb, 226-231, 287-295; from ad- 
jective, 226, 227; accent, 20 (10), 
227; see comparison; manner, 
229, 231; in-mente, 20 (10), 226- 
229, 287; of negation, 279-286; 
for phrase, 268; of place, 231; see 
superlative; of time, 231. 

adverbial, see clause; phrase. 

affection, see suffix. 

age, expressions of, 317, 318. 

ago, 20 (4 note), 178. 

agreement, see adjective; definite 
article; participle; verb. 

ahi, 289. 

al, 28, with infinitive, 223. 

Alarcon, Pedro Antonio de, p. 187. 

alguno, 64. 

alia, 289. 

alii, 289. 

alphabet, 1. 

although, 397 (4). 

amanecer, 418. 

-an, 53 (2). 

and, with cardinal numbers, 312, 
314. 

andar, compared with ir, 207, note. 

-ando, 42. 

anger, see verb. 

anochecer, 418. 

anterior, past, see tense, indicative. 

antojarse, 375. 



349 



350 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



aplacer, 376. 

apocopation, see adjective. 

apposition, see noun. 

approval, see verb. 

aquel, 105, 106; for el, 112. 

aquel, 108, 109. 

aqui, 289. 

-ar, infinitive in, 36, 205. 

-aram, remains of Latin pluper- 
fect, 402. 

argiiir, 362. 

article, see definite; indefinite. 

as, 26, 223;— . . . — , 239; — 
many, 240; — much, 240. 

ataner, 376. 

augmentative, see suffix. 

aun, 290. 

aun, 290. 

auxiliary, see verb; see also estar, 
haber, ser, tener, etc. 

avoiding, see verb. 

-azo, 75, 76. 

B 
balbucear, 377. 
balbucir, 377. 

Bazan, Emilio Pardo, p. 211. 
be, 89, 176, 180. 
before, 178. 
behold, 20 (4 note), 
believing, see verb, 
bendecir, 371, 428, 429. 
bien, 237. 
blame, see verb. 
Blasco Ibaiiez, Vicente, p. 217. 
-ble changing to -Ml, 251. 
body, parts of, definite article with, 

35, 101, 102. 
borrar, 380. 
bueno, 64, 235. 
but, 284, 286. 

C 

c changed to qu, 6, 38 note, 250, 335; 

to z, 6, 336. 
caballero, 301. 
Caballero, Fernan, p. 183. 
capitals, 23. 
-car, verbs in, 335. 
cardinal, see numbers. 
Castilian, see pronunciation, 
causing, see verb, of necessity, of 

obligation. 



centenar, 330. 

-cer, verbs in, 336, 337, 415. 

Cervantes Saavedra, Miguel de, 
p. 173. 

-cete, 77. 

changes in orthography, see orthog- 
raphy. 

characterization, see clause. 

characters, 1. 

cien, 67, 316. 

ciento, 67, 309, 313, 316, 330. 

-cillo, 77. 

-cir, verbs in, 336, 337. 

-cito, 77. 

clause, adjective, 394r-396; adver- 
bial, 397-398; characterization, 
394; concessive, 394, 396, 397 (4); 
conditional, 397 (3), 398; depend- 
ent, 391-398; negative, see sen- 
tence; noun, 391-393; purpose, 
394, 397 (2); relative, 111, 394- 
396, 402; result, 397, 400; time, 
397 (1). 

clothing, 35, 101, 102. 

cocer, 336, 349. 

collective, see numbers. 

command, see verb. 

como, 239, 240. 

como; que tal for — , 272. 

comparative, of equality, 239-241; 
of inequality, 234-238. 

comparison, of adjective, 234-241, 
243-246; of adverb, 234, 237; 
' than' in — , 238. 

compass, points of, 172. 

compound, see numbers; pronoun, 
relative; subject; tense. 

con, in phrases, 229; with personal 
pronouns, 209. 

concernir, 378. 

concession, 394, 396, 397 (4); see 
conjunction. 

concessive, see clause. 

condition, 392 (5), 395 (1); estar 
denoting — , 94; see conjunction. 

conditional, see clause; tense; sen- 
tence. 

conjecture, 138. 

conjugation, first, 403, compound 
tenses, 41 1 , irregularities of first — , 
205, 342, 343, 345, 347, 350, 422, 
424, passive voice, 414; second, 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



351 



404, compound tense, 412, irregu- 
larities of second — , 342, 344, 346, 
348, 349, 423, 425; third, 405, 
compound tenses, 413, irregulari- 
ties of third — , 351-363, 426- 
430. 
conjunction, introducing clauses, 
397-399; concession, 397 (4); con- 
dition, 397 (3); of purpose, 397 (2); 
of result, 397 (2); of time, 397 

(1). 

conmigo, 209. 

conocer, 242 note. 

consenting, see verb. 

consigo, 209. 

consonant, accent of word ending 
in, 19 (1-3); double, 3; pronun- 
ciation, 2 (2); silent, 5 (2). 

contar, 345. 

contempt, see suffix, derogatory. 

contigo, 209. 

correlative, see pronoun; subjunc- 
tive; quien and cual as — , 267. 

corroer, 3S3. 

cosa, with negative force, 282 note. 

cual, 261, 267; el — , 261, 262; lo — , 
263. 

cual, 269, 274, 275. 

cuan, 278. 

cuando, 268, 397 (2 note). 

cuanto, 266; in comparison, 240; — 
mas, 241. 

cuanto, 277; in exclamations, 278. 

cubrir, 365. 

cuyo, 264, 265. 

cuyo, 276. 



-d, of imperatives, 143, 146. 

-dad, nouns in, 51. 

dar, 'to strike/ 170. 

dates, 323. 

dative, ethical, 202, 203; of interest, 
265; see object, indirect pro- 
noun. 

days of week, 167, 168; with article, 
32 (6); not capitalized, 23; gender, 
47. 

de; — lo que, 238 (3); — manera 
que, 397 (3); material, 69; in 
names, 302; to denote possession, 
41, 98; — quien, 265; — quien, 



276; after superlative, 244; 'than/ 
238 (2). 

deber, conjugation, 404, 412; ob- 
ligation, 36 footnote, 134 note, 181. 

decir, 247, 428, 429. 

declaring, see verb. 

defective, see verb. 

definite article, 24-35; agreement, 
25, with comparative to form 
superlative, 243; omitted, 32 (3), 
87, 243 (1); omitted in direct ad- 
dress, 300; for pronoun, 111; 
for possessive adjective, 35, 101; 
with possessive adjective, 86; re- 
peated, 31; used when not in En- 
glish, 32, 168. . 

del, 28. 

demonstrative, see adjective; pro- 
noun. 

denial, see verb. 

dependent, see clause. 

depreciatory, see suffix. 

derogatory, see suffix. 

descriptive tense, 123, 124. 

desire, 386 (1-3), 399. 

desiring, see verb. 

desosar, 348 note. 

desovar, 348 note. 

despair, see verb. 

destination, para, 220. 

diminutive, 74, 77; derogatory (or 
depreciatory), see suffix. 

diphthong, 8-12; see accent; at 
beginning of word, 17, 347, 348; 
not separated, 21 (1); stress, 12. 

direct, see object. 

disapproval, see verb. 

do, 56, footnote 2. 

don, 297. 

donde, 268, 396. 

dona, 297. 

dormir, 352. 

double, see letters. 

doubt, 394, 395 (1), 396, 401; see 
verb. 

ducir, 248, p. 233, footnote. 



E 

e changed to i, 16, 351, 354, 359, 426, 
427; to ie, 16, 342, 344, 351, 354. 
359, 378, 416 note, 422, 423, 426, 



352 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



e, 20 (4 note 2). 

-eceto, 77. 

-ecillo, 77. 

-ecito, 77. 

-efr, verbs in, 358. 

el, used for euphony, 27; — cual, 
261, 262; — que, 261. 

elliptical expressions, subjunctive in, 
386 (3). 

ello, 208 note. 

emotion, see verb. 

en; — esa, 110; — esta, 110; with 
infinitive, 223; with present parti- 
ciple, 223. 

enclitics, 20 (9), 145, 146, 197, 201. 

endings, feminine, 51; masculine, 
50; see tense. 

equality, see comparative. 

-er, infinitive in, 36. 

-eratn, remains of Latin pluper- 
fect, 402. 

erguir, 359. 

errar, 347. 

-errimo, 252. 

-es, to form plural, 38. 

esa, 108; en—, 110. 

escribir, 365. 

ese, 105, 106. 

ese, 108. 

esta, 108; en — , 110. 

estar, 89, 90, 96, 97, 139; conjuga- 
tion, 407; used impersonally, 420; 
with past participle, 94; with pres- 
ent participle, 95. 

este, 105, 106. 

este, 108, 109. 

-ete, 77. 

ethical, see dative. 

even, 187, 188, 290. 

ever, 282 note. 

exclamation; — point, 22; que in — , 
271. 

expressions for class-room use, 431. 

-ezuelo, 77. 



fear, see verb. 

feminine endings, 51. 

few (a), 30. 

final -s, see -s; final -y, see -y. 

for, para, 69, 220. 



forbidding, see verb, 
former, 109. 
fraction, 325-328. 
freido, 366, 370. 
freir, 366. 
frito, 366, 370. 

future, see tense, indicative, sub- 
junctive; for present, 138. 
futurity, see conjunction of time. 



g, changed to gu, 6, 250, 335; to j, 6, 
338. 

Galdos, Benito Perez, p. 202. 

-gar, verbs in, 335. 

gender, see letters; noun; inde- 
clinable words, 47. 

general, see noun. 

geographical, see names. "• 

-ger, verbs in, 338. 

gerund, see participle, present. 

-gir, verbs in, 338. 

gran, 65. 

grande, 65, 235. 

greetings, 303. 

gu, changed to g, 6, 338; to gu, 6, 
335. 

-guar, verbs in, 335. 

-guir, verbs in, 338 y 339 note. 

-giiir, verbs in, 362. 



h, 27; inserted, 348 and note; mute, 
8. 

ha, 20 (4 note); 178. 

haber, 78, 79, 140, 175-178; 'ago,' 
178; in compound tenses, 43, 79, 
126, 410; conjugation, 408; — de, 
175; used impersonally, 176-178; 
— que, 176; subjunctive of, 163. 

hablar, article omitted after, 32 (3) ; 
conjugation, 403, 411. 

hacer, 176 (2); 'ago/ 178. 

half, 170, 328. 

have, 78, 80, 179, 181. 

hay, 176, 177. 

he, 20 (4 note). 

here, 289. 

hora, 169. 

hour; strike the — , 170. 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



353 



how, 26, 271, 278; — many, 278; 

much, 278. 
hue, 17. 
hundred, 67, 313, 314, 316. 



i, accented, 339 (2); changed to ie, 
355; dropped, 247 note, 307 note, 
340; changed to y, 122, 165, 339 
(1), 347, 360. 

-ia, 116, 136. 

-iar, verbs in, 341. 

Ibaiiez, Vicente Blasco, p. 217. 

idioms, list, 431; of greeting and 
leave-taking, 303; with tener, 180; 
of weather, 176 (2). 

-ido, 43, 364. 

-ie, e changed to, 16, 17; changed 
to e, 250; final, 51; to ye, 17, 347. 

-iendo, 42. 

-ieron, 121, 122. 

if, with imperfect subjunctive, 398; 
— not, 285; with present indica- 
tive, 132, 401. 

-illo, 77. 

imperative, 141-146, 341; infinitive 
as, 147; irregular, 342, 356, 428; 
object with, 145, 146. 

imperfect, see tense, indicative, sub- 
junctive. 

imperfecto, futuro, p. 222 footnote 1. 

impersonal; se with — , 217; see verb. 

imprimir, 365. 

in, after superlatives, 244. 

indeclinable parts of speech, gender 
of, 47. 

indefinite, see adjective; pronoun. 

indefinite article, 33, 34; omitted, 
316. 

indicative, see tense. 

indirect, see object, indirect pro- 
noun. 

inferiority, see comparative, of ine- 
quality. 

infinitive, 36, 37, 223 ; with al, 223 (2) ; 
with en, 223; with prepositions, 
223 (2) ; for English present parti- 
ciple, 223 (2); as verbal noun, 32 

. ( 4 M 7 - 

inflection, see adjective; change in 

orthography, 6, 7. 



inquirir, 355. 

intensives, 215. 

interrogation point, 22. 

interrogative, see adjective; pro- 
noun; sentence; followed by sub- 
junctive, 386 (5), 392 (5), 395 (1). 

intransitive, see verb. 

-io, 121, 122. 

-ion, nouns in, 51. 

ir, 117; andar, compared with — , 
207 note 1. 

-ir, infinitive in, 36. 

irregular, see participle; verb. 

-isimo (-a), 249-251. 

it, 208 note; — is, 176 (2). 

-ito, 77. 



jamas, 282. 

-jar, verbs in, 335 note, 
joy, see verb. 

jugar, 350; distinguished from to- 
car, 350 note. 



knowing, see verb. 



la(s), in indefinite sense, 193. 

last, 168. 

Latin words, 16, 17, 251. 

latter, 109. 

Ie, 192, 200, 202, 211. 

leave-taking, 303. 

less, 234; the — , 241. 

letter- writing, dates, 23, 32 (6). 

letters, 1-5, 48; double, 3; gender, 
4,48. 

licuefacer, 219 note. 

Io, 26, 86 note, 192, 195; — cual, 
263; with de, 238 (3); — que, 
238 (3), 263; with superlative, 253. 

location, 289. 

-ly, 226, 287. 



-11-, 340. 



LI 

M 



-ma, 50. 
mal, 64, 237. 
maldecir, 428, 429. 



354 



INDICE DE MATERIAS 



234; 
mientras — , 241. 



malo, 64, 235. 

manera, 229. 

manner, 229; see adverb. 

many; as—, 240; how—, 277, 278. 

mas, 284. 

mas, 237, 271; in comparison, 234; 

— bien, 237 note; cuanto — , 241; 

mientras — , 241; no — , 286. 
masculine, see noun. 
matado, 373. 

matter; to be the — , 179. 
mayor, 235, 236; see parte, 
mecer, 336. 
medio, 170, 328. 
mejor, 235-237. 
menor, 235, 236. 
menos, 237; in comparison, 

cuanto — , 241 
-mente, see adverb. 
mientras, 241. 
mil, 316, 330. 
miliar, 330. 
mismo, 187, 188, 215. 
miss, 298. 
mitad, 170, 328. 
modo, 229. 

monosyUables, 19 (3), 20 (4, 5). # 
month, names, 153; with article, 

32 (6); not capitalized, 23; gender, 

47. 
more, 234; the — , 241. 
morir, 353. 
most, 245. 
motion, 289. 
mountains, gender, 47. 
mover, 346. 
much, 291; as—, 240; how—, 277, 

278; very — , 294, 295. 
muchisimo, 294. 
mucho, 237, 292-295. 
muerto, 353, 373. 
multiple, see numbers, 
must, 36 note 1. 
mute, see h. 
muy, 291, 292, 294; in superlative, 

249. 

N 
nada, 282. 
nadie, 282. 

names, of countries, 32 (8) ; of days, 
47; family, 297, 302; geographical, 



306 (5); of letters, 1; of months, 
47; of mountains, 47; of oceans, 
47; of persons, 297-300, 302; of 
rivers, 47; of seasons, 32 (5). 

narrative tense, 125. 

nationality, see adjective. 

necessity, see verb. 

negation, 279-286, 392 (5), 395 (1), 
398. 

negative, see sentence. 

ni, 282. 

ninguno, 64, 282. 

no, 281 ; — . . . but, 286; — one, 282. 

no, 279-283; — mas, 286; si—, 285; 
— sino, 286. 

nos, 186; reciprocal, 214. 

nosotros, with article, 186 (1). 

not, 281; — any one, 282; — any- 
thing, 282;— either, 282; if — , 285. 

noun, 38-41, 44^-51; abstract, 32 (2, 
4); apposition, 186 (1), 243 (2); 
with article, 32; see clause; as 
direct object with a, 306; femi- 
nine, 27, 44, 46, 48, 51; foreign, 
38; gender, 44, 51; of either gen- 
der, 40 (2); general, 32 (1); geo- 
graphical, see names; masculine, 
44, 45, 47, 50; of nationality, 32 
(3); number, 38, 40; personified, 
306 (3); plural, 38-40; accent, 20 
(11); possessive, 41; predicate, 
33, 96; proper — , 297, 300, 302; 
of rank, 40 (2); of relationship, 
40 (2) ; used only in singular, 101 
(1); verbal, 32 (4). 

number, see noun. 

numbers, cardinal, 308-318, 325, 
326; collective, 329, 330; com- 
pound, 312, 314; see fraction; 
multiple, 331; ordinal, 319-323, 
325, 327. 

numeral, see phrase. 

numerical expression; 'than' be- 
fore — , 238 (2). 

nunca, 282. 



N 



-h, 340. 



o changed to u, 351, 352, 363; to ue, 
16, 342, 345, 346, 348, 349, 351- 
353, 416 note. 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



355 



6, 20 (4 note 2). 

object, with a, 306; direct, 306; 

direct pronoun, 145, 191, 199, 202; 

indirect pronoun, 145, 199, 202. 
obligation, see verb, 
occupation, 45, 46. 
oceans, gender, 47. 
oiga V., 304, note 1. 
ojala, 386 (2). 
oler, 348. 
on, 32 (6), 223. 
-on, 53 (2), 75. 
one; no — , 282; not any — , 282; 

which — , 274. 
opinion, see verb, 
optative, see subjunctive. 
-or, 53 (2). 
ordering, see verb, 
ordinal, see numbers, 
orthography, phonetic changes in, 

6, 7, 16, 122, 334. 
os, 214. 
-ote, 75. 

ought, 36 note 1, 134 note, 
own, 103. 
oye, 304 note 1. 



pacer, 377. 

palabra, with negative force, 282 
note. 

Palacio Valdes, Armando, p. 207. 

para, 220; — que, 397 (2). 

Pardo Bazan, Emilia, p. 211. 

parte, 327; la mayor — , 245. 

participle, agreement, 55, 68, 93; 
past — , 43, with estar, 94, with 
haber, 79, 126, irregular, 353, 364- 
374, with lo, 26, in passive, 93, 
with ser, 93, 223 (1, 2); present 
— , 42, 340, 404, 405, with estar, 
95, irregular, 339, 351, 427; used 
substantively, 68. 

pasado, 168 note. 

passive, see verb. 

past anterior, see tense, indicative. 

past participle, see participle, 
past. 

pedir, 357, 359. 

pensar, 343. 

penult, normal accent on, 19 (1). 

peor, 235-237. 



pequeno, 235. 

perder, 344. 

Pereda, Jose Maria de, p. 197. 

Perez Galdos, Benito, p. 202. 

perfect, see tense, indicative, sub- 
junctive. 

pero, 284. 

personal, see pronoun. 

phonetic changes, see orthography. 

phrase, adverbial, 229; numeral, 332. 

placer, 379. 

play, 350 note. 

pluperfect, see tense, indicative, 
subjunctive. 

plural, see adjective; noun; verb, 
agreement. 

poco, 237. 

podrir, 363. 

por and para, 220; — que, 397 (2). 

position, 90; see adjective; of words, 
104. 

possession, 41, 80. 

possessive, see adjective; pronoun. 

possibility, see verb. 

postrero, 64. 

praise, see verb. 

predicate, see adjective; noun. 

preferring, see verb. 

prefix, 21 (4). 

prender, 366. 

prendido, 367. 

prepositions, 220, 306; see pronoun. 

present, see tense, indicative, sub- 
junctive; participle; for future, 
132. 

preso, 367. 

preterit, see tense, indicative. 

preterito, imperfecto, see tense, im- 
perfect; perfecto, see tense, pre- 
terit, past anterior; pluscuamper- 
fecto, see tense, pluperfect. 

primero, 64, 323. 

profession, 45, 46. 

progressive form, see verb. 

pronoun, with a, 306 (2); correla- 
tive, 109 note, 267; demonstra- 
tive, 20 (6), 107-111; indefinite, 
86 note; interrogative, 20 (7), 269, 
270, 273-278; personal — , made 
intensive by mismo, 187, 215; 
with subjunctive, 386 (3), object, 
191-203, loss of endings with im- 



356 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



perative, 146, omitted, 196, posi- 
tion, 20 (9), 145, 197-199, 201, 
203, reciprocal, 214, reflexive, 213, 
215-218, after prepositions, 208- 
211, intensified by mismo, 215, 
position, 209, 210, redundant use, 
210, 211, subject, 182, compound, 
184, nos and vos, 186, omitted, 
57, 183, position, 183, 'you/ 185; 
possessive, 86-88, relative, 257- 
263, 265-268, agreement, 258, 
compound, 396, with subjunctive, 
394-396^ 

pronunciation, Castilian, 2; of let- 
ters, 2, 3, 5. 

proper, see adjective. 

proper names, see names of coun- 
tries, etc. 

propio, with possessive adjectives, 
103. 

proveer, p. 238 footnote. 

proveido, 366, 368. 

provisto, 366, 368. 

pudrir, see podrir. 

punctuation, 22. 

purpose, 394, 397 (2); see clause; 
conjunction. 



qu changed to c, 6, 338. 

que, as conjunction, 178, 181, 281; 
de lo — , 238 (3) ; in comparison, 
238 (1, 2); lo — , 263; with no, 
281; see pronoun, relative; with 
si, 281; with subjunctive, 386 (1), 
392. 

que, see adjective and pronoun, in- 
terrogative; — tal, 272. 

querer, 131. 

quien, see pronoun, relative. 

quien, see pronoun, interrogative. 

-quir, verbs in, 338 } 339 note. 

quisiera, 399. 



-ra, 163, 400. 
raer, 380. 
rank, see noun, 
rare, see verb, 
rarefacer, 219 note. 
rayar, 380. 



re- 249 note. 

-re, 163, 252. 

recien, 230. 

recientemente, 230. 

reciprocal, see pronoun, personal. 

recordar, 386 (5). 

reflexive, see pronoun, personal; 
verb. 

regret, see verb. 

regular, see verb. 

reir, 358. 

relationship, see noun. 

relative, see adjective; clause; pro- 
noun; superlative relative. 

reponer, 381. 

requesting, see verb. 

requiring, see verb. 

rest in, 289. 

result, see clause; conjunction. 

rete-, superlative, 249 note. 

river, gender, 47. 

-ro, 252. 

roer, 382. 

romper, 366. 

rompido, 369. 

roto, 369. 



-s, p. 2 footnote 1,5; separated from 
following consonant, 21 (4 note); 
to form plural, 38 note. 

saber, 242 note, 386 (5). 

San, 66. 

Santo, 66. 

satisfacer, 219 note. 

se, impersonal, 217; as object, 202; 
in passive sense, 216; position, 
201, 203; reciprocal, 214; reflexive, 
213, 216-218. 

-se, 163, 400. 

seasons, see names. 

self, 187, 188. 

sentence, arrangement, 104; condi- 
tional, 400; interrogative, 104 (1); 
mixed, 22; negative, 238 (2), 279- 
286. 

sentir, 354. 

seiior, 297, 299, 301. 

seiiora, 297, 299. 

senorita, 298. 

sefiorito, 298. 

sequence, see tense, subjunctive. 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



357 



ser, 87, 89, 90, 93, 96-98, 117, 139, 
169; conjugation, 406; future sub- 
junctive, 163; imperfect subjunc- 
tive, 163; used impersonally, 420; 
in passive, 43, 93, 414; with past 
participle, 414. 

shame, see verb. 

should, 36 note 1, 137. 

si, 132, 398; with indicative, 132, 
401; — no, 285. 

si, 281; reflexive, 213. 

sin; — que, 397 (2). 

sino, 284, 285 ; no—, 286;— que, 284. 

so, 195, 281; — that, 397 (2). 

soler, 384. 

solver, 374. 

some, 30. 

sorrow, see verb. 

source, 220. 

stem-vowel, see verb. 

stress, 12, 20 (8). 

strong, see vowel. 

subject, compound, 184; omitted, 
57, 183. 

subjunctive, 151; in adjective 
clauses, 394-396; in adverbial 
clauses, 397-399; correlative, 386 
(4); in dependent clauses, 391- 
399; for imperative, 141, 144, 145, 
386 (1); in independent clauses, 
386; irregular, 342, 351, 356; in 
noun clause, 392, 393; optative, 
386 (1). 

suelto, 374. 

suffix, 74-77; accent, 20 (9); of af- 
fection, 74; augmentative, 74, 75; 
derogatory {or depreciatory), 74- 
77; diminutive, 74, 77. 

sumamente, 249. 

superiority, see comparative, of ine- 
quality. 

superlative absolute, adjective, 249- 
252; adverb, 249-253. 

superlative relative, adjective, 243- 
245; adverb, 243, 246; subjunctive 
after, 395 (2). 

syllabication, 21. 



-tad, nouns in, 51, 
tal; que — , 272. 
tampoco, 282. 



tan, 271; — como, 239. 

tanto, 240, 241. 

tener, 78, 80, 140, 163, 180, 181, 318; 
conjugation, 409; with mucho, 
295; — que, 181. 

tense, compound, 43, 79, 410-414; 
endings, 57, 73, 116, 121, 122, 130, 
136, 151, 163, 165; indicative: con- 
ditional, 133-138, p. 62 footnote 
1; conditional for imperfect in- 
dicative, 138; conditional perfect, 
138, p. 226 footnote 3; future, 
130-132, 138; future perfect, 138; 
imperfect, 116, 117, 123, 124; past 
anterior, pp. 226, 228; perfect, 126; 
pluperfect, pp. 226, 228; present, 
57, 72, 336-338, 341, accent, 72, 
irregularities, 336-33S, 341, 342, 
356; preterit, 121-126, 335, 340, 
irregular, 122, 351, 422; subjunc- 
tive: future, 163-165, 340, 351, 
356, 396, 401; imperfect, 163-165, 
340, 351, 356, 398-400, 402; im- 
perfect for conditional, 399; per- 
fect, 395 (2); pluperfect, 387-389; 
present, 151, 335, 338, 341, 342, 
351, 356; sequence, 387-390. 

tercero, 64. 

than, 238. 

that; so—, 397 (2). 

there, 289; — is or are, 176 (1). 

thinking, see verb. 

time, 167-171; see adverb; clause; 
conjunction; of day, 169-171; rep- 
etition, 332. 

title, 299; gender, 45, 46. 

to; — him (her, it, them, you), 211. 

tocar, distinguished from jugar, 350 
note. 

todavia, 290. 

traducir, 248. 

triphthong, 8, 14, 15; accent, 19 (4); 
not separated, 21 (1). 

tu, 185. 

-tud, nouns in, 51. 

tumefacer, 219, note. 



u, 20 (4 note 2). 
-uar, verbs in, 341, 
-ucho, 77. 
Ud.(s.), 185. 



358 



fNDICE DE MATERIAS 



ue, 16; changed to hue, 17; to o 

250; u changed to, 350. 
-uelo, 77. 
-uir, verbs in, 360. 
ultimo, 168 note. 
-umbre, nouns in, 51. 
un, 29, 64, 310, 311. 
uncertainty, 401; see verb. 
unless, 285. 
uno, 64, 309-311. 
unos, 30. 
usted(es), 57, 144, 185, 186 (1), 194. 



V., 185. 

Valdes, Armando Palacio, p. 207. 

Valera, Juan, p. 192. 

vamos, 255 footnote 3. 

ver, 117, 121 note, 386 (5), p. 238 
footnote. 

verb, of ability, 124; accent, 20 (9), 
197, 339 note, 341, 342, 351, 356 ; 
358-363; agreement, 57, 184; of 
anger, 392 (4); of approval, 392 
(3); auxiliary, 78-80, 175-178 
180, 181, 406-409, see estar, haber, 
ser, tener; of avoiding, 392 (1); 
of believing, 392 (5); of blame, 
392 (3); of command, 392 (2), 
393; see conjugation; of consent- 
ing, 392 (2); of declaring, 392 (6); 
defective, 375-384; of denial, 392 
(5); of desiring, 124, 392 (1); of 
despair, 392 (4); of disapproval, 
392 (3); of doubt, 392 (5); of 
duty, !24; of emotion, 392 (4); 
endings, see tense; of fear, 392 (4); 
of forbidding, 392 (2); i following 
strong vowel, 339 (2) ; see impera- 
tive; impersonal, 176-178, 416- 
421; see infinitive; intransitive, 
213 (2); of joy, 392 (4); of know- 
ing, 124, 392 (5); of necessity, 392 
(2); of obligation, 124, 181, 392 
(2) ; of opinion, 392 (3) ; of order- 
ing, 392 (2), 393; orthographic 
changes, 122, 334-363, 420-425; 
see participle; passive, 43, 93, 
200, 216, 414; of possibility, 392 
(5); of praise, 392 (3); of pre- 
ferring, 392 (1); of probability, 
392 (5); progressive form, 95; 



rare, 375-384; reflexive, 213; of 
regret, 392 (4); regular, 36, 37, 42, 
43, 56, 57, 63, 71-73, 223, 403- 
405; of requesting, 392 (2); of re- 
quiring, 392 (2) ; of shame, 392 (4) ; 
of sorrow, 392 (4) ; change of stem- 
vowel, 344-363, 415, 420-425; see 
tense; of thinking, 124, '392 (6); 
of uncertainty, 392 (5) ; of willing, 
392 (1); of wishing, 392 (1); of 
wonder, 392 (4) ; y inserted, 360. 

verbal, see noun. 

very, 188, 249, 291, 292, 295; — 
much, 294, 295. 

vivir, conjugation, 405, 413. 

voice, see conjugation, first; verb, 
passive. 

vos, 186. 

vosotros, 185, 186 (1). 

vowel, see accent; diphthong; 
dropped, 249; pronunciation, 2 
(1); change of stem — , see verb; 
strong, 9, 10, 12-14; see triph- 
thong; weak, 9, 12-14; y, 9. 

VV., 185. 

W 

weak, see vowel. 

weather; expressions for — , 176 (2). 

weight, see noun. 

what (a), 271. 

whether, 132 note. 

willing, see verb. 

wishing, see verb. 

wonder, see verb. 



y, 2 (1), 9; see i; inserted, see verb; 
see vowel; conjunction y, 9, 314. 
-y, 19 (2); plural of nouns in, 38. 
ye- 17. 

yes; que si meaning — , 281. 
yo, 23, 186. 
you, 57, 185, 200. 



z before c, 337; changed to c, 6, 38 

note, 250, 335. 
-z, 39 note. 
-zar, verbs in, 335. 
-zuelo, 77. 



BIW 
va 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 211614 









BH 



ill 



ffil 






II 

m 



m 



mUSm 












: I 



Ml 

111 



1 



Iff 



111 

11 

ill 
1 
wHR 



M IP MM iMmmwM 
IHflflHtitM HiiIrI Hull ura 

Sill 1 1 l! 






IH 



■ 



Hfl 



TT 



■n 



itiQWnl 



118 U 

IS 11 



■HIP 1 

8ShH$ HI 1 



"4 



UN 



111 
Hffil 

■ 



liiiil 

uurafl Ubiv 311 Rill I 

llllil 



MBS 1 

1 ; 
S11L 

ill 

Sill 

JP 



y 



MI 



n 
l 

His 

i 



I 

: 
m 



M 



I 9Q fifl 



it ■ 

HI 



1 
I 



HP 

■ ■ : i 



UN 

in 



!■ 



I 



d 









■ I 



